Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 16, 2014

Registration No. 333-194772


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Amendment No. 3
to

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  8741
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  20-8738320
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

860 Ridge Lake Boulevard
Memphis, Tennessee 38120
(901) 597-1400

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



James T. Lucke, Esq.
Senior Vice President and General Counsel
ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc.
860 Ridge Lake Boulevard
Memphis, Tennessee 38120
(901) 597-1400
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



with copies to:

Peter J. Loughran, Esq.
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
(212) 909-6000

 

John C. Ericson, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
(212) 455-2000



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public:
As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:     o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:     o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

               
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Amount to be
Registered(1)

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price Per
Share(1)(2)

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(3)

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share

  41,285,000   $21.00   $866,985,000   $111,668

 

(1)
Includes shares/offering price of shares that may be sold upon exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

(2)
This amount represents the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the securities registered hereunder. These figures are estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.

(3)
The registrant previously paid $12,880 of this amount.

           The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 16, 2014

35,900,000 Shares

GRAPHIC

ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc.

Common Stock

         This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. All of the 35,900,000 shares of common stock are being sold by us.

         Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. We have been approved to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or the "NYSE," under the symbol "SERV".

         After the completion of this offering, we expect to be a "controlled company" within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE.

         We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $18.00 and $21.00 per share.

         Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 19 of this prospectus.

 

 
  Per Share
  Total
 

Initial public offering price

  $               $            
 

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

  $               $            
 

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $               $            

 

(1)

We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us in an amount of $1.25 million for certain expenses of the offering. See "Underwriting."

         The underwriters also may purchase up to 5,385,000 additional shares from us at the initial offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

         The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about            , 2014.

Joint Book-Running Managers

J.P. Morgan   Credit Suisse   Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Morgan Stanley



BofA Merrill Lynch   Jefferies   Natixis   RBC Capital Markets

            
Baird   Piper Jaffray   Ramirez & Co., Inc.

Prospectus dated                        , 2014


LOGO


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Summary

    1  

Risk Factors

    19  

Forward-Looking Statements

    39  

Use of Proceeds

    41  

Concurrent Refinancing

    41  

Dividend Policy

    42  

Capitalization

    43  

Dilution

    45  

Selected Historical Financial Data

    47  

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    51  

Business

    96  

Management

    110  

Executive Compensation

    116  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

    147  

Description of Certain Indebtedness

    150  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

    159  

Description of Capital Stock

    163  

Shares Available for Future Sale

    169  

Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders

    171  

Underwriting

    175  

Validity of Common Stock

    182  

Experts

    182  

Where You Can Find More Information

    182  

Index to Financial Statements

    F-1  

         Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we have prepared. Neither we nor the underwriters take responsibility for, nor can provide any assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

i


Table of Contents

 


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus, including the sections entitled "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements, before making an investment decision.

         Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms "we," "our," "us" and "ServiceMaster," as used in this prospectus, refer to ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. The term "SvM" refers to The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary.

         All operating and statistical data in this prospectus give effect to the TruGreen Spin-off (as defined below), unless the context otherwise requires.

Our Company

        ServiceMaster is a leading provider of essential residential and commercial services, operating through an extensive service network of more than 7,000 company-owned, franchised and licensed locations. Our mission is to simplify and improve the quality of our customers' lives by delivering services that help them protect and maintain their homes or businesses, typically their most highly valued assets. We have leading market positions across the majority of the markets we serve, as measured by customer-level revenue. Our portfolio of well-recognized brands includes Terminix (termite and pest control), American Home Shield (home warranties), ServiceMaster Restore (disaster restoration), ServiceMaster Clean (janitorial), Merry Maids (residential cleaning), Furniture Medic (furniture repair) and AmeriSpec (home inspections). We serve approximately five million residential and commercial customers through an employee base of approximately 13,000 company associates and a franchise network that independently employs an estimated 33,000 additional people.

        For the year ended December 31, 2013, we had revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and income from continuing operations of $2,293 million, $450 million and $42 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, we had revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and loss from continuing operations of $533 million, $115 million and $18 million, respectively. Terminix, our largest segment, represented approximately 57% and 60% of our revenue in 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, see "—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Operating Data."

        We believe that our customers understand the financial and reputational risks associated with inadequate maintenance of their homes or businesses and that our high-quality, professional services are low-cost expenditures when compared to the alternative of failing to perform essential maintenance. We strive to be the service provider of choice and believe our customers have recognized our value proposition, as evidenced by our long-standing customer relationships and the high rate at which our customers renew their contracts from year to year. In 2013, within our Terminix segment, customer retention rates for our termite and pest control businesses were 85% and 79%, respectively, and in our American Home Shield segment our retention rate was 74%.

        We have significant size and scale, which we believe give us a number of competitive advantages. Terminix is the largest termite and pest control business in the United States, as measured by customer-level revenue, and serves approximately 2.8 million customers across 47 states and the District of Columbia through approximately 285 company-owned and 100 franchised locations. Additionally, we estimate American Home Shield to be approximately four to five times larger than its nearest competitor, as measured by revenue. American Home Shield serves approximately 1.4 million residential customers across all 50 states and the District of Columbia through a network of approximately 10,000 pre-screened independent home service contractor firms. Our Franchise Services

 

1


Table of Contents

Group serves both residential and commercial customers across all 50 states and the District of Columbia through approximately 4,000 franchised and 75 company-owned locations. We believe our significant size and scale provide a competitive advantage in our purchasing power, route density, and marketing and operating efficiencies compared to smaller local and regional competitors. Our scale also facilitates the standardization of processes, shared learning and talent development across our entire organization.

        We believe our businesses are strategically positioned to benefit from a number of favorable demographic and secular trends. These trends include growth in population, household formation and new and existing home sales. In addition, we believe there is increasing demand for outsourced services, fueled by a trend toward "do-it-for-me" as a result of an aging population and shifts in household structure and behaviors, such as dual-income families and consumers with "on-the-go" lifestyles.

        The outsourced market for residential and commercial termite and pest control services in the United States was approximately $7 billion in 2013, according to Specialty Products Consultants, LLC. We estimate that there are approximately 20,000 U.S. termite and pest control companies, nearly all of which have fewer than 100 employees. We believe this represents an opportunity for large, scaled players, such as Terminix, to act as consolidators in the industry. We believe our Terminix business stands to benefit from a number of positive industry drivers, including increasing government and consumer focus on health and safety in both the home and the workplace.

        We estimate that the U.S. home warranty market had total revenue of approximately $1.8 billion in 2013. The home warranty market is characterized by low household penetration, which we estimate to be approximately 3-4%. We believe there is an opportunity for a reliable, scaled service provider with a national, pre-screened contractor network, such as American Home Shield, to increase market share and household penetration. Additionally, we believe that increasingly complex household systems and appliances may further highlight the value proposition of professional repair services, and accordingly, the coverage offered by a home warranty.

        We believe that the businesses in our Franchise Services Group hold leading market positions in large and fragmented markets and that our scale and national presence create competitive advantages for us and our franchisees in these markets.

Our Reportable Segments

        Our operations are organized into three reportable segments: Terminix, American Home Shield and the Franchise Services Group (which includes ServiceMaster Restore, ServiceMaster Clean, Merry Maids, Furniture Medic and AmeriSpec). The following charts show the percentage of our consolidated revenue and Adjusted EBITDA for each of our reportable segments as well as for Other Operations and Headquarters for the year ended December 31, 2013:


GRAPHIC
 
GRAPHIC

 

2


Table of Contents

Terminix Segment Overview

        Terminix is the leading provider of termite and pest control services in the United States, with a market share of 20%, as measured by customer-level revenue. In addition, Terminix is the most recognized brand in the industry with approximately 1.5x the unaided brand awareness of our next-largest competitor, based on a study by Decision Analyst, Inc. periodically commissioned by us as part of our ongoing marketing efforts. Terminix specializes in protection against termite damage, rodents, insects and other pests, including cockroaches, spiders, wood-destroying ants, ticks, fleas and bed bugs. Our services include termite remediation, annual termite inspection and prevention treatments with damage claim guarantees, and periodic pest control services. Our recent new product introductions include mosquito control, crawlspace encapsulation and wildlife exclusion.

        For the year ended December 31, 2013, 56% of our Terminix revenue was generated from pest control services and 39% was generated from termite control services, with the remaining 5% from distribution of pest control products. A significant portion of our Terminix revenue base is recurring, with 72% of 2013 revenue derived from services delivered through annual contracts. Additionally, in 2013, retention rates for termite and pest control customers with annual contracts were 85% and 79%, respectively.

        We believe that the strength of the Terminix brand, along with our history of providing a high level of consistent service, allows us to enjoy a competitive advantage in attracting, retaining and growing our customer base. We believe our investments in systems and processes, such as routing and scheduling optimization, robust reporting capabilities and mobile customer management solutions, enable us to deliver a higher level of customer service when compared to smaller regional and local competitors.

        Our focus on attracting and retaining customers begins with our associates in the field, who interact with our customers every day. Our associates bring a strong level of passion and commitment to the Terminix brand, as evidenced by the 15-year and 7-year average tenure of our branch managers and technicians, respectively. Our field organization is supported by dedicated customer service and call center personnel. Our culture of continuous improvement drives an intense focus on the quality of the services delivered, which we believe produces high levels of customer satisfaction and, ultimately, customer retention and referrals.

        The Terminix national branch structure includes approximately 285 company-owned and 100 franchised locations, which serve approximately 2.8 million customers in 47 states and the District of Columbia. In 2013, substantially all of Terminix revenue was generated in the United States, with less than 1% derived from international markets through subsidiaries, a joint venture and licensing arrangements. Franchise fees from Terminix franchisees represented less than 1% of Terminix revenue in 2013.

        For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, Terminix recorded revenue of $1,309 million and $320 million and Adjusted EBITDA of $266 million and $78 million, respectively.

    Terminix Competitive Strengths

    #1 market position and #1 recognized brand in U.S. termite and pest control services

    Track record of high customer retention rates

    Passionate and committed associates focused on delivering superior customer service

    Expansive scale and deep market presence across a national footprint

    Effective multi-channel customer acquisition strategy

    History of innovation leadership and introducing new products and services

 

3


Table of Contents

American Home Shield Segment Overview

        American Home Shield founded the home warranty industry in 1971 and remains the leading provider of home warranty plans for household systems and appliances in the United States, with approximately 42% market share, as measured by revenue. We estimate American Home Shield to be approximately four to five times larger than its nearest competitor, as measured by revenue. We believe that, as the market leader, American Home Shield can drive increasing use of home warranties given the low industry household penetration of approximately 3-4%.

        American Home Shield provides home warranty plans that cover the repair or replacement of up to 21 major household systems and appliances, including electrical, plumbing, central heating and air conditioning (HVAC) systems, water heaters, refrigerators, dishwashers and ovens/cook tops. Our warranty plans are generally structured as one-year contracts with annual renewal options and, as a result, a significant portion of our revenue base in this segment is recurring. In 2013, our retention rate was 74%. Of the home warranties written by American Home Shield in 2013, 69% were derived from existing contract renewals, while 18% and 13% were derived from sales made in conjunction with existing home resale transactions and direct-to-consumer sales, respectively.

        We believe that we have one of the largest contractor networks in the United States, comprised of approximately 10,000 independent home service contractor firms. We carefully screen our contractors and closely monitor their performance based on a number of criteria, including through feedback from customer satisfaction surveys. On an annual basis, our contractors respond to nearly three million service requests from approximately 1.4 million customers across all 50 states and the District of Columbia. Additionally, American Home Shield operates and takes service calls 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Furthermore, as a result of our large contractor network and sophisticated IT systems, approximately 90% of the time we successfully assign contractors to a job within 15 minutes or less.

        For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, American Home Shield recorded revenue of $740 million and $151 million and Adjusted EBITDA of $145 million and $23 million, respectively.

American Home Shield Competitive Strengths

    #1 market position in the industry with 42% market share, estimated to be four to five times the size of the next largest competitor

    Track record of high customer retention rates

    Large and pre-qualified national contractor network

    Strong partnerships with leading national residential real estate firms

    Core competency around direct-to-consumer marketing and lead generation

Franchise Services Group Segment Overview

        ServiceMaster's Franchise Services Group consists of the ServiceMaster Restore (disaster restoration), ServiceMaster Clean (janitorial), Merry Maids (residential cleaning), Furniture Medic (furniture repair) and AmeriSpec (home inspection) businesses. Our businesses in this segment operate principally through franchisees. Approximately half of our revenue in this segment consists of ongoing monthly royalty fees based upon a percentage of our franchisees' customer-level revenue. We believe that each business holds a leading market position in its respective category and that our scale and national presence create competitive advantages for us in attracting and retaining franchisees. We are able to invest in best-in-class systems, training and process development, provide multiple levels of marketing support and direct new business leads to our franchisees through our relationships with major insurance carriers and national account customers. The depth of our franchisee support is

 

4


Table of Contents

evidenced by the long average tenure of our franchisees, many of whom have partnered with ServiceMaster for over 25 years.

        For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Franchise Services Group recorded revenue of $236 million and $60 million and Adjusted EBITDA of $78 million and $18 million, respectively.

Franchise Services Group Competitive Strengths

    Strong and trusted brands with leading market positions in their respective categories

    Attractive value proposition to franchisees

    Exceptional focus on customer service evidenced by strong net promoter scores, or "NPS"

    Infrastructure and scale supporting our ability to service national accounts

    National network and 24/7/365 service availability supports mission-critical nature of the ServiceMaster Restore business

    Long-standing and strong relationships with the majority of the top 20 insurance carriers

Our Market Opportunity

Overview of Termite and Pest Control Industry

        The outsourced market for residential and commercial termite and pest control services in the United States was approximately $7 billion in 2013, according to Specialty Products Consultants, LLC. We estimate that there are approximately 20,000 U.S. termite and pest control companies, nearly all of which have fewer than 100 employees.

        Termites are responsible for an estimated $5 billion in home damage in the United States annually, according to the National Pest Management Association's 2012 survey. The termite control industry provides treatment and inspection services to residential and commercial property owners for the remediation and prevention of termite infestations. We believe homeowners value quality and reliability over price in choosing professional termite control services, as the cost of most professional treatments is well below the potential cost of inaction or ineffective treatment. As a result, we believe the demand for termite remediation services is relatively insulated from changes in consumer spending. In addition to remediation services, the termite control industry offers periodic termite inspections and preventative treatments to residential and commercial property owners in areas with high termite activity, typically through annual contracts. These annual contracts may carry guarantees that protect the property owner against the cost of structural damage caused by a termite infestation. Termites can cause significant damage to a structure before becoming visible to the untrained eye, highlighting the value proposition of professional preventative termite services. As a result, the termite control industry experiences high renewal rates on annual preventative inspection and treatment contracts, and revenues from such contracts are generally stable and recurring.

        Pest infestations may damage a home or business while also carrying the risk of the spread of diseases. Moreover, for many commercial facilities, pest control is essential to regular operations and regulatory compliance (e.g., hotels, restaurants and healthcare facilities). As a result of these dynamics, the pest control industry experiences high rates of renewal for its pest inspection and treatment contracts. Pest control services are often delivered on a contracted basis through regularly scheduled service visits, which include an inspection of premises and application of pest control materials. According to the National Pest Management Association's 2012 survey, approximately 30% of U.S. households currently use a professional pest exterminator.

 

5


Table of Contents


        Both termite and pest activity are affected by weather. Termite activity peaks during the annual springtime "swarm," the timing and intensity of which varies based on weather. Similarly, pest activity tends to accelerate in the spring months when warmer temperatures arrive in many U.S. regions. However, the high proportion of termite and pest control services which are contracted and recurring, as well as the high renewal rates for those services, limit the effect of weather anomalies on the termite and pest control industry in any given year.

Overview of Home Warranty Industry

        We estimate that the U.S. home warranty market had total revenue of approximately $1.8 billion in 2013. The home warranty market is characterized by low household penetration, which we estimate to be approximately 3-4%. The home warranty industry offers plans that protect a homeowner against costly repairs or replacement of household systems and appliances. Typically having a one-year term, coverage varies based on a menu of plan options. The most commonly covered items include electrical, plumbing, central heating and air conditioning (HVAC) systems, water heaters, refrigerators, dishwashers and ovens/cook tops. The home warranty industry is characterized by a high level of customer interaction and service requirements. This combination of a high-touch/high-service business model and the peace of mind it delivers to the customer has led to high renewal rates in the home warranty industry.

        As consumer demand shifts towards more outsourced services, we believe that there is an opportunity for American Home Shield, a reliable, scaled service provider with a national, pre-screened contractor network, to increase market share and household penetration. Additionally, we believe that increasingly complex household systems and appliances may further highlight the value proposition of professional repair services and, accordingly, the coverage offered by a home warranty.

        One of the drivers of sales of new home warranties is the number of existing homes sold in the United States, since a home warranty is often recommended by a real estate sales professional or offered by the seller of a home in conjunction with a real estate resale transaction. According to the National Association of Realtors, existing home resales, as measured in units, increased by approximately 9% in 2013. Approximately 18% of the revenue of American Home Shield for the year ended December 31, 2013 was tied directly to existing home resale transactions.

Overview of Key Franchise Services Group Industries

        Disaster Restoration (ServiceMaster Restore).     We estimate that the U.S. disaster restoration market is approximately $39 billion, approximately two-thirds of which is related to residential customers and the remainder related to commercial customers. Most emergency response work results from emergency situations for residential and commercial customers, such as fires and flooding. Extreme weather events and natural disasters also provide demand for emergency response work. Critical factors in the selection of an emergency response firm are the firm's reputation, relationships with insurers, available resources, proper insurance and credentials, quality of service, timeliness and responsiveness. This market is highly fragmented, with two large players, including ServiceMaster Restore, and we believe there are opportunities for growth for scaled service providers.

        Janitorial (ServiceMaster Clean).     We estimate that the U.S. janitorial services market was approximately $50 billion in 2013. The market is highly fragmented with more than 800,000 companies competing in the janitorial space, a significant majority of which have five or fewer employees.

        Residential Cleaning (Merry Maids).     We estimate that the U.S. residential professional cleaning services market was approximately $3.7 billion in 2013. Competition in this market comes mainly from local, independently owned firms, and from a few national companies.

 

6


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

        #1 Market Positions in Large, Fragmented and Growing Markets.     We are the leading provider of essential residential and commercial services in the majority of markets in which we operate. Our markets are generally large, growing and highly fragmented, and we believe we have significant advantages over smaller local and regional competitors. We have spent decades developing a reputation built on reliability and superior quality and service. As a result, we enjoy high unaided brand awareness and a reputation for high-quality customer service, which serve as key drivers of our customer acquisition efforts. Our nationwide presence also allows our brands to effectively serve both local residential customers and large national commercial accounts and to capitalize on lead generation sources that include large real estate agencies, financial institutions and insurance carriers. We believe our significant size and scale also provide a competitive advantage in our purchasing power, route density, and marketing and operating efficiencies compared to smaller local and regional competitors. Our scale also facilitates the standardization of processes, shared learning and talent development across our entire organization.

        Diverse Revenue Streams Across Customers and Geographies.     ServiceMaster is diversified in terms of customers and geographies, and our businesses served approximately five million customers in 2013. We operate in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. Our Terminix business, which accounted for 57% of our 2013 revenue, served approximately 2.8 million customers across a branch network of approximately 285 company-owned and 100 franchised locations. American Home Shield, which accounted for 32% of our 2013 revenue, responded to nearly three million service requests from approximately 1.4 million customers. Our diverse customer base and geographies help to mitigate the effect of adverse market conditions and other risks in any particular geography or customer segment we serve. We therefore believe that the size and scale of our company provide us with added protection from risk relative to our smaller local and regional competitors.

        High-Value Service Offerings Resulting in High Retention and Recurring Revenues.     We believe our high annual customer retention demonstrates the highly valued nature of the services we offer and the high level of execution and customer service that we provide. In 2013, in our Terminix termite and pest control businesses, our customer retention rates were 85% and 79%, respectively, and in our American Home Shield segment, our retention rate was 74%. Many of our technicians have built long-standing, personal relationships with their customers. We believe these personal bonds, often forged over decades, help to drive customer loyalty and retention. As a result of our strong retention rates and long-standing customer relationships, we enjoy significant visibility and stability in our business, and these factors limit the effect of adverse economic cycles on our revenue base. We experienced these advantages during the most recent downturn, when we were able to grow revenue in each year from 2008 to 2013.

        Multi-Channel Marketing Approach Supported by Sophisticated Customer Analytic Modeling Capabilities.     Our multi-channel marketing approach focuses on building the value of our brands and generating revenue by understanding the decisions customers make at each stage in the purchase of residential and commercial services. The effectiveness of our marketing efforts is demonstrated by an increase in lead generation and online sales, as well as an improvement in close rates over the last few years. For example, in our direct-to-consumer channel at American Home Shield, new home warranty lead generation, marketing yield and close rates have benefited from increased spending on marketing as well as improved digital marketing. We have also been deploying increasingly sophisticated customer analytics models that allow us to more effectively segment our prospective customers and tailor campaigns towards them. In addition, we are seeing success with newer ways of reaching and marketing to consumers via content marketing, promotions and social media channels.

 

7


Table of Contents

        Operational and Customer Service Excellence Driven by Superior People Development.     We are constantly focused on improving customer service. The customer experience is at the foundation of our business model, and we believe that each employee is an extension of ServiceMaster's reputation. We employ rigorous hiring and training practices and continuously analyze our operating metrics to identify potential improvements in service and productivity. Technicians in our Terminix branches exhibit low levels of turnover, with an average tenure of seven years, creating continuity in customer relationships and ensuring the development of best practices based on on-the-ground experience. We also provide our field personnel with access to sophisticated data management and mobility tools which enable them to drive efficiencies, improve customer service and ultimately grow our customer base and profitability.

        Resilient Financial Model with Track Record of Consistent Performance.     

    Solid revenue and Adjusted EBITDA growth through business cycles.   Our consolidated revenue and Adjusted EBITDA compound annual growth rates from 2009 through 2013 were 4% and 6%, respectively. We believe that our strong performance through the recent economic and housing downturns is attributable to the essential nature of our services, our strong value proposition and our management's focus on driving results.

    Solid margins with attractive operating leverage and productivity improvement initiatives.   Our business model enjoys inherent operating leverage stemming from route density and fixed investments in infrastructure and technology, among other factors. We have demonstrated our ability to expand our margins through a variety of initiatives, including metric-driven continuous improvement in our customer call centers, application of consistent process guidelines at the branch level, leveraging size and scale to improve the sourcing of labor and materials, and driving productivity in centralized services. We have also deployed mobility solutions and routing and scheduling systems across many of our businesses in order to enhance overall efficiency and reduce operating costs.

        Capital-Light Business Model.     Our business model is characterized by strong Adjusted EBITDA margins, negative working capital and limited capital expenditure requirements. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, our net cash provided from operating activities from continuing operations was $208 million, $104 million and $74 million, respectively, and our property additions were $39 million, $44 million and $52 million, respectively. Pre-Tax Unlevered Free Cash Flow was $426 million, $364 million and $292 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We intend to utilize a meaningful portion of our future cash flow to repay debt. For a reconciliation of Pre-Tax Unlevered Free Cash Flow to net cash provided from operating activities from continuing operations, which we consider to be the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, see "—Selected Historical Financial Data."

        Experienced Management Team.     We have assembled a management team of highly experienced leaders with significant industry expertise. Our senior leaders have track records of producing profitable growth in a wide variety of industries and economic conditions. We also believe that we have a deep bench of talent across each of our business units, including long-tenured individuals with significant expertise and knowledge of the businesses they operate. Our management team is highly focused on execution and driving growth and profitability across our company. Our compensation structure, including incentive compensation, is tied to key performance metrics and is designed to incentivize senior management to seek the long-term success of our business.

 

8


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

        Grow Our Customer Base.     We are focused on the growth of our businesses through the introduction and delivery of high-value services to new and existing customers. We drive growth in recurring and new sales via three primary channels:

    Direct-to-consumer through our company-owned branches;

    Indirectly through partnerships with high-quality contractors in our home warranty business; and

    Through trusted service providers who are franchisees.

        To accelerate new customer growth, we make strategic investments in sales, marketing and advertising to drive new business leads, brand awareness and market penetration. In addition, we are executing multiple initiatives to improve customer satisfaction and service delivery, which we believe will lead to improved retention and growth in our customer base across our business segments.

        Introduce New Service Offerings.     We intend to continue to leverage our existing sales channels and local coverage to deliver additional value-added services to our customers. Our product development teams draw upon the experience of our technicians in the field, combined with in-house scientific expertise, to create innovative customer solutions for both our existing customer base and identified service/category adjacencies. We have a strong history of new product introductions, such as Terminix's crawlspace encapsulation, mosquito control and wildlife exclusion services, that we believe will appeal to new potential customers as well as our existing customer base. As another example, in the second quarter of 2014, our ServiceMaster Restore and AmeriSpec teams intend to introduce InstaScope, a new, proprietary technology for instant mold detection and water categorization.

        Expand Our Geographic Markets.     Through detailed assessments of local economic conditions and demographics, we have identified target markets for expansion, both in existing markets, where we have capacity to increase our local market position, and in new markets, where we see opportunities. In addition to geographic expansion opportunities within the United States, we intend to grow our international presence through strategic franchise expansions and additional licensing agreements.

        Grow Our Commercial Business.     Our revenue from commercial customers comprised approximately 13% of our 2013 revenue. We believe we are well positioned to leverage our national coverage, brand strength and broad service offerings to target large multi-regional accounts. We believe these capabilities provide us with a meaningful competitive advantage, especially compared to smaller local and regional competitors. We recognize that many of these large accounts seek to outsource or reduce the number of vendors used for certain services, and, accordingly, we have reenergized our marketing approach in this channel. At Terminix, for example, we have hired a dedicated sales team to focus on the development of commercial sales. Our commercial expansion strategy targets industries with a demonstrated need for our services, including healthcare, manufacturing, warehouses, hotels and commercial real estate.

        Enhance Our Profitability.     We have and will continue to invest in initiatives designed to improve our margins and drive profitable growth. We have been able to increase productivity across our segments through actions such as continuous process improvement, targeted systems investments, sales force initiatives and technician mobility tools. We are also focusing on strategically leveraging the $1.4 billion that we have spent annually with our vendors to capitalize on purchasing power and achieve more favorable pricing and terms. In addition, we have rolled out tools and processes to centralize and systematize pricing decisions. These tools and processes enable us to optimize pricing at the geographic market and product level while creating a flexible and scalable pricing architecture that can grow with the business. We intend to leverage these investments as well as identify further opportunities to enhance profitability across our businesses.

 

9


Table of Contents

        Pursue Selective Acquisitions.     Since 2008, we have completed nearly 200 acquisitions. We anticipate that the highly fragmented nature of our markets will continue to create opportunities for further consolidation. As we have in the past, we will continue to take advantage of tuck-in as well as strategic acquisition opportunities, particularly in underserved markets where we can enhance and expand our service capabilities. We seek to use acquisitions to cost-effectively grow our customer count and enter high-growth geographies. We may also pursue acquisitions as vehicles for strategic international expansion.

TruGreen Spin-Off

        On January 14, 2014, we completed a separation transaction, or the "TruGreen Spin-off," resulting in the spin-off of the assets and certain liabilities of the business that comprises the lawn, tree and shrub care services previously conducted by ServiceMaster primarily under the TruGreen brand name, or collectively, the "TruGreen Business," through a tax-free, pro rata dividend to our stockholders. As a result of the completion of the TruGreen Spin-off, TruGreen Holding Corporation, or "New TruGreen," operates the TruGreen Business as a private independent company. The TruGreen Business experienced a significant downturn in recent years. Since 2011, the TruGreen Business lost 400,000 customers, or 19 percent of its customer base. The TruGreen Business's operating margins also eroded during this time frame due to production inefficiencies, higher chemical costs and inflationary pressures, compounded by lower fixed cost leverage as falling customer counts drove revenue down. The TruGreen Business experienced revenue and Adjusted EBITDA declines of 18.6 percent and 87.6 percent, respectively, from 2011 to 2013. In light of these developments, we made the decision to effect the TruGreen Spin-off, which we expect will enable our management to increase its focus on the Terminix, American Home Shield and Franchise Services Group segments, while providing New TruGreen, as an independently operated, private company, the time and focus required to execute a turnaround. In addition, the TruGreen Spin-off was effected to enhance our ability to complete an initial public offering of our common stock and use the net proceeds primarily to reduce our indebtedness. The historical results of the TruGreen Business, including its results of operations, cash flows and related assets and liabilities, are reported in discontinued operations for all periods presented in this prospectus.

        We have historically incurred the cost of certain corporate-level activities which we performed on behalf of the TruGreen Business, including communications, public relations, finance and accounting, tax, treasury, internal audit, human resources operations and benefits, risk management and insurance, supply management, real estate management, marketing, facilities, information technology and other support services. Beginning with the TruGreen Spin-off, where it was practicable, employees who historically provided such services to the TruGreen Business were separated from us and transferred to New TruGreen as of the date of the TruGreen Spin-off. For certain support services for which it was not practicable to separate employees and transfer them to New TruGreen beginning with the TruGreen Spin-off, a transition services agreement was entered into pursuant to which SvM and its subsidiaries provide specified services to New TruGreen while an orderly transition of employees and other support arrangements from SvM to New TruGreen is executed. The charges for the transition services are designed to allow us to fully recover the direct costs of providing the services, plus specified margins and any out-of-pocket costs and expenses. The services provided under the transition services agreement will terminate at various specified times, and in no event later than January 14, 2016 (except for certain information technology services, which New TruGreen expects SvM to provide to New TruGreen beyond the two-year period).

        As a result of the transfer of employees to New TruGreen, in combination with the fees we expect to receive under the transition services agreement, we expect an approximate $25 million reduction in annual costs.

 

10


Table of Contents

Reverse Stock Split

        On June 13, 2014, we filed an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation effecting a 2-for-3 reverse stock split of our common stock. The information in this prospectus gives effect to the reverse stock split.

Concurrent Refinancing of Existing Credit Facilities

        Substantially contemporaneously with this offering, we intend to refinance, or the "Concurrent Refinancing," our existing term and revolving credit facilities with a $1,825 million term loan facility maturing 2021, or the "New Term Loan Facility," and a $300 million revolving credit facility maturing 2019, or the "New Revolving Credit Facility," and, together with the New Term Loan Facility, the "New Credit Facilities." See "Description of Certain Indebtedness—New Credit Facilities." We intend to use borrowings under the New Term Loan Facility, together with available cash (which may include a portion of the proceeds of this offering), to repay $2,187 million of borrowings outstanding under our Existing Credit Facilities in connection with the anticipated termination thereof. This offering is not contingent upon our entering into the New Credit Facilities, and there can be no assurance that we will enter into the New Credit Facilities and terminate the Existing Term Facilities at the time of consummation of this offering, or at all. See "Concurrent Refinancing."

Equity Sponsors and Organizational Structure

        In July 2007, SvM was acquired pursuant to a merger transaction, or the "2007 Merger," and, immediately following the completion of the 2007 Merger, all of our outstanding common stock was owned by investment funds managed by, or affiliated with, Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC ("CD&R"), or the "CD&R Funds," Citigroup Private Equity LP, or "Citigroup," BAS Capital Funding Corporation, or "BAS," and JPMorgan Chase Funding Inc., or "JPMorgan." On September 30, 2010, Citigroup transferred the management responsibility for certain investment funds that owned shares of our common stock to StepStone Group LP, or "StepStone," and the investment funds managed by StepStone Group, the "StepStone Funds." As of December 22, 2011, we purchased from BAS 5 million shares of our common stock. On March 30, 2012, an affiliate of BAS sold 5 million shares of our common stock to Ridgemont Partners Secondary Fund I, L.P, or "Ridgemont." On July 24, 2012, BACSVM-A L.P., an affiliate of BAS, distributed 1,666,666 million shares of our common stock to Charlotte Investor IV, L.P., its sole limited partner, (together with the CD&R Funds, the StepStone Funds, JPMorgan, Citigroup Capital Partners II Employee Master Fund, L.P., an affiliate of Citigroup, and BACSVM-A, L.P., an affiliate of BAS, the "Equity Sponsors"). After giving effect to this offering, the CD&R Funds, the StepStone Funds and JPMorgan will beneficially own 47.3%, 10.4% and 5.2%, respectively, of the shares of our outstanding common stock, and each of the other Equity Sponsors will beneficially own less than 5% of our outstanding common stock.

        CD&R is a private equity firm composed of a combination of financial and operating executives pursuing an investment strategy predicated on building stronger, more profitable businesses. Since its founding in 1978, CD&R has managed the investment of more than $19 billion in 59 businesses with an aggregate transaction value of more than $90 billion. CD&R has a disciplined and clearly defined investment strategy with a special focus on multi-location services and distribution businesses.

        StepStone Group LP is a global private markets firm overseeing more than $60 billion of private capital allocations, including approximately $11 billion of assets under management. StepStone creates customized portfolios for investors using a highly disciplined research-focused approach that integrates fund, secondary, mezzanine and co-investments.

 

11


Table of Contents

        The following chart illustrates our ownership and organizational structure, after giving effect to this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares:

GRAPHIC


(1)
Guarantor of SvM's existing senior secured revolving credit facility, or the "Existing Revolving Credit Facility," and SvM's existing senior secured term loan facilities, or the "Existing Term Facilities," and together with the Existing Revolving Credit Facility, the "Existing Credit Facilities"; and will be a guarantor of the New Credit Facilities. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness."

(2)
Borrower under the Existing Credit Facilities and issuer of the 8% senior notes maturing in 2020, or the "8% 2020 Notes," and the 7% senior notes maturing in 2020, or the "7% 2020 Notes," and collectively with the 8% 2020 Notes, the "2020 Notes," and the Continuing Notes, as defined in "Description of Certain Indebtedness." SvM will be the borrower under the New Credit Facilities. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness."

(3)
SvM's subsidiary The Terminix International Company Limited Partnership is a co-borrower under the Existing Revolving Credit Facility. Certain direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries of SvM guarantee the Existing Credit Facilities and the 2020 Notes and will guarantee the New Credit Facilities.

Market and Industry Data

        This prospectus includes estimates regarding market and industry data and forecasts, which are based on publicly available information, industry publications and surveys, reports from government agencies, reports by market research firms and our own estimates based on our management's knowledge of, and experience in, the residential and commercial services industry and market segments in which we compete. Third-party industry publications and forecasts generally state that the

 

12


Table of Contents

information contained therein has been obtained from sources generally believed to be reliable. Our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the captions "Risk Factors," "Forward-Looking Statements" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

Service Marks, Trademarks and Trade Names

        We hold various service marks, trademarks and trade names, such as ServiceMaster, Terminix, American Home Shield, ServiceMaster Restore, ServiceMaster Clean, Merry Maids, Furniture Medic and AmeriSpec, that we deem particularly important to the advertising activities conducted by each of our businesses. As of March 31, 2014, we had marks that were protected by registration (either by direct registration or by treaty) in the United States and approximately 90 other countries.

* * * * *

        Our corporate headquarters are located at 860 Ridge Lake Boulevard, Memphis, Tennessee, 38120. Our telephone number is (901) 597-1400.

 

13


Table of Contents

 


THE OFFERING

Common stock offered by us

  35,900,000 shares

Option to purchase additional shares of common stock

  The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 5,385,000 shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  127,755,945 shares (or 133,140,945 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares)

Use of proceeds

  We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $656 (or approximately $755 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

  We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to:

 

redeem $210.0 million in principal amount of the 8% 2020 Notes (representing 35% of the outstanding principal amount thereof) at 108% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest estimated to be approximately $7.0 million;

 

redeem $262.5 million in principal amount of the 7% 2020 Notes (representing 35% of the outstanding principal amount thereof) at 107% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest estimated to be approximately $7.7 million;

 

repay $112 million in aggregate principal amount of borrowings outstanding under the Existing Term Loan Facility; and

 

pay certain of the Equity Sponsors aggregate fees of $21 million in connection with the termination of our consulting agreements with each of them upon the consummation of this offering.

  See "Use of Proceeds" and "Concurrent Refinancing."

Dividend policy

  We do not currently anticipate paying dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy."

NYSE trading symbol

  "SERV"

Risk factors

  See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

14


Table of Contents

        The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately following this offering is based on the number of our shares of common stock outstanding as of June 13, 2014, and excludes:

    5,708,369 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options to purchase shares outstanding as of June 13, 2014 at a weighted average exercise price of $12.03 per share;

    609,259 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to restricted shares and restricted stock units as of June 13, 2014; and

    7,629,757 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance following this offering under our equity plans.

        Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

    gives effect to the 2-for-3 reverse stock split of our common stock effected on June 13, 2014;

    gives effect to the issuance of 35,900,000 shares of common stock in this offering;

    assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares;

    assumes that the initial public offering price of our common stock will be $19.50 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus); and

    gives effect to amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws to be adopted prior to the completion of this offering.

 

15


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY HISTORICAL
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER OPERATING DATA

        The following tables set forth summary historical consolidated financial and other operating data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary historical consolidated financial and other operating data as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial and other operating data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes not included in this prospectus. The summary historical financial and other operating data are qualified in their entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes and our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Selected Historical Financial Data" included in this prospectus.

 
  Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In millions, except per share data)
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011  

Operating Results:

                               

Revenue

  $ 533   $ 514   $ 2,293   $ 2,214   $ 2,105  

Cost of services rendered and products sold

    288     270     1,220     1,196     1,125  

Selling and administrative expenses

    151     158     691     678     648  

Amortization expense

    13     13     51     58     83  

Impairment of software and other related costs(1)

    48                  

Restructuring charges(2)

    5     3     6     15     7  

Interest expense

    61     60     247     245     266  

Interest and net investment income

    (6 )   (2 )   (8 )   (7 )   (11 )

Loss on extinguishment of debt(3)

                55      
                       

(Loss) Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes (1)(2)(3)

    (27 )   12     86     (26 )   (13 )

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

    (9 )   6     43     (8 )   (6 )

Equity in losses of joint venture

            (1 )        
                       

(Loss) Income from Continuing Operations (1)(2)(3)

    (18 )   6     42     (18 )   (7 )

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes(4)

    (95 )   (29 )   (549 )   (696 )   53  
                       

Net (Loss) Income (1)(2)(3)(4)

  $ (113 ) $ (23 ) $ (507 ) $ (714 ) $ 46  
                       
                       

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                               

Basic

    92     92     92     92     92  

Diluted

    92     93     92     92     92  

Basic and Diluted (Loss) Earnings Per Share—Continuing Operations

  $ (0.20 ) $ 0.07   $ 0.46   $ (0.20 ) $ (0.08 )

Financial Position (as of period end):

                               

Total assets

  $ 5,197         $ 5,905   $ 6,415   $ 7,156  

Cash and cash equivalents

    432           484     418     330  

Total long-term debt

    3,904           3,906     3,924     3,859  

Total shareholders' (deficit) equity(1)(2)(3)(4)

    (369 )         23     535     1,234  

Other Financial Data:

                               

Capital expenditures

  $ 14   $ 9   $ 39   $ 44   $ 52  

Adjusted EBITDA(5)

    115     103     450     413     397  

Ratio of total debt to annual Adjusted EBITDA(5)

                8.68     9.50     9.72  

Ratio of annual Adjusted EBITDA to interest expense(5)

                1.82     1.68     1.49  

(1)
We recorded an impairment charge of $48 million ($29 million, net of tax) in the first quarter of 2014 relating to our decision to abandon our efforts to deploy a new operating system at American Home Shield. See Note 1 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for further details.

(2)
See Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 3 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for further details.

 

16


Table of Contents

(3)
The 2012 results include a $55 million ($35 million, net of tax) loss on extinguishment of debt related to the redemption of the remaining $996 million aggregate principal amount of SvM's 10.75% senior notes maturing in 2015, or the "2015 Notes," and repayment of $276 million of outstanding borrowings under the Term Facilities.

(4)
On January 14, 2014, we completed the TruGreen Spin-off, resulting in the spin-off of the assets and certain liabilities of the TruGreen Business through a tax-free, pro rata dividend to our stockholders. As a result of the TruGreen Spin-off, we were required to perform an interim impairment analysis as of January 14, 2014 on the TruGreen trade name. This interim impairment analysis resulted in a pre-tax non-cash trade name impairment charge of $139 million ($84 million, net of tax) to reduce the carrying value of the TruGreen trade name to its estimated fair value.


In 2013, 2012 and 2011, we recorded pre-tax non-cash impairment charges of $673 million ($521 million, net of tax), $909 million ($764 million, net of tax) and $37 million ($22 million, net of tax), respectively, associated with the goodwill and trade name at the TruGreen Business in (loss) income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes. See Note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further details.


In 2011, in conjunction with the decision to dispose of our commercial landscaping business, we recorded a pre-tax non-cash impairment charge of $34 million to reduce the carrying value of the commercial landscaping business's assets to their estimated fair value less cost to sell in accordance with applicable accounting standards. Upon completion of such sale in 2011 we recorded a pre-tax loss on sale of $6 million.

(5)
We use Adjusted EBITDA to facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period. Adjusted EBITDA is a supplemental measure of our performance that is not required by, or presented in accordance with, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or "GAAP." Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP or as an alternative to net cash provided by operating activities or any other measures of our cash flow or liquidity. "Adjusted EBITDA" means net income (loss) before: income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes; provision (benefit) for income taxes; gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt; interest expense; depreciation and amortization expense; non-cash goodwill and trade name impairment; residual value guarantee charge; non-cash impairment of software and other related costs; non-cash impairment of property and equipment; non-cash stock-based compensation expense; restructuring charges; management and consulting fees; non-cash effects attributable to the application of purchase accounting and other non-operating expenses.


We believe Adjusted EBITDA facilitates company-to-company operating performance comparisons by backing out potential differences caused by variations in capital structures (affecting net interest income and expense), taxation and the age and book depreciation of facilities and equipment (affecting relative depreciation expense), which may vary for different companies for reasons unrelated to operating performance. In addition, we exclude residual value guarantee charges that do not result in additional cash payments to exit the facility at the end of the lease term.


Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled financial measures of other companies due to the potential inconsistencies in the methods of calculation.


Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analyzing our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes;

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect historical capital expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

    Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and

    Other companies in our industries may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

 

17


Table of Contents


The following table sets forth Adjusted EBITDA for each of our reportable segments and Other Operations and Headquarters and reconciles the total Adjusted EBITDA to Net (Loss) Income for the periods presented, which we consider to be the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to Adjusted EBITDA:

 
  Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
(In millions)
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011  

Adjusted EBITDA:

                               

Terminix

  $ 78   $ 75   $ 266   $ 266   $ 249  

American Home Shield

    23     21     145     117     107  

Franchise Services Group

    18     17     78     70     75  
                       

Reportable Segment Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 119   $ 113   $ 489   $ 453   $ 431  

Other Operations and Headquarters(a)

    (4 )   (10 )   (39 )   (40 )   (34 )
                       

Total Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 115   $ 103   $ 450   $ 413   $ 397  
                       
                       

Depreciation and amortization expense

    (25 )   (25 ) $ (99 ) $ (100 ) $ (121 )

Non-cash impairment of software and other related costs(b)

    (48 )                

Non-cash impairment of property and equipment(c)

                (9 )    

Non-cash stock-based compensation expense(d)

    (1 )   (1 )   (4 )   (7 )   (8 )

Restructuring charges(e)

    (5 )   (3 )   (6 )   (15 )   (7 )

Management and consulting fees(f)

    (2 )   (2 )   (7 )   (7 )   (8 )

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes(g)

    (95 )   (29 )   (549 )   (696 )   53  

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

    9     (6 )   (43 )   8     6  

Loss on extinguishment of debt(h)

                (55 )    

Interest expense

    (61 )   (60 )   (247 )   (245 )   (266 )

Other(i)

            (2 )   (1 )    
                       

Net (Loss) Income

  $ (113 ) $ (23 ) $ (507 ) $ (714 ) $ 46  
                       
                       

(a)
Represents unallocated corporate expenses.

(b)
Represents the impairment of software and other related costs described in footnote (1) above. We exclude non-cash impairments from Adjusted EBITDA because we believe doing so is useful to investors in aiding period-to-period comparability.

(c)
For the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily represents a $3 million impairment of licensed intellectual property and a $1 million impairment of abandoned real estate at Terminix, and a $4 million impairment of certain internally developed software at Merry Maids recorded in 2012 for which there were no similar impairments recorded in 2013. We exclude non-cash impairments of property and equipment from Adjusted EBITDA because we believe doing so is useful to investors in aiding period-to-period comparability.

(d)
Represents the non-cash expense of our equity-based compensation. We exclude this expense from Adjusted EBITDA primarily because it is a non-cash expense and because it is not used by management to assess ongoing operational performance. We believe excluding this expense from Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in aiding period-to-period comparability.

(e)
Represents the restructuring charges described in footnote (2) above, which include restructuring charges related primarily to the impact of a branch optimization project at Terminix and an initiative to enhance capabilities and reduce costs in our centers of excellence at Other Operations and Headquarters. Our centers of excellence are functions at our headquarters that provide company-wide administrative services for our operations. We exclude these restructuring charges from Adjusted EBITDA because we believe they do not reflect our ongoing operations and because we believe doing so is useful to investors in aiding period-to-period comparability.

(f)
Represents the amounts paid to certain of our Equity Sponsors under the consulting agreements described in "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Consulting Agreements." We exclude these amounts from Adjusted EBITDA primarily because they are not reflective of ongoing operating results and because they are not used by management to assess ongoing operational performance. In addition, we have excluded these amounts from Adjusted EBITDA because the consulting agreements will terminate in connection with the completion of this offering.

(g)
Represents our loss in connection with the spin-off of the TruGreen Business in 2014 and the disposition of our commercial landscaping business in 2011, including the non-cash impairment charges and the loss on sale described in footnote (4) above. We exclude these amounts from Adjusted EBITDA because these charges are not part of our ongoing operations and we believe doing so is useful to investors in aiding period-to-period comparability.

(h)
Represents the loss on extinguishment of debt described in footnote (3) above. We believe excluding this expense from Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in aiding period-to-period comparability.

(i)
Represents administrative expenses of ServiceMaster and interest expense of ServiceMaster related to a note payable due to SvM. Although we expect to incur similar expenses in the future, we exclude these expenses from the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA in order to present Adjusted EBITDA on a basis consistent with Adjusted EBITDA as previously reported by SvM, which is familiar to holders of SvM's indebtedness.

 

18


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information included in this prospectus, including our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones facing us. The occurrence of any of the following risks or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could materially and adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows. In such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements and estimates that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks and uncertainties described below.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

Weakening in general economic conditions, especially as they may affect home sales, unemployment or consumer confidence or spending levels, may adversely impact our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

        A substantial portion of our results of operations is dependent upon spending by consumers. Deterioration in general economic conditions and consumer confidence, particularly in California, Texas and Florida, which collectively represented approximately one-third of our 2013 revenue in our Terminix and American Home Shield segments, could affect the demand for our services. Consumer spending and confidence tend to decline during times of declining economic conditions. A worsening of macroeconomic indicators, including weak home sales, higher home foreclosures, declining consumer confidence or rising unemployment rates, could adversely affect consumer spending levels, reduce the demand for our services and adversely impact our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows. These factors could also negatively impact the timing or the ultimate collection of accounts receivable, which would adversely impact our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

We may not successfully implement our business strategies, including achieving our growth objectives.

        We may not be able to fully implement our business strategies or realize, in whole or in part within the expected time frames, the anticipated benefits of our various growth or other initiatives. Our various business strategies and initiatives, including growth of our customer base, introduction of new service offerings, geographic expansion, growth of our commercial business and enhancement of profitability, are subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control.

        In addition, we may incur certain costs to achieve efficiency improvements and growth in our business and we may not meet anticipated implementation timetables or stay within budgeted costs. As these efficiency improvement and growth initiatives are undertaken, we may not fully achieve our expected cost savings and efficiency improvements or growth rates, or these initiatives could adversely impact our customer retention or our operations. Also, our business strategies may change from time to time in light of our ability to implement our new business initiatives, competitive pressures, economic uncertainties or developments, or other factors.

We may be required to recognize additional impairment charges.

        We have significant amounts of goodwill and intangible assets, such as trade names, and have incurred impairment charges in 2013 and earlier periods with respect to goodwill and intangible assets. In the first quarter of 2014, we incurred impairment charges with respect to fixed assets, and we have

19


Table of Contents

also incurred impairment charges in the past in connection with our disposition activities. In accordance with applicable accounting standards, goodwill and intangible assets that are not amortized are subject to assessment for impairment by applying a fair-value based test annually, or more frequently if there are indicators of impairment, including:

    significant adverse changes in the business climate, including economic or financial conditions;

    significant adverse changes in expected operating results;

    adverse actions or assessments by regulators;

    unanticipated competition;

    loss of key personnel; and

    a current expectation that it is more likely than not that a reporting unit or intangible asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of.

        In each of the past three years based on lower projected revenue and operating results for TruGreen, we recorded pre-tax non-cash impairment charges to reduce the carrying value of TruGreen's goodwill and the TruGreen trade name, respectively, as a result of our interim or annual impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets. These charges were $417 million and $256 million, respectively in 2013, and $790 million and $119 million, respectively, in 2012.

        As a result of the TruGreen Spin-off, we performed an interim impairment analysis as of January 14, 2014 on the TruGreen trade name. The assumptions were based on the TruGreen Business as a standalone company, and resulted in an impairment charge of $139 million during the first quarter of 2014.

        In February 2014, American Home Shield ceased efforts to deploy a new operating system that had been intended to improve customer relationship management capabilities and enhance its operations. We recorded an impairment charge of $48 million in the first quarter of 2014 relating to this decision.

        Based upon future economic and financial market conditions, the operating performance of our reporting units and other factors, including those listed above, future impairment charges could be incurred. It is possible that such impairment, if required, could be material. Any future impairment charges that we are required to record could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

Adverse credit and financial market events and conditions could, among other things, impede access to or increase the cost of financing or cause our commercial and governmental customers to incur liquidity issues that could lead to some of our services not being purchased or being cancelled, or result in reduced revenue and lower Adjusted EBITDA, any of which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

        Disruptions in credit or financial markets could, among other things, lead to impairment charges, make it more difficult for us to obtain, or increase our cost of obtaining, financing for our operations or investments or to refinance our indebtedness, cause our lenders to depart from prior credit industry practice and not give technical or other waivers under the Existing Credit Facilities or, if then in effect, the New Credit Facilities, to the extent we may seek them in the future, thereby causing SvM to be in default under one or more of the Existing Credit Facilities or the New Credit Facilities, as applicable. These disruptions also could cause our commercial customers to encounter liquidity issues that could lead to some of our services being cancelled or reduced, or that could result in an increase in the time it takes our customers to pay us, or that could lead to a decrease in pricing for our services and products, any of which could adversely affect our accounts receivable, among other things, and, in turn,

20


Table of Contents

increase our working capital needs. Volatile swings in the commercial real estate segment could also impact the demand for our services as landlords cut back on services provided to their tenants. In addition, adverse developments at federal, state and local levels associated with budget deficits resulting from economic conditions could result in federal, state and local governments decreasing their purchasing of our products or services and/or increasing taxes or other fees on businesses, including us, to generate more tax revenues, which could negatively impact spending by commercial customers and municipalities on our services.

Our market segments are highly competitive. Competition could reduce our share of the market segments served by us and adversely impact our reputation, business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

        We operate in highly competitive market segments. Changes in the source and intensity of competition in the market segments served by us impact the demand for our services and may also result in additional pricing pressures. The relatively low capital cost of entry into certain of our business categories has led to strong competitive market segments, including competition from smaller regional and local owner-operated companies. Regional and local competitors operating in a limited geographic area may have lower labor, benefits and overhead costs. The principal methods of competition in our businesses include name recognition, quality and speed of service, customer satisfaction, reputation and pricing. We may be unable to compete successfully against current or future competitors, and the competitive pressures that we face may result in reduced market segment share, reduced pricing or adversely impact our reputation, business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Weather conditions and seasonality affect the demand for our services and our results of operations and cash flows.

        The demand for our services and our results of operations are affected by weather conditions, including, without limitation, potential impacts, if any, from climate change, known and unknown, and by the seasonal nature of our termite and pest control services, home inspection services, home warranties and disaster restoration services. Adverse weather conditions (e.g., cooler temperatures or droughts), whether created by climate change factors or otherwise, can impede the development of the termite swarm and lead to lower demand for our termite remediation services. For example, colder weather conditions in 2014 adversely affected our traditional termite revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2014, and we expect these conditions to affect our consolidated revenues in the second quarter of 2014 and throughout the remainder of the year, particularly in our Terminix segment. Severe winter storms can also impact our home cleaning business if personnel cannot travel to service locations due to hazardous road conditions. In addition, extreme temperatures can lead to an increase in service requests related to household systems and appliances in our American Home Shield business, resulting in higher claim frequency and costs and lower profitability. These or other weather conditions could adversely impact our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Increases in raw material prices, fuel prices and other operating costs could adversely impact our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

        Our financial performance is affected by the level of our operating expenses, such as fuel, chemicals, refrigerants, appliances and equipment, parts, raw materials, wages and salaries, employee benefits, health care, vehicle maintenance, self-insurance costs and other insurance premiums as well as various regulatory compliance costs, all of which may be subject to inflationary pressures. In particular, our financial performance is adversely affected by increases in these operating costs. In recent years, fuel prices have fluctuated widely, and previous increases in fuel prices increased our costs of operating vehicles and equipment. We cannot predict what effect recent global events or any future Middle East or other crisis could have on fuel prices, but it is possible that such events could lead to higher fuel

21


Table of Contents

prices. With respect to fuel, our Terminix fleet, which consumes approximately 11 million gallons annually, has been negatively impacted by significant increases in fuel prices in the past and could be negatively impacted in the future. Although we hedge a significant portion of our fuel costs, we do not hedge all of those costs. In 2014, we expect to use approximately 11 million gallons of fuel. A ten percent change in fuel prices would result in a change of approximately $4 million in our 2014 fuel cost before considering the impact of fuel swap contracts. Although based upon Department of Energy fuel price forecasts, as well as the hedges we have executed to date for 2014, we have projected that fuel prices will not significantly increase our per gallon fuel costs for 2014 compared to 2013, those forecasts and projections may not prove correct. Fuel price increases can also result in increases in the cost of chemicals and other materials used in our business. We cannot predict the extent to which we may experience future increases in costs of fuel, chemicals, refrigerants, appliances and equipment, parts, raw materials, wages and salaries, employee benefits, health care, vehicle, self-insurance costs and other insurance premiums as well as various regulatory compliance costs and other operating costs. To the extent such costs increase, we may be prevented, in whole or in part, from passing these cost increases through to our existing and prospective customers, and the rates we pay to our subcontractors and suppliers may increase, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

We may not be able to attract and retain qualified key executives or transition smoothly to new leadership, which could adversely impact us and our businesses and inhibit our ability to operate and grow successfully.

        The execution of our business strategy and our financial performance will continue to depend in significant part on our executive management team and other key management personnel and the smooth transition of new senior leadership. We have recently enhanced our senior management team, including through the hiring of Robert J. Gillette as Chief Executive Officer, or "CEO," and Alan J. M. Haughie as Chief Financial Officer, or "CFO." Any inability to attract in a timely manner other qualified key executives, retain our leadership team and recruit other important personnel could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Our franchisees and third-party distributors and vendors could take actions that could harm our business.

        For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013, $33 million and $137 million, respectively, of our consolidated revenue was received in the form of franchise revenues. Accordingly, our financial results are dependent in part upon the operational and financial success of our franchisees. Our franchisees, third-party distributors and vendors are contractually obligated to operate their businesses in accordance with the standards set forth in our agreements with them. Each franchising brand also provides training and support to franchisees. However, franchisees, third-party distributors and vendors are independent third parties that we do not control, and who own, operate and oversee the daily operations of their businesses. As a result, the ultimate success of any franchise operation rests with the franchisee. If franchisees do not successfully operate their businesses in a manner consistent with required standards, royalty payments to us will be adversely affected and our brands' image and reputation could be harmed, which in turn could adversely impact our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Similarly, if third-party distributors and vendors do not successfully operate their businesses in a manner consistent with required laws, standards and regulations, we could be subject to claims from regulators or legal claims for the actions or omissions of such third-party distributors and vendors. In addition, our relationship with our franchisees, third-party distributors and vendors could become strained (including resulting in litigation) as we impose new standards or assert more rigorous enforcement practices of the existing required standards. These strains in our relationships or claims could have a material adverse impact on our reputation, business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

        From time to time, we receive communications from our franchisees regarding complaints, disputes or questions about our practices and standards in relation to our franchised operations. Recently, we have received communications from franchisees or groups representing franchisees expressing concerns regarding the expansion of our franchised operations in certain territories and certain economic terms of our franchise arrangements, among other things. If franchisees or groups representing franchisees were to bring legal proceedings against us, we would vigorously defend against the claims in any such proceeding, but our reputation, business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely impacted and the price of our common stock could decline.

22


Table of Contents

Disruptions or failures in our information technology systems could create liability for us or limit our ability to effectively monitor, operate and control our operations and adversely impact our reputation, business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

        Our information technology systems facilitate our ability to monitor, operate and control our operations. Changes or modifications to our information technology systems could cause disruption to our operations or cause challenges with respect to our compliance with laws, regulations or other applicable standards. As the development and implementation of our information technology systems (including our operating systems) evolve, we may elect to modify, replace or abandon certain technology initiatives, which could result in write-downs. For example, in February 2014, American Home Shield ceased efforts to deploy a new operating system that had been intended to improve customer relationship management capabilities and enhance its operations. We recorded an impairment charge of $48 million in the first quarter of 2014 relating to this decision.

        Any disruption in, capacity limitations, instability or failure to operate as expected of, our information technology systems, could, depending on the magnitude of the problem, adversely impact our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows, including by limiting our capacity to monitor, operate and control our operations effectively. Failures of our information technology systems could also lead to violations of privacy laws, regulations, trade guidelines or practices related to our customers and associates. If our disaster recovery plans do not work as anticipated, or if the third-party vendors to which we have outsourced certain information technology, contact center or other services fail to fulfill their obligations to us, our operations may be adversely impacted, and any of these circumstances could adversely impact our reputation, business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Changes in the services we deliver or the products we use could impact our reputation, business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows and our future plans.

        Our financial performance is affected by changes in the services and products we offer our customers. For example, Terminix has been developing new products relating to mosquito control and wildlife exclusion. In addition, in the second quarter of 2014, our ServiceMaster Restore and AmeriSpec teams introduced InstaScope, a new, proprietary technology for instant mold detection and water categorization. There can be no assurance that our new strategies or product offerings will succeed in increasing revenue and growing profitability. An unsuccessful execution of new strategies, including the rollout or adjustment of our new services or products or sales and marketing plans, could cause us to re-evaluate or change our business strategies and could have a material adverse impact on our reputation, business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows and our future plans.

If we fail to protect the security of personal information about our customers, we could be subject to interruption of our business operations, private litigation, reputational damage and costly penalties.

        We rely on, among other things, commercially available systems, software, tools and monitoring to provide security for processing, transmission and storage of confidential customer information, such as payment card and personal information. The systems currently used for transmission and approval of payment card transactions, and the technology utilized in payment cards themselves, all of which can put payment card data at risk, are central to meeting standards set by the payment card industry, or "PCI." We continue to evaluate and modify our systems and protocols for PCI compliance purposes, and such PCI standards may change from time to time. Activities by third parties, advances in computer and software capabilities and encryption technology, new tools and discoveries and other events or developments may facilitate or result in a compromise or breach of our systems. Any compromises, breaches or errors in applications related to our systems or failures to comply with standards set by the PCI could cause damage to our reputation and interruptions in our operations, including our customers' ability to pay for our services and products by credit card or their willingness

23


Table of Contents

to purchase our services and products and could result in a violation of applicable laws, regulations, orders, industry standards or agreements and subject us to costs, penalties and liabilities which could have a material adverse impact on our reputation, business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights that are material to our business.

        Our ability to compete effectively depends in part on our rights to service marks, trademarks, trade names and other intellectual property rights we own or license, particularly our registered brand names, ServiceMaster, Terminix, American Home Shield, ServiceMaster Restore, ServiceMaster Clean, Merry Maids, Furniture Medic and AmeriSpec. We have not sought to register or protect every one of our marks either in the United States or in every country in which they are or may be used. Furthermore, because of the differences in foreign trademark, patent and other intellectual property or proprietary rights laws, we may not receive the same protection in other countries as we would in the United States. If we are unable to protect our proprietary information and brand names, we could suffer a material adverse impact on our reputation, business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights and protect our proprietary information, or to defend against claims by third parties that our products, services or activities infringe their intellectual property rights.

Future acquisitions or other strategic transactions could impact our reputation, business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

        We may pursue strategic transactions in the future, which could involve acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or assets. Any future strategic transaction could involve integration or implementation challenges, business disruption or other risks, or change our business profile significantly. Any inability on our part to consolidate and manage growth from acquired businesses or successfully implement other strategic transactions could have an adverse impact on our reputation, business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Any acquisition that we make may not provide us with the benefits that were anticipated when entering into such acquisition. The process of integrating an acquired business may create unforeseen difficulties and expenses, including the diversion of resources needed to integrate new businesses, technologies, products, personnel or systems; the inability to retain associates, customers and suppliers; the assumption of actual or contingent liabilities (including those relating to the environment); failure to effectively and timely adopt and adhere to our internal control processes and other policies; write-offs or impairment charges relating to goodwill and other intangible assets; unanticipated liabilities relating to acquired businesses; and potential expense associated with litigation with sellers of such businesses. Any future disposition transactions could also impact our business and may subject us to various risks, including failure to obtain appropriate value for the disposed businesses, post-closing claims being levied against us and disruption to our other businesses during the sale process or thereafter.

Laws and government regulations applicable to our businesses and lawsuits, enforcement actions and other claims by third parties or governmental authorities could increase our legal and regulatory expenses, and impact our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

        Our businesses are subject to significant international, federal, state, provincial and local laws and regulations. These laws and regulations include laws relating to consumer protection, wage and hour requirements, franchising, the employment of immigrants, labor relations, permitting and licensing, building code requirements, workers' safety, the environment, insurance and home warranties, employee benefits, marketing (including, without limitation, telemarketing) and advertising, the application and use of pesticides and other chemicals. In particular, we anticipate that various

24


Table of Contents

international, federal, state, provincial and local governing bodies may propose additional legislation and regulation that may be detrimental to our business or may substantially increase our operating costs, including proposed legislation, such as the Employee Free Choice Act, the Paycheck Fairness Act and the Arbitration Fairness Act; environmental regulations related to chemical use, climate change, equipment efficiency standards, refrigerant production and use and other environmental matters; other consumer protection laws or regulations; health care coverage; or "do-not-knock," "do-not-mail," "do-not-leave" or other marketing regulations. It is difficult to predict the future impact of the broad and expanding legislative and regulatory requirements affecting our businesses and changes to such requirements may adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, if we were to fail to comply with any applicable law or regulation, we could be subject to substantial fines or damages, be involved in lawsuits, enforcement actions and other claims by third parties or governmental authorities, suffer losses to our reputation, suffer the loss of licenses or incur penalties that may affect how our business is operated, which, in turn, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

        In April 2014, the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, or the "CFPB," issued a Civil Investigative Demand, or the "CID," to American Home Shield seeking documents and information to determine whether home warranty providers or other unnamed persons have engaged or are engaging in unlawful acts and practices in connection with referral arrangements and relationships in violation of the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and its implementing regulation, or "RESPA," and other laws enforceable by the CFPB. American Home Shield intends to comply with its obligations to respond to the CID and believes that it has complied with RESPA and other laws applicable to American Home Shield's home warranty business. If the CFPB determines to bring an enforcement action, it could include demands for money penalties, changes to certain of American Home Shield's business practices and customer restitution or disgorgement.

Public perceptions that the products we use and the services we deliver are not environmentally friendly or safe may adversely impact the demand for our services.

        In providing our services, we use, among other things, pesticides and other chemicals. Public perception that the products we use and the services we deliver are not environmentally friendly or safe or are harmful to humans or animals, whether justified or not, or our improper application of these chemicals, could reduce demand for our services, increase regulation or government restrictions or actions, result in fines or penalties, impair our reputation, involve us in litigation, damage our brand names and otherwise have a material adverse impact on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Compliance with, or violation of, environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including laws pertaining to the use of pesticides could result in significant costs that adversely impact our reputation, business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

        International, federal, state, provincial and local laws and regulations relating to environmental, health and safety matters affect us in several ways. In the United States, products containing pesticides generally must be registered with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or the "EPA," and similar state agencies before they can be sold or applied. The failure to obtain or the cancellation of any such registration, or the withdrawal from the market place of such pesticides, could have an adverse effect on our business, the severity of which would depend on the products involved, whether other products could be substituted and whether our competitors were similarly affected. The pesticides we use are manufactured by independent third parties and are evaluated by the EPA as part of its ongoing exposure risk assessment. The EPA may decide that a pesticide we use will be limited or will not be re-registered for use in the United States. We cannot predict the outcome or the severity of the effect of the EPA's continuing evaluations.

25


Table of Contents

        In addition, the use of certain pesticide products is regulated by various international, federal, state, provincial and local environmental and public health agencies. Although we strive to comply with such regulations and have processes in place designed to achieve compliance, given our dispersed locations, distributed operations and numerous associates, we may be unable to prevent violations of these or other regulations from occurring. Even if we are able to comply with all such regulations and obtain all necessary registrations and licenses, the pesticides or other products we apply or use, or the manner in which we apply or use them, could be alleged to cause injury to the environment, to people or to animals, or such products could be banned in certain circumstances. The regulations may also apply to third-party vendors who are hired to repair or remediate property and who may fail to comply with environmental laws, health and safety regulations and subject us to risk of legal exposure. The costs of compliance, non-compliance, remediation, combating unfavorable public perceptions or defending products liability lawsuits could have a material adverse impact on our reputation, business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

        International, federal, state, provincial and local agencies regulate the disposal, handling and storage of waste, discharges from our facilities and the investigation and clean-up of contaminated sites. We could incur significant costs, including investigation and clean-up costs, fines, penalties and civil or criminal sanctions and claims by third parties for property damage and personal injury, as a result of violations of, or liabilities under, these laws and regulations. In addition, potentially significant expenditures could be required to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including requirements that may be adopted or imposed in the future.

We are subject to various restrictive covenants that could adversely impact our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

        From time to time, we enter into noncompetition agreements or other restrictive covenants (e.g., exclusivity, take or pay and non-solicitation), including in connection with business dispositions or strategic contracts, that restrict us from entering into lines of business or operating in certain geographic areas into which we may desire to expand our business. We also are subject to various non-solicitation and no-hire covenants that may restrict our ability to solicit potential customers or associates. If we do not comply with such restrictive covenants, or if a dispute arises regarding the scope and interpretation thereof, litigation could ensue, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Further, to the extent that such restrictive covenants prevent us from taking advantage of business opportunities, our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely impacted.

Our business process outsourcing initiatives have increased our reliance on third-party contractors and may expose our business to harm upon the termination or disruption of our third-party contractor relationships.

        Our strategy to increase profitability, in part, by reducing our costs of operations includes the implementation of certain business process outsourcing initiatives. Any disruption, termination or substandard performance of these outsourced services, including possible breaches by third-party vendors of their agreements with us, could adversely affect our brands, reputation, customer relationships, financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Also, to the extent a third-party outsourcing provider relationship is terminated, there is a risk that we may not be able to enter into a similar agreement with an alternate provider in a timely manner or on terms that we consider favorable, and even if we find an alternate provider, or choose to insource such services, there are significant risks associated with any transitioning activities. In addition, to the extent we decide to terminate outsourcing services and insource such services, there is a risk that we may not have the capabilities to perform these services internally, resulting in a disruption to our business, which could adversely impact our reputation, business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows. We could incur costs, including personnel and equipment costs, to insource previously outsourced services like these, and these costs could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.

26


Table of Contents

        In addition, when a third-party provider relationship is terminated, there is a risk of disputes or litigation and that we may not be able to enter into a similar agreement with an alternate provider in a timely manner or on terms that we consider favorable, and even if we find an alternate provider, there are significant risks associated with any transitioning activities.

Our future success depends on our ability to attract, retain and maintain positive relations with trained workers and third-party contractors.

        Our future success and financial performance depend substantially on our ability to attract, train and retain workers, attract and retain third-party contractors and ensure third-party contractor compliance with our policies and standards. Our ability to conduct our operations is in part impacted by our ability to increase our labor force, including on a seasonal basis, which may be adversely impacted by a number of factors. In the event of a labor shortage, we could experience difficulty in delivering our services in a high-quality or timely manner and could be forced to increase wages in order to attract and retain associates, which would result in higher operating costs and reduced profitability. New election rules by the National Labor Relations Board, including "expedited elections" and restrictions on appeals, could lead to increased organizing activities at our subsidiaries or franchisees. If these labor organizing activities were successful, it could further increase labor costs, decrease operating efficiency and productivity in the future, or otherwise disrupt or negatively impact our operations. In addition, potential competition from key associates who leave ServiceMaster could impact our ability to maintain our market segment share in certain geographic areas.

Risks Related to Our Substantial Indebtedness

We have substantial indebtedness and may incur substantial additional indebtedness, which could adversely affect our financial health and our ability to obtain financing in the future, react to changes in our business and satisfy our obligations.

        As of March 31, 2014, on an as adjusted basis to give effect to this offering, the Concurrent Refinancing and the use of the net proceeds therefrom, we would have had approximately $3.1 billion of total long-term consolidated indebtedness outstanding. In anticipation of the TruGreen Spin-off, on November 27, 2013, SvM entered into Amendment No. 3, or the "2013 Revolver Amendment," to the credit agreement governing SvM's Existing Revolving Credit Facility, or the "Existing Revolving Credit Agreement." Pursuant to the 2013 Revolver Amendment, SvM currently has $242 million of available borrowing capacity under the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement through July 23, 2014 and $183 million from July 24, 2014 through January 31, 2017. As of March 31, 2014, there were no outstanding borrowings under SvM's Existing Revolving Credit Facility. If we complete the Concurrent Refinancing, following completion of this offering, SvM will have $300 million of borrowing capacity under the New Revolving Credit Facility. In addition, we are able to incur additional indebtedness in the future, subject to the limitations contained in the agreements governing our indebtedness. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. Because of our substantial indebtedness:

    our ability to engage in acquisitions without raising additional equity or obtaining additional debt financing is limited;

    our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements or general corporate purposes and our ability to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness may be impaired in the future;

    a large portion of our cash flow from operations must be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available to us for other purposes;

27


Table of Contents

    we are exposed to the risk of increased interest rates because a portion of our borrowings are or will be at variable rates of interest;

    it may be more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations to our creditors, resulting in possible defaults on, and acceleration of, such indebtedness;

    we may be more vulnerable to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

    we may be at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors with proportionately less indebtedness or with comparable indebtedness on more favorable terms and, as a result, they may be better positioned to withstand economic downturns;

    our ability to refinance indebtedness may be limited or the associated costs may increase;

    our flexibility to adjust to changing market conditions and ability to withstand competitive pressures could be limited; and

    we may be prevented from carrying out capital spending and restructurings that are necessary or important to our growth strategy and efforts to improve operating margins of our businesses.

Increases in interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our indebtedness and could reduce our profitability.

        A significant portion of our outstanding indebtedness, including indebtedness we expect to incur under the New Credit Facilities, bears interest or will bear interest at variable rates. As a result, increases in interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our indebtedness and could materially reduce our profitability and cash flows. As of March 31, 2014, each one percentage point change in interest rates would result in an approximately $22 million change in the annual interest expense on our Existing Term Loan Facility. Assuming all revolving loans were fully drawn as of March 31, 2014, each one percentage point change in interest rates would result in an approximately $2 million change in annual interest expense on our Existing Revolving Credit Facility. The impact of increases in interest rates could be more significant for us than it would be for some other companies because of our substantial indebtedness.

A lowering or withdrawal of the ratings, outlook or watch assigned to our debt securities by rating agencies may increase our future borrowing costs and reduce our access to capital.

        Our indebtedness currently has a non-investment grade rating, and any rating, outlook or watch assigned could be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if, in that rating agency's judgment, current or future circumstances relating to the basis of the rating, outlook, or watch such as adverse changes to our business, so warrant. Any future lowering of our ratings, outlook or watch likely would make it more difficult or more expensive for us to obtain additional debt financing.

The agreements and instruments governing our indebtedness contain restrictions and limitations that could significantly impact our ability to operate our business.

        The Existing Credit Facilities and the indenture governing our 2020 Notes contain, and the New Credit Facilities will contain, covenants that, among other things, restrict the ability of SvM and its subsidiaries to:

    incur additional indebtedness (including guarantees of other indebtedness);

    pay dividends to ServiceMaster, redeem stock, or make other restricted payments, including investments and, in the case of the Existing Revolving Credit Facility, make acquisitions;

    prepay, repurchase or amend the terms of certain outstanding indebtedness;

28


Table of Contents

    enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;

    transfer or sell assets;

    create liens;

    merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of our assets; and

    enter into agreements restricting dividends or other distributions by subsidiaries to SvM.

        The restrictions in the indenture governing the 2020 Notes, the Existing Credit Facilities and the New Credit Facilities, as applicable, and the instruments governing SvM's other indebtedness may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interest of our business and may make it difficult for us to execute our business strategy successfully or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly restricted. We may also incur future debt obligations that might subject us to additional restrictive covenants that could affect our financial and operational flexibility. We may be unable to refinance our indebtedness, at maturity or otherwise, on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

        The ability of SvM to comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in the Existing Credit Facilities and the New Credit Facilities, as applicable, the indenture governing the 2020 Notes, and the instruments governing our other indebtedness may be affected by economic, financial and industry conditions beyond our control including credit or capital market disruptions. The breach of any of these covenants or restrictions could result in a default that would permit the applicable lenders or noteholders, as the case may be, to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. If we are unable to repay indebtedness, lenders having secured obligations, such as the lenders under the Existing Credit Facilities and the New Credit Facilities, as applicable, could proceed against the collateral securing the indebtedness. In any such case, we may be unable to borrow under the Existing Credit Facilities or the New Credit Facilities, as applicable, and may not be able to repay the amounts due under such facilities or our other outstanding indebtedness. This could have serious consequences to our financial position and results of operations and could cause us to become bankrupt or insolvent.

Our ability to generate the significant amount of cash needed to pay interest and principal on our indebtedness and our ability to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness or obtain additional financing depends on many factors beyond our control.

        ServiceMaster and SvM are each holding companies, and as such they have no independent operations or material assets other than ownership of equity interests in their respective subsidiaries. ServiceMaster and SvM each depend on their respective subsidiaries to distribute funds to them so that they may pay obligations and expenses, including satisfying obligations with respect to indebtedness. Our ability to make scheduled payments on, or to refinance our obligations under, our indebtedness depends on the financial and operating performance of our subsidiaries, and their ability to make distributions and dividends to us, which, in turn, depends on their results of operations, cash flows, cash requirements, financial position and general business conditions and any legal and regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends to which they may be subject, many of which may be beyond our control.

        There are third-party restrictions on the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to transfer funds to us. If we cannot receive sufficient distributions from our subsidiaries, we may not be able to meet our obligations to fund general corporate expenses or service our debt obligations. These restrictions are related to regulatory requirements at American Home Shield and to a subsidiary borrowing arrangement at The ServiceMaster Acceptance Company Limited Partnership, or "SMAC." The payment of ordinary and extraordinary dividends by our home warranty and similar subsidiaries (through which we conduct our American Home Shield business) are subject to significant regulatory restrictions under the laws and regulations of the states in which they operate. Among other things,

29


Table of Contents

such laws and regulations require certain such subsidiaries to maintain minimum capital and net worth requirements and may limit the amount of ordinary and extraordinary dividends and other payments that these subsidiaries can pay to us. As of March 31, 2014, the total net assets subject to these third-party restrictions was $184 million. Such limitations will be in effect through the end of 2014, and similar limitations are expected to be in effect in 2015.

        We may be unable to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness. If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek to obtain additional equity capital or restructure our indebtedness. In the future, our cash flow and capital resources may not be sufficient for payments of interest on and principal of our indebtedness, and such alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations.

        The $2,184 million of outstanding borrowings under the Existing Term Facilities, after including the unamortized portion of the original issue discount paid, have a maturity date of January 31, 2017. The Existing Revolving Credit Facility is also scheduled to mature on January 31, 2017. We intend to terminate the Existing Credit Facilities and repay all borrowings outstanding thereunder with borrowings under the New Credit Facilities substantially contemporaneously with the closing of this offering; however, this offering is not contingent upon our entry into the New Credit Facilities, and there can be no assurance that we will complete the Concurrent Refinancing substantially contemporaneously with this offering, or at all. The 8% 2020 Notes will mature on February 15, 2020, and the 7% 2020 Notes will mature on August 15, 2020. We may be unable to refinance any of our indebtedness or obtain additional financing, particularly because of our high levels of indebtedness. Market disruptions, such as those experienced in 2008 and 2009, as well as our significant indebtedness levels, may increase our cost of borrowing or adversely affect our ability to refinance our obligations as they become due. If we are unable to refinance our indebtedness or access additional credit, or if short-term or long-term borrowing costs dramatically increase, our ability to finance current operations and meet our short-term and long-term obligations could be adversely affected.

        If our subsidiary, SvM, cannot make scheduled payments on its indebtedness, it will be in default, holders of the 2020 Notes could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable, the lenders under the Existing Credit Facilities or the New Credit Facilities, as applicable, could terminate their commitments to loan money, the secured lenders could foreclose against the assets securing their borrowings and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and This Offering

ServiceMaster is a holding company with no operations of its own, and it depends on its subsidiaries for cash to fund all of its operations and expenses, including to make future dividend payments, if any.

        ServiceMaster's operations are conducted entirely through our subsidiaries, and our ability to generate cash to fund our operations and expenses, to pay dividends or to meet debt service obligations is highly dependent on the earnings and the receipt of funds from our subsidiaries through dividends or intercompany loans. Deterioration in the financial condition, earnings or cash flow of SvM and its subsidiaries for any reason could limit or impair their ability to pay such distributions. Additionally, to the extent that ServiceMaster needs funds, and its subsidiaries are restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of our financing arrangements, or are otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

        For example, there are third-party restrictions on the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to transfer funds to us. If we cannot receive sufficient distributions from our subsidiaries, we may not be able to meet our obligations to fund general corporate expenses or service our debt obligations. These

30


Table of Contents

restrictions are related to regulatory requirements at American Home Shield and to a subsidiary borrowing arrangement at SMAC. The payment of ordinary and extraordinary dividends by our home warranty and similar subsidiaries (through which we conduct our American Home Shield business) are subject to significant regulatory restrictions under the laws and regulations of the states in which they operate. Among other things, such laws and regulations require certain such subsidiaries to maintain minimum capital and net worth requirements and may limit the amount of ordinary and extraordinary dividends and other payments that these subsidiaries can pay to us. As of March 31, 2014, the total net assets subject to these third-party restrictions was $184 million. Such limitations will be in effect through the end of 2014, and similar limitations are expected to be in effect in 2015.

        Further, the terms of the indenture governing the 2020 Notes and the agreements governing the Existing Credit Facilities significantly restrict, and we expect the agreements governing the New Credit Facilities will significantly restrict, the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends, make loans or otherwise transfer assets to ServiceMaster. Furthermore, our subsidiaries are permitted under the terms of the Existing Credit Facilities and other indebtedness, and will be permitted under the terms of the New Credit Facilities, to incur additional indebtedness that may restrict or prohibit the making of distributions, the payment of dividends or the making of loans by such subsidiaries to us. In addition, Delaware law may impose requirements that may restrict our ability to pay dividends to holders of our common stock.

        We do not currently expect to declare or pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Payments of dividends, if any, will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including general and economic conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications of the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries (including SvM) to us, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, Delaware law may impose requirements that may restrict our ability to pay dividends to holders of our common stock. To the extent that we determine in the future to pay dividends on our common stock, none of our subsidiaries will be obligated to make funds available to us for the payment of dividends.

Our common stock has no prior public market and the market price of our common stock may be volatile and could decline after this offering.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and an active market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. We will negotiate the initial public offering price per share with the representatives of the underwriters and, therefore, that price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. In the absence of an active public trading market, you may not be able to liquidate your investment in our common stock. In addition, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:

    industry or general market conditions;

    domestic and international economic factors unrelated to our performance;

    changes in our customers' preferences;

    new regulatory pronouncements and changes in regulatory guidelines;

    lawsuits, enforcement actions and other claims by third parties or governmental authorities;

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results;

    changes in securities analysts' estimates of our financial performance or lack of research coverage and reports by industry analysts;

31


Table of Contents

    action by institutional stockholders or other large stockholders (including the Equity Sponsors), including future sales of our common stock;

    failure to meet any guidance given by us or any change in any guidance given by us, or changes by us in our guidance practices;

    announcements by us of significant impairment charges;

    speculation in the press or investment community;

    investor perception of us and our industry;

    changes in market valuations or earnings of similar companies;

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions or strategic partnerships;

    war, terrorist acts and epidemic disease;

    any future sales of our common stock or other securities; and

    additions or departures of key personnel.

        In particular, we cannot assure you that you will be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price. The stock markets have experienced extreme volatility in recent years that has been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company's securities, class action litigation has often been instituted against the affected company. Any litigation of this type brought against us could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management's attention and resources, which would harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

        Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

        Based on shares outstanding as of June 12, 2014, upon completion of this offering, we will have 127,755,945 outstanding shares of common stock (or 133,140,945 outstanding shares of common stock, assuming exercise in full of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares). All of the shares sold pursuant to this offering will be immediately tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the "Securities Act," except for any shares held by "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or "Rule 144."

        The remaining 91,855,945 shares of common stock as of June 12, 2014 will be restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, but will be eligible for resale subject to applicable volume, means of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exception from registration under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, subject to the lock-up agreements entered into by us, our executive officers and directors, and stockholders currently representing substantially all of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

        Upon completion of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of common stock to be issued under our equity compensation plans and, as a result, all shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of stock options granted under our plans will also be freely tradable under the Securities Act, subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements, unless purchased by our affiliates. As of June 12, 2014, there were

32


Table of Contents

stock options outstanding to purchase a total of 5,708,369 shares of our common stock and there were 609,259 shares of our common stock subject to restricted shares and restricted stock units. In addition, 7,629,757 shares of our common stock are reserved for future issuances under our 2014 omnibus incentive plan.

        In connection with this offering, we, our executive officers and directors, and stockholders currently representing substantially all of the outstanding shares of our common stock will sign lock-up agreements under which, subject to certain exceptions, we and they will agree not to offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to possible extension under certain circumstances, except with the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. See "Underwriting." Following the expiration of this 180-day lock-up period, the 91,855,945 shares of our common stock outstanding on the date of this prospectus will be eligible for future sale, subject to the applicable volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exception from registration under Rule 701 under the Securities Act. See "Shares Available for Future Sale" for a discussion of the shares of common stock that may be sold into the public market in the future. In addition, our significant stockholders may distribute shares that they hold to their investors who themselves may then sell into the public market following the expiration of the lock-up period. Such sales may not be subject to the volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. As resale restrictions end, the market price of our common stock could decline if the holders of those shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. Furthermore, stockholders currently representing substantially all of the outstanding shares of our common stock will have the right to require us to register shares of common stock for resale in some circumstances.

        In the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or debt securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock in connection with a financing, acquisition, litigation settlement or employee arrangement or otherwise. Any of these issuances could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage for our common stock. If there is no research coverage of our common stock, the trading price for our common stock may be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain research coverage for our common stock, if one or more of the analysts downgrades our stock or publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of the analysts ceases coverage of our common stock or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which could cause our common stock price or trading volume to decline.

A few significant stockholders will have significant influence over us and may not always exercise their influence in a way that benefits our public stockholders.

        Following the completion of this offering, the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds will own approximately 47.3% and 10.4%, respectively, of the outstanding shares of our common stock assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. Prior to the completion of this offering, we and the Equity Sponsors will enter into an amendment and restatement to our existing stockholders agreement, or the "amended stockholders agreement," pursuant to which

33


Table of Contents

the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds will agree to vote in favor of one another's designees to our board of directors, among other matters. As a result, the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds will exercise significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval for the foreseeable future, including approval of significant corporate transactions, which may reduce the market price of our common stock.

        As long as the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds continue to own at least 50% of our outstanding common stock, the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds generally will be able to determine the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election of the members of our board of directors, the approval of significant corporate transactions such as mergers and the sale of substantially all of our assets. Even after the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds reduce their beneficial ownership below 50% of our outstanding common stock, they will likely still be able to assert significant influence over our board of directors and certain corporate actions. Following the consummation of this offering, the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds will have the right to designate for nomination for election a majority of our directors.

        Because the CD&R Funds' and the StepStone Funds' interests may differ from your interests, actions the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds take as our controlling stockholders or as significant stockholders may not be favorable to you. For example, the concentration of ownership held by the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds could delay, defer or prevent a change of control of us or impede a merger, takeover or other business combination which another stockholder may otherwise view favorably. Other potential conflicts could arise, for example, over matters such as employee retention or recruiting, or our dividend policy.

Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds and their respective affiliates and, in some circumstances, any of our directors and officers who is also a director, officer, employee, member or partner of the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds and their respective affiliates, have no obligation to offer us corporate opportunities.

        The policies relating to corporate opportunities and transactions with the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds to be set forth in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or "amended and restated certificate of incorporation," address potential conflicts of interest between ServiceMaster, on the one hand, and the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds and their respective officers, directors, employees, members or partners who are directors or officers of our company, on the other hand. In accordance with those policies, the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds may pursue corporate opportunities, including acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, without offering those opportunities to us. By becoming a stockholder in ServiceMaster, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Although these provisions are designed to resolve conflicts between us and the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds and their respective affiliates fairly, conflicts may not be so resolved.

Future offerings of debt or equity securities which would rank senior to our common stock may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

        If, in the future, we decide to issue debt or equity securities that rank senior to our common stock, it is likely that such securities will be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting our operating flexibility. Additionally, any convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue in the future may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of our common stock and may result in dilution to owners of our common stock. We and, indirectly, our stockholders, will bear the cost of issuing and servicing such securities. Because our decision to issue debt or equity securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings.

34


Table of Contents

Thus, holders of our common stock will bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting the value of their stock holdings in us.

Fulfilling our obligations incident to being a public company, including with respect to the requirements of and related rules under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, will be expensive and time-consuming, and any delays or difficulties in satisfying these obligations could have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations and our stock price.

        Following this offering, we will be subject to the reporting and corporate governance requirements, under the listing standards of the NYSE and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that apply to issuers of listed equity, which will impose certain new compliance costs and obligations upon us. The changes necessitated by publicly listing our equity will require a significant commitment of additional resources and management oversight which will increase our operating costs. Other expenses associated with being a public company include increases in auditing, accounting and legal fees and expenses, investor relations expenses, increased directors' fees and director and officer liability insurance costs, registrar and transfer agent fees and listing fees, as well as other expenses. As a public company, we will be required, among other things, to define and expand the roles and the duties of our board of directors and its committees and institute more comprehensive compliance and investor relations functions. Failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or "SEC," the NYSE or other regulatory authorities.

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws could discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws include a number of provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. For example, prior to the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws will collectively:

    authorize the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to thwart a takeover attempt;

    establish a classified board of directors, as a result of which our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms, which prevents stockholders from electing an entirely new board of directors at an annual meeting;

    limit the ability of stockholders to remove directors if the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds cease to own at least 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

    provide that vacancies on our board of directors, including vacancies resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office;

    prohibit stockholders from calling special meetings of stockholders if the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds cease to own at least 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

    prohibit stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, if the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds cease to own at least 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

    establish advance notice requirements for nominations of candidates for election as directors or to bring other business before an annual meeting of our stockholders; and

35


Table of Contents

    require the approval of holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding shares of our common stock to amend our amended and restated by-laws and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation if the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds cease to own at least 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

        These provisions may prevent our stockholders from receiving the benefit from any premium to the market price of our common stock offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock if the provisions are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws may also make it difficult for stockholders to replace or remove our management. Furthermore, the existence of the foregoing provisions, as well as the significant amount of common stock that the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds will own following this offering, could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. These provisions may facilitate management entrenchment that may delay, deter, render more difficult or prevent a change in our control, which may not be in the best interests of our stockholders.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

        We do not intend to declare and pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to use our future earnings, if any, to repay debt, to fund our growth, to develop our business, for working capital needs and general corporate purposes. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future and the success of an investment in shares of our common stock will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our stockholders have purchased their shares. In addition, ServiceMaster's operations are conducted almost entirely through our subsidiaries. As such, to the extent that we determine in the future to pay dividends on our common stock, none of our subsidiaries will be obligated to make funds available to ServiceMaster for the payment of dividends. Further, the indenture governing the 2020 Notes and the agreements governing the Existing Credit Facilities significantly restrict, and the agreements governing the New Credit Facilities will significantly restrict, the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or otherwise transfer assets to us. In addition, the payment of ordinary and extraordinary dividends by our subsidiaries that are regulated as insurance, home service, or similar companies is subject to applicable state law limitations, and Delaware law may impose additional requirements that may restrict our ability to pay dividends to holders of our common stock.

We expect to be a "controlled company" within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, we will qualify for, and currently intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

        After completion of this offering, the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds will control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, we expect to qualify as a "controlled company" within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a "controlled company" and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance standards, including:

    the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

    the requirement that our nominating and corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities;

36


Table of Contents

    the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities; and

    the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

        Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors, our nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee will not consist entirely of independent directors and such committees may not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Consequently, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance rules and requirements. Our status as a controlled company could make our common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the "DGCL," or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. By becoming a stockholder in our company, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation related to choice of forum. The choice of forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering and future equity issuances.

        The initial public offering price per share will significantly exceed the net tangible book value per share of our common stock outstanding. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience immediate substantial dilution of $46.86 a share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $19.50. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. Investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will contribute approximately 33.7% of the total amount of equity invested in our company, but will own only approximately 28.1% of our total common stock immediately following the completion of this offering. In addition, we have issued options to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding options are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, or if we issue additional equity securities in the future, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience additional dilution.

Risks Related to the TruGreen Spin-off

If the TruGreen Spin-off were ultimately determined to be a taxable transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, then we could be subject to significant tax liability.

        In connection with the TruGreen Spin-off we received an opinion of tax counsel with respect to the tax-free nature of the TruGreen Spin-off to ServiceMaster, TruGreen and ServiceMaster's

37


Table of Contents

stockholders under Section 355 and related provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the "Code." The opinion relied on an Internal Revenue Service, or "IRS," private letter ruling as to matters covered by the ruling. The tax opinion was based on, among other things, certain assumptions and representations as to factual matters made by us, which, if incorrect or inaccurate in any material respect, would jeopardize the conclusions reached by tax counsel in its opinion. The opinion is not binding on the IRS or the courts, and the IRS or the courts may not agree with the opinion. If the TruGreen Spin-off were ultimately determined not to be tax-free, we could be liable for the U.S. federal income taxes imposed as a result of the transaction. Furthermore, events subsequent to the TruGreen Spin-off could cause us to recognize a taxable gain in connection therewith. In addition, as is customary with tax-free spin-off transactions, we and the Equity Sponsors are limited in our ability to pursue certain strategic transactions with respect to SvM.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws and Delaware corporate law may permit a court to void the TruGreen Spin-off, which would adversely affect our financial condition and our results of operations.

        In connection with the TruGreen Spin-off, we undertook several corporate restructuring transactions which, along with the contributions and distributions to be made as part of the spin-off, may be subject to challenge under federal and state fraudulent conveyance and transfer laws as well as under Delaware corporate law.

        Under applicable laws, any transaction, contribution or distribution completed as part of the spin-off could be voided as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance if, among other things, the transferor received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return and was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the transfer.

        We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not any entity involved in the spin-off was insolvent at the relevant time. In general, however, a court would look at various facts and circumstances related to the entity in question, including evaluation of whether or not:

    the sum of its debts, including contingent and unliquidated liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets;

    the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

    it could not pay its debts as they became due.

        If a court were to find that any transaction, contribution or distribution involved in the spin-off was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could void the transaction, contribution or distribution. In addition, the spin-off could also be voided if a court were to find that the spin-off was not a legal dividend under Delaware corporate law. The resulting complications, costs and expenses of either finding could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our directors and officers may have actual or potential conflicts of interest because of their equity ownership in New TruGreen.

        Our directors and officers may own shares of New TruGreen's common stock or be affiliated with certain equity owners of New TruGreen. This ownership may create, or may create the appearance of, conflicts of interest when these directors and officers are faced with decisions that could have different implications for us and New TruGreen. In connection with the TruGreen Spin-off, we entered into a transition services agreement with New TruGreen under which we will provide a range of support services to New TruGreen for a limited period of time. Potential conflicts of interest could arise in connection with the resolution of any dispute that may arise between us and New TruGreen regarding the terms of the transition services agreement or other agreements governing the TruGreen Spin-off and the relationship thereafter between the companies.

38


Table of Contents


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements and cautionary statements. Some of the forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terms such as "believes," "expects," "may," "will," "shall," "should," "would," "could," "seeks," "aims," "projects," "is optimistic," "intends," "plans," "estimates," "anticipates" or other comparable terms. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this prospectus and include, without limitation, statements regarding our intentions, beliefs, assumptions or current expectations concerning, among other things, financial position; results of operations; cash flows; prospects; commodities trends; growth strategies or expectations; customer retention; the continuation of acquisitions, including the integration of any acquired company and risks relating to any such acquired company; fuel prices; estimates of future amortization expense for intangible assets; attraction and retention of key personnel; the impact of fuel swaps; the valuation of marketable securities; estimates of accruals for self-insured claims related to workers' compensation, auto and general liability risks; estimates of accruals for home warranty claims; estimates of future payments under operating and capital leases; the outcome (by judgment or settlement) and costs of legal or administrative proceedings, including, without limitation, collective, representative or class action litigation; and the impact of prevailing economic conditions.

        Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which may be beyond our control. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance or outcomes and that actual performance and outcomes, including, without limitation, our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the market segments in which we operate, may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, and the development of the market segments in which we operate, are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods. A number of important factors, including, without limitation, the risks and uncertainties discussed in "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in this prospectus, could cause actual results and outcomes to differ materially from those reflected in the forward-looking statements. Additional factors that could cause actual results and outcomes to differ from those reflected in forward-looking statements include, without limitation:

    weakening general economic conditions, especially as they may affect home sales, unemployment and consumer confidence or spending levels;

    our ability to successfully implement our business strategies;

    our recognition of future impairment charges;

    adverse credit and financial markets impeding access, increasing financing costs or causing our customers to incur liquidity issues leading to some of our services not being purchased or cancelled;

    increases in prices for fuel and raw materials;

    changes in the source and intensity of competition in our market segments;

    adverse weather conditions;

    our ability to attract and retain key personnel, including our ability to attract, retain and maintain positive relations with trained workers and third-party contractors;

    our franchisees and third-party distributors and vendors taking actions that harm our business;

39


Table of Contents

    disruptions or failures in our information technology systems and our failure to protect the security of personal information about our customers;

    changes in our services or products;

    our ability to protect our intellectual property and other material proprietary rights;

    negative reputational and financial impacts resulting from future acquisitions or strategic transactions;

    laws and governmental regulations increasing our legal and regulatory expenses;

    lawsuits, enforcement actions and other claims by third parties or governmental authorities;

    compliance with, or violation of, environmental, health and safety laws and regulations;

    increases in interest rates increasing the cost of servicing our substantial indebtedness;

    increased borrowing costs due to lowering or withdrawal of the ratings, outlook or watch assigned to our debt securities;

    restrictions contained in our debt agreements;

    our ability to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness or obtain additional financing; and

    other factors described in this prospectus and from time to time in documents that we file with the SEC.

        You should read this prospectus completely and with the understanding that actual future results may be materially different from expectations. All forward-looking statements made in this prospectus are qualified by these cautionary statements. These forward-looking statements are made only as of the date of this prospectus, and we do not undertake any obligation, other than as may be required by law, to update or revise any forward-looking or cautionary statements to reflect changes in assumptions, the occurrence of events, unanticipated or otherwise, and changes in future operating results over time or otherwise.

        Comparisons of results for current and any prior periods are not intended to express any future trends, or indications of future performance, unless expressed as such, and should only be viewed as historical data.

40


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $656 million (or approximately $755 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions in connection with this offering and estimated offering expenses payable by us of approximately $6 million.

        We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to:

    redeem $210.0 million in principal amount of the 8% 2020 Notes (representing 35% of the outstanding principal amount thereof) at 108% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest estimated to be approximately $7.0 million;

    redeem $262.5 million in principal amount of the 7% 2020 Notes (representing 35% of the outstanding principal amount thereof) at 107% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest estimated to be approximately $7.7 million;

    repay $112 million in principal amount of borrowings outstanding under the Existing Term Loan Facility; and

    pay certain of the Equity Sponsors aggregate fees of $21 million in connection with the termination of our consulting agreements with each of them upon the consummation of this offering.

        The 8% 2020 Notes mature on February 15, 2020 and bear annual interest at a rate of 8.00%. The 7% 2020 Notes mature on August 15, 2020 and bear annual interest at a rate of 7.00%. Borrowings under the Existing Term Loan Facility currently bear interest at a weighted average rate of 4.33%.

        To the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, we intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of such shares to repay additional borrowings outstanding under the Existing Term Loan Facility.

        A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $34 million assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commission and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us by approximately $18 million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.


CONCURRENT REFINANCING

        We anticipate entering into the New Credit Facilities substantially contemporaneously with the consummation of this offering. This offering is not contingent upon our entering into the New Credit Facilities, and there can be no assurance that we will enter into the New Credit Facilities. If we enter into the New Credit Facilities, we intend to use the net proceeds of the $1,825 million principal amount of borrowings under the New Credit Facilities, together with approximately $250 million of available cash and approximately $112 million of net proceeds from this offering, to repay in full $2,187 million in principal amount of borrowings outstanding under the Existing Credit Facilities, and we will terminate the Existing Credit Facilities.

        If we are unable to enter into the New Credit Facilities, the Existing Credit Facilities will remain outstanding, and we will use $112 million of the net proceeds of this offering to repay a portion of the borrowings outstanding under the Existing Credit Facilities.

41


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We do not intend to declare or pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to use our future earnings, if any, to repay debt, to fund our growth, to develop our business, for working capital needs and general corporate purposes. Our ability to pay dividends to holders of our common stock is significantly limited as a practical matter by the Existing Credit Facilities and the New Credit Facilities, as applicable, and the indenture governing the 2020 Notes, insofar as we may seek to pay dividends out of funds made available to us by SvM or its subsidiaries, because SvM's debt instruments directly or indirectly restrict SvM's ability to pay dividends or make loans to us. Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity requirements, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends, restrictions imposed by applicable law, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness" for a description of restrictions on our ability to pay dividends under our debt instruments.

42


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our consolidated capitalization as of March 31, 2014 on:

    an actual basis; and

    an as adjusted basis, after giving effect to our sale of 35,900,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in "Use of Proceeds."

        You should read the following table in conjunction with the sections entitled "Use of Proceeds," "Selected Historical Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing in this prospectus.

 
  As of March 31, 2014  
(In millions)
  Actual   As Adjusted for the Offering(1)  

Cash and cash equivalents(2)

  $ 432   $ 432  
           
           

Long-term debt:

             

Existing Term Loan Facility(3)

  $ 2,193   $ 2,081  

Existing Revolving Credit Facility(4)

         

8% 2020 Notes(5)

    600     390  

7% 2020 Notes

    750     488  

Continuing Notes(6)

    357     357  

Vehicle capital leases(7)

    32     32  

Other long-term debt(8)

    42     42  

Less current portion

    (41 )   (41 )
           

Total long-term debt

  $ 3,933   $ 3,349  

Total shareholders' equity

    (369 )   (369 )
           

Total capitalization

  $ 3,564   $ 2,980  
           
           

(1)
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, our long-term debt, additional paid-in capital and stockholders' equity by approximately $34 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

The foregoing table does not (a) reflect stock options or restricted stock units outstanding under our stock incentive plans or stock options or restricted stock units to be granted after this offering; or (b) give effect to the issuance on April 1, 2014 of 10,000 restricted shares. As of June 12, 2014, there were 5,708,369 stock options outstanding with an average exercise price of $12.03 per share and 599,259 restricted stock units outstanding.

(2)
Our cash and cash equivalents and short- and long-term marketable securities totaled $545 million as of March 31, 2014. As of March 31, 2014, the total net assets subject to third-party restrictions was $184 million. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Limitations on Distributions and Dividends by Subsidiaries" for our discussion of restricted net assets.

43


Table of Contents

(3)
Includes $988 million of Tranche B loans and $1,205 million of Tranche C loans. Excludes $9 million in unamortized original issue discount paid as part of the 2013 Existing Term Loan Facility Amendment, as defined below. We intend to enter into the New Credit Facilities substantially contemporaneously with the consummation of this offering. In the event that the Concurrent Refinancing is completed, we intend to use the borrowings under the New Credit Facilities to repay all amounts outstanding under the Existing Term Facilities after the application of the proceeds of this offering. This offering is not contingent upon our entering into the New Credit Facilities, and there can be no assurance that we will enter into the New Credit Facilities and terminate the Existing Term Facilities at the time of consummation of this offering, or at all. See "Concurrent Refinancing."

(4)
As of March 31, 2014, we had available borrowing capacity under the Existing Revolving Credit Facility of $242 million.

(5)
Excludes $2 million in unamortized premium received on the sale of $100 million aggregate principal amount of such notes.

(6)
Excludes $63 million in discounts related to the application of purchase accounting in the 2007 Merger. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness" for the definition of Continuing Notes.

(7)
SvM has entered into a fleet management services agreement, or the "Fleet Agreement," which, among other things, allows SvM to obtain fleet vehicles through a leasing program. All leases under the Fleet Agreement are capital leases for accounting purposes. The lease rental payments include an interest component calculated using a variable rate based on one-month LIBOR plus other contractual adjustments and a borrowing margin totaling 2.45%.

(8)
Our other long-term debt includes (i) capital leases and (ii) certain other indebtedness.

44


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest in us will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the common stock exceeds the book value per share attributable to the shares of common stock held by existing stockholders.

        Our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 was a deficit of $4,153 million. Net tangible book value per share before the offering has been determined by dividing net tangible book value (total book value of tangible assets less total liabilities) by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014, after giving effect to a 2-for-3 reverse stock split of our common stock effected on June 13, 2014.

        After giving effect to the sale of shares of our common stock sold by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 would have been a deficit of $3,497 million, or $(27.36) per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value per share of $17.81 to the existing stockholders and an immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value per share of $46.86 to new investors who purchase shares in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution to new investors:

 
  Existing
Stockholders
  New
Investors
 

Net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2014

  $ (45.17 )      

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $ 19.50  

Adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

  $ (27.36 ) $ (27.36 )
           

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering

  $ 17.81        
             
             

Dilution of net tangible book value per share to new investors

        $ 46.86  
             
             

        If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, the adjusted tangible book value per share after giving effect to the offering would be $(25.51) per share. This represents an immediate increase in adjusted net tangible book value of $19.66 per share to the existing stockholders and an immediate and substantial dilution in adjusted net tangible book value of $45.01 per share to new investors.

        A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share would increase or decrease total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $34 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us set forth on the front cover of this prospectus remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease the total consideration paid to us by new investors and total consideration paid to us by all stockholders by approximately $18 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $19.50 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The following table summarizes, as of March 31, 2014, the total number of shares of common stock issued by us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by the

45


Table of Contents

existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering (amounts in millions, except percentages and per share data):

 
  Shares
Issued
  Total
Consideration
   
 
 
  Number   Percent   (in millions)
Amount
  Percent   Average
Price
Per Share
 

Existing stockholders

    91,939,331     71.9 % $ 1,377     66.3 % $ 14.98  

New investors

    35,900,000     28.1     700     33.7   $ 19.50  
                       

Total

    127,839,331     100 % $ 2,077     100 % $ 16.25  
                       
                       

        The foregoing table does not reflect stock options, restricted shares or restricted stock units outstanding under our stock incentive plans or stock options or restricted stock units to be granted after this offering. As of June 13, 2014, there were 91,855,945 shares of our common stock outstanding, and 5,708,369 stock options outstanding with an average exercise price of $12.03 per share and 609,259 restricted shares and restricted stock units outstanding.

        To the extent that any of these stock options are exercised or any of these restricted stock units are settled into shares of common stock, there may be further dilution to new investors. See "Executive Compensation" and Note 17 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

        In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of such securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

46


Table of Contents


SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

        The following tables set forth selected historical financial data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus. The selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements and related notes not included in this prospectus. The selected historical financial data are qualified in their entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus.

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In millions, except per share data)
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011   2010   2009  

Operating Results:

                                           

Revenue

  $ 533   $ 514   $ 2,293   $ 2,214   $ 2,105   $ 2,031   $ 1,929  

Cost of services rendered and products sold

    288     270     1,220     1,196     1,125     1,095     1,032  

Selling and administrative expenses

    151     158     691     678     648     643     599  

Goodwill and trade name impairment(1)

                            5  

Impairment of software and other related costs(2)

    48                          

Interest expense

    61     60     247     245     266     280     293  

(Loss) Income from Continuing Operations(1)(2)(3)

    (18 )   6     42     (18 )   (7 )   (47 )   (26 )

Cash dividends per share

  $   $   $   $   $   $   $  

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                                           

Basic

    92     92     92     92     92     92     92  

Diluted

    92     93     92     92     92     92     92  

Basic and Diluted (Loss) Earnings Per Share—Continuing Operations

  $ (0.20 ) $ 0.07   $ 0.46   $ (0.20 ) $ (0.08 ) $ (0.51 ) $ (0.28 )

Financial Position (as of period end):

                                           

Total assets

  $ 5,197         $ 5,905   $ 6,415   $ 7,156   $ 7,106   $ 7,151  

Total long-term debt

    3,904           3,906     3,924     3,859     3,877     3,893  

Total shareholders' (deficit) equity(1)(2)(3)

    (369 )         23     535     1,234     1,246     1,240  

Cash Flow Data:

                                           

Net cash provided from operating activities from continuing operations

  $ 21   $ 20   $ 208   $ 104   $ 74   $ 38   $ 2  

Net cash used for investing activities from continuing operations

    (17 )   (16 )   (70 )   (85 )   (80 )   (73 )   (38 )

Net cash used for financing activities from continuing operations

    (43 )   (29 )   (78 )   (14 )   (110 )   (45 )   (256 )

47


Table of Contents

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In millions, except per share data)
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011   2010   2009  

Other Financial Data:

                                           

Adjusted EBITDA(4)

  $ 115   $ 103   $ 450   $ 413   $ 397   $ 354   $ 351  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin(5)

    21.5 %   20.0 %   19.6 %   18.7 %   18.9 %   17.4 %   18.2 %

Pre-Tax Unlevered Free Cash Flow(6)

              $ 426   $ 364   $ 292   $ 275   $ 294  

(1)
In 2009, we recorded a pre-tax non-cash impairment charge of $5 million to reduce the carrying value of trade names as a result of our annual impairment testing of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. There were no similar impairment charges included in continuing operations in 2010 through 2013.

(2)
Represents the impairment of software and other related costs described in Note 1 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

(3)
The three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 results include restructuring charges of $5 million and $3 million, respectively, as described in Note 3 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The 2013, 2012 and 2011 results include restructuring charges of $6 million, $15 million and $7 million, respectively, as described in Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.


The 2010 and 2009 results include restructuring charges of $5 million and $18 million, respectively. For 2010 and 2009, these charges included lease termination and severance costs related to a branch optimization project at Terminix; reserve adjustments, severance, employee retention, consulting and other costs associated with previous restructuring initiatives; severance, employee retention, legal fees and other costs associated with the 2007 Merger; and, for 2009, transition fees, employee retention and severance costs and consulting and other costs related to the information technology outsourcing initiative.


The 2012 results include a $55 million ($35 million, net of tax) loss on extinguishment of debt related to the redemption of the remaining $996 million aggregate principal amount of the 2015 Notes and repayment of $276 million of outstanding borrowings under the Term Facilities.


The 2009 results include a $52 million ($34 million, net of tax) gain on extinguishment of debt related to the completion of open market purchases of $100 million in face value of the 2015 Notes.

(4)
For our definition of Adjusted EBITDA, see "Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Operating Data."


The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to Net (Loss) Income for the periods presented, which we consider to be the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure to Adjusted

48


Table of Contents

    EBITDA. For information on certain of the adjustments set forth in the table, see "Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Operating Data."

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In millions)
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011   2010   2009  

Adjusted EBITDA:

                                           

Terminix

  $ 78   $ 75   $ 266   $ 266   $ 249   $ 223   $ 212  

American Home Shield

    23     21     145     117     107     90     92  

Franchise Services Group

    18     17     78     70     75     76     70  
                               

Reportable Segment Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 119   $ 113   $ 489   $ 453   $ 431   $ 389   $ 374  

Other Operations and Headquarters(a)

    (4 )   (10 )   (39 )   (40 )   (34 )   (35 )   (23 )
                               

Total Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 115   $ 103   $ 450   $ 413   $ 397   $ 354   $ 351  
                               
                               

Depreciation and amortization expense

    (25 )   (25 )   (99 )   (100 )   (121 )   (130 )   (127 )

Non-cash goodwill and trade name impairment

                            (5 )

Non-cash impairment of software and other related costs

    (48 )                        

Residual value guarantee charge

                        (1 )   (1 )

Non-cash impairment of property and equipment

                (9 )            

Non-cash stock-based compensation expense

    (1 )   (1 )   (4 )   (7 )   (8 )   (9 )   (8 )

Restructuring charges

    (5 )   (3 )   (6 )   (15 )   (7 )   (5 )   (18 )

Management and consulting fees

    (2 )   (2 )   (7 )   (7 )   (8 )   (8 )   (8 )

Loss (income) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    (95 )   (29 )   (549 )   (696 )   53     37     47  

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

    9     (6 )   (43 )   8     6     32     30  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

                (55 )           52  

Interest expense

    (61 )   (60 )   (247 )   (245 )   (266 )   (280 )   (293 )

Other

            (2 )   (1 )           2  
                               

Net (Loss) Income

  $ (113 ) $ (23 ) $ (507 ) $ (714 ) $ 46   $ (10 ) $ 22  
                               
                               

(a)
Represents unallocated corporate expenses.
(5)
Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue.

(6)
Pre-Tax Unlevered Free Cash Flow is not a measurement of our financial performance or liquidity under GAAP and does not purport to be an alternative to net cash provided from operating activities from continuing operations or any other performance or liquidity measures derived in accordance with GAAP.

    Management believes Pre-Tax Unlevered Free Cash Flow is useful as a supplemental measure of our liquidity. Management uses Pre-Tax Unlevered Free Cash Flow to facilitate company-to-company cash flow comparisons by removing potential differences caused by variations in capital structures (affecting interest payments and payments made or received in connection with debt issuances and debt retirements), as well as payments for taxation, restructuring, and management and consulting fees, which may vary from company to company for reasons unrelated to operating performance.

    "Pre-Tax Unlevered Free Cash Flow" means (i) net cash provided from operating activities from continuing operations before: cash paid for interest expense; call premium paid on retirement of

49


Table of Contents

    debt; premium received on issuance of debt; cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds; cash paid for restructuring charges; and cash paid for management and consulting fees, (ii) less property additions.

    Pre-Tax Unlevered Free Cash Flow has limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analyzing our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

    Pre-Tax Unlevered Free Cash Flow does not reflect cash payments to service interest, make principal payments on our debt or make payments for other financing activities;

    Pre-Tax Unlevered Free Cash Flow does not reflect cash payments for taxes;

    Pre-Tax Unlevered Free Cash Flow does not reflect cash payments for restructuring charges or management and consulting fees; and

    Other companies in our industries may calculate Pre-Tax Unlevered Free Cash Flow or similarly titled non-GAAP financial measures differently, limiting is usefulness as a comparative measure.

    The following table reconciles net cash provided from operating activities from continuing operations, which we consider to be the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to Pre-Tax Unlevered Free Cash Flow using data derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In millions)
  2013   2012   2011   2010   2009  

Net Cash Provided from Operating Activities from Continuing Operations

  $ 208   $ 104   $ 74   $ 38   $ 2  

Cash paid for interest expense

    232     233     244     261     294  

Call premium paid on retirement of debt

        43              

Premium received on issuance of debt

        (3 )            

Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds

    9     9     12     13     1  

Cash paid for restructuring charges

    9     15     6     3     16  

Cash paid for management and consulting fees(a)

    7     7     8     8     8  

Property additions

    (39 )   (44 )   (52 )   (48 )   (27 )
                       

Pre-Tax Unlevered Free Cash Flow

  $ 426   $ 364   $ 292   $ 275   $ 294  
                       
                       


(a)
Represents the amounts paid to certain of our Equity Sponsors under the consulting agreements described in "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Consulting Agreements."

50


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following information should be read in conjunction with "Selected Historical Financial Data," "Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Operating Data," our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes and our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus. The following discussion may contain forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those factors discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in "Risk Factors" and "Forward-Looking Statements."

Overview

        Our core services include termite and pest control, home warranties, disaster restoration, janitorial, residential cleaning, furniture repair and home inspection under the following leading brands: Terminix, American Home Shield, ServiceMaster Restore, ServiceMaster Clean, Merry Maids, Furniture Medic and AmeriSpec. Our operations for the historical periods presented in this prospectus are organized into three reportable segments:    Terminix, American Home Shield and Franchise Services Group.

Key Business Metrics

        We focus on a variety of indicators and key operating and financial metrics to monitor the financial condition and performance of the continuing operations of our businesses. These metrics include:

    customer retention rates,

    customer counts growth,

    revenue,

    operating expenses,

    Adjusted EBITDA,

    net (loss) income, and

    earnings per share.

        To the extent applicable, these measures are evaluated with and without impairment, restructuring and other charges that management believes are not indicative of the earnings capabilities of our businesses. We also focus on measures designed to optimize cash flow, including the management of working capital and capital expenditures.

        Customer Retention Rates and Customer Counts Growth.     We report our customer retention rates and growth in customer counts for our two largest revenue generating businesses in order to track the performance of those businesses. Customer counts represent our recurring customer base and include customers with active contracts for recurring services. At Terminix, these services are primarily delivered on an annual, quarterly or monthly frequency. Retention rates are calculated as the ratio of ending customer counts to the sum of beginning customer counts, new sales and acquired accounts for the applicable period. These measures are presented on a rolling, twelve-month basis in order to avoid seasonal anomalies. See "—Segment Review."

        Revenue.     Our revenue results are primarily a function of the volume and pricing of the services and products provided to our customers by our businesses as well as the mix of services and products provided across our businesses. The volume of our revenue in Terminix and American Home Shield,

51


Table of Contents

and in our company-owned branches in the Franchise Services Group, is impacted by new unit sales, the retention of our existing customers and tuck-in acquisitions. We expect to continue our tuck-in acquisition program at Terminix in 2014 at levels consistent with prior periods. Revenue results in the remainder of our Franchise Services Group are driven principally by royalty fees earned from our franchisees. We serve both residential and commercial customers, principally in the United States. In 2013, approximately 98% of our revenue was generated by sales in the United States.

        Operating Expenses.     In addition to the impact of changes in our revenue results, our operating results are affected by, among other things, the level of our operating expenses. A number of our operating expenses are subject to inflationary pressures, such as fuel, chemicals, raw materials, wages and salaries, employee benefits and health care, vehicles, self-insurance costs and other insurance premiums, as well as various regulatory compliance costs.

        We have historically hedged a significant portion of our annual fuel consumption of approximately 11 million gallons. Fuel costs, after the impact of the hedges and after adjusting for the impact of year over year changes in the number of gallons used, were comparable to 2012. Based upon current Department of Energy fuel price forecasts, as well as the hedges we have executed to date for 2014, we project that fuel prices will not significantly increase our fuel costs for 2014 compared to 2013.

        After adjusting for the impact of year over year changes in the number of covered employees, health care and related costs for 2013 were comparable to 2012. We expect to incur incremental aggregate health care costs in 2014 as compared to 2013 as a result of continued inflation in the cost of health care services and due to certain provisions of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act.

        Adjusted EBITDA.     We evaluate performance and allocate resources based primarily on Adjusted EBITDA. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before: income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes; provision (benefit) for income taxes; gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt; interest expense; depreciation and amortization expense; non-cash goodwill and trade name impairment; non-cash impairment of software and other related costs; non-cash impairment of property and equipment; non-cash stock-based compensation expense; restructuring charges; management and consulting fees; non-cash effects attributable to the application of purchase accounting; and other non-operating expenses. We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful for investors, analysts and other interested parties as it facilitates company-to-company operating performance comparisons by excluding potential differences caused by variations in capital structures, taxation, the age and book depreciation of facilities and equipment, restructuring initiatives, consulting agreements and equity-based, long-term incentive plans.

        Net (Loss) Income and Earnings Per Share.     Basic (loss) earnings per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Diluted (loss) earnings per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, increased to include the number of shares of common stock that would have been outstanding had potential dilutive shares of common stock been issued. The dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock units are reflected in diluted net income (loss) per share by applying the treasury stock method. The presentation of net (loss) income and earnings per share provides GAAP measures of performance which are useful for investors, analysts and other interested parties in company-to-company operating performance comparisons.

Seasonality

        We have seasonality in our business, which drives fluctuations in revenue and Adjusted EBITDA for interim periods. In 2013, approximately 22 percent, 28 percent, 27 percent and 23 percent of our revenue and approximately 23 percent, 29 percent, 28 percent and 20 percent of our Adjusted EBITDA was recognized in the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively.

52


Table of Contents

Effect of Weather Conditions

        The demand for our services and our results of operations are also affected by weather conditions, including the seasonal nature of our termite and pest control services, home inspection services and disaster restoration services. Weather conditions which have a potentially unfavorable impact to our business include cooler temperatures or droughts which can impede the development of termite swarms and lead to lower demand for our termite control services; severe winter storms which can impact our home cleaning business if we cannot travel to service locations due to hazardous road conditions; and extreme temperatures which can lead to an increase in service requests related to household systems and appliances, resulting in higher claim frequency and costs. Weather conditions which have a potentially favorable impact to our business include mild winters which can lead to higher demand for termite and pest control services; mild winters or summers which can lead to lower household systems and appliance claim frequency; and severe storms which can lead to an increase in demand for disaster restoration services.

        Colder weather conditions in early 2014 adversely affected our traditional termite revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2014. We expect the colder weather to continue to affect our consolidated revenues in the second quarter of 2014 and throughout the remainder of the year, particularly in our Terminix segment.

        Contract claims expense in our American Home Shield segment decreased $27 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 (including a favorable adjustment to reserves for prior year contract claims of $4 million recorded in 2013). This favorable outcome was driven, in part, by an increase in the service fee charged to our customers for service visits and, to a lesser extent, by cooler summer temperatures in 2013 as compared to 2012. Warmer summer temperatures in 2014 as compared to 2013 could lead to an unfavorable impact on our contract claims expense in 2014.

TruGreen Spin-off

        On January 14, 2014, we completed the TruGreen Spin-off. As a result of the completion of the TruGreen Spin-off, New TruGreen operates the TruGreen Business as a private independent company. In connection with the TruGreen Spin-off, SvM and TruGreen Limited Partnership, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of New TruGreen, or "TGLP," entered into a transition services agreement pursuant to which SvM and its subsidiaries provide TGLP with specified communications, public relations, finance and accounting, tax, treasury, internal audit, human resources operations and benefits, risk management and insurance, supply management, real estate management, marketing, facilities, information technology and other support services. The charges for the transition services allow us to fully recover the allocated direct costs of providing the services, plus specified margins and any out-of-pocket costs and expenses. The services provided under the transition services agreement will terminate at various specified times, and in no event later than January 14, 2016 (except for certain information technology services, which New TruGreen expects SvM to provide to TGLP beyond the two-year period). TGLP may terminate the transition services agreement (or certain services under the transition services agreement) for convenience upon 90-days written notice, in which case TGLP will be required to reimburse SvM for early termination costs.

        Beginning with the TruGreen Spin-off, where it was practicable, employees who historically provided such services to the TruGreen Business were separated from us and transferred to New TruGreen as of the date of the TruGreen Spin-off. For certain support services for which it was not practicable to separate employees and transfer them to New TruGreen beginning with the TruGreen Spin-off, a transition services agreement was entered into pursuant to which SvM and its subsidiaries provide specified services to New TruGreen while an orderly transition of employees and other support arrangements from SvM to New TruGreen is executed. As a result of the transfer of employees to New

53


Table of Contents

TruGreen, in combination with the fees we expect to receive under the transition services agreement, we expect an approximate $25 million reduction in annual costs.

        In addition, we, SvM, New TruGreen and TGLP entered into (1) a separation and distribution agreement containing key provisions relating to the separation of the TruGreen Business and the distribution of New TruGreen common stock to our stockholders (including relating to specified TruGreen legal matters with respect to which we have agreed to retain liability, as well as insurance coverage, non-competition, indemnification and other matters), (2) an employee matters agreement allocating liabilities and responsibilities relating to employee benefit plans and programs and other related matters and (3) a tax matters agreement governing the respective rights, responsibilities and obligations of the parties thereto with respect to taxes, including allocating liabilities for income taxes attributable to New TruGreen and its subsidiaries generally to SvM for tax periods (or portions thereof) ending on or before January 14, 2014 and generally to New TruGreen for tax periods (or portions thereof) beginning after that date.

        Under this transition services agreement, in the three months ended March 31, 2014, SvM recorded $10 million of fees due from TGLP, which is included, net of costs incurred, in Selling and administrative expenses in our unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. As of March 31, 2014, all amounts owed by TGLP under this agreement have been paid.

        During the three months ended March 31, 2014, SvM processed certain of TGLP's accounts payable transactions. Through this process, in the three months ended March 31, 2014, $44 million was paid on TGLP's behalf, of which $41 million was repaid by TGLP. As of March 31, 2014, SvM recorded a $3 million receivable due from TGLP, which is included in Receivables on the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of financial position.

Results of Operations

Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2013

 
  Three months ended
March 31,
  Increase
(Decrease)
  % of Revenue  
(In millions)
  2014   2013   2014 vs. 2013   2014   2013  

Revenue

  $ 533   $ 514     3.7 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Cost of services rendered and products sold

    288     270     6.6     54.0     52.5  

Selling and administrative expenses

    151     158     (4.4 )   28.4     30.8  

Amortization expense

    13     13     0.8     2.4     2.5  

Impairment of software and other related costs

    48         *     9.0      

Restructuring charges

    5     3     55.6     0.9     0.6  

Interest expense

    61     60     1.9     11.5     11.7  

Interest and net investment income

    (6 )   (2 )   138.6     (1.0 )   (0.4 )
                       

(Loss) Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

    (27 )   12     *     (5.1 )   2.4  

(Benefit) Provision for income taxes

    (9 )   6     *     (1.7 )   1.2  
                       

(Loss) Income from Continuing Operations

    (18 )   6     *     (3.4 )   1.3  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    (95 )   (29 )   *     (17.8 )   (5.7 )
                       

Net Loss

  $ (113 ) $ (23 )   *     (21.2 )%   (4.5 )%
                       
                       

*
not meaningful

54


Table of Contents

    Revenue

        We reported revenue of $533 million for the first quarter of 2014, a $19 million or 3.7 percent increase compared to the first quarter of 2013. A summary of changes in revenue for each of our reportable segments and Other Operations and Headquarters is included in the table below. See "—Segment Review" for a discussion of the drivers of the year over year changes.

(In millions)
  Terminix   American
Home
Shield
  Franchise
Services
Group
  Other
Operations and
Headquarters
  Total  

Three months ended March 31, 2013

  $ 313   $ 143   $ 56   $ 2   $ 514  

Pest Control

    3                 3  

Termite

    4                 4  

Home Warranties(1)

        8             8  

Franchise-Related Revenue

            4         4  
                       

Three months ended March 31, 2014

  $ 320   $ 151   $ 60   $ 2   $ 533  
                       
                       

(1)
Includes approximately $5 million as a result of the acquisition of Home Security of America, Inc., or "HSA," on February 28, 2014.

    Cost of Services Rendered and Products Sold

        We reported cost of services rendered and products sold of $288 million and $270 million for the first quarter of 2014 and 2013, respectively. The following table provides a summary of changes in cost of services rendered and products sold for the first quarter of 2014 compared with the first quarter of 2013 for each of our reportable segments and Other Operations and Headquarters:

(In millions)
  Terminix   American
Home
Shield
  Franchise
Services
Group
  Other
Operations and
Headquarters
  Total  

Three months ended March 31, 2013

  $ 171   $ 71   $ 24   $ 4   $ 270  

Change in revenue

    3     4     3         10  

Contract claims

        4             4  

Insurance program

                2     2  

Labor efficiency

    1                 1  

Other

    1     (1 )   2     (1 )   1  
                       

Three months ended March 31, 2014

  $ 176   $ 78   $ 29   $ 5   $ 288  
                       
                       

        Favorable adjustments to reserves for prior year contract claims of $1 million and $5 million were recorded at American Home Shield in the first quarter of 2014 and 2013, respectively. The increase in expenses in our automobile, general liability and workers' compensation insurance program was driven by adverse claims trends. The decrease in labor efficiency at Terminix was primarily driven by increased staffing in customer care centers.

    Selling and Administrative Expenses

        Selling and administrative expenses comprised general and administrative expenses of $70 million and $79 million and selling and marketing expenses of $81 million and $79 million for the first quarter of 2014 and 2013, respectively, and decreased $7 million to $151 million for the first quarter of 2014 compared to $158 million for the first quarter of 2013. A $3 million reduction in tax-related reserves was recorded in the first quarter of 2013 for which there was no similar adjustment recorded in the first quarter of 2014. The remaining decrease of $10 million primarily reflected a decrease in costs in our centers of excellence driven by the transition of certain costs to New TruGreen and other cost

55


Table of Contents

reductions realized through recent initiatives discussed further under "—Restructuring Charges" below; and a decrease in technology costs at American Home Shield driven by the decision to abandon its efforts to deploy a new operating system. We expect an approximate $25 million reduction in annual costs associated with the transition of costs to New TruGreen.

    Amortization Expense

        Our portfolio of intangible assets has remained relatively stable, and, as a result, amortization expense was $13 million in the first quarter of 2014 and 2013.

    Impairment of Software and Other Related Costs

        We recorded an impairment charge of $48 million in the first quarter of 2014 relating to American Home Shield's decision to abandon its efforts to deploy a new operating system. This decision will allow us to more effectively focus our energy and resources on driving growth and serving our customers. Included in this charge are the impairment of the capitalized software of $45 million and the recognition of the remaining liabilities associated with the termination of lease, maintenance and hosting agreements totaling $3 million.

    Restructuring Charges

        We incurred restructuring charges of $5 million and $3 million for the first quarter of 2014 and 2013, respectively. Restructuring charges were comprised of the following:

 
  Three
months
ended
March 31,
 
(In millions)
  2014   2013  

Terminix branch optimization(1)

  $ 1   $ 1  

Centers of excellence initiative(2)

    4     2  
           

Total restructuring charges

  $ 5   $ 3  
           
           

(1)
For the three months ended March 31, 2014, these charges included severance costs. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, these charges included lease termination costs.

(2)
Represents restructuring charges related to an initiative to enhance capabilities and reduce costs in our headquarters functions that provide company-wide administrative services for our operations that we refer to as centers of excellence. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, these charges included professional fees of $1 million and severance and other costs of $3 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, these charges included professional fees of $1 million and severance and other costs of $1 million. During the remainder of 2014, we will continue to assess the mix and cost of our company-wide administrative services in light of the TruGreen Spin-off. We do not expect additional charges related to this initiative to be significant.

    Interest Expense

        Interest expense totaled $61 million and $60 million for the first quarter of 2014 and 2013, respectively. Our average long-term debt balance and average interest rate for the first quarter of 2014 were comparable to the first quarter of 2013.

        We have historically entered into various interest rate swap agreements, although we have no interest rate swap agreements outstanding as of March 31, 2014. As of March 31, 2014, each one

56


Table of Contents

percentage point change in interest rates would result in an approximate $22 million change in the annual interest expense on our Existing Term Facilities.

    Interest and Net Investment Income

        Interest and net investment income totaled $6 million and $2 million for the first quarter of 2014 and 2013, respectively, and was comprised of the following:

 
  Three
months
ended
March 31,
 
(In millions)
  2014   2013  

Realized gains(1)

  $ 5   $ 1  

Deferred compensation trust(2)

        1  

Other(3)

    1      
           

Total interest and net investment income

  $ 6   $ 2  
           
           

(1)
Represents the net investment gains and the interest and dividend income realized on the American Home Shield investment portfolio.

(2)
Represents investment income resulting from a change in the market value of investments within an employee deferred compensation trust (for which there is a corresponding and offsetting change in compensation expense within income from continuing operations before income taxes).

(3)
Includes interest income on other cash balances.

    (Loss) Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

        Loss from continuing operations before income taxes was $27 million for the first quarter of 2014 compared to income from continuing operations before income taxes of $12 million for the first quarter of 2013. The decrease in income from continuing operations before income taxes for the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013 of $39 million primarily reflects the net effect of year over year changes in the following items:

(In millions)
  2014
Compared to
2013
 

Segment results(1)

  $ 12  

Impairment of software and other related costs(2)

    (48 )

Restructuring charges(3)

    (2 )

Interest expense(4)

    (1 )
       

  $ (39 )
       
       

(1)
Represents the net change in Adjusted EBITDA as described in "—Segment Review."

(2)
Represents a $48 million impairment of software and other related costs at American Home Shield recorded in the first quarter of 2014 as described in "—Impairment of Software and Other Related Costs."

(3)
Represents the net change in restructuring charges related primarily to the impact of a branch optimization project at Terminix and an initiative to enhance capabilities and reduce costs in our centers of excellence. Our centers of excellence are functions at our

57


Table of Contents

    headquarters that provide company-wide administrative services for our operations. See "—Restructuring Charges" for further details.

(4)
Represents the net change in interest expense as described in "—Interest Expense."

    (Benefit) Provision for Income Taxes

        The effective tax rate on (loss) income from continuing operations was a benefit of 33.3 percent for the first quarter of 2014 compared to a provision of 48.3 percent for the first quarter of 2013. The effective tax rate for the first quarter of 2014 was impacted by various discrete events, including an adjustment to deferred state taxes resulting from a change in our state apportionment factors primarily attributable to the TruGreen Spin-off. The effective tax rate for the first quarter of 2013 was impacted by the reclassification of the TruGreen Business to discontinued operations and the resulting impact on the allocation of the full year effective tax rate on income from continuing operations to interim periods.

    Net Loss

        Net loss for the first quarter of 2014 was $113 million compared to $23 million for the first quarter of 2013. The $90 million increase was primarily driven by a $39 million decrease in income from continuing operations before income taxes and a $66 million increase in loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, offset, in part, by a $15 million increase in benefit for income taxes.

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 
   
   
   
  Increase
(Decrease)
 
 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2013 vs.
2012
  2012 vs.
2011
 
(in millions)
  2013   2012   2011  

Revenue

  $ 2,293   $ 2,214   $ 2,105     3.6 %   5.2 %

Cost of services rendered and products sold

    1,220     1,196     1,125     2.0     6.3  

Selling and administrative expenses

    691     678     648     2.0     4.6  

Amortization expense

    51     58     83     (13.0 )   (29.9 )

Restructuring charges

    6     15     7     (59.3 )   111.9  

Interest expense

    247     245     266     0.8     (7.8 )

Interest and net investment income

    (8 )   (7 )   (11 )   9.3     (32.2 )

Loss on extinguishment of debt

        55         *     *  
                       

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

    86     (26 )   (13 )   *     *  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    43     (8 )   (6 )   *     *  

Equity in losses of joint venture

    (1 )           *     *  
                       

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations

    42     (18 )   (7 )   *     *  

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    (549 )   (696 )   53     *     *  
                       

Net (Loss) Income

  $ (507 ) $ (714 ) $ 46     *     *  
                       
                       

*
not meaningful

58


Table of Contents

 
  % of Revenue  
 
  Year ended December 31,  
(in millions)
  2013   2012   2011  

Revenue

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Cost of services rendered and products sold

    53.2     54.0     53.4  

Selling and administrative expenses

    30.2     30.6     30.8  

Amortization expense

    2.2     2.6     4.0  

Restructuring charges

    0.3     0.7     0.3  

Interest expense

    10.8     11.1     12.6  

Interest and net investment income

    (0.4 )   (0.3 )   (0.5 )

Loss on extinguishment of debt

        2.5      
               

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

    3.7     (1.2 )   (0.6 )

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    1.9     (0.4 )   (0.3 )

Equity in losses of joint venture

    *     *     *  
               

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations

    1.8     (0.8 )   (0.3 )

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    (24.0 )   (31.4 )   2.5  
               

Net (Loss) Income

    (22.1 )%   (32.2 )%   2.2 %
               
               

*
not meaningful

    Revenue

        We reported revenue of $2,293 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, $2,214 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $2,105 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. A summary of changes in revenue for each of our reportable segments and Other Operations and Headquarters is included in the table below. See "—Segment Review" for a discussion of the drivers of the year over year changes.

(In millions)
  Terminix   American
Home
Shield
  Franchise
Services
Group
  Other
Operations and
Headquarters
  Total  

Year ended December 31, 2011

  $ 1,193   $ 687   $ 220   $ 5   $ 2,105  

Pest Control

    44                 44  

Termite

    17                 17  

Home Warranties

        34             34  

Franchise-Related Revenue

            1         1  

Other

    11             2     13  
                       

Year ended December 31, 2012

  $ 1,265   $ 721   $ 221   $ 7   $ 2,214  
                       
                       

Pest Control

    31                 31  

Termite

    9                 9  

Home Warranties

        19             19  

Franchise-Related Revenue

            15         15  

Other

    4             1     5  
                       

Year ended December 31, 2013

  $ 1,309   $ 740   $ 236   $ 8   $ 2,293  
                       
                       

    Cost of Services Rendered and Products Sold

        We reported cost of services rendered and products sold of $1,220 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, $1,196 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and $1,125 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The following table provides a summary of changes in cost of services

59


Table of Contents

rendered and products sold for each of our reportable segments and Other Operations and Headquarters: See "—Segment Review" for a discussion of the drivers of the year over year changes.

(In millions)
  Terminix   American
Home
Shield
  Franchise
Services
Group
  Other
Operations and
Headquarters
  Total  

Year ended December 31, 2011

  $ 657   $ 377   $ 98   $ (7 ) $ 1,125  

Change in revenue

    39     21     3         63  

Contract claims

        (15 )           (15 )

Insurance program

                10     10  

Impairment of property and equipment(1)

    5         4         9  

Other

    3             1     4  
                       

Year ended December 31, 2012

  $ 704   $ 383   $ 105   $ 4   $ 1,196  
                       
                       

Change in revenue

    30     10     7         47  

Bad debt

    3                 3  

Legal

    7                 7  

Contract claims

        (27 )           (27 )

Insurance program

                4     4  

Impairment of property and equipment(1)

    (5 )       (4 )       (9 )

Other

    4     1     (7 )   1     (1 )
                       

Year ended December 31, 2013

  $ 743   $ 367   $ 101   $ 9   $ 1,220  
                       
                       

(1)
Represents a $3 million impairment of licensed intellectual property and a $1 million impairment of abandoned real estate at Terminix and a $4 million impairment of certain internally developed software at Merry Maids recorded in 2012 for which there were no similar impairments recorded in 2013. We exclude non-cash impairments of property and equipment from Adjusted EBITDA because we believe doing so is useful to investors in aiding period-to-period comparability.

    Selling and Administrative Expenses

        Selling and administrative expenses comprised general and administrative expenses of $314 million and $322 million and selling and marketing expenses of $377 million and $356 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and increased $13 million to $691 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $678 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. At American Home Shield, a $3 million reduction in tax-related reserves was recorded in 2013, and a $5 million increase in tax-related reserves was recorded in 2012. Additionally, key executive transition charges of $9 million and $3 million were recorded in 2013 and 2012, respectively. The remaining increase of $15 million primarily reflected increased investments in sales and marketing at Terminix; and increased sales and marketing and higher technology costs at American Home Shield; offset, in part, by lower incentive compensation expense at Terminix; lower provisions for certain legal matters at American Home Shield; and cost reductions in our centers of excellence realized through recent initiatives discussed further under "—Restructuring Charges" below.

        Selling and administrative expenses comprised general and administrative expenses of $322 million and $301 million and selling and marketing expenses of $356 million and $347 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and increased $30 million to $678 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $648 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. At American Home Shield, a $5 million increase in tax-related reserves was recorded in 2012. In the Franchise Services Group, a $1 million gain resulting from the sale of ten company-owned branches to existing and new franchisees was recorded in 2011. Additionally, key executive transition charges of $3 million and $6 million were recorded in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The remaining increase of

60


Table of Contents

$29 million primarily reflected increased investments in sales and marketing and higher incentive compensation expense at Terminix; and higher provisions for certain legal matters and increased investments to drive improvements in service delivery at American Home Shield; offset, in part, by a reduction in sales and marketing costs at American Home Shield.

    Amortization Expense

        Amortization expense was $51 million, $58 million and $83 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The decreases are a result of certain finite lived intangible assets recorded in connection with the 2007 Merger being fully amortized.

    Restructuring Charges

        We incurred restructuring charges of $6 million, $15 million and $7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Restructuring charges were comprised of the following:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
(In millions)
  2013   2012   2011  

Terminix branch optimization(1)

  $ 2   $ 4   $ 4  

American Home Shield reorganization(2)

        1      

Franchise Services Group reorganization(2)

        1      

Centers of excellence initiative(3)

    4     9     3  
               

Total restructuring charges

  $ 6   $ 15   $ 7  
               
               

(1)
For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, these charges included severance costs of $1 million, and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, these charges included lease termination costs of $1 million, $3 million and $4 million, respectively.

(2)
These charges included severance costs.

(3)
Represents restructuring charges related to an initiative to enhance capabilities and reduce costs in our headquarters functions that provide company-wide administrative services for our operations that we refer to as centers of excellence. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, these charges included severance and other costs of $1 million, $4 million and $2 million, respectively, and professional fees of $3 million, $5 million and $1 million, respectively. During 2014, we will continue to assess the mix and cost of our company-wide administrative services in light of the TruGreen Spin-off. We do not expect charges related to this initiative to be significant.

    Interest Expense

        Interest expense totaled $247 million, $245 million and $266 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase in 2013 compared to 2012 is primarily due to an increase in our average long-term debt balance. The decrease in 2012 compared to 2011 is primarily due to decreases in our weighted average interest rate and average long-term debt balance.

61


Table of Contents

    Interest and Net Investment Income

        Interest and net investment income totaled $8 million, $7 million and $11 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and was comprised of the following:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
(In millions)
  2013   2012   2011  

Realized gains(1)

  $ 5   $ 6   $ 10  

Deferred compensation trust(2)

    2     1      

Other(3)

    1         1  
               

Interest and net investment income

  $ 8   $ 7   $ 11  
               
               

(1)
Represents the net investment gains and the interest and dividend income realized on the American Home Shield investment portfolio.

(2)
Represents investment income (loss) resulting from a change in the market value of investments within an employee deferred compensation trust (for which there is a corresponding and offsetting change in compensation expense within income from continuing operations before income taxes).

(3)
Includes interest income on other cash balances and, in 2012, a $3 million charge for the impairment of a loan related to a prior business disposition.

    Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

        The loss on extinguishment of debt of $55 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 is due to the redemption of $996 million aggregate principal amount of the 2015 Notes and repayment of $276 million of outstanding borrowings under the Term Facilities. There were no debt extinguishments by us in 2013 or 2011.

    Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations

        Income from continuing operations before income taxes was $86 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Loss from continuing operations before income taxes was $26 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $13 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

        The improvement in income from continuing operations before income taxes for 2013 compared to 2012 of $112 million and increase in loss from continuing operations before income taxes for 2012 compared to 2011 of $13 million primarily reflect the net effect of year over year changes in the following items:

(In millions)
  2013
Compared to
2012
  2012
Compared to
2011
 

Loss on extinguishment of debt(1)

    55     (55 )

Segment results(2)

    37     16  

Restructuring charges(3)

    9     (8 )

Non-cash impairment of property and equipment(4)

    9     (9 )

Interest expense(5)

    (2 )   21  

Depreciation and amortization expense(6)

    1     21  

Other

    3     1  
           

  $ 112   $ (13 )
           
           

(1)
Represents the loss on extinguishment of debt recorded in 2012 related to the redemption of $996 million aggregate principal amount of the 2015 Notes and repayment of

62


Table of Contents

    $276 million of outstanding borrowings under the Term Facilities. There were no debt extinguishments in 2013 or 2011.

(2)
Represents the net change in Adjusted EBITDA as described in "—Segment Review." Includes key executive transition charges of $9 million, $3 million and $6 million recorded in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, as described in "—Segment Review." Additionally, at American Home Shield, a $3 million reduction in tax-related reserves was recorded in 2013, and a $5 million increase in tax-related reserves was recorded in 2012.

(3)
Represents the net change in restructuring charges related primarily to the impact of a branch optimization project at Terminix, a reorganization of leadership at American Home Shield and our Franchise Services Group and an initiative to enhance capabilities and reduce costs in our centers of excellence. Our centers of excellence are functions at our headquarters that provide company-wide administrative services for our operations. See Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for further details.

(4)
Primarily represents a $3 million impairment of licensed intellectual property and a $1 million impairment of abandoned real estate at Terminix, and a $4 million impairment of certain internally developed software at our Franchise Services Group recorded in 2012 for which there were no similar impairments recorded in 2013 or 2011.

(5)
The increase in 2013 compared to 2012 is primarily due to an increase in our average long-term debt balance. The decrease in 2012 compared to 2011 is primarily due to decreases in our weighted average interest rate and average long-term debt balance.

(6)
The decrease is primarily driven by decreased amortization of intangible assets as a result of certain finite lived intangible assets recorded in connection with the 2007 Merger being fully amortized, offset, in part, by increased depreciation of property and equipment as a result of property additions.

    Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

        The effective tax rate on income (loss) from continuing operations was a provision of 50.1 percent for the year ended December 31, 2013, and a benefit of 30.5 percent and 43.8 percent for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. For a reconciliation of our effective tax rates to the statutory rate see Note 5 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

    Net (Loss) Income

        Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $507 million compared to a net loss of $714 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and net income of $46 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The $207 million improvement for 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily driven by a $112 million improvement in income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and a $147 million reduction in loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, offset, in part, by a $51 million increase in provision (benefit) for income taxes. The $760 million decrease for 2012 compared to 2011 was primarily driven by a $13 million reduction in income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and a $749 million increase in loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, offset, in part, by a $2 million reduction in provision (benefit) for income taxes.

63


Table of Contents

Segment Review

        The following business segment reviews should be read in conjunction with the required footnote disclosures presented in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements and our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

        Revenue and Adjusted EBITDA by reportable segment and for Other Operations and Headquarters are as follows:

 
   
   
  Increase
(Decrease)
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Three months ended March 31,    
   
   
  Increase (Decrease)  
 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2014 vs.
2013
  2013 vs.
2012
  2012 vs.
2011
 
(In millions)
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011  

Revenue:

                                                 

Terminix

  $ 320   $ 313     2.2 % $ 1,309   $ 1,265   $ 1,193     3.5 %   6.1 %

American Home Shield

    151     143     5.5 %   740     721     687     2.7 %   5.0 %

Franchise Services Group

    60     56     8.1 %   236     221     220     6.3 %   0.8 %

Other Operations and Headquarters

    2     2     (5.7 )%   8     7     5     22.1 %   14.1 %
                                   

Total Revenue:

  $ 533   $ 514     3.7 % $ 2,293   $ 2,214   $ 2,105     3.6 %   5.2 %
                                   
                                   

Adjusted EBITDA(1):

                                                 

Terminix

  $ 78   $ 75     3.6 % $ 266   $ 266   $ 249     0.3 %   6.6 %

American Home Shield

    23     21     9.0 %   145     117     107     24.4 %   9.4 %

Franchise Services Group

    18     17     1.5 %   78     70     75     11.7 %   (6.2 )%
                                   

Reportable Segment Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 119   $ 113     4.3 % $ 489   $ 453   $ 431     8.3 %   5.1 %

Other Operations and Headquarters(2)

    (4 )   (10 )   66.2 %   (39 )   (40 )   (34 )   1.4 %   (17.3 )%
                                   

Total Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 115   $ 103     11.6 % $ 450   $ 413   $ 397     8.9 %   4.1 %
                                   
                                   

(1)
For our definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation thereof to net (loss) income, see "Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Operating Data."

(2)
Represents unallocated corporate expenses.

        The table below presents selected operating metrics related to customer counts and customer retention for our Terminix and American Home Shield segments.

 
  As of
March 31,
  As of December 31,  
 
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011  

Terminix—

                               

(Reduction) Growth in Pest Control Customers

    (1.8 )%   (0.5 )%   (1.6 )%   0.8 %   6.4 %

Pest Control Customer Retention Rate

    79.1 %   78.8 %   79.3 %   79.3 %   80.6 %

Reduction in Termite Customers

    (2.6 )%   (1.9 )%   (2.3 )%   (1.4 )%   (1.0 )%

Termite Customer Retention Rate

    84.9 %   85.4 %   85.1 %   85.6 %   86.1 %

American Home Shield—

                               

Growth (Reduction) in Home Warranties(1)

    10.3 %   (2.4 )%   0.3 %   (3.0 )%   1.6 %

Customer Retention Rate(1)

    75.9 %   73.5 %   74.3 %   73.3 %   75.1 %

(1)
As of March 31, 2014, excluding the impact of the HSA acquisition, the growth in home warranties and the customer retention rate for our American Home Shield segment was 0.8 percent and 74.5 percent, respectively.

64


Table of Contents

Terminix Segment

Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

        The Terminix segment, which provides termite and pest control services to residential and commercial customers and distributes pest control products, reported a 2.2 percent increase in revenue and a 3.6 percent increase in Adjusted EBITDA for the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013.

    Revenue

        Revenue by service line is as follows:

 
  Three months ended March 31,   % of
Revenue
 
(In millions)
  2014   2013   2014  

Pest Control

  $ 176   $ 173     54.9 %

Termite

    132     128     41.2 %

Other

    12     12     3.9 %
               

Total revenue

  $ 320   $ 313     100.0 %
               
               

        Pest control revenue increased 1.6 percent compared to the first quarter of 2013, reflecting improved price realization, offset, in part, by a 1.8 percent decrease in pest control customer counts. The decrease in pest control customer counts as of March 31, 2014 compared to March 31, 2013 was driven by a decrease in new unit sales and acquisitions, offset, in part, by a 30 basis points, or "bps," increase in the customer retention rate.

        Termite revenue, including the wildlife exclusion, crawl space encapsulation and attic insulation products which are managed as a component of our termite line of business, increased 3.4 percent compared to the first quarter of 2013. Termite renewal revenue comprised 60 percent of total termite revenue, while the remainder consisted of termite new unit revenue. The increase in termite revenue reflects introductions of new products (wildlife exclusion and crawlspace encapsulation), increased sales of attic insulation and improved price realization, offset, in part, by a decrease in traditional termite sales driven by colder weather conditions. Termite customer counts decreased 2.6 percent compared to March 31, 2013, driven by a decrease in traditional new unit sales and acquisitions and a 50 bps decrease in the customer retention rate, offset, in part, by the introduction of new products.

        As of March 31, 2014, wildlife exclusion was being offered in approximately 75 percent of our domestic locations, up from 4 percent at the beginning of the year. We expect to offer this service in 90 percent of our domestic locations in the third quarter of 2014. Crawlspace encapsulation, a service that we began offering in 2013, was offered in 20 percent of our domestic locations in the fourth quarter of 2013. We are now offering crawlspace encapsulation in approximately 25 percent of our domestic locations with no significant expansion beyond that planned. We will continue to explore opportunities to increase our market share through the introduction of adjacent products and services in the future.

65


Table of Contents

    Adjusted EBITDA

        The following table provides a summary of changes in the segment's Adjusted EBITDA for the first quarter of 2014 compared with the first quarter of 2013:

(In millions)
   
 

Three months ended March 31, 2013

  $ 75  

Change in revenue

    4  

Labor efficiency

    (1 )

Selling and administrative expenses

    1  

Other

    (1 )
       

Three months ended March 31, 2014

  $ 78  
       
       

        The decrease in labor efficiency was primarily driven by increased staffing in customer care centers. The decrease in selling and administrative expenses was driven by cost reductions achieved in the quarter.

Year ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

        The Terminix segment reported a 3.5 percent increase in revenue and a 0.3 percent increase in Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012.

    Revenue

        Revenue by service line is as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31,   % of
Revenue
 
(In millions)
  2013   2012   2013  

Pest Control

  $ 731   $ 700     55.9 %

Termite

    508     499     38.8 %

Other

    70     66     5.3 %
               

Total revenue

  $ 1,309   $ 1,265     100.0 %
               
               

        Pest control revenue increased 4.4 percent compared to 2012, reflecting improved price realization, offset, in part, by a 0.4 percent decrease in average pest control customer counts. Absolute pest control customer counts decreased 1.6 percent compared to 2012, driven by a decrease in new unit sales and acquisitions. The pest control customer retention rate was comparable to 2012.

        Termite revenue increased 1.8 percent compared to 2012. Termite renewal revenue comprised 52 percent of total termite revenue, while the remainder consisted of termite new unit revenue. The increase in termite revenue reflected an increase in non-renewable sales, the introduction of a new product (crawlspace encapsulation), increased sales of attic insulation and improved price realization, offset, in part, by a 2.1 percent decrease in average customer counts. Absolute termite customer counts declined 2.3 percent compared to 2012, driven by a decrease in traditional new unit sales and a 50 bps decrease in the customer retention rate. Traditional termite new unit sales were adversely impacted by continued softness in demand for termite control services in 2013. Termite activity is unpredictable in its nature. Factors that can impact termite activity include conducive weather conditions and consumer awareness of termite swarms.

        Product distribution revenue, which has lower margins than pest or termite revenue, increased $4 million compared to 2012.

66


Table of Contents

        We will continue to make investments to transform our customers' experiences through a combination of new technology and improved processes to, among other things, maintain or improve our high retention rates in our pest control and termite service lines.

    Adjusted EBITDA

        The following table provides a summary of changes in the segment's Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012:

(In millions)
   
 

Year ended December 31, 2012

  $ 266  

Change in revenue

    14  

Bad debt

    (3 )

Legal

    (7 )

Selling and administrative expenses

    (3 )

Key executive transition charges

    (1 )
       

Year ended December 31, 2013

  $ 266  
       
       

        The increase in bad debt expense was driven by aging of commercial accounts and the increase in legal expense was driven by increased provisions for certain legal matters. The increase in selling and administrative expenses was primarily driven by increased investments in sales and marketing, offset, in part, by lower incentive compensation expense. Key executive transition charges of $1 million were recorded in 2013, which included recruiting costs and a signing bonus related to the hiring of the new President of Terminix.

Year ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

        The Terminix segment reported a 6.1 percent increase in revenue and a 6.6 percent increase in Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011.

    Revenue

        Revenue by service line is as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31,   % of
Revenue
 
(In millions)
  2012   2011   2012  

Pest Control

  $ 700   $ 656     55.4 %

Termite

    499     482     39.5 %

Other

    66     55     5.1 %
               

Total revenue

  $ 1,265   $ 1,193     100.0 %
               
               

        Pest control revenue increased 6.8 percent compared to 2011, reflecting a 4.2 percent increase in average customer counts, a $12 million increase in other pest revenue, primarily bed bug services, and improved price realization. Absolute pest control customer counts increased 0.8 percent compared to 2011, driven by new unit sales and acquisitions, offset, in part, by a 130 bps decrease in the customer retention rate.

        Termite revenue increased 3.5 percent compared to 2011. Termite renewal revenue comprised 55 percent of total termite revenue, while the remainder consisted of termite new unit revenue. The increase in termite revenue reflected improved price realization and an increase in non-renewable sales,

67


Table of Contents

offset, in part, by a 1.1 percent decrease in average customer counts. Absolute termite customer counts declined 1.4 percent compared to 2011, driven by a 50 bps decrease in the customer retention rate.

        Product distribution revenue, which has lower margins than pest or termite revenue, increased $10 million compared to 2011.

    Adjusted EBITDA

        The following table provides a summary of changes in the segment's Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with the year ended December 31, 2011:

(In millions)
   
 

Year ended December 31, 2011

  $ 249  

Change in revenue

    33  

Selling and administrative expenses

    (19 )

Other

    3  
       

Year ended December 31, 2012

  $ 266  
       
       

        The increase in selling and administrative expenses was primarily driven by increased investments in sales and marketing and higher incentive compensation expense.

68


Table of Contents

American Home Shield Segment

Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

        The American Home Shield segment, which provides home warranties for household systems and appliances, reported a 5.5 percent increase in revenue and a 9.0 percent increase in Adjusted EBITDA for the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013. On February 28, 2014, we acquired HSA, a company with 2013 revenue of approximately $62 million.

    Revenue

        As of March 31, 2014 compared to March 31, 2013, customer counts increased 10.3 percent, and the customer retention rate increased 240 bps. Excluding HSA, for the same period, customer counts increased 0.8 percent, and the customer retention rate increased 100 bps. The revenue results reflect the 0.8 percent increase in customer counts and improved price realization, primarily driven by a favorable product mix. Sales in our real estate channel were adversely impacted by a soft home resale market in the quarter. Additionally, the HSA acquisition contributed approximately $5 million in revenue in the first quarter of 2014.

    Impairment of Software and Other Related Costs

        In February 2014, American Home Shield made the decision to abandon its efforts to deploy a new operating system. This decision will allow us to more effectively focus our energy and resources on driving growth and serving our customers. Important factors that led to this decision include:

    the ongoing operational costs of the new operating system would have been high;

    enhancements to our existing operating system enabled it to support our needs;

    certain planned benefits of the new operating system can be achieved through other means; and

    reallocating resources to areas that will allow us to focus on growing our business.

        We recorded an impairment charge of $48 million in the first quarter of 2014 relating to this decision.

    Adjusted EBITDA

        The following table provides a summary of changes in the segment's Adjusted EBITDA for the first quarter of 2014 compared with the first quarter of 2013:

(In millions)
   
 

Three months ended March 31, 2013

  $ 21  

Change in revenue

    4  

Interest and net investment income

    4  

Contract claims

    (4 )

Tax-related reserves

    (3 )

Selling and administrative expenses

    1  
       

Three months ended March 31, 2014

  $ 23  
       
       

        In the first quarter of 2014 and 2013, the segment's Adjusted EBITDA included interest and net investment income from the American Home Shield investment portfolio of $5 million and $1 million, respectively, and favorable adjustments to reserves for prior year contract claims of $1 million and $5 million, respectively. Additionally, a $3 million reduction in tax-related reserves was recorded in the first quarter of 2013 for which there was no similar adjustment recorded in the first quarter of 2014.

69


Table of Contents

The decrease in selling and administrative expenses primarily included lower technology costs driven by the decision to abandon efforts to deploy a new operating system, offset, in part, by the addition of administrative costs as a result of the acquisition of HSA.

Year ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

        The American Home Shield segment reported a 2.7 percent increase in revenue and a 24.4 percent increase in Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012.

    Revenue

        The revenue results reflect improved price realization, offset, in part, by a 1.5 percent decrease in average customer counts. Absolute customer counts increased 0.3 percent compared to 2012, driven by an increase in new unit sales and a 100 bps increase in the customer retention rate.

    Adjusted EBITDA

        The following table provides a summary of changes in the segment's Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012:

(In millions)
   
 

Year ended December 31, 2012

  $ 117  

Change in revenue

    9  

Contract claims

    27  

Tax-related reserves

    8  

Selling and administrative expenses

    (14 )

Key executive transition charges

    1  

Interest and net investment income

    (1 )

Other

    (2 )
       

Year ended December 31, 2013

  $ 145  
       
       

        Contract claims expense decreased $27 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 (including a favorable adjustment to reserves for prior year contract claims of $4 million recorded in 2013). This favorable outcome was driven, in part, by an increase in the service fee charged to our customers for service visits and, to a lesser extent, by cooler summer temperatures in 2013 as compared to 2012. Warmer summer temperatures in 2014 as compared to 2013 could lead to an unfavorable impact on our contract claims expense in 2014.

        A $3 million reduction in tax-related reserves was recorded in 2013, and a $5 million increase in tax-related reserves was recorded in 2012. The increase in selling and administrative expenses primarily included increased investments in sales and marketing to drive future growth, principally in our direct-to-consumer channel, and higher technology costs, offset, in part, by lower provisions for certain legal matters.

        Key executive transition charges of $1 million were recorded in 2012, which included recruiting costs and a signing bonus related to the hiring of the new President of American Home Shield and separation charges related to the retirement of the former President of American Home Shield. Interest and net investment income from the American Home Shield investment portfolio of $5 million and $6 million was recorded in 2013 and 2012, respectively.

70


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

        The American Home Shield segment reported a 5.0 percent increase in revenue and a 9.4 percent increase in Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011.

    Revenue

        The revenue results reflected improved price realization, offset, in part, by a 0.9 percent decrease in average customer counts. Absolute customer counts decreased 3.0 percent compared to 2011, driven by a decrease in new unit sales and a 180 bps decrease in the customer retention rate.

    Adjusted EBITDA

        The following table provides a summary of changes in the segment's Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with the year ended December 31, 2011:

(In millions)
   
 

Year ended December 31, 2011

  $ 107  

Change in revenue

    13  

Contract claims

    15  

Tax-related reserves

    (5 )

Selling and administrative expenses

    (9 )

Key executive transition charges

    (1 )

Interest and net investment income

    (4 )

Other

    1  
       

Year ended December 31, 2012

  $ 117  
       
       

        A $5 million increase in tax-related reserves was recorded in 2012. The increase in selling and administrative expenses primarily included higher provisions for certain legal matters and increased investments to drive improvements in service delivery, offset, in part, by a reduction in sales and marketing costs.

        Key executive transition charges of $1 million were recorded in 2012, which included recruiting costs and a signing bonus related to the hiring of the new President of American Home Shield and separation charges related to the retirement of the former President of American Home Shield. Interest and net investment income from the American Home Shield investment portfolio of $6 million and $10 million was recorded in 2012 and 2011, respectively.

71


Table of Contents

Franchise Services Group Segment

Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

        The Franchise Services Group segment, which consists of the ServiceMaster Restore (disaster restoration), ServiceMaster Clean (janitorial), Merry Maids (residential cleaning), Furniture Medic (furniture repair) and AmeriSpec (home inspection) businesses, reported an 8.1 percent increase in revenue and a 1.5 percent increase in Adjusted EBITDA for the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013.

    Revenue

        Revenue by service line is as follows:

 
  Three months ended March 31,   % of
Revenue
 
(In millions)
  2014   2013   2014  

Royalty Fees

  $ 29   $ 28     47.3 %

Company-Owned Merry Maids Branches

    15     15     24.5 %

Janitorial National Accounts

    7     5     11.9 %

Sales of Products

    7     5     10.9 %

Other

    2     3     5.4 %
               

Total revenue

  $ 60   $ 56     100.0 %
               
               

        Royalty fees increased 3.1 percent compared to the first quarter of 2013, primarily driven by increases in disaster restoration services. Revenue from company-owned Merry Maids branches was comparable to the first quarter of 2013 with customer counts as of March 31, 2014 comparable to March 31, 2013. Revenue from janitorial national accounts increased 44.0 percent compared to the first quarter of 2013, driven by strong sales activity. Sales of products to franchisees increased 40.4 percent compared to the first quarter of 2013, driven by high franchisee demand for equipment.

    Adjusted EBITDA

        The following table provides a summary of changes in the segment's Adjusted EBITDA for the first quarter of 2014 compared with the first quarter of 2013:

(In millions)
   
 

Three months ended March 31, 2013

  $ 17  

Change in revenue

    1  
       

Three months ended March 31, 2014

  $ 18  
       
       

        The impact of the increase in revenue was driven by the increase in royalty fees and increases in relatively low margin revenue from janitorial national accounts and sales of products to franchisees.

Year ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

        The Franchise Services Group segment reported a 6.3 percent increase in revenue and an 11.7 percent increase in Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012.

72


Table of Contents

    Revenue

        Revenue by service line is as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31,   % of
Revenue
 
(In millions)
  2013   2012   2013  

Royalty Fees

  $ 118   $ 114     49.9 %

Company-Owned Merry Maids Branches

    63     60     26.8 %

Janitorial National Accounts

    23     17     9.6 %

Sales of Products

    21     21     9.1 %

Other

    11     9     4.6 %
               

Total revenue

  $ 236   $ 221     100.0 %
               
               

        Royalty fees increased 3.3 percent compared to 2012, primarily driven by increases in disaster restoration services. Revenue from company-owned Merry Maids branches increased 4.3 percent compared to 2012, reflecting a 5.3 percent increase in average customer counts and improved price realization, offset, in part, by a decline in non-recurring services. Revenue from janitorial national accounts increased 35.1 percent compared to 2012, driven by strong sales activity. We intend to continue our focus on expanding our market share in janitorial national accounts in 2014.

    Adjusted EBITDA

        The following table provides a summary of changes in the segment's Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012:

(In millions)
   
 

Year ended December 31, 2012

  $ 70  

Impact of change in revenue

    7  

Key executive transition charges

    1  
       

Year ended December 31, 2013

  $ 78  
       
       

        The impact of the increase in revenue was driven by the increase in royalty fees and relatively low margin revenue from janitorial national accounts.

        Key executive transition charges of $1 million were recorded in 2012, which included relocation costs related to the hiring of the new President of the Franchise Services Group and separation charges related to the retirement of the former President of the Franchise Services Group.

Year ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

        The Franchise Services Group segment reported a 0.8 percent increase in revenue and a 6.2 percent decrease in Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011.

73


Table of Contents

    Revenue

        Revenue by service line is as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31,   % of
Revenue
 
(In millions)
  2012   2011   2012  

Royalty Fees

  $ 114   $ 114     51.4 %

Company-Owned Merry Maids Branches

    60     61     27.4 %

Janitorial National Accounts

    17     13     7.6 %

Sales of Products

    21     24     9.7 %

Other

    9     8     3.9 %
               

Total revenue

  $ 221   $ 220     100.0 %
               
               

        Revenue from company-owned Merry Maids branches decreased 0.8 percent compared to 2011, reflecting a $5 million reduction in revenue driven by the sale of ten company-owned branches to existing and new franchisees in the fourth quarter of 2011, offset, in part, by improved price realization and, as adjusted for branch dispositions in 2011, a 7.3 percent increase in average customer counts. Revenue from janitorial national accounts increased 32.7 percent compared to 2011, driven by strong sales activity. Sales of products to franchisees decreased 8.3 percent compared to 2011, driven by lower franchisee demand for equipment.

    Adjusted EBITDA

        The following table provides a summary of changes in the segment's Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with the year ended December 31, 2011:

(In millions)
   
 

Year ended December 31, 2011

  $ 75  

Impact of change in revenue

    (2 )

Gain on sale

    (1 )

Other

    (2 )
       

Year ended December 31, 2012

  $ 70  
       
       

        The impact of the increase in revenue was driven by decreases in royalty fees and sales of products to franchisees, offset, in part, by the increase in relatively low margin revenue from janitorial national accounts.

        Key executive transition charges of $1 million were recorded in each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 which included recruiting, relocation costs and a signing bonus related to the hiring of the new President of our Franchise Services Group and separation charges related to the retirement of the former President of our Franchise Services Group in 2012 and the resignation of the former President of Merry Maids in 2011. Additionally, a $1 million gain resulting from the sale of ten company-owned branches to existing and new franchisees was recorded in 2011.

74


Table of Contents

Other Operations and Headquarters

Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

        The following section discusses results for our Other Operations and Headquarters functions, which includes SMAC and our headquarters functions. Other Operations and Headquarters reported a 66.2 percent increase in Adjusted EBITDA for the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013.

    Adjusted EBITDA

        The following table provides a summary of changes in Other Operations and Headquarters' Adjusted EBITDA for the first quarter of 2014 compared with the first quarter of 2013:

(In millions)
   
 

Three months ended March 31, 2013

  $ (10 )

Insurance program

    (2 )

Selling and administrative expenses

    8  
       

Three months ended March 31, 2014

  $ (4 )
       
       

        The increased expenses in our automobile, general liability and workers' compensation insurance program was driven by adverse claims trends. The decrease in selling and administrative expenses primarily included decreased costs in our centers of excellence driven by the transfer of employees to New TruGreen in combination with fees received under the transition services agreement with New TruGreen.

Year ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

        Other Operations and Headquarters reported a 1.4 percent decrease in Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012.

    Adjusted EBITDA

        The following table provides a summary of changes in Other Operations and Headquarters' Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012:

(In millions)
   
 

Year ended December 31, 2012

  $ (40 )

Insurance program

    (4 )

Selling and administrative expenses

    9  

Key executive transition charges

    (7 )

Interest and net investment income

    2  

Other

    1  
       

Year ended December 31, 2013

  $ (39 )
       

        The increased expenses in our automobile, general liability and workers' compensation insurance program were driven by adverse claims trends. The decrease in selling and administrative expenses primarily included decreased costs in our centers of excellence driven by cost reductions realized through recent initiatives.

        Key executive transition charges of $8 million and $1 million were recorded in 2013 and 2012, respectively, which included recruiting costs and signing bonuses for Robert J. Gillette, our new CEO,

75


Table of Contents

Alan J. M. Haughie, our new CFO, and other key executives and separation charges related to the resignation of our former CEO and other key executives. Additionally, interest and net investment income of $3 million and $1 million was recorded in 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Year ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

        Other Operations and Headquarters reported a 17.3 percent decrease in Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011.

    Adjusted EBITDA

        The following table provides a summary of changes in Other Operations and Headquarters' Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the year ended December 31, 2012:

(In millions)
   
 

Year ended December 31, 2011

  $ (34 )

Insurance program

    (10 )

Key executive transition charges

    4  
       

Year ended December 31, 2012

  $ (40 )
       
       

        The increased expenses in our automobile, general liability and workers' compensation insurance program were driven by the reversal, in 2011, of claims reserves driven by favorable claims experience. Key executive transition charges of $1 million and $5 million were recorded in 2012 and 2011, respectively, and interest and net investment income of $1 million was recorded in 2012 and 2011.

Discontinued Operations

TruGreen Spin-off

        On January 14, 2014, we completed the TruGreen Spin-off resulting in the spin-off of the TruGreen Business through a tax-free, pro rata dividend to our stockholders. As a result of the completion of the TruGreen Spin-off, New TruGreen operates the TruGreen Business as a private independent company. The TruGreen Business experienced a significant downturn in recent years. Since 2011, the TruGreen Business lost 400,000 customers, or 19 percent of its customer base. The TruGreen Business's operating margins also eroded during this time frame due to production inefficiencies, higher chemical costs and inflationary pressures, compounded by lower fixed cost leverage as falling customer counts drove revenue down. The TruGreen Business experienced revenue and Adjusted EBITDA declines of 18.6 percent and 87.6 percent, respectively, from 2011 to 2013. In light of these developments, we made the decision to effect the TruGreen Spin-off, which we expect will enable our management to increase its focus on the Terminix, American Home Shield and Franchise Services Group segments, while providing New TruGreen, as an independently operated, private company, the time and focus required to execute a turnaround. In addition, the TruGreen Spin-off was effected to enhance our ability to complete an initial public offering of our common stock and use the net proceeds primarily to reduce our indebtedness.

        As a result of the TruGreen Spin-off, we were required to perform an interim impairment analysis as of January 14, 2014 on the TruGreen trade name. The assumptions were developed with the view of the TruGreen Business as a stand-alone company, resulting in an increase in the assumed discount rate of 350 bps as compared to the discount rate used in the October 1, 2013 impairment test for the TruGreen trade name. This interim impairment analysis resulted in a pre-tax non-cash trade name impairment charge of $139 million ($84 million, net of tax) to reduce the carrying value of the

76


Table of Contents

TruGreen trade name to its estimated fair value. This impairment charge was recorded in Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes, in the first quarter of 2014.

Other Dispositions

        In the first quarter of 2011, we concluded that TruGreen LandCare did not fit within our long-term strategic plans and committed to a plan to sell the business. On April 21, 2011, we entered into a purchase agreement to sell the TruGreen LandCare business, and the disposition was effective as of April 30, 2011.

Financial Information for Discontinued Operations

        Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes, for all periods presented includes the operating results of the TruGreen Business and the previously sold businesses.

        The operating results of discontinued operations are as follows:

 
  Three months ended
March 31,
  Year ended December 31,  
(In millions)
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011  

Revenue

    6     94   $ 896   $ 979   $ 1,177  

(Loss) income before income taxes(1)(2)

    (155 )   (50 )   (716 )   (803 )   92  

(Benefit) provision for income taxes(1)(2)

    (60 )   (21 )   (167 )   (107 )   37  
                       

(Loss) income, net of income taxes(1)(2)

    (95 )   (29 )   (549 )   (696 )   55  

Gain (loss) on sale, net of income taxes

                    (2 )
                       

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes(1)(2)

  $ (95 ) $ (29 ) $ (549 ) $ (696 ) $ 53  
                       
                       

(1)
During the first quarter of 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we recorded pre-tax non-cash impairment charges of $139 million ($84 million, net of tax) $673 million ($521 million, net of tax), $909 million ($764 million, net of tax) and $37 million ($22 million, net of tax), respectively, associated with the goodwill and trade name at the TruGreen Business in (loss) income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes.

(2)
As a result of the decision to sell TruGreen LandCare, a $34 million impairment charge ($21 million, net of tax) was recorded in loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes, in the first quarter of 2011 to reduce the carrying value of TruGreen LandCare's assets to their estimated fair value less cost to sell in accordance with applicable accounting standards. Upon completion of the sale in 2011, a $6 million loss on sale ($2 million, net of tax) was recorded.

    Year ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

        The TruGreen Business reported revenue of $896 million in 2013, an 8.5 percent decrease compared to 2012. Revenue from residential lawn service customers, which was 82 percent of the TruGreen Business's revenue in 2013, decreased 8.8 percent compared to 2012, reflecting an 8.9 percent decline in average residential full program customer counts and inefficiencies in service delivery caused, in part, by integration issues with newly implemented technology, offset, in part, by improved price realization. Absolute customer counts declined 7.9 percent compared to 2012, driven by a 250 bps decrease in the residential full program customer retention rate, offset, in part, by new unit

77


Table of Contents

sales. The TruGreen Business's revenue also reflected a $14 million decrease in revenue from commercial customers compared to 2012.

        Loss before incomes taxes for the TruGreen Business was $714 million in 2013 compared to $802 million in 2012. Non-cash impairment charges of $673 million and $909 million were recorded in 2013 and 2012, respectively. Key executive transition charges of $1 million were recorded in each of the years 2013 and 2012, which included recruiting costs and a signing bonus related to the hiring of David Alexander, the President of TruGreen, and separation charges related to the resignation in 2012 of Thomas Brackett, a former President of TruGreen. Additionally, restructuring charges of $15 million and $3 million were recorded in 2013 and 2012, respectively, which, in 2013, primarily represented expenses we incurred directly related to the TruGreen Spin-off. The remaining decline in income before income taxes of $136 million primarily reflected the impact of lower revenue; labor, chemical and vehicle inefficiency driven, in part, by integration issues with newly implemented technology; higher bad debt expense; higher sales staffing levels; higher costs related to telephone and information technology systems; and increased investments in sales tools.

    Year ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

        The TruGreen Business reported revenue of $979 million in 2012, an 11.1 percent decrease compared to 2011. Revenue from residential lawn service customers decreased 13.0 percent compared to 2011, reflecting an 11.3 percent decline in average residential full program customer counts and a steep decline in less than full program sales, offset, in part, by improved price realization. Absolute customer counts declined 12.2 percent compared to 2011, driven by a decrease in new unit sales and acquisitions, offset, in part, by a 120 bps increase in the residential full program customer retention rate. The decrease in new unit sales was significantly impacted by changes in the TruGreen Business's product offerings and the rebalancing of its sales channel mix. The TruGreen Business's revenue also reflected a $14 million increase in revenue from commercial customers compared to 2011, offset, in part, by a $14 million decrease in third-party revenue, primarily sales of ice melt products, compared to 2011.

        Loss before income taxes for the TruGreen Business was $802 million in 2012 compared to income before income taxes of $132 million in 2012. Non-cash impairment charges of $909 million and $37 million were recorded in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Key executive transition charges of $1 million were recorded in each of the years 2012 and 2011, which included recruiting costs related to the hiring of David Alexander, the President of TruGreen, and separation charges related to the resignation in 2012 of Thomas Brackett, a former President of TruGreen, and the resignation in 2011 of Stephen Donly, also a former President of TruGreen. Additionally, restructuring charges of $3 million and $1 million were recorded in 2013 and 2012, respectively. The remaining decline in income before income taxes of $60 million primarily reflected the impact of lower revenue, a reduction in labor productivity, higher fertilizer prices and usage rates, higher technology costs related to a new operating system, higher fuel prices and increased investments in productivity and standardization initiatives, offset, in part, by lower sales staffing, driven by TruGreen's decision to reduce its focus on the neighborhood sales channel, and a reduction in ice melt sales, which has lower margins than core lawn services.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

        We are highly leveraged, and a substantial portion of our liquidity needs is due to service requirements on our significant indebtedness. The agreements governing the Existing Term Facilities, the 2020 Notes and the Existing Revolving Credit Facility contain, and the New Credit Facilities will contain, covenants that limit or restrict the ability of SvM and certain of its subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, repurchase debt, incur liens, sell assets, make certain payments (including

78


Table of Contents

dividends) and enter into transactions with affiliates. As of March 31, 2014, SvM was in compliance with the covenants under these agreements that were in effect on such date.

        Our ongoing liquidity needs are expected to be funded by cash on hand, net cash provided by operating activities and, as required, borrowings under our credit facilities. We expect that cash provided from operations and available capacity under the New Revolving Credit Facility will provide sufficient funds to operate our business, make expected capital expenditures and meet our liquidity requirements for the following 12 months, including payment of interest and principal on our debt. As of March 31, 2014, SvM had $242 million of remaining capacity available under the Existing Revolving Credit Facility. If we are unable to close the New Credit Facilities and the Existing Revolving Credit Facility remains in place, SvM will continue to have $242 million of available borrowing capacity through July 23, 2014 and will have $183 million of available borrowing capacity from July 24, 2014 through January 31, 2017. If the Concurrent Refinancing is consummated, SvM will have $300 million of available borrowing capacity. For a description of the Existing Revolving Credit Facility and the New Revolving Credit Facility, see "Description of Certain Indebtedness—Existing Revolving Credit Facility" and "Description of Certain Indebtedness—New Credit Facilities."

        Cash and short- and long-term marketable securities totaled $545 million as of March 31, 2014, compared with $633 million as of December 31, 2013. Cash and short- and long-term marketable securities include balances associated with regulatory requirements at American Home Shield. See "—Limitations on Distributions and Dividends by Subsidiaries." American Home Shield's investment portfolio has been invested in a combination of high-quality, short-duration fixed-income securities and equities. We closely monitor the performance of the investments. From time to time, we review the statutory reserve requirements to which our regulated entities are subject and any changes to such requirements. These reviews may result in identifying current reserve levels above or below minimum statutory reserve requirements, in which case we may adjust our reserves. The reviews may also identify opportunities to satisfy certain regulatory reserve requirements through alternate financial vehicles.

        Under the terms of our fuel swap contracts, we are required to post collateral in the event that the fair value of the contracts exceeds a certain agreed upon liability level and in other circumstances when required by the counterparty. As of March 31, 2014, the estimated fair value of our fuel swap contracts was a net asset of $1 million, and we had posted $1 million in letters of credit as collateral under our fuel hedging program, none of which were issued under SvM's Existing Revolving Credit Facility. The continued use of letters of credit for this purpose in the future could limit SvM's ability to post letters of credit for other purposes and could limit SvM's borrowing availability under its revolving credit facilities. However, we do not expect the fair value of the outstanding fuel swap contracts to materially impact our financial position or liquidity.

        We may from time to time repurchase or otherwise retire or extend our debt and/or take other steps to reduce our debt or otherwise improve our financial position. These actions may include open market debt repurchases, negotiated repurchases, other retirements of outstanding debt and/or opportunistic refinancing of debt. The amount of debt that may be repurchased or otherwise retired or refinanced, if any, will depend on market conditions, trading levels of our debt, our cash position, compliance with debt covenants and other considerations. Our affiliates may also purchase our debt from time to time, through open market purchases or other transactions. In such cases, our debt may not be retired, in which case we would continue to pay interest in accordance with the terms of the debt, and we would continue to reflect the debt as outstanding in our audited consolidated financial statements.

Concurrent Refinancing

        Substantially contemporaneously with this offering, we intend to repay and terminate our Existing Term Facilities, including the synthetic letter of credit facility thereunder, and our Existing Revolving

79


Table of Contents

Credit Facility, and to enter into the New Credit Facilities. The New Term Loan Facility is expected to provide for $1,825 million of term loans that will mature in 2021. The New Revolving Credit Facility is expected to provide for revolving loans of up to $300 million. A portion of the New Revolving Credit Facility will be available for letters of credit. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness—New Credit Facilities." This offering is not contingent upon our entering into the New Credit Facilities, and there can be no assurance that we will enter into the New Credit Facilities and terminate the Existing Term Facilities at the time of consummation of this offering, or at all.

Term Facilities

        In August 2012, SvM entered into an amendment, or the "2012 Existing Term Loan Facility Amendment," to the credit agreement governing the Existing Term Loan Facility, or the "Existing Credit Agreement," primarily to extend the maturity date of a portion of the borrowings under the Existing Term Loan Facility. Pursuant to the 2012 Existing Term Loan Facility Amendment, the Tranche B loans have a maturity date of January 31, 2017. The interest rates applicable to the Tranche B loans under the Existing Term Loan Facility are based on a fluctuating rate of interest measured by reference to either, at SvM's option, (i) an adjusted London inter-bank offered rate (adjusted for maximum reserves), plus a borrowing margin or (ii) an alternate base rate, plus a borrowing margin. As of March 31, 2014, the borrowing margin for the outstanding Tranche B loans was 4.25 percent. The 2012 Existing Term Loan Facility Amendment also includes mechanics for future extension amendments, permits borrower buy-backs of term loans, increases the size of certain baskets and makes certain other changes to the Existing Credit Agreement, including the reduction of the availability under the synthetic letter of credit facility from $150 million to $138 million.

        On February 22, 2013, SvM entered into Amendment No. 2 to its Term Loan Facility, or the "2013 Existing Term Loan Facility Amendment," to amend the Existing Credit Agreement primarily to extend the maturity date of a portion of the borrowings under the Existing Term Loan Facility. Pursuant to the 2013 Existing Term Loan Facility Amendment, the maturity of the outstanding Tranche A loans was extended, and such loans were converted into a new tranche of term loans in an aggregate principal amount, along with new loans extended by certain new lenders, of $1,220 million, or the "Tranche C loans." The maturity date for the Tranche C loans is January 31, 2017. The interest rates applicable to the Tranche C loans under the Existing Term Loan Facility are based on a fluctuating rate of interest measured by reference to either, at the SvM's option, (i) an adjusted London inter-bank offered rate (adjusted for maximum reserves) plus 3.25 percent, with a minimum adjusted London inter-bank offered rate of 1.00 percent or (ii) an alternate base rate plus 2.25 percent, with a minimum alternate base rate of 2.00 percent. As part of the 2013 Existing Term Loan Facility Amendment, SvM paid an original issue discount equal to 1.00 percent of the outstanding borrowings, or $12 million. Voluntary prepayments of borrowings under the Tranche C Loans are permitted at any time, in minimum principal amounts, without premium or penalty.

        As a result of the 2012 Existing Term Loan Facility Amendment and the 2013 Existing Term Loan Facility Amendment, SvM had, as of March 31, 2014, approximately $2,184 million of outstanding borrowings scheduled to mature January 31, 2017, after including the unamortized portion of the original issue discount paid. Additionally, following the 2012 Existing Term Loan Facility Amendment and the 2013 Existing Term Loan Facility Amendment, the availability under the synthetic letter of credit facility will be reduced from the current availability of $138 million to $78 million as of July 24, 2014. The remaining $78 million of availability under the synthetic letter of credit facility is scheduled to mature January 31, 2017.

Senior Notes

        The 8% 2020 Notes will mature on February 15, 2020. The proceeds from the 8% 2020 Notes together with available cash, were used to redeem $600 million in aggregate principal amount of SvM's

80


Table of Contents

outstanding 2015 Notes in the first quarter of 2012. The 7% 2020 Notes will mature on August 15, 2020. SvM used a majority of the proceeds from the 7% 2020 Notes to redeem the remaining $396 million aggregate principal amount of its 2015 Notes and to repay $276 million of outstanding borrowings under its Existing Term Facilities during the third quarter of 2012. We recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $55 million in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income for the year ended December 31, 2012 related to these transactions and the redemption of the 2015 Notes in the first quarter of 2012 discussed above. The 2020 Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by SvM's domestic subsidiaries that guarantee its indebtedness under the Existing Credit Facilities. The 2020 Notes are not guaranteed by any of SvM's non-U.S. subsidiaries, any subsidiaries subject to regulation as an insurance, home warranty or similar company, or certain other subsidiaries.

        We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to redeem 35 percent of the outstanding aggregate principal amount of each series of the 2020 Notes. See "Use of Proceeds."

Fleet and Equipment Financing Arrangements

        SvM has entered into the Fleet Agreement which, among other things, allows us to obtain fleet vehicles through a leasing program. We have fulfilled substantially all of our vehicle fleet needs in 2012 and 2013 through the leasing program under the Fleet Agreement. During the first quarter of 2014, we acquired $2 million of vehicles under the Fleet Agreement leasing program. All leases under the Fleet Agreement are capital leases for accounting purposes. The lease rental payments include an interest component calculated using a variable rate based on one-month LIBOR plus other contractual adjustments and a borrowing margin totaling 2.45 percent. We have no minimum commitment for the number of vehicles to be obtained under the Fleet Agreement. We anticipate that new lease financings under the Fleet Agreement for the full year 2014 will range from approximately $15 million to $25 million.

Limitations on Distributions and Dividends by Subsidiaries

        ServiceMaster and SvM are each holding companies, and as such they have no independent operations or material assets other than ownership of equity interests in their respective subsidiaries. ServiceMaster and SvM each depend on their respective subsidiaries to distribute funds to them so that they may pay obligations and expenses, including satisfying obligations with respect to indebtedness. The ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions and dividends to us depends on their operating results, cash requirements and financial condition and general business conditions, as well as restrictions under the laws of our subsidiaries' jurisdictions.

        The terms of the indenture governing the 2020 Notes and the agreements governing the New Credit Facilities significantly restrict the ability of our subsidiaries, including SvM, to pay dividends, make loans or otherwise transfer assets to us. Further, SvM's subsidiaries are permitted under the terms of the New Credit Facilities and other indebtedness to incur additional indebtedness that may restrict or prohibit the making of distributions, the payment of dividends or the making of loans by such subsidiaries to SvM and, in turn, to us.

        Furthermore, there are third-party restrictions on the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to transfer funds to us. These restrictions are related to regulatory requirements at American Home Shield and to a subsidiary borrowing arrangement at SMAC. The payment of ordinary and extraordinary dividends by our home warranty and similar subsidiaries (through which we conduct our American Home Shield business) are subject to significant regulatory restrictions under the laws and regulations of the states in which they operate. Among other things, such laws and regulations require certain such subsidiaries to maintain minimum capital and net worth requirements and may limit the amount of ordinary and extraordinary dividends and other payments that these subsidiaries can pay to

81


Table of Contents

us. As of March 31, 2014, the total net assets subject to these third-party restrictions was $184 million. We expect that such limitations will be in effect in 2014. None of our subsidiaries are obligated to make funds available to SvM or to us through the payment of dividends.

        We consider undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries as of March 31, 2014 to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no U.S. income taxes have been provided thereon. The amount of cash associated with indefinitely reinvested foreign earnings was approximately $29 million and $15 million as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. We have not repatriated, nor do we anticipate the need to repatriate, funds to the United States to satisfy domestic liquidity needs arising in the ordinary course of business, including liquidity needs associated with our domestic debt service requirements.

Cash Flows from Operating Activities from Continuing Operations

        Net cash provided from operating activities from continuing operations increased $1 million to $21 million for the first quarter of 2014 compared to $20 million for the first quarter of 2013.

        Net cash provided from operating activities for the first quarter of 2014 was comprised of $57 million in earnings adjusted for non-cash charges offset, in part, by a $33 million increase in cash required for working capital and by $3 million in cash payments related to restructuring charges. Working capital requirements for the first quarter of 2014 were adversely impacted by the timing of interest payments on the 2020 Notes, incentive compensation payments related to 2013 performance and seasonal activity.

        Net cash provided from operating activities for the first quarter of 2013 was comprised of $45 million in earnings adjusted for non-cash charges offset, in part, by a $21 million increase in cash required for working capital and by $4 million in cash payments related to restructuring charges. Working capital requirements for the first quarter of 2013 were adversely impacted by the timing of interest payments on the 2020 Notes, incentive compensation payments related to 2012 performance and seasonal activity.

        Net cash provided from operating activities from continuing operations increased $104 million to $208 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $104 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $74 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

        Net cash provided from operating activities in 2013 was comprised of $195 million in earnings adjusted for non-cash charges and a $22 million decrease in cash required for working capital, offset, in part, by $9 million in cash payments related to restructuring charges. For the year ended December 31, 2013, working capital requirements were favorably impacted by a change in the timing of customer prepayments.

        Net cash provided from operating activities in 2012 was comprised of $157 million in earnings adjusted for non-cash charges, $3 million in premiums received on the issuance of the 2020 Notes and a $2 million decrease in cash required for working capital, offset, in part, by $43 million in cash payments for the call premium paid on the redemption of $996 million aggregate principal amount of the 2015 Notes and $15 million in cash payments related to restructuring charges. For the year ended December 31, 2012, working capital requirements were adversely impacted by the timing of interest payments on the 2020 Notes and the Continuing Notes, as defined in "Description of Certain Indebtedness," and decreased accruals for incentive compensation.

        Net cash provided from operating activities in 2011 was comprised of $135 million in earnings adjusted for non-cash charges, offset, in part, by $6 million in cash payments related to restructuring charges and a $55 million increase in cash required for working capital. For the year ended December 31, 2011, working capital requirements were adversely impacted by a reduction in reserve levels under certain self-insurance programs and unrecognized tax benefits.

82


Table of Contents

Cash Flows from Investing Activities from Continuing Operations

        Net cash used for investing activities from continuing operations was $17 million for the first quarter of 2014 compared to $16 million for the first quarter of 2013.

        Capital expenditures increased to $14 million for the first quarter of 2014 from $9 million in the first quarter of 2013 and included recurring capital needs and information technology projects. We anticipate that capital expenditures for the full year 2014 will range from approximately $55 million to $65 million, reflecting recurring needs and the continuation of investments in information systems and productivity enhancing technology. We expect to fulfill our ongoing vehicle fleet needs through vehicle capital leases. We have no additional material capital commitments at this time.

        Cash payments for acquisitions for the first quarter of 2014 totaled $41 million, compared with $3 million for the first quarter of 2013. On February 28, 2014, we acquired HSA, based in Madison, Wisconsin, for cash consideration of $32 million. Consideration paid for tuck-in acquisitions consisted of cash payments and debt payable to sellers. We expect to continue our tuck-in acquisition program at levels consistent with prior periods.

        Cash flows provided from notes receivable, financial investments and securities, net, for the first quarter of 2014 were $38 million and were primarily driven by the sale of marketable securities at American Home Shield. Cash flows used for notes receivable, financial investments and securities, net, for the first quarter of 2013 were $4 million and were primarily driven by increased investments in marketable securities at American Home Shield, offset, in part, by collections of amounts financed by SMAC.

        Net cash used for investing activities from continuing operations was $70 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $85 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $80 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

        Capital expenditures decreased to $39 million in 2013 from $44 million in 2012 and $52 million in 2011 and included recurring capital needs, including vehicle fleet purchases in 2011, and information technology projects, including technology costs at American Home Shield.

        Cash payments for acquisitions in 2013 totaled $32 million, compared with $40 million in 2012 and $32 million in 2011. Consideration paid for tuck-in acquisitions consisted of cash payments and debt payable to sellers.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities from Continuing Operations

        Net cash used for financing activities from continuing operations was $43 million for the first quarter of 2014 compared to $29 million for the first quarter of 2013.

        During the first quarter of 2014, we made scheduled principal payments on long-term debt of $11 million. Additionally, we contributed $35 million to New TruGreen, paid $3 million for the purchase of common stock and restricted stock units or "RSUs" and received payments of $6 million from the issuance of common stock during the first quarter of 2014.

        During the first quarter of 2013, we made scheduled principal payments on long-term debt of $9 million and made payments on other long-term financing obligations of $2 million. Additionally, we borrowed an incremental $1 million, paid $2 million for the purchase of common stock and RSUs, paid $12 million in original issue discount and paid debt issuance costs of $5 million during the first quarter of 2013.

        Net cash used for financing activities from continuing operations was $78 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $14 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $110 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

83


Table of Contents

        During 2013, SvM made scheduled principal payments on long-term debt of $49 million, including the payment of the amounts outstanding under its former accounts receivable securitization facility, and made payments on other long-term financing obligations of $4 million. During 2013, SvM borrowed an incremental $1 million, paid $12 million in original issue discount and paid debt issuance costs of $6 million as part of the 2013 Existing Term Loan Facility Amendment. Additionally, during 2013, we paid $16 million for the repurchase of common stock and RSUs and received payments totaling $8 million from the issuance of common stock.

        During 2012, SvM sold $1,350 million aggregate principal amount of the 2020 Notes and used a majority of the proceeds to redeem $996 million aggregate principal amount of the 2015 Notes and to repay $276 million of outstanding borrowings under the Existing Term Facilities. During 2012, SvM made scheduled principal payments on long-term debt of $47 million, made payments on other long-term financing obligations of $7 million and paid debt issuance costs of $33 million related to the sale of the 2020 Notes. Additionally, during 2012, we paid $11 million for the repurchase of common stock and RSUs and received payments totaling $6 million from the issuance of common stock.

        During 2011, SvM borrowed $4 million under other financing arrangements and made scheduled principal payments on long-term debt of $36 million. Additionally, during 2011, we paid $88 million for the repurchase of common stock and RSUs and received payments totaling $10 million from the issuance of common stock.

Contractual Obligations

        The following table presents our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2013. The table below does not give effect to the Concurrent Refinancing.

(In millions)
  Total   Less than 1 Yr   1 - 3 Yrs   3 - 5 Yrs   More than 5 Yrs  

Principal repayments*

  $ 3,949   $ 33   $ 73   $ 2,216   $ 1,628  

Capital leases

    78     19     33     24     2  

Estimated interest payments(1)

    1,351     225     443     259     425  

Non-cancelable operating leases(2)

    125     39     52     27     7  

Purchase obligations:

                               

Supply agreements and other(3)

    72     38     24     10      

Outsourcing agreements(4)

    58     15     21     22      

Other long-term liabilities:*

                               

Insurance claims

    223     80     51     19     72  

Discontinued operations

    1     1              

Other, including deferred compensation trust(2)

    15     1     2     2     10  
                       

Total Amount

  $ 5,872   $ 451   $ 699   $ 2,579   $ 2,144  
                       
                       

*
These items are reported in our consolidated statements of financial position included in this prospectus.

(1)
These amounts represent future interest payments related to our existing debt obligations based on fixed and variable interest rates and principal maturities specified in the associated debt agreements. Payments related to variable debt are based on applicable rates at December 31, 2013 plus the specified margin in the associated debt agreements for each period presented as of December 31, 2013. The estimated debt balance (including capital leases) as of each fiscal year end from 2014 through 2018 is $3,976 million, $3,913 million, $3,869 million, $1,721 million and $1,630 million, respectively. The weighted average interest rate on the estimated debt balances at each fiscal year end from 2014 through 2018 is expected to be 5.6 percent, 5.7 percent, 5.7 percent,

84


Table of Contents

    7.4 percent and 7.4 percent, respectively. See Note 12 of our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for the terms and maturities of existing debt obligations.

(2)
A portion of our vehicle fleet and some equipment are leased through operating leases. For further discussion see "Liquidity and Capital Resources—Fleet and Equipment Financing Arrangements." The amounts in non-cancelable operating leases exclude all prospective cancelable payments under these agreements. The liability for the estimated fair value of the residual value guarantees related to the leased assets has been included in other long-term liabilities above.

(3)
These obligations include commitments for various products and services including, among other things, inventory purchases, telecommunications services, marketing and advertising services and other professional services. Arrangements are considered purchase obligations if a contract specifies all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased, a pricing structure and approximate timing of the transactions. Most arrangements are cancelable without a significant penalty and with short notice (usually 30-120 days) and amounts reflected above include our minimum contractual obligation (inclusive of applicable cancellation penalties). For obligations with significant penalties associated with termination, the minimum required expenditures over the term of the agreement have been included in the table above.

(4)
Outsourcing agreements include commitments for the purchase of certain outsourced services from third-party vendors. Because the services provided through these agreements are integral to our operations, we have concluded that it is appropriate to include the total anticipated costs for services under these agreements in the table above.

        Due to the uncertainty with respect to the timing of future cash flows associated with unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2013, we are unable to reasonably estimate the period of cash settlement with the respective taxing authority. Accordingly, $8 million of unrecognized tax benefits have been excluded from the contractual obligations table above. See the discussion of income taxes in Note 5 of our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

        The contractual obligations table includes disclosure of our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2013. We continue to make the contractually required payments, and, therefore, the 2014 obligations and commitments as listed in the contractual obligations table have been reduced by the required payments. Additionally, the TruGreen Spin-off has reduced our contractual obligations and commitments as reported as of December 31, 2013. While contractual obligations relating to principal repayments, estimated interest payments, non-cancelable operating leases and other long-term liabilities of the TruGreen Business are separately identifiable and were transferred to New TruGreen pursuant to the separation and distribution agreement, purchase obligations generally relate to company-wide spending and commitments of multiple business segments and, therefore, the obligations which were transferred to New TruGreen are more difficult to separately identify and are included in costs under the transition services agreement. We are in the process of negotiating the transfers of these contractual obligations to New TruGreen. The impact of the TruGreen Spin-off was the only material change in our previously disclosed contractual obligations and commitments during the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Financial Position—Continuing Operations

        The following discussion describes changes in our financial position from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013.

        Property and equipment increased from prior year levels, primarily reflecting purchases for recurring capital needs and information technology projects and the acquisition of vehicles under the Fleet Agreement.

85


Table of Contents

        Intangible assets, primarily trade names, service marks and trademarks, net, decreased from prior year levels due to amortization expense. See Note 4 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for further information.

        Other assets increased from prior year levels, primarily reflecting the inclusion, in 2013, of the non-current portion of insurance recoverables related to insured claims, which has historically been netted with loss reserves within Other long-term obligations, primarily self-insured claims.

        Deferred revenue increased from prior year levels, primarily reflecting higher customer prepayments at Terminix and American Home Shield.

        Other long-term obligations, primarily self-insured claims, increased from prior year levels, primarily reflecting the exclusion, in 2013, of the non-current portion of insurance recoverables related to insured claims, which is now reported within Other assets.

        Total shareholders' equity was $23 million as of December 31, 2013 compared to $535 million as of December 31, 2012.

Financial Position—Discontinued Operations

        The assets and liabilities related to discontinued operations have been classified in a separate caption on our consolidated statements of financial position included in this prospectus.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We have off-balance sheet arrangements in the form of guarantees as discussed in Note 9 of our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 4 of our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

        We do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. Accordingly, we are not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in such relationships.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        The preparation of our audited consolidated financial statements requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions required under GAAP which may differ from actual results. The more significant areas requiring the use of management estimates relate to revenue recognition; the allowance for uncollectible receivables; accruals for self-insured retention limits related to medical, workers' compensation, auto and general liability insurance claims; accruals for home warranties and termite damage claims; the possible outcome of outstanding litigation; accruals for income tax liabilities as well as deferred tax accounts; the deferral and amortization of customer acquisition costs; useful lives for depreciation and amortization expense; the valuation of marketable securities; and the valuation of tangible and intangible assets. In 2013 and the first quarter of 2014, there were no changes in the significant areas that require estimates or in the underlying methodologies used in determining the amounts of these associated estimates.

        See Note 1 of our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 1 of our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for a summary of significant accounting policies.

        The allowance for receivables is developed based on several factors including overall customer credit quality, historical write-off experience and specific account analyses that project the ultimate

86


Table of Contents

collectability of the outstanding balances. As such, these factors may change over time causing the reserve level to vary.

        We carry insurance policies on insurable risks at levels which we believe to be appropriate, including workers' compensation, auto and general liability risks. We purchase insurance from third-party insurance carriers. These policies typically incorporate significant deductibles or self-insured retentions. We are responsible for all claims that fall within the retention limits. In determining our accrual for self-insured claims, we uses historical claims experience to establish both the current year accrual and the underlying provision for future losses. This actuarially determined provision and related accrual include both known claims, as well as incurred but not reported claims. We adjust our estimate of accrued self-insured claims when required to reflect changes based on factors such as changes in health care costs, accident frequency and claim severity.

        Accruals for home warranty claims in the American Home Shield business are made based on our claims experience and actuarial projections. Termite damage claim accruals in the Terminix business are recorded based on both the historical rates of claims incurred within a contract year and the cost per claim. Current activity could differ causing a change in estimates. We have certain liabilities with respect to existing or potential claims, lawsuits, and other proceedings. We accrue for these liabilities when it is probable that future costs will be incurred and such costs can be reasonably estimated. Any resulting adjustments, which could be material, are recorded in the period identified.

        We record deferred income tax balances based on the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and income tax purposes. We record our deferred tax items based on the estimated value of the tax basis. We adjust tax estimates when required to reflect changes based on factors such as changes in tax laws, relevant court decisions, results of tax authority reviews and statutes of limitations. We record a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We recognize potential interest and penalties related to our uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

Revenue

        Revenues from pest control services, as well as liquid and fumigation termite applications, are recognized as the services are provided. We eradicate termites through the use of non-baiting methods (e.g., fumigation or liquid treatments) and baiting systems. Termite services using baiting systems and termite inspection and protection contracts are frequently sold through annual contracts. Service costs for these contracts are expensed as incurred. We recognize revenue over the life of these contracts in proportion to the expected direct costs. Those costs bear a direct relationship to the fulfillment of our obligations under the contracts and are representative of the relative value provided to the customer (proportional performance method). We regularly review our estimates of direct costs for our termite bait contracts and termite inspection and protection contracts and adjust the estimates when appropriate.

        Home warranty contracts are typically one year in duration. Home warranty claims costs are expensed as incurred. We recognize revenue over the life of these contracts in proportion to the expected direct costs. Those costs bear a direct relationship to the fulfillment of our obligations under the contracts and are representative of the relative value provided to the customer (proportional performance method). We regularly review our estimates of claims costs and adjust the estimates when appropriate.

        We have franchise agreements in our Terminix, ServiceMaster Restore, ServiceMaster Clean, Merry Maids, Furniture Medic and AmeriSpec businesses. Franchise revenue (which in the aggregate represents approximately six percent of 2013 consolidated revenue from continuing operations) consists principally of continuing monthly fees based upon the franchisee's customer-level revenue. Monthly fee

87


Table of Contents

revenue is recognized when the related customer-level revenue generating activity is performed by the franchisee and collectability is reasonably assured. Franchise revenue also includes initial fees resulting from the sale of a franchise or a license. These initial franchise or license fees are pre-established fixed amounts and are recognized as revenue when collectability is reasonably assured and all material services or conditions relating to the sale have been substantially performed.

Deferred Customer Acquisition Costs

        Customer acquisition costs, which are incremental and direct costs of obtaining a customer, are deferred and amortized over the life of the related contract in proportion to revenue recognized. These costs include sales commissions and direct selling costs which can be shown to have resulted in a successful sale.

Property and Equipment, Intangible Assets and Goodwill

        Fixed assets and intangible assets with finite lives are depreciated and amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. These lives are based on our previous experience for similar assets, potential market obsolescence and other industry and business data. As required by accounting standards for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets, our long-lived assets, including fixed assets and intangible assets (other than goodwill), are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. If the carrying value is no longer recoverable based upon the undiscounted future cash flows of the asset, an impairment loss would be recognized equal to the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the asset. Changes in the estimated useful lives or in the asset values could cause us to adjust our book value or future expense accordingly.

        In February 2014, American Home Shield ceased efforts to deploy a new operating system that had been intended to improve customer relationship management capabilities and enhance its operations. We recorded an impairment charge of $48 million in the first quarter of 2014 relating to this decision.

        As required under accounting standards for goodwill and other intangibles, goodwill is not subject to amortization, and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized until their useful lives are determined to no longer be indefinite. Goodwill and intangible assets that are not subject to amortization are subject to assessment for impairment by applying a fair-value based test on an annual basis or more frequently if circumstances indicate a potential impairment. We adopted the provisions of ASU 2011 08, "Testing Goodwill for Impairment," in the fourth quarter of 2011. This Accounting Standards Update, or "ASU," gives entities the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of a reporting unit in Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test. If entities determine, on the basis of qualitative factors, that the fair value of a reporting unit is more likely than not greater than its carrying amount, the two-step impairment test would not be required. For the 2013 and 2012 annual goodwill impairment review performed as of October 1, 2013 and October 1, 2012, respectively, we did not perform qualitative assessments on any reporting unit, but instead completed Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for all reporting units. For the 2011 annual goodwill impairment review performed as of October 1, 2011, we performed qualitative assessments on the Terminix, American Home Shield and ServiceMaster Clean reporting units. Based on these assessments, we determined that, more likely than not, the fair values of Terminix, American Home Shield and ServiceMaster Clean were greater than their respective carrying amounts. As a result, the two-step goodwill impairment test was not performed for Terminix, American Home Shield and ServiceMaster Clean in 2011.

        Goodwill impairment is determined using a two-step process. The first step involves a comparison of the estimated fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. In performing

88


Table of Contents

the first step, we determine the fair value of a reporting unit using a combination of a discounted cash flow, or "DCF," analysis, a market-based comparable approach and a market-based transaction approach. Determining fair value requires the exercise of significant judgment, including judgment about appropriate discount rates, terminal growth rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, as well as relevant comparable company earnings multiples for the market-based comparable approach and relevant transaction multiples for the market-based transaction approach. The cash flows employed in the DCF analyses are based on our most recent budget and, for years beyond the budget, our estimates, which are based on estimated growth rates. The discount rates used in the DCF analyses are intended to reflect the risks inherent in the future cash flows of the respective reporting units. In addition, the market-based comparable and transaction approaches utilize comparable company public trading values, comparable company historical results, research analyst estimates and, where available, values observed in private market transactions. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is not necessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, then the second step of the goodwill impairment test must be performed. The second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill with its goodwill carrying amount to measure the amount of impairment, if any. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination. In other words, the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the purchase price paid. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit's goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

        The impairment test for other intangible assets not subject to amortization involves a comparison of the estimated fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying value. If the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The estimates of fair value of intangible assets not subject to amortization are determined using a DCF valuation analysis. The DCF methodology used to value trade names is known as the relief from royalty method and entails identifying the hypothetical cash flows generated by an assumed royalty rate that a third-party would pay to license the trade names and discounting them back to the valuation date. Significant judgments inherent in this analysis include the selection of appropriate discount rates and hypothetical royalty rates, estimating the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows attributable to the hypothetical royalty rates and identification of appropriate terminal growth rate assumptions. The discount rates used in the DCF analyses are intended to reflect the risk inherent in the projected future cash flows generated by the respective intangible assets.

        Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, primarily our trade names, are assessed annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or earlier upon the occurrence of certain events or substantive changes in circumstances. Our 2013, 2012, and 2011 annual impairment analyses, which were performed as of October 1 of each year, did not result in any goodwill impairments.

        We do not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. We have entered into specific financial arrangements in the normal course of business to manage certain market risks, with a policy of matching positions and limiting the terms of contracts to relatively short durations.

        We have historically hedged a significant portion of our annual fuel consumption of approximately 11 million gallons. We have also historically hedged the interest payments on a portion of our variable rate debt through the use of interest rate swap agreements, although we have no interest rate swap agreements outstanding as of March 31, 2014. All of our fuel swap contracts and interest rate swap contracts are classified as cash flow hedges, and, as such, the hedging instruments are recorded on our consolidated statements of financial position included in this prospectus as either an asset or liability at fair value, with the effective portion of changes in the fair value attributable to the hedged risks recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

89


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

        Our board of directors and stockholders have adopted the Amended and Restated ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, or the "MSIP." The MSIP provides for the sale of shares and deferred share units, or "DSUs," of our stock to our executives, officers and other employees and to our directors as well as the grant of restricted stock units, or "RSUs," performance-based RSUs and options to purchase our shares to those individuals. DSUs represent a right to receive a share of common stock in the future. Our board of directors, or a committee thereof, selects our executives officers and employees and directors eligible to participate in the MSIP and determines the specific number of shares to be offered or options to be granted to an individual. A maximum of 10,396,667 shares of our stock is authorized for issuance under the MSIP. We currently intend to satisfy any need for our shares of common stock associated with the settlement of DSUs, vesting of RSUs or exercise of options issued under the MSIP through new shares available for issuance or any shares repurchased, forfeited or surrendered from participants in the MSIP.

        All option grants under the MSIP have been, and will be, non-qualified options with a per-share exercise price no less than the fair market value of one share of our stock on the grant date. Any stock options granted will generally have a term of ten years and vesting will be subject to an employee's continued employment. Our board of directors, or a committee designated by it, may accelerate the vesting of an option at any time. In addition, vesting of options will be accelerated if we experience a change in control (as defined in the MSIP) unless options with substantially equivalent terms and economic value are substituted for existing options in place of accelerated vesting. Vesting of options will also be accelerated in the event of an employee's death or disability (as defined in the MSIP). Upon termination for cause (as defined in the MSIP), all options held by an employee are immediately cancelled. Following a termination without cause, vested options will generally remain exercisable through the earlier of the expiration of their term or three months following termination of employment (one year in the case of death, disability or retirement at normal retirement age). Unless sooner terminated by our board of directors, the MSIP will remain in effect until November 20, 2017.

        Our stock-based compensation expense is estimated at the grant date based on an award's fair value as calculated by the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period. The Black-Scholes model requires various highly judgmental assumptions including expected volatility and option life. If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model changes significantly, stock-based compensation expense may differ materially in the future from that recorded in the current period. In addition, we estimate the expected forfeiture rate and only recognize expense for those shares expected to vest. We estimate the forfeiture rate based on historical experience. To the extent our actual forfeiture rate is different from our estimate, stock-based compensation expense is adjusted accordingly. See Note 17 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 6 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

    Common Stock Valuation

        In the absence of any publicly traded quotes for our company, our board of directors, with input from management, determined a reasonable estimate of the fair value of our common stock for purposes of determining fair value of our common stock on date of sale and stock options and RSUs on the date of grant. We determined the fair value of our common stock utilizing methodologies and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid "Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation." In determining the equity value of our company, we considered the following two valuation approaches: the income

90


Table of Contents

approach and the market approach. In addition we exercised judgment in evaluating and assessing the foregoing based on several factors including:

    the nature and history of our business;

    our current and historical operating performance;

    our expected future operating performance;

    financial condition at the grant date;

    the lack of marketability of our common stock;

    publicly available information of companies we consider peers based on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, similarity to us with respect to industry, business model, geographic diversification and other factors;

    likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our company given prevailing market conditions;

    industry information such as market size and growth; and

    macroeconomic conditions.

    Income approach

        The income approach estimates the value of our company based on the DCF method. The cash flows utilized in the DCF method are based on our most recent long-range forecast. The discount rate is intended to reflect the risks inherent in our future cash flows. Because the cash flows are only projected over a limited number of years, it is also necessary under the income approach to compute a terminal value as of the last period for which discrete cash flows are projected. The terminal value is calculated using the modified Gordon Growth Model, which is determined by taking the projected cash flow for the terminal year of the projection period and applying a capitalization factor (discount rate less the long-term growth rate). This amount is then discounted to its present value using a discount rate to arrive at the present value of the terminal value. The discounted projected cash flows and terminal value are totaled to arrive at an indicated aggregate enterprise value under the income approach. In applying the income approach, we derived the discount rate from an analysis of the cost of capital of our comparable industry peer companies as of each valuation date and adjusted it to reflect the risks inherent in our business cash flows. A 10.0% discount rate was used in our fiscal 2013 valuations.

    Market approach

        The market approach incorporates various methodologies to estimate the enterprise value of a company and includes the guideline public company, or the "GPC," method which utilizes market multiples of comparable companies that are publicly traded and the guidelines merged and acquired company, or "GMAC," method which utilizes multiples achieved in comparable industry mergers and acquisition transactions. Given that there was limited meaningful information on mergers and acquisitions within industries comparable to ours the GMAC market approach was not considered.

        When considering which companies to include in our comparable industry peer companies, we mainly focused on U.S.-based publicly traded companies in the industry in which we operate and selected comparable industry peer companies and transactions on the basis of operational and economic similarity to our business at the time of the valuation. The selection of our comparable industry peer companies requires us to make judgments as to the comparability of these companies to us. We considered a number of factors including the business in which the peer company is engaged, business size, market share, revenue model, development stage and historical operating results. We then

91


Table of Contents

analyzed the business and financial profiles of the peer companies for relative similarities to us and, based on this assessment, we selected our comparable industry peer companies. The selection of our comparable industry peer companies has changed over time as we continue evaluation whether the selected companies remain comparable to us and considering recent initial public offerings and sale transactions. Based on these considerations, we believe the comparable peer companies are a representative group for purposes of selecting sales and EBITDA multiples in the performance of contemporaneous valuations.

        For each valuation in fiscal 2013, we equally weighted the income and market approaches. We believe an equal weighting of the two methods is appropriate as it utilizes both management's expectations of future results and an estimate of the market's valuation of companies similar to ServiceMaster. Determining fair value requires the exercise of significant judgment, including judgment about appropriate discount rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, as well as the relevant comparable company sales and earnings multiples for the market approach.

        Once we determined our enterprise value, we then allocated this value between our outstanding debt and common stock. The amount allocated to our outstanding debt is based on the public trading activity of such debt. The residual enterprise value, after allocation of value to outstanding debt, is further reduced by the value of outstanding stock options. The remaining value is then prescribed to our outstanding common stock in order to estimate a per share value.

    TruGreen Spin-off

        In connection with the TruGreen Spin-off, on January 14, 2014, we distributed all of New TruGreen's common stock to our existing stockholders. Following the distribution, our employees held equity incentive awards covering shares of New TruGreen common stock as well as equity incentive awards covering shares of our common stock, and employees who transferred to New TruGreen held equity incentive awards covering shares of our common stock as well as equity incentive awards covering shares of New TruGreen common stock.

        To align the interests of our continuing employees and the interests of New TruGreen's employees with their respective employers, on February 14, 2014, we and New TruGreen extended offers to each other's employees to allow them to tender their equity awards covering shares of their non-employing entity to the respective issuer and subsequently to apply the proceeds of any such tendered equity awards to subscribe for equity awards in their respective employers at the then-current fair market value per share ($12.00, in the case of our common stock, and $3.75, in the case of New TruGreen common stock). As a result of this program, on March 18, 2014, we accepted tenders of 199,075 shares of our common stock and DSUs from New TruGreen employees and issued 237,762 shares of our common stock and DSUs to our continuing employees. There was also a small number of RSUs exchanged.

        In connection with the TruGreen Spin-off, we adjusted the exercise price of options held by our employees to reflect the fair market value of our common stock after giving effect to the TruGreen Spin-off by multiplying the exercise price of such options immediately prior to the TruGreen Spin-off by a fraction, the numerator of which was the fair market value of a share of our common stock immediately following the TruGreen Spin-off ($12.00 per share) and the denominator of which was the fair market value of a share of our common stock immediately prior to the TruGreen Spin-off ($15.75 per share), or the "Option Conversion Ratio." For example, the exercise prices of the options shown in the table below were adjusted as follows: For options that had an exercise price of $15.75 per share immediately prior to the TruGreen Spin-off, the exercise price was adjusted to $12.00 per share immediately following the TruGreen Spin-off. For options that had an exercise price of $15.00 per share immediately prior to the TruGreen Spin-off, the exercise price was adjusted to $11.43 per share immediately following the TruGreen Spin-off.

92


Table of Contents

        To allow our employees to retain the intrinsic value of their stock options prior to the TruGreen Spin-off, we also adjusted the number of shares underlying the options of such employees. The adjusted number of shares underlying the options was calculated by dividing the number of shares underlying the options held by each employee by the Option Conversion Ratio. We refer to these adjustments collectively as the "Option Conversion."

    Recent Equity Transactions

        The following table provides, by sale or grant date, as applicable, the number of shares of common stock sold, and stock options and RSUs awarded, during the year ended December 31, 2013 and during 2014, the sale price for shares sold or the exercise price for each set of stock option grants, the associated estimated fair value of our common stock and the fair value of such options or RSUs (all figures have been adjusted for the 2-for-3 reverse stock split effected on June 13, 2014):

Grant or Sale Date
  Shares
Sold
  Options/RSUs/
Restricted Stock
Granted(3)
  Sale/Exercise
Price(4)
  Fair Value
of
Common
Stock/RSUs/
Restricted
Stock(5)
  Fair Value
of Option
 

February 25, 2013(1)

          300,985         $ 19.50        

May 21, 2013(1)

          15,151         $ 16.50        

August 28, 2013

          126,662   $ 15.00   $ 15.00   $ 7.41  

August 28, 2013(1)

          35,306         $ 15.00        

September 13, 2013

    245,156     969,988   $ 15.00   $ 15.00   $ 7.44  

September 13, 2013(1)

          200,000         $ 15.00        

September 16, 2013(1)

          50,000         $ 15.00        

November 11, 2013(1)

          66,666         $ 15.75        

November 14, 2013

          13,333   $ 15.75   $ 15.75   $ 7.76  

December 2, 2013(1)

          23,333         $ 15.75        

December 11, 2013

    192,466     499,980   $ 15.75   $ 15.75   $ 7.80  

December 26, 2013(2)

    53,333         $ 15.00   $ 15.75        

January 14, 2014(6)

          1,335,892         $ 12.00        

February 25, 2014(1)

          10,000         $ 12.00        

March 18, 2014

    245,996     1,130,161   $ 12.00   $ 12.00   $ 5.94  

March 18, 2014(7)

    237,762         $ 12.00   $ 12.00        

April 1, 2014(1)

          10,000         $ 12.00        

(1)
Represents RSUs issued to employees and restricted stock issued to non-employee directors. Value of RSUs and restricted stock is based on the fair value of our stock on the date of grant.

(2)
Represents shares of common stock issued pursuant to the exercise of stock options.

(3)
Represents number of options or RSUs granted on each grant date.

(4)
Represents exercise price of options granted and sale price of options exercised.

(5)
Represents fair market value of underlying common stock as of grant date.

(6)
Represents the adjustment to the number of shares underlying the options held by ServiceMaster employees as a result of the Option Conversion. The change in the number of shares underlying options and the adjustment of the exercise price pursuant to the Option Conversion represent modifications to our share based compensation awards. As a result of the Option Conversion we compared the fair value of the awards following the TruGreen Spin-off with the fair value of the

93


Table of Contents

    original awards. The comparison did not yield incremental value. Accordingly, we did not record any incremental compensation expense as a result of the Option Conversion.

(7)
Represents shares of our common stock issued to our employees who participated in the tender offer program subsequent to the TruGreen Spin-off.

        Our board of directors and management intended all shares issued to be sold, and all options and RSUs granted to be exercisable, at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. We sell shares or grant options and RSUs to participants with a sale or exercise price equal to the then current fair value of the common stock.

        The decrease in the fair value of our common stock from February 25, 2013 to May 21, 2013 and from May 21, 2013 to August 28, 2013 reflects our underperformance relative to our forecast during the period, principally in the TruGreen Business.

        The increase in the fair value of our common stock from September 13, 2013 to November 14, 2013 reflects a modest improvement in our then-current outlook for the TruGreen Business based on results late in 2013.

        The decline in the fair value of our common stock from December 26, 2013 to January 14, 2014 was a result of the TruGreen Spin-off, whereby each of our stockholders received a dividend consisting of one share of common stock in New TruGreen for each share of our common stock owned as of January 14, 2014. In connection with the TruGreen Spin-off on January 14, 2014, the fair market value for ServiceMaster stock was determined by our board of directors to be $12.00 per share (and the value of TruGreen stock was determined by New TruGreen's board of directors to be $3.75 per share).

        We believe that the increase in the fair value of our common stock from the estimated fair value as of March 18, 2014 when compared to the assumed initial public offering price is primarily due to the following factors:

    Marketability discount.   The lack of marketability detracts from the value of non-public common stock when compared to common stock that is otherwise generally comparable but is readily marketable. We have in recent periods used a 10 to 15 percent discount for lack of marketability of our common stock to determine the fair value of our stock options on the date of grant. This discount will no longer be applicable upon the consummation of this offering.

    Discount rate.   We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering in part to redeem up to 35 percent of each series of our outstanding 2020 Notes. We have in recent periods used a 10 percent discount rate in our DCF analysis. We believe that, upon redemption of a portion of our outstanding 2020 Notes, a reduction in the discount rate to 9.5 percent would be appropriate, which would result in a higher fair value of our common stock under the DCF analysis.

        We intend to adopt the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or the "Omnibus Incentive Plan," in connection with this offering. Upon adoption of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, we will make no further grants under the MSIP.

        See Note 1 of our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 1 of our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for a summary of newly issued accounting statements and positions applicable to us.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        The economy and its impact on discretionary consumer spending, labor wages, fuel prices and other material costs, home resales, unemployment rates, insurance costs and medical costs could have a material adverse impact on future results of operations.

94


Table of Contents

        We do not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. We have entered into specific financial arrangements, primarily fuel swap agreements, and in the past interest rate swap agreements, in the normal course of business to manage certain market risks, with a policy of matching positions and limiting the terms of contracts to relatively short durations. The effect of derivative financial instrument transactions could have a material impact on our financial statements.

Interest Rate Risk

        We have historically entered into various interest rate swap agreements, although we have no interest rate swap agreements outstanding as of March 31, 2014.

        We believe our exposure to interest rate fluctuations, when viewed on both a gross and net basis, is material to our overall results of operations. A significant portion of our outstanding debt, including debt under the Existing Credit Facilities, bears interest at variable rates. As a result, increases in interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our debt and could materially reduce our profitability and cash flows. As of March 31, 2014, each one percentage point change in interest rates would result in an approximate $22 million change in the annual interest expense on our Existing Term Facilities. Assuming all revolving loans were fully drawn as of March 31, 2014, each one percentage point change in interest rates would result in an approximate $2 million change in annual interest expense on our Existing Revolving Credit Facility. Our exposure to interest rate fluctuations has not changed significantly since December 31, 2013. The impact of increases in interest rates could be more significant for us than it would be for some other companies because of our substantial debt and floating rate leases.

        The following table summarizes information about our debt as of December 31, 2013, including the principal cash payments and related weighted-average interest rates by expected maturity dates based on applicable rates at December 31, 2013. The following table does not give effect to the Concurrent Refinancing.

 
  Expected Year of Maturity    
 
As of December 31, 2013
($ in millions)
  2014   2015   2016   2017   2018   Thereafter   Total   Fair
Value
 

Debt:

                                                 

Fixed rate

  $ 9   $ 8   $ 5   $ 3   $ 80   $ 1,627   $ 1,732   $ 1,682  

Average interest rate

    8.0 %   7.8 %   7.3 %   6.7 %   7.1 %   7.4 %   7.4 %      

Variable rate

 
$

30
 
$

44
 
$

30
 
$

2,138
 
$

3
 
$

 
$

2,245
 
$

2,224
 

Average interest rate

    3.8 %   3.4 %   3.8 %   4.3 %   2.5 %   2.5 %   4.3 %      

        In our opinion, the market risk associated with debt obligations and other significant instruments as of March 31, 2014 has not materially changed from December 31, 2013.

Fuel Price Risk

        We are exposed to market risk for changes in fuel prices through the consumption of fuel by our vehicle fleet in the delivery of services to our customers. We have historically used approximately 11 million gallons of fuel on an annual basis. As of March 31, 2014, a ten percent change in fuel prices would result in a change of approximately $4 million in our 2014 fuel cost before considering the impact of fuel swap contracts. Our exposure to changes in fuel prices has not changed significantly since December 31, 2013.

        We use fuel swap contracts to mitigate the financial impact of fluctuations in fuel prices. As of March 31, 2014, we had fuel swap contracts to pay fixed prices for fuel with an aggregate notional amount of $21 million, maturing through 2014. The estimated fair value of these contracts as of March 31, 2014 was a net asset of $1 million. These fuel swap contracts provide a fixed price for approximately 68 percent of our estimated fuel usage for 2014.

95


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        ServiceMaster is a leading provider of essential residential and commercial services, operating through an extensive service network of more than 7,000 company-owned, franchised and licensed locations. Our mission is to simplify and improve the quality of our customers' lives by delivering services that help them protect and maintain their homes or businesses, typically their most highly valued assets. We have leading market positions across the majority of the markets we serve, as measured by customer-level revenue. Our portfolio of well-recognized brands includes Terminix (termite and pest control), American Home Shield (home warranties), ServiceMaster Restore (disaster restoration), ServiceMaster Clean (janitorial), Merry Maids (residential cleaning), Furniture Medic (furniture repair) and AmeriSpec (home inspections). We serve approximately five million residential and commercial customers through an employee base of approximately 13,000 company associates and a franchise network that independently employs an estimated 33,000 additional people.

        We believe that our customers understand the financial and reputational risks associated with inadequate maintenance of their homes or businesses and that our high-quality, professional services are low-cost expenditures when compared to the alternative of failing to perform essential maintenance. We strive to be the service provider of choice and believe our customers have recognized our value proposition, as evidenced by our long-standing customer relationships and the high rate at which our customers renew their contracts from year to year. In 2013, within our Terminix segment, customer retention rates for our termite and pest control businesses were 85% and 79%, respectively, and in our American Home Shield segment our retention rate was 74%.

        We have significant size and scale, which we believe give us a number of competitive advantages. Terminix is the largest termite and pest control business in the United States, as measured by customer-level revenue, and serves approximately 2.8 million customers across 47 states and the District of Columbia through approximately 285 company-owned and 100 franchised locations. Additionally, we estimate American Home Shield to be approximately four to five times larger than its nearest competitor, as measured by revenue. American Home Shield serves approximately 1.4 million residential customers across all 50 states and the District of Columbia through a network of approximately 10,000 pre-screened independent home service contractor firms. Our Franchise Services Group serves both residential and commercial customers across all 50 states and the District of Columbia through approximately 4,000 franchised and 75 company-owned locations. We believe our significant size and scale provide a competitive advantage in our purchasing power, route density, and marketing and operating efficiencies compared to smaller local and regional competitors. Our scale also facilitates the standardization of processes, shared learning and talent development, across our entire organization.

        We believe our businesses are strategically positioned to benefit from a number of favorable demographic and secular trends. These trends include growth in population, household formation and new and existing home sales. In addition, we believe there is increasing demand for outsourced services, fueled by a trend toward "do-it-for-me" as a result of an aging population and shifts in household structure and behaviors, such as dual-income families and consumers with "on-the-go" lifestyles.

Our Market Opportunity

Termite and Pest Control Industry

        The outsourced market for residential and commercial termite and pest control services in the United States was approximately $7 billion in 2013, according to Specialty Products Consultants, LLC.

96


Table of Contents

We estimate that there are approximately 20,000 U.S. termite and pest control companies, nearly all of which have fewer than 100 employees.

        Termites are responsible for an estimated $5 billion in home damage in the United States annually, according to the National Pest Management Association's 2012 survey. The termite control industry provides treatment and inspection services to residential and commercial property owners for the remediation and prevention of termite infestations. We believe homeowners value quality and reliability over price in choosing professional termite control services, as the cost of most professional treatments is well below the potential cost of inaction or ineffective treatment. As a result, we believe the demand for termite remediation services is relatively insulated from changes in consumer spending. In addition to remediation services, the termite control industry offers periodic termite inspections and preventative treatments to residential and commercial property owners in areas with high termite activity, typically through annual contracts. These annual contracts may carry guarantees that protect the property owner against the cost of structural damage caused by a termite infestation. Termites can cause significant damage to a structure before becoming visible to the untrained eye, highlighting the value proposition of professional preventative termite services. As a result, the termite control industry experiences high renewal rates on annual preventative inspection and treatment contracts, and revenues from such contracts are generally stable and recurring.

        Pest infestations may damage a home or business while also carrying the risk of the spread of diseases. Moreover, for many commercial facilities, pest control is essential to regular operations and regulatory compliance (e.g., hotels, restaurants and healthcare facilities). As a result of these dynamics, the pest control industry experiences high rates of renewal for its pest inspection and treatment contracts. Pest control services are often delivered on a contracted basis through regularly scheduled service visits, which include an inspection of premises and application of pest control materials. According to the National Pest Management Association's 2012 survey, approximately 30% of U.S. households currently use a professional pest exterminator.

        Both termite and pest activity are affected by weather. Termite activity peaks during the annual springtime "swarm," the timing and intensity of which varies based on weather. Similarly, pest activity tends to accelerate in the spring months when warmer temperatures arrive in many U.S. regions. However, the high proportion of termite and pest control services which are contracted and recurring, as well as the high renewal rates for those services, limit the effect of weather anomalies on the termite and pest control industry in any given year.

Home Warranty Industry

        We estimate that the U.S. home warranty market had total revenue of approximately $1.8 billion in 2013. The home warranty market is characterized by low household penetration, which we estimate to be approximately 3-4%. The home warranty industry offers plans that protect a homeowner against costly repairs or replacement of household systems and appliances. Typically having a one-year term, coverage varies based on a menu of plan options. The most commonly covered items include electrical, plumbing, central heating and air conditioning (HVAC) systems, water heaters, refrigerators, dishwashers and ovens/cook tops. The home warranty industry is characterized by a high level of customer interaction and service requirements. This combination of a high-touch/high-service business model and the peace of mind it delivers to the customer has led to high renewal rates in the home warranty industry.

        As consumer demand shifts towards more outsourced services, we believe that there is an opportunity for American Home Shield, a reliably scaled service provider with a national, pre-screened contractor network, to increase market share and household penetration. Additionally, we believe that increasingly complex household systems and appliances may further highlight the value proposition of professional repair services and, accordingly, the coverage offered by a home warranty.

97


Table of Contents

        One of the drivers of sales of new home warranties is the number of existing homes sold in the United States, since a home warranty is often recommended by a real estate sales professional or offered by the seller of a home in conjunction with a real estate resale transaction. According to the National Association of Realtors, existing home resales, as measured in units, increased by approximately 9% in 2013. Approximately 19% of the revenue of American Home Shield for the year ended December 31, 2013 was tied directly to existing home resale transactions.

Key Franchise Services Group Industries

        Disaster Restoration (ServiceMaster Restore).     We estimate that the U.S. disaster restoration market is approximately $39 billion, approximately two-thirds of which is related to residential customers and the remainder related to commercial customers. Most emergency response work results from emergency situations for residential and commercial customers, such as fires and flooding. Extreme weather events and natural disasters also provide demand for emergency response work. Critical factors in the selection of an emergency response firm are the firm's reputation, relationships with insurers, available resources, proper insurance and credentials, quality of service, timeliness and responsiveness. This market is highly fragmented, with two large players, including ServiceMaster Restore, and we believe there are opportunities for growth for scaled service providers.

        Janitorial (ServiceMaster Clean).     We estimate that the U.S. janitorial services market was approximately $50 billion in 2013. The market is highly fragmented with more than 800,000 companies competing in the janitorial space, a significant majority of which have five or fewer employees.

        Residential Cleaning (Merry Maids).     We estimate that the U.S. residential professional cleaning services market was approximately $3.7 billion in 2013. Competition in this market comes mainly from local, independently owned firms, and from a few national companies.

Our Competitive Strengths

        #1 Market Positions in Large, Fragmented and Growing Markets.     We are the leading provider of essential residential and commercial services in the majority of markets in which we operate. Our markets are generally large, growing and highly fragmented, and we believe we have significant advantages over smaller local and regional competitors. We have spent decades developing a reputation built on reliability and superior quality and service. As a result, we enjoy high unaided brand awareness and a reputation for high-quality customer service, which serve as key drivers of our customer acquisition efforts. Our nationwide presence also allows our brands to effectively serve both local residential customers and large national commercial accounts and to capitalize on lead generation sources that include large real estate agencies, financial institutions and insurance carriers. We believe our significant size and scale also provide a competitive advantage in our purchasing power, route density, and marketing and operating efficiencies compared to smaller local and regional competitors. Our scale also facilitates the standardization of processes, shared learning and talent development across our entire organization.

        Diverse Revenue Streams Across Customers and Geographies.     ServiceMaster is diversified in terms of customers and geographies, and our businesses served approximately five million customers in 2013. We operate in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. Our Terminix business, which accounted for 57% and 60% of our revenue in 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively, served approximately 2.8 million customers across a branch network of approximately 285 company-owned and 100 franchised locations. American Home Shield, which accounted for 32% and 28% of our revenue in 2013 and the first quarter of 2014, respectively, responded to nearly three million service requests from approximately 1.4 million customers. Our diverse customer base and geographies help to mitigate the effect of adverse market conditions and other risks in any particular geography or customer segment we

98


Table of Contents

serve. We therefore believe that the size and scale of our company provide us with added protection from risk relative to our smaller local and regional competitors.

        High-Value Service Offerings Resulting in High Retention and Recurring Revenues.     We believe our high annual customer retention demonstrates the highly valued nature of the services we offer and the high level of execution and customer service that we provide. In 2013, in our Terminix termite and pest control businesses, our customer retention rates were 85% and 79%, respectively, and in our American Home Shield segment, our retention rate was 74%. Many of our technicians have built long-standing, personal relationships with their customers. We believe these personal bonds, often forged over decades, help to drive customer loyalty and retention. As a result of our strong retention rates and long-standing customer relationships, we enjoy significant visibility and stability in our business, and these factors limit the effect of adverse economic cycles on our revenue base. We experienced these advantages during the most recent downturn, when we were able to grow revenue in each year from 2008 to 2013.

        Multi-Channel Marketing Approach Supported by Sophisticated Customer Analytic Modeling Capabilities.     Our multi-channel marketing approach focuses on building the value of our brands and generating revenue by understanding the decisions customers make at each stage in the purchase of residential and commercial services. The effectiveness of our marketing efforts is demonstrated by an increase in lead generation and online sales, as well as an improvement in close rates over the last few years. For example, in our direct-to-consumer channel at American Home Shield, new home warranty lead generation, marketing yield and close rates have benefited from increased spending on marketing as well as improved digital marketing. We have also been deploying increasingly sophisticated customer analytics models that allow us to more effectively segment our prospective customers and tailor campaigns towards them. In addition, we are seeing success with newer ways of reaching and marketing to consumers via content marketing, promotions and social media channels.

        Operational and Customer Service Excellence Driven by Superior People Development.     We are constantly focused on improving customer service. The customer experience is at the foundation of our business model, and we believe that each employee is an extension of ServiceMaster's reputation. We employ rigorous hiring and training practices and continuously analyze our operating metrics to identify potential improvements in service and productivity. Technicians in our Terminix branches exhibit low levels of turnover, with an average tenure of seven years, creating continuity in customer relationships and ensuring the development of best practices based on on-the-ground experience. We also provide our field personnel with access to sophisticated data management and mobility tools which enable them to drive efficiencies, improve customer service and ultimately grow our customer base and profitability.

        Resilient Financial Model with Track Record of Consistent Performance.     

    Solid revenue and Adjusted EBITDA growth through business cycles.   Our consolidated revenue and Adjusted EBITDA compound annual growth rates from 2009 through 2013 were 4% and 6%, respectively. We believe that our strong performance through the recent economic and housing downturns is attributable to the essential nature of our services, our strong value proposition and our management's focus on driving results.

    Solid margins with attractive operating leverage and productivity improvement initiatives.   Our business model enjoys inherent operating leverage stemming from route density and fixed investments in infrastructure and technology, among other factors. We have demonstrated our ability to expand our margins through a variety of initiatives, including metric-driven continuous improvement in our customer call centers, application of consistent process guidelines at the branch level, leveraging size and scale to improve the sourcing of labor and materials, and driving productivity in centralized services. We have also deployed mobility solutions and routing

99


Table of Contents

      and scheduling systems across many of our businesses in order to enhance overall efficiency and reduce operating costs.

        Capital-Light Business Model.     Our business model is characterized by strong Adjusted EBITDA margins, negative working capital and limited capital expenditure requirements. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, our net cash provided from operating activities from continuing operations was $208 million, $104 million and $74 million, respectively, and our property additions were $39 million, $44 million and $52 million, respectively. Pre-Tax Unlevered Free Cash Flow was $426 million, $364 million and $292 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We intend to utilize a meaningful portion of our future cash flow to repay debt. For a reconciliation of Pre-Tax Unlevered Free Cash Flow to net cash provided from operating activities from continuing operations, which we consider to be the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, see "Selected Historical Financial Data."

        Experienced Management Team.     We have assembled a management team of highly experienced leaders with significant industry expertise. Our senior leaders have track records of producing profitable growth in a wide variety of industries and economic conditions. We also believe that we have a deep bench of talent across each of our business units, including long-tenured individuals with significant expertise and knowledge of the businesses they operate. Our management team is highly focused on execution and driving growth and profitability across our company. Our compensation structure, including incentive compensation, is tied to key performance metrics and is designed to incentivize senior management to seek the long-term success of our business.

Our Strategy

        Grow Our Customer Base.     We are focused on the growth of our businesses through the introduction and delivery of high-value services to new and existing customers. We drive growth in recurring and new sales via three primary channels:

    Direct-to-consumer through our company-owned branches;

    Indirectly through partnerships with high-quality contractors in our home warranty business; and

    Through trusted service providers who are franchisees.

        To accelerate new customer growth, we make strategic investments in sales, marketing and advertising to drive new business leads, brand awareness and market penetration. In addition, we are executing multiple initiatives to improve customer satisfaction and service delivery, which we believe will lead to improved retention and growth in our customer base across our business segments.

        Introduce New Service Offerings.     We intend to continue to leverage our existing sales channels and local coverage to deliver additional value-added services to our customers. Our product development teams draw upon the experience of our technicians in the field, combined with in-house scientific expertise, to create innovative customer solutions for both our existing customer base and identified service/category adjacencies. We have a strong history of new product introductions, such as Terminix's crawlspace encapsulation, mosquito control and wildlife exclusion services, that we believe will appeal to new potential customers as well as our existing customer base. As another example, in the second quarter of 2014, our ServiceMaster Restore and AmeriSpec teams intend to introduce InstaScope, a new, proprietary technology for instant mold detection and water categorization.

        Expand Our Geographic Markets.     Through detailed assessments of local economic conditions and demographics, we have identified target markets for expansion, both in existing markets, where we have capacity to increase our local market position, and in new markets, where we see opportunities. In addition to geographic expansion opportunities within the United States, we intend to grow our international presence through strategic franchise expansions and additional licensing agreements.

100


Table of Contents

        Grow Our Commercial Business.     Our revenue from commercial customers comprised approximately 13% of our 2013 revenue. We believe we are well positioned to leverage our national coverage, brand strength and broad service offerings to target large multi-regional accounts. We believe these capabilities provide us with a meaningful competitive advantage, especially compared to smaller local and regional competitors. We recognize that many of these large accounts seek to outsource and/or reduce the number of vendors used for certain services, and, accordingly, we have reenergized our marketing approach in this channel. At Terminix, for example, we have hired a dedicated sales team to focus on the development of commercial sales. Our commercial expansion strategy targets industries with a demonstrated need for our services, including healthcare, manufacturing, warehouses, hotels and commercial real estate.

        Enhance Our Profitability.     We have and will continue to invest in initiatives designed to improve our margins and drive profitable growth. We have been able to increase productivity across our segments through actions such as continuous process improvement, targeted systems investments, sales force initiatives and technician mobility tools. We are also focusing on strategically leveraging the $1.4 billion that we have spent annually with our vendors to capitalize on purchasing power and achieve more favorable pricing and terms. In addition, we have rolled out tools and processes to centralize and systematize pricing decisions. These tools and processes enable us to optimize pricing at the geographic market and product level while creating a flexible and scalable pricing architecture that can grow with the business. We intend to leverage these investments as well as identify further opportunities to enhance profitability across our businesses.

        Pursue Selective Acquisitions.     Since 2008, we have completed nearly 200 acquisitions. We anticipate that the highly fragmented nature of our markets will continue to create opportunities for further consolidation. As we have in the past, we will continue to take advantage of tuck-in as well as strategic acquisition opportunities, particularly in underserved markets where we can enhance and expand our service capabilities. We seek to use acquisitions, cost-effectively grow our customer count and enter high-growth geographies. We may also pursue acquisitions as vehicles for strategic international expansion.

Our Reportable Segments

        Our operations are organized into three reportable segments: Terminix, American Home Shield and the Franchise Services Group (which includes ServiceMaster Restore, ServiceMaster Clean, Merry Maids, Furniture Medic and AmeriSpec).

Terminix

        Terminix is the leading provider of termite and pest control services in the United States, with a market share of 20%, as measured by customer-level revenue. In addition, Terminix is the most recognized brand in the industry with approximately 1.5x the unaided brand awareness of our next-largest competitor, based on a study by Decision Analyst, Inc. periodically commissioned by us as part of our ongoing marketing efforts. Terminix specializes in protection against termite damage, rodents, insects and other pests, including cockroaches, spiders, wood-destroying ants, ticks, fleas and bed bugs. Our services include termite remediation, annual termite inspection and prevention treatments with damage claim guarantees, and periodic pest control services. Our recent new product introductions include mosquito control, crawlspace encapsulation and wildlife exclusion.

        For the year ended December 31, 2013, 56% of our Terminix revenue was generated from pest control services (of which 70% related to residential services and 30% related to commercial services) and 39% was generated from termite control services (of which 92% related to residential services and 8% related to commercial services), with the remaining 5% from distribution of pest control products. A significant portion of our Terminix revenue base is recurring, with 72% of 2013 revenue derived from

101


Table of Contents

services delivered through annual contracts. Additionally, in 2013, retention rates for termite and pest control customers with annual contracts were 85% and 79%, respectively.

        We believe that the strength of the Terminix brand, along with our history of providing a high level of consistent service, allows us to enjoy a competitive advantage in attracting, retaining and growing our customer base. We believe our investments in systems and processes, such as routing and scheduling optimization, robust reporting capabilities and mobile customer management solutions, enable us to deliver a higher level of customer service when compared to smaller regional and local competitors.

        Our focus on attracting and retaining customers begins with our associates in the field, who interact with our customers every day. Our associates bring a strong level of passion and commitment to the Terminix brand, as evidenced by the 15-year and 7-year average tenure of our branch managers and technicians, respectively. Our field organization is supported by dedicated customer service and call center personnel. Our culture of continuous improvement drives an intense focus on the quality of the services delivered, which we believe produces high levels of customer satisfaction and, ultimately, customer retention and referrals.

        The Terminix national branch structure includes approximately 285 company-owned and 100 franchised locations, which serve approximately 2.8 million customers in 47 states and the District of Columbia. Terminix's over 8,000 employees made a daily average of 50,000 visits to residential and commercial customer locations during 2013. Terminix also provides termite and pest control services through subsidiaries in Canada, Mexico, the Caribbean and Central America, as well as a joint venture in India. In addition, licensees of Terminix provide these services in Japan, China, South Korea, Southeast Asia, Central America, the Caribbean and the Middle East. In 2013, substantially all of Terminix revenue was generated in the United States, with less than 1% derived from international markets, with a presence in a total of 18 countries outside the United States through subsidiaries, a joint venture and licensing arrangements. Franchise fees from Terminix franchisees represented less than 1% of Terminix revenue in 2013. We estimate that customer-level revenue for this segment was approximately $1,500 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Customer-level revenue represents the total of our estimate of sales generated by our franchisees, a portion of which is included in our reported revenue from royalty fees, and sales generated by our company-owned operations.

    Terminix Competitive Strengths

    #1 market position and #1 recognized brand in U.S. termite and pest control services

    Track record of high customer retention rates

    Passionate and committed associates focused on delivering superior customer service

    Expansive scale and deep market presence across a national footprint

    Effective multi-channel customer acquisition strategy

    History of innovation leadership and introducing new products and services

American Home Shield

        American Home Shield founded the home warranty industry in 1971 and remains the leading provider of home warranty plans for household systems and appliances in the United States, with approximately 42% market share, as measured by revenue. We estimate American Home Shield to be approximately four to five times larger than its nearest competitor, as measured by revenue. We believe that, as the market leader, American Home Shield can drive increasing use of home warranties given the low industry household penetration of approximately 3-4%.

102


Table of Contents

        American Home Shield provides home warranty plans that cover the repair or replacement of up to 21 major household systems and appliances, including electrical, plumbing, central heating and air conditioning (HVAC) systems, water heaters, refrigerators, dishwashers and ovens/cook tops. Our warranty plans are generally structured as one-year contracts with annual renewal options and, as a result, a significant portion of our revenue base in this segment is recurring, with approximately 60% of our revenue base representing customers in the direct-to-consumer sales market. In 2013, our retention rate was 74%. Of the home warranties written by American Home Shield in 2013, 69% were derived from existing contract renewals (of which 66% were from the direct-to-consumer channel and 34% were from the home resale channel), while 18% and 13% were derived from sales made in conjunction with existing home resale transactions and direct-to-consumer sales, respectively. We estimate that our share of the new sales market for contracts written in connection with existing home resales and direct-to-consumer sales in 2013 was 23% and 50%, respectively.

        We believe that we have one of the largest contractor networks in the United States, comprised of approximately 10,000 independent home service contractor firms. We carefully screen our contractors and closely monitor their performance based on a number of criteria, including through feedback from customer satisfaction surveys. On an annual basis, our contractors respond to nearly three million service requests from approximately 1.4 million customers across all 50 states and the District of Columbia. Additionally, American Home Shield operates and takes service calls 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Furthermore, as a result of our large contractor network and sophisticated IT systems, approximately 90% of the time we successfully assign contractors to a job within 15 minutes or less.

American Home Shield Competitive Strengths

    #1 market position in the industry with 42% market share, estimated to be four to five times the size of the next largest competitor

    Track record of high customer retention rates

    Large and pre-qualified national contractor network

    Strong partnerships with leading national residential real estate firms

    Core competency around direct-to-consumer marketing and lead generation

Franchise Services Group

        Through December 31, 2013, we reported the Merry Maids business in our Other Operations and Headquarters segment and the ServiceMaster Restore, ServiceMaster Clean, Furniture Medic and AmeriSpec businesses in the ServiceMaster Clean segment. Beginning with the reporting period for the three months ended March 31, 2014, we have combined the Merry Maids business with our ServiceMaster Clean segment in a new reportable segment titled Franchise Services Group.

        ServiceMaster's Franchise Services Group consists of the ServiceMaster Restore (disaster restoration), ServiceMaster Clean (janitorial), Merry Maids (residential cleaning), Furniture Medic (furniture repair) and AmeriSpec (home inspection) businesses. Our businesses in this segment operate principally through franchisees. Approximately half of our revenue in this segment consists of ongoing monthly royalty fees based upon a percentage of our franchisees' customer-level revenue. We estimate that the customer-level revenue for this segment was approximately $2,400 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. We believe that each business holds a leading market position in its respective category and that our scale and national presence create competitive advantages for us in attracting and retaining franchisees. We are able to invest in best-in-class systems, training and process development, provide multiple levels of marketing support and direct new business leads to our franchisees through our relationships with major insurance carriers and national account customers. The depth of our franchisee support is evidenced by the long average tenure of our franchisees, many

103


Table of Contents

of whom have partnered with ServiceMaster for over 25 years. Our Franchise Services Group serves both residential and commercial customers across all 50 states and the District of Columbia through approximately 4,000 franchised and 75 company-owned locations with additional locations in 14 other countries.

Franchise Services Group Competitive Strengths

    Strong and trusted brands with leading market positions in their respective categories

    Attractive value proposition to franchisees

    Exceptional focus on customer service evidenced by strong net promoter scores, or "NPS"

    Infrastructure and scale supporting our ability to service national accounts

    National network and 24/7/365 service availability supports mission-critical nature of the ServiceMaster Restore business

    Long-standing and strong relationships with the majority of the top 20 insurance carriers

TruGreen

        On January 14, 2014, we completed the TruGreen Spin-off, resulting in the spin-off of the TruGreen Business through a tax-free, pro rata dividend to our stockholders. As a result of the completion of the TruGreen Spin-off, New TruGreen operates the TruGreen Business as a private independent company. The TruGreen Business provided lawn, tree and shrub care services primarily under the TruGreen brand name. Beginning with the reporting period for the three months ended March 31, 2014, the TruGreen Business has been reported in discontinued operations.

        We have historically incurred the cost of certain corporate-level activities which we performed on behalf of the TruGreen Business, including communications, public relations, finance and accounting, tax, treasury, internal audit, human resources operations and benefits, risk management and insurance, supply management, real estate management, marketing, facilities, information technology and other support services. Beginning with the TruGreen Spin-off, where it was practicable, employees who historically provided such services to the TruGreen Business were separated from us and transferred to New TruGreen as of the date of the TruGreen Spin-off. For certain support services for which it was not practicable to separate employees and transfer them to New TruGreen beginning with the TruGreen Spin-off, a transition services agreement was entered into pursuant to which SvM and its subsidiaries provide specified services to New TruGreen while an orderly transition of employees and other support arrangements from SvM to New TruGreen is executed. The charges for the transition services are designed to allow us to fully recover the direct costs of providing the services, plus specified margins and any out-of-pocket costs and expenses. The services provided under the transition services agreement will terminate at various specified times, and in no event later than January 14, 2016 (except for certain information technology services, which New TruGreen expects SvM to provide to New TruGreen beyond the two-year period).

        As a result of the transfer of employees to New TruGreen, in combination with the fees we expect to receive under the transition services agreement, we expect an approximate $25 million reduction in annual costs.

Sales and Marketing

Terminix

        Terminix markets its services to both homeowners and businesses through a national sales team and sales professionals in our branches and call centers. We generate leads for these sales professionals through advertising campaigns on television, online, in direct mail and in the yellow pages.

104


Table of Contents

American Home Shield

        In our American Home Shield segment, we market our services primarily through the internet, direct mail, television and radio advertising, print advertisements, marketing partnerships, telemarketing and various social media channels. Additionally, we market our services through a national sales team and various participants in the residential real estate marketplace, such as real estate brokerages, as well as some financial institutions and insurance carriers. American Home Shield focuses its marketing efforts on direct-to-consumer sales.

Franchise Services Group

        In our Franchise Services Group segment, we market our services primarily through our franchise network, branch operations and a national sales team to a combination of business-to-business and business-to-consumer audiences. These services are advertised on a national and local level and include such media as television, radio, internet, direct mail, print advertisements, sales collateral materials and yellow page advertisements.

Service Marks, Trademarks and Trade Names

        We hold various service marks, trademarks and trade names, such as ServiceMaster, Terminix, American Home Shield, ServiceMaster Restore, ServiceMaster Clean, Merry Maids, Furniture Medic and AmeriSpec, that we deem particularly important to the advertising activities conducted by each of our reportable segments as well as the franchising activities conducted by certain reportable segments. As of March 31, 2014, we had marks that were protected by registration (either by direct registration or by treaty) in the United States and approximately 90 other countries. In connection with the TruGreen Spin-off, on January 14, 2014, all of the service marks, trademarks and trade names related to the TruGreen Business were transferred to New TruGreen and its subsidiaries.

Franchises

        Franchises are important to the Terminix, ServiceMaster Restore, ServiceMaster Clean, Merry Maids, Furniture Medic and AmeriSpec businesses. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014, total franchise fees (monthly royalty fees as well as initial fees from sales of franchises and licenses) were $137 million, $126 million, $125 million and $33 million, respectively, related franchise operating expenses were $59 million, $55 million, $53 million and $16 million, respectively, and total profits from our franchised operations were $78 million, $71 million, $72 million and $17 million, respectively. Nearly all of the franchise fees received by our Franchise Services Group segment are derived from the ServiceMaster Restore, ServiceMaster Clean and Merry Maids businesses. Franchise fees from our Terminix franchisees represented less than 1% of Terminix revenue for each of those years. We evaluate the performance of our franchise businesses based primarily on operating profit before corporate general and administrative expenses, interest expense and amortization of intangible assets. Franchise agreements entered into in the course of these businesses are generally for a term of five to ten years. The majority of these franchise agreements are renewed prior to expiration. Internationally, we have license agreements, whereby licensees provide services under our brand names that would ordinarily be provided by franchisees in the United States. The majority of international licenses are for ten-year terms.

Customers and Geographies

        We have no single customer that accounts for more than two percent of our consolidated revenue. Additionally, no reportable segment has a single customer that accounts for more than three percent of its revenue. None of our reportable segments is dependent on a single customer or a few customers, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on the segment.

105


Table of Contents

        A significant percentage of our revenues is concentrated in the southern and western regions of the United States. California, Texas and Florida collectively accounted for approximately one-third of the 2013 revenue of our Terminix segment. In our American Home Shield segment, Texas and California collectively accounted for approximately one-third of our 2013 revenue.

Competition

        We compete in residential and commercial services industries, focusing on termite and pest control, home warranties, disaster restoration, janitorial, residential cleaning, wood furniture repair and home inspection. We compete with many other companies in the sale of our services, franchises and products. The principal methods of competition in our businesses include quality and speed of service, name recognition and reputation, customer satisfaction, brand awareness, pricing and promotions, professional sales forces and referrals. While we compete with a broad range of competitors in each discrete segment, we do not believe that any of our competitors provides all of the services we provide in all of the market segments we serve. All of the primary segments in which we operate are highly fragmented.

Termite and Pest Control

        Competition in the segment for professional termite and pest control services in the United States comes primarily from smaller regional and local, independently operated firms, as well as from Orkin, Inc., a subsidiary of Rollins, Inc., and Ecolab, Inc., both of which compete nationally. We estimate that there are approximately 20,000 termite and pest control companies in the United States, nearly all of which have fewer than 100 employees.

Home Warranties

        Competition for home warranties that cover household systems and appliances comes mainly from regional providers. Our two largest national competitors are First American Financial Corporation and Old Republic International Corporation. We estimate American Home Shield to be four to five times larger than each of these companies, as measured by revenue.

Disaster Restoration, Emergency Response and Related Services

        Competition in the markets for disaster restoration, emergency response and related services comes mainly from local, independently owned firms and a few national professional cleaning companies, such as Servpro Industries, Inc., Belfor, a subsidiary of Belfor Europe GmbH, BMS CAT, Inc., Stanley Steemer International, Inc., and Sears Holdings Corporation.

Janitorial

        Competition in the market for janitorial services comes mainly from local, independently-owned firms and a few national professional janitorial firms such as ABM Industries Incorporated and Jani-King International, Inc. The market for janitorial services is highly fragmented with more than 800,000 companies.

Residential Cleaning

        Competition in the market segment for residential cleaning services comes mainly from local, independently owned firms, and from a few national companies such as The Maids International, Inc., Molly Maid, Inc. and The Cleaning Authority, LLC.

Insurance

        We maintain insurance coverage that we believe is appropriate for our business, including workers' compensation, auto liability, general liability, umbrella and property insurance. In addition, we provide

106


Table of Contents

various insurance coverages, including deductible reimbursement policies, to our business units through our wholly-owned captive insurance company, which is domiciled in Vermont.

Information Technology

        We have invested in information systems and software packages designed to allow us to grow efficiently, deliver and implement nationally, while retaining local and regional flexibility. We believe this provides us with a competitive advantage in our operations. Our sophisticated IT systems enable us to provide a high level of convenience and service to our customers. Terminix is able to provide a two-hour service window to customers. Similarly, American Home Shield's call centers, which operate and take service calls 24 hours a day, seven days a week, successfully assign contractors to a job within 15 minutes or less approximately 90% of the time.

Employees

        The average number of persons employed by our continuing operations during 2013 was approximately 13,000. None of our employees in the United States are represented by collective bargaining agreements.

Properties

        The headquarters for Terminix, along with our corporate headquarters, are located in leased premises at 860 Ridge Lake Boulevard, Memphis, Tennessee. The headquarters for American Home Shield are located in leased premises at 889 Ridge Lake Boulevard, Memphis, Tennessee. The headquarters for ServiceMaster Restore, ServiceMaster Clean, Merry Maids, Furniture Medic and AmeriSpec, and a training facility are located in owned premises at 3839 Forest Hill Irene Road, Memphis, Tennessee. In addition, we lease space for a call center located at 6399 Shelby View Drive, Memphis, Tennessee; offices located at 850 and 855 Ridge Lake Boulevard, Memphis, Tennessee; a training facility located at 1650 Shelby Oaks Drive North, Memphis, Tennessee; and a warehouse located at 1575 Two Place, Memphis, Tennessee.

        We and our operating companies own and lease a variety of facilities, principally in the United States, for branch and service center operations and for office, storage, call center and data processing space. Our branches are strategically located to optimize route efficiency, market coverage and branch overhead. The following chart identifies the number of owned and leased facilities, other than the headquarter properties listed above, used by each of our reportable segments as of March 31, 2014. We believe that these facilities, when considered with the corporate headquarters, call center facility, offices, training facilities and warehouse described above, are suitable and adequate to support the current needs of our business.

Reportable Segment
  Owned
Facilities
  Leased
Facilities
 

Terminix

    21     398  

American Home Shield

    1     4  

Franchise Services Group

        84  

Regulatory Compliance

        Our businesses are subject to various international, federal, state, provincial and local laws and regulations, compliance with which increases our operating costs, limits or restricts the services provided by our reportable segments or the methods by which our businesses offer, sell and fulfill those services or conduct their respective businesses, or subjects us and our reportable segments to the possibility of regulatory actions or proceedings. Noncompliance with these laws and regulations can subject us to fines or various forms of civil or criminal prosecution, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

107


Table of Contents

        These international, federal, state, provincial and local laws and regulations include laws relating to consumer protection, wage and hour, deceptive trade practices, permitting and licensing, state contractor laws, real estate settlements, workers' safety, tax, healthcare reforms, franchise related issues, collective bargaining and other labor matters, environmental and employee benefits. The Terminix business must also meet certain Department of Transportation and Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration requirements with respect to certain vehicles in its fleet. Terminix is regulated by federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations which are enforced by Pest Control Boards, Departments of Environmental Conservation and similar government entities. American Home Shield is regulated in certain states by the applicable state insurance regulatory authority and by the Real Estate Commission in Texas. ServiceMaster Clean and Merry Maids use products containing ingredients regulated by the EPA and ServiceMaster Clean is subject to licensing and certification requirements for applying disinfectants, sanitizers and other EPA registered products in certain states. AmeriSpec is regulated by various state and local home inspection laws and regulations.

    Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

        Our businesses are subject to various international, federal, state and local laws and regulations regarding environmental, health and safety matters. Among other things, these laws regulate the emission or discharge of materials into the environment, govern the use, storage, treatment, disposal and management of hazardous substances and wastes and protect the health and safety of our employees. These laws also impose liability for the costs of investigating and remediating, and damages resulting from, present and past releases of hazardous substances, including releases by prior owners or operators of sites we currently own or operate.

        Compliance with environmental, health and safety laws increases our operating costs, limits or restricts the services provided by our reportable segments or the methods by which they offer, sell and fulfill those services or conduct their respective businesses, or subjects us and our reportable segments to the possibility of regulatory or private actions or proceedings.

        Terminix is regulated under many federal and state environmental laws, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, or "CERCLA" or "Superfund," the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, the Federal Environmental Pesticide Control Act of 1972, the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act of 1947, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, the Clean Air Act, the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and the Clean Water Act of 1977, each as amended.

        We cannot predict the effect of possible future environmental laws on our operations. Changes in, or new interpretations of, existing laws, regulations or enforcement policies, the discovery of previously unknown contamination, or the imposition of other environmental liabilities or obligations in the future, may lead to additional compliance or other costs. During 2013 and the first quarter of 2014 there were no material capital expenditures for environmental control facilities, and there are no material expenditures anticipated for the remainder of 2014 or 2015 related to such facilities.

    Consumer Protection and Solicitation Matters

        We are subject to international, federal, state, provincial and local laws and regulations designed to protect consumers, including laws governing consumer privacy and fraud, the collection and use of consumer data, telemarketing and other forms of solicitation.

        The telemarketing rules adopted by the Federal Communications Commission pursuant to the Federal Telephone Consumer Protection Act and the Federal Telemarketing Sales Rule issued by the Federal Trade Commission govern our telephone sales practices. In addition, some states and local governing bodies have adopted laws and regulations targeted at direct telephone sales and "do-not-knock," "do-not-mail" and "do-not-leave" activities. The implementation of these marketing regulations requires us to rely more extensively on other marketing methods and channels. In addition,

108


Table of Contents

if we were to fail to comply with any applicable law or regulation, we could be subject to substantial fines or damages, be involved in lawsuits, enforcement actions and other claims by third parties or governmental authorities, suffer losses to our reputation and our business or suffer the loss of licenses or penalties that may affect how the business is operated, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

        In April 2014, the CFPB issued a CID to American Home Shield seeking documents and information to determine whether home warranty providers or other unnamed persons have engaged or are engaging in unlawful acts and practices in connection with referral arrangements and relationships in violation of RESPA and other laws enforceable by the CFPB. American Home Shield intends to comply with its obligations to respond to the CID and believes that it has complied with RESPA and other laws applicable to American Home Shield's home warranty business. If the CFPB determines to bring an enforcement action, it could include demands for money penalties, changes to certain of American Home Shield's business practices and customer restitution or disgorgement.

    Franchise Matters

        Terminix, ServiceMaster Restore, ServiceMaster Clean, Merry Maids, Furniture Medic and AmeriSpec are subject to various international, federal, state, provincial and local laws and regulations governing franchise sales, marketing and licensing and franchise trade practices generally, including applicable rules and regulations of the Federal Trade Commission. These laws and regulations generally require disclosure of business information in connection with the sale and licensing of franchises. Certain state regulations also affect the ability of the franchisor to revoke or refuse to renew a franchise. We seek to comply with regulatory requirements and deal with franchisees and licensees in good faith. From time to time, we and one or more franchisees may become involved in a dispute regarding the franchise relationship, including payment of royalties or fees, location of branches, advertising, purchase of products by franchisees, non-competition covenants, compliance with our standards and franchise renewal criteria. There can be no assurance that compliance problems will not be encountered from time to time or that significant disputes with one or more franchisees will not arise.

        From time to time, we receive communications from our franchisees regarding complaints, disputes or questions about our practices and standards in relation to our franchised operations. Recently, we have received communications from franchisees or groups representing franchisees expressing concerns regarding the expansion of our franchised operations in certain territories and certain economic terms of our franchise arrangements, among other things. If franchisees or groups representing franchisees were to bring legal proceedings against us, we would vigorously defend against the claims in any such proceeding, but our reputation, business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely impacted and the price of our common stock could decline.

Legal Proceedings

        In the ordinary course of conducting business activities, we and our subsidiaries become involved in judicial, administrative and regulatory proceedings involving both private parties and governmental authorities. These proceedings include insured and uninsured matters that are brought on an individual, collective, representative and class action basis, or other proceedings involving regulatory, employment, general and commercial liability, automobile liability, wage and hour, environmental and other matters. We have entered into settlement agreements in certain cases, including with respect to putative collective and class actions, which are subject to court approval. If one or more of our settlements are not finally approved, we could have additional or different exposure, which could be material. In addition, in connection with the TruGreen Spin-off, we entered into a separation and distribution agreement with New TruGreen and TGLP pursuant to which we agreed to retain liability for specified legal proceedings relating to the TruGreen Business.

        At this time, we do not expect any of these proceedings to have a material effect on our reputation, business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows; however, we can give no assurance that the results of any such proceedings will not materially affect our reputation, business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows. See Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 4 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

109


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

        The following table sets forth information about our directors and executive officers as of June 5, 2014.

Name
  Age   Present Positions   First
Became
an Officer /
Director
 

John Krenicki, Jr

    52   Chairman     2013  

Robert J. Gillette

    54   Chief Executive Officer & Director     2013  

Alan J. M. Haughie

    50   Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer     2013  

Mark J. Barry

    52   President & Chief Operating Officer, American Home Shield     2012  

Thomas J. Coba

    58   President, Franchise Services Group     2011  

William J. Derwin

    45   President, Terminix     2013  

Timothy M. Haynes

    48   Senior Vice President & Chief Information Officer     2013  

Susan Hunsberger

    52   Senior Vice President, Human Resources     2014  

James T. Lucke

    53   Senior Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary     2013  

Mary Kay Runyan

    46   Senior Vice President, Supply Management     2013  

Richard P. Fox

    66   Director     2014  

Darren M. Friedman

    45   Director     2007  

Sarah Kim

    38   Director     2013  

Stephen J. Sedita

    62   Director     2013  

David H. Wasserman

    47   Director     2007  

         John Krenicki, Jr. has served as Chairman of the board of directors since January 2013. He joined CD&R as an operating partner in January 2013, after 29 years with General Electric Company, or "GE." Mr. Krenicki currently serves as Chairman of the board of directors of Wilsonart International Holdings LLC and lead director of Brand Energy & Infrastructure Services, Inc. He previously served as a director of Hess Corporation. From 2005 until 2008, Mr. Krenicki served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of GE Energy and in 2008 he became a Vice Chairman of GE, serving in such capacity until his resignation from GE in 2012. His responsibilities at GE included (among other roles) oversight of GE's Oil & Gas, Power and Water, and Energy Management businesses. While with GE, Mr. Krenicki also served as a member of GE's Corporate Executive Council and the GE Capital board of directors. Mr. Krenicki's extensive management experience and his background as a director of other service businesses give him beneficial insight into our capital and liquidity needs, in addition to our challenges, opportunities and operations and qualify him to serve on our of directors.

         Robert J. Gillette has served as ServiceMaster's Chief Executive Officer and as one of our directors since June 2013. From October 2011 until May 2013, Mr. Gillette served as the president and owner of Gillette Properties, LLC, a company which acquired and developed residential real estate properties. From October 2009 until October 2011, he served as the chief executive officer of First Solar, Inc., a manufacturer of thin film photovoltaic solar modules and solar power plants. From January 2005 to September 2009, Mr. Gillette served as the president and chief executive officer of Honeywell International, Inc.'s aerospace division, a provider of aerospace electronic systems, integrated avionics, engines and services for the aerospace industry. Mr. Gillette's extensive business and management background and his prior experience as a public company executive qualify him to serve as a director on our board of directors.

         Alan J. M. Haughie has served as ServiceMaster's Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since September 2013. From July 2010 until September 2013, Mr. Haughie served as senior vice

110


Table of Contents

president and chief financial officer of Federal-Mogul Corporation, a global supplier of aftermarket products for automotive, light commercial, heavy-duty and off-highway vehicles, as well as power generation, aerospace, marine, rail and industrial equipment. From 2005 until June 2010, he served as vice president, controller and chief accounting officer of Federal-Mogul Corporation, having joined Federal-Mogul in 1994 while serving in various roles until 2005.

         Mark J. Barry has served as President and Chief Operating Officer of American Home Shield since August 2012. From April 2011 until February 2012, Mr. Barry served as president, Automation and Controls Solutions and from March 2010 until April 2011, served as president, Global Security Products, UTC Fire & Safety, both business units within United Technologies Corporation. From February 2008 until March 2010, Mr. Barry served as president of GE Security-Americas, a division of General Electric Company, before it was acquired by United Technologies Corporation in 2010.

         Thomas J. Coba has served as President of our Franchise Services Group since November 2011. From 2004 until November 2011, Mr. Coba was chief operations officer of Subway Restaurants, a global restaurant brand and the operating company of Franchise World Headquarters, LLC.

         William J. Derwin has served as President of Terminix since November 2013. From 2002 until October 2013, Mr. Derwin worked at Otis Elevator, serving most recently as its vice president global field operations. During his tenure at Otis Elevator he served in various other executive roles including group director UK and Ireland, vice president North and South America field operations, and vice president greater New York region. Otis Elevator is a division of United Technologies Corporation, a company which provides a broad range of high technology products and support services to the aerospace and building systems industries.

         Timothy M. Haynes has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer since December 2013. Mr. Haynes joined ServiceMaster in January 2012 and has served as Vice President of Information Technology for the American Home Shield, ServiceMaster Clean and Merry Maids business units. From February 2006 until January 2012, Mr. Haynes served in a variety of Information Technology executive leadership roles for Nissan Motor Limited and Nissan Americas.

         Susan Hunsberger has served as Senior Vice President, Human Resources since January 2014. From February 2010 until December 2013 she served as senior vice president, human resources, for the global business solutions (GBS) group of Connecticut-based Nielsen Holdings N.V., a $5.4 billion global information and measurement company with leading market positions in marketing and consumer information, television and other media measurement, online intelligence and mobile measurement. While at Nielsen, she also led the human resources team for the GBS organization, which employs more than 35,000 employees worldwide. From November 1997 until February 2010, Ms. Hunsberger served in a variety of human resources leadership positions at GE Aviation, a division of General Electric Company.

         James T. Lucke has served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since September 2013. From May 2007 until May 2013, Mr. Lucke served as vice president, general counsel and secretary of Mohawk Industries, Inc., a leading producer of floor covering products for residential and commercial applications.

         Mary Kay Runyan has served as Senior Vice President, Supply Management since July 2013. Ms. Runyan joined ServiceMaster in April 2010 and served as Vice President, Fleet until July 2013. From March 2009 until April 2010, Ms. Runyan served as the executive in charge of North American fleet operations for Coca-Cola Enterprises, where she was responsible for policy, process and operational performance across the United States and Canada.

         Richard P. Fox has served as one of our directors since March 2014. Since 2001, Mr. Fox has been an independent consultant. From 2000 to 2001, he was president and chief operating officer of CyberSafe Corporation, a global security software provider. Mr. Fox spent 28 years at Ernst &

111


Table of Contents

Young LLP, a global accounting firm, last serving as managing partner at the firm's Seattle office. He currently serves on the board of directors of Acxiom Corporation, a marketing technology and services company; Pinnacle West Corporation, a vertically integrated electrical utility serving the State of Arizona; and Univar Inc., an international chemical distributor. Previously, he served on the boards of Pendrell Corporation, an intellectual property investment and advisory firm until 2014; Flow International Corporation, a machine tool manufacturer until 2014; Orbitz Worldwide, Inc. until 2011; and PopCap Games until it was acquired by Electronic Arts Inc. in 2011. He is a certified public accountant in the State of Washington. As a result of his extensive accounting and financial management experience, Mr. Fox has a deep understanding of financial reporting processes, internal accounting and financial controls, independent auditor engagements, and other audit committee and board functions. Mr. Fox's financial, accounting and management expertise, along with his experience on other boards, qualify him to serve as a director on our board of directors.

         Darren M. Friedman has served as one of our directors since July 2007. Mr. Friedman is a Partner of StepStone Group LP, a global private markets firm that oversees approximately $60 billion of private capital allocations. Prior to joining StepStone in 2010, Mr. Friedman was a Managing Partner of Citi Private Equity, where he worked from 2001 to 2010, managing over $10 billion of capital across various private equity investing activities. Mr. Friedman sits or has sat on the boards or advisory boards of several portfolio companies, funds and a number of Investment Committees. Mr. Friedman currently serves on the boards of C&J Energy Services, Inc., Educate Inc., Laureate Education, Inc. and Padi Holding Company, LLC. Prior to joining Citi Private Equity, Mr. Friedman worked in the Investment Banking division at Salomon Smith Barney. Mr. Friedman's extensive business, financial and banking expertise to our board of directors from his background in investment banking and private equity fund management and extensive prior board service experience, qualify him to serve as a director on our board of directors.

         Sarah Kim has served as one of our directors since December 2013. Ms. Kim is a principal of CD&R. Prior to joining CD&R in 2008, Ms. Kim held positions at Metalmark Capital and McCown De Leeuw, both private equity firms. She also worked in the investment banking division of Goldman, Sachs & Co. Ms. Kim's extensive knowledge of the capital markets gives her beneficial insight into our capital and liquidity needs, in addition to our challenges, opportunities and operations and qualify her to serve on our board of directors.

         Stephen J. Sedita has served as one of our directors since December 2013. From 2008 until he retired in 2011, Mr. Sedita served as the Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of GE Home & Business Solutions, a business of General Electric Company; from 2007 until 2008, Mr. Sedita served as Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of GE Aviation. Mr. Sedita has served as a director of Controladora Mabe, S.A. de C.V., Camco Inc. and Momentive Performance Materials Holdings Inc. Mr. Sedita's extensive business and financial background and his prior board service experience, qualify him to serve as a director on our board of directors.

         David H. Wasserman has served as one of our directors since July 2007. Mr. Wasserman is a partner of CD&R. Prior to joining CD&R in 1998, Mr. Wasserman worked in the principal investment area at Goldman, Sachs & Co. and as a management consultant at Monitor Company. Mr. Wasserman currently serves on the board of directors of Univar Inc. and John Deere Landscapes LLC and formerly served on the boards of directors of Hertz Global Holdings, Inc., Covansys Corporation, Culligan Ltd., Kinko's, Inc. and ICO Global Communications (Holdings) Limited, currently known as Pendrell Corporation. Mr. Wasserman's extensive knowledge of the capital markets, experience as a management consultant and experience as a director of other consumer-oriented service businesses with nationwide locations that are similar to our business structure give him beneficial insight into our capital and liquidity needs, in addition to our challenges, opportunities and operations and qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

112


Table of Contents

Board Composition and Director Independence

        Our board of directors is currently composed of seven directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for a classified board of directors, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. We will have three directors in Class I (Messrs. Krenicki, Wasserman and Sedita), two directors in Class II (Messrs. Fox and Friedman) and two directors in Class III (Mr. Gillette and Ms. Kim). Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. See "Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of our Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws—Classified Board of Directors."

        Under the amended stockholders agreement, the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds will have the right to designate nominees for our board of directors, whom we refer to as the CD&R Designees and the StepStone Designees, respectively, subject to the maintenance of specified ownership requirements. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement."

        Our board of directors is led by our non-executive Chairman, Mr. Krenicki, a CD&R Designee. The amended stockholders agreement will provide that a CD&R Designee will serve as our Chairman of the board of directors as long as the CD&R Affiliates own at least 25% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

        The number of members on our board of directors may be fixed by resolution adopted from time to time by the board of directors. Subject to our amended stockholders agreement, any vacancies or newly created directorships may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Each director shall hold office until his or her successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

        With respect to any vacancy of a CD&R Designee or StepStone Designee, the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds, respectively, will have the right to designate a new director for election by a majority of the remaining directors then in office.

        Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Fox and Sedita are "independent" as defined under NYSE and Exchange Act rules and regulations.

Controlled Company

        After the completion of this offering, we anticipate that the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds will control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. The CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds will collectively own approximately 58 percent of our common stock after the completion of this offering (or approximately 55 percent if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). Accordingly, we expect to qualify as a "controlled company" within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a "controlled company" and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance standards, including:

    the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

    the requirement that our nominating and corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities;

    the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities; and

113


Table of Contents

    the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

        Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance rules and requirements. The "controlled company" exception does not modify audit committee independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the NYSE rules.

Board Committees

        Our board of directors maintains an Audit Committee and a Compensation Committee. Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will also maintain a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Under the NYSE rules, we will be required to have one independent director on our Audit Committee during the 90-day period beginning on the date of effectiveness of the registration statement filed with the SEC in connection with this offering. After such 90-day period and until one year from the date of effectiveness of the registration statement, we are required to have a majority of independent directors on our Audit Committee. Thereafter, our Audit Committee is required to be composed entirely of independent directors. As a NYSE controlled company, we are not required to have independent Compensation or Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees. The following is a brief description of our committees.

Audit Committee

        Our Audit Committee is responsible, among its other duties and responsibilities, for overseeing our accounting and financial reporting processes, the audits of our financial statements, the qualifications and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm. Our Audit Committee reviews and assesses the qualitative aspects of our financial reporting, our processes to manage business and financial risks, and our compliance with significant applicable legal, ethical and regulatory requirements. Our Audit Committee is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of our independent registered public accounting firm. The charter of our Audit Committee will be available without charge on the investor relations portion of our website upon completion of this offering.

        The members of our Audit Committee are Messrs. Fox (Chair), Sedita and Ms. Kim. Our board of directors has designated Messrs. Fox and Sedita and Ms. Kim as "audit committee financial experts," and each of the three members has been determined to be "financially literate" under the NYSE rules. Our board of directors has also determined that Messrs. Fox and Sedita are "independent" as defined under NYSE and Exchange Act rules and regulations.

Compensation Committee

        Our Compensation Committee is responsible, among its other duties and responsibilities, for reviewing and approving all forms of compensation to be provided to, and employment agreements with, the executive officers and directors of our company and its subsidiaries (including the Chief Executive Officer), establishing the general compensation policies of our company and its subsidiaries and reviewing, approving and overseeing the administration of the employee benefits plans of our company and its subsidiaries. Our Compensation Committee also periodically reviews management development and succession plans. The charter of our Compensation Committee will be available without charge on the investor relations portion of our website upon completion of this offering.

        The members of our Compensation Committee are Messrs. Krenicki (Chair), Sedita and Wasserman. In light of our status as a "controlled company" within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE following this offering, we are exempt from the requirement that

114


Table of Contents

our Compensation Committee be composed entirely of independent directors under listing standards applicable to membership on the Compensation Committee, with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities and the requirement that there be an annual performance evaluation of the Compensation Committee. We intend to establish a sub-committee of our Compensation Committee consisting of Messrs. Sedita and Wasserman for purposes of approving any compensation that may otherwise be subject to Section 162(m) of the Code.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

        Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be responsible, among its other duties and responsibilities, for identifying and recommending candidates to the board of directors for election to our board of directors, reviewing the composition of the board of directors and its committees, developing and recommending to the board of directors corporate governance guidelines that are applicable to us, and overseeing board of directors evaluations. The charter of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be available without charge on the investor relations portion of our website upon completion of this offering.

        Upon completion of this offering, we expect the members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee to be Messrs. Wasserman (Chair), Krenicki and Friedman. In light of our status as a "controlled company" within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE following this offering, we are exempt from the requirement that our Nominating Committee be composed entirely of independent directors, with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities and the requirement that there be an annual performance evaluation of the Nominating Committee.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        The members of the Compensation Committee currently are Messrs. Krenicki, Wasserman and Sedita. For a part of 2013, Ms. Kim served on our Compensation Committee. Messrs. Krenicki and Wasserman and Ms. Kim are principals of CD&R. Mr. Krenicki assumed the role of Interim CEO from April 12, 2013 through June 16, 2013 following the resignation of our former CEO and prior to the hiring of Mr. Gillette. No other member of the Compensation Committee was at any time during 2013 an officer or employee of ServiceMaster or any of our subsidiaries nor is any such person a former officer of ServiceMaster or any one of our subsidiaries. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" for a discussion of agreements between ServiceMaster, CD&R and the CD&R Funds.

Code of Conduct and Financial Code of Ethics

        We have a Financial Code of Ethics that applies to the CEO, CFO and Controller, or persons performing similar functions, and other designated officers and associates, including the primary financial officer of each of our business units and the Treasurer. We also have a Code of Conduct that applies to all of our directors, officers and associates. The Financial Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct each address matters such as conflicts of interest, confidentiality, fair dealing and compliance with laws and regulations. The Financial Code of Ethics and the Code of Conduct will be available without charge on the investor relations portion of our website upon completion of this offering.

115


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

        This section describes the material elements of our 2013 executive compensation program and the principles underlying our executive compensation policies and decisions. In addition, in this section we provide information regarding the compensation paid to each individual who served in the capacity as principal executive officer (CEO) or principal financial officer (CFO) during 2013 and the three most highly compensated executive officers (other than the CEO and CFO) who were serving as such as of the end of our most recent fiscal year, collectively referred to as our Named Executive Officers, or "NEOs."

        In connection with the TruGreen Spin-off, we adjusted the exercise price of options held by our employees to reflect the fair market value of our common stock after giving effect to the TruGreen Spin-off by multiplying the exercise price of such options immediately prior to the TruGreen Spin-off by a fraction, the numerator of which was the fair market value of a share of our common stock immediately following the TruGreen Spin-off ($12.00 per share) and the denominator of which was the fair market value of a share of our common stock immediately prior to the TruGreen Spin-off ($15.75 per share), or the "Option Conversion Ratio." To allow our employees to retain the intrinsic values of their stock options prior to the TruGreen Spin-off, we also adjusted the number of shares underlying the options of such employees. The number of shares underlying the options was adjusted by dividing the number of shares underlying the options held by each employee by the Option Conversion Ratio. We refer to these adjustments collectively as the "Option Conversion."

        The Option Conversion-related adjustments are not reflected herein as they occurred after December 31, 2013. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Stock-Based Compensation—TruGreen Spin-off."

Highlights

    Our leadership continued to undergo significant change during 2013, with the resignations of Harry J. Mullany III (former CEO), Charles M. Fallon (former President, Terminix), Greerson G. McMullen (former Senior Vice President and General Counsel), Jed L. Norden (former Senior Vice President, Human Resources) and Linda A. Goodspeed (former Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer) and the hiring of Robert Gillette (CEO), Alan Haughie (Senior Vice President and CFO), James Lucke (Senior Vice President and General Counsel) and William Derwin (President, Terminix). Additionally, Mr. Krenicki, our Chairman, assumed the role of Interim CEO following the resignation of Mr. Mullany and prior to the hiring of Mr. Gillette. During the majority of 2013 (January 1 through September 15), Mr. Martin served as the Interim CFO, relinquishing that position upon the hiring of Mr. Haughie. We announced in November that we intended to spin-off the TruGreen Business. This transaction was closed on January 14, 2014. New TruGreen is operating as a private independent company.

    Base salaries of the NEOs who were with us prior to November 2012 were increased by percentages ranging from 4 to 23 percent in 2013 to recognize individual performance and to better align base salary levels with competitive pay levels for similar positions in the marketplace. Mr. Krenicki did not receive any compensation for his service as Interim CEO. Mr. Mullany received no increase during 2013 prior to his resignation. Mr. Alexander did not receive a salary increase during 2013 as he was hired in the fourth quarter of 2012. Messrs. Haughie and Derwin were hired during 2013 and received no increase subsequent to their hire. Mr. Martin received a 23 percent increase in his salary in preparation for his assignment to the role of chief financial officer of TruGreen upon the TruGreen Spin-off. The

116


Table of Contents

      salaries for NEOs hired after November 1, 2012 and during 2013 were set at competitive levels needed to attract these executives to ServiceMaster.

    Our financial performance did not meet expectations for 2013, primarily due to the performance of TruGreen. However, as we prepared for the TruGreen Spin-off, the board of directors of SvM, or the "SvM Board," separated the financial performance of TruGreen from the remainder of ServiceMaster and based the corporate consolidated performance goal under the Annual Bonus Plan, or "ABP," on the performance of ServiceMaster, less TruGreen. The SvM Board established separate financial goals for TruGreen focusing on the turnaround of that business.

    As part of our strategy to align interests between our NEOs and stockholders, and in recognition of their hire into the senior management team, Messrs. Gillette, Haughie, Alexander, and Derwin purchased shares of our common stock and simultaneously were granted options under the MSIP to acquire additional shares in the future. Mr. Krenicki purchased shares of our common stock, but did not receive any stock options. Messrs. Gillette, Haughie, Alexander, Derwin, and Barry were also awarded RSUs to provide additional value and alignment with our stockholders.

    The Board approved a grant of Performance-Based RSUs, or "P-RSUs," in February 2013 to enhance our ability to retain key talent. These P-RSUs were awarded to Messrs. Mullany, Martin and Barry. Mr. Mullany's P-RSUs were cancelled upon his resignation. These P-RSUs would be earned based on our attainment of a specified profit goal. This goal was adjusted in May 2013 to reflect the planned spin-off of the TruGreen Business, with the awards for those NEOs in the TruGreen Business at that time based on a TruGreen profit goal and the awards for NEOs in the remainder of ServiceMaster based on a ServiceMaster, less TruGreen, profit goal. Neither the ServiceMaster nor TruGreen profit goals were achieved for 2013 and the P-RSUs did not vest and were forfeited.

    Mr. Martin received a retention award comprised of RSUs and cash to enhance our ability to retain Mr. Martin as we were in the process of separating the TruGreen Business and Mr. Martin was offered the position of chief financial officer of New TruGreen.

Objectives of Our Compensation Program

        Our compensation plans for executive officers (including the NEOs) are designed to:

    Attract, motivate and retain highly qualified executives;

    Reward successful performance by the executives and us by linking a significant portion of compensation to financial and business results;

    Align our executives' long-term interests with those of our stockholders through meaningful share ownership; and

    Appropriately balance long- and short-term incentive compensation so that short-term performance is not emphasized at the expense of long-term value creation.

Elements of Executive Compensation, including for NEOs

        To meet these objectives, our executive compensation program consists of the following:

    Base salary, which is intended to attract and retain highly qualified executives and to recognize individual performance by the executive;

    Annual cash incentive, which is intended to motivate each executive to achieve short-term company (and, where applicable, business unit) performance goals and special bonus awards from time to time;

117


Table of Contents

    Stock, RSUs (including P-RSUs) and stock options to motivate executives to achieve long-term performance goals and to provide equity ownership of our common stock to our executives to ensure goal alignment with our stockholders; and

    Employee benefits, including retirement benefits, perquisites, new hire bonus, relocation benefits and commuting benefits, which are intended to attract and retain qualified executives by ensuring that our benefit programs are competitive.

        Each of these elements, discussed in more detail below, plays an integral role in our balancing of executive rewards over short and long-term periods and our ability to attract and retain key executives. We believe the design of our executive compensation program creates alignment between performance achieved and compensation awarded, and motivates achievement of both annual goals and sustainable long-term performance.

Determination of Executive Compensation

Pay Decision Process

        Prior to the initial public offering, the compensation committee of the Board, or the "Compensation Committee," and the SvM Board, acting jointly, established the compensation of our CEO. Historically, in determining the CEO's compensation, the Compensation Committee and the SvM Board considered the following factors: (1) our operating and financial performance, (2) the competitive market data provided by Semler Brossy Consulting Group, our external compensation consultant at the time of the competitive review, as presented to the Compensation Committee and the SvM Board by our Senior Vice President, Human Resources, (3) the assessment by the Compensation Committee and the SvM Board of the CEO's individual performance, and (4) prevailing economic conditions. The CEO historically recommended to the Compensation Committee and the SvM Board compensation for the other executive officers based on his assessment of each executive officer's area of responsibility, individual and business unit performance, overall contribution, the competitive market data provided by Semler Brossy and prevailing economic conditions. Prior to the initial public offering, the Compensation Committee and the SvM Board then approved the compensation arrangements for each executive officer. Following the initial public offering, it is expected that many of the functions described in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis will be performed by our Compensation Committee as provided in its charter.

        We believe that our executive compensation program must be attractive to compete in the market for executive talent and must support our growth strategy. As a result of this focus, we rely on competitive pay practices and individual and business performance in determining the compensation of our executives. In making these determinations, we also consider historical individual compensation levels, historical company payout levels for annual cash incentives and our current privately held ownership structure. The executive compensation program and underlying philosophy are reviewed at least annually to determine what, if any, modifications should be considered.

        As part of our review of competitive pay practices, SvM engaged Semler Brossy Consulting Group in 2013 to conduct a total market review to determine whether executive officer total compensation opportunities were competitive. The Compensation Committee and the SvM Board reaffirmed the group of 21 peer companies, or the "Peer Group," that are generally 0.3 to 3.0 times our revenue size, based on 2012 revenue figures. These peer companies are generally from the service and retail industries where they have a distributed business model. The Compensation Committee and the SvM Board also considered the growth rates of the companies when selecting this group of companies. SvM has continually reviewed the Peer Group and may from time to time adjust the companies comprising the group to better reflect competitors in our industry, companies with similar business models and

118


Table of Contents

companies that compete in our labor markets for talent. For 2013, the Peer Group consisted of the following companies:

Peer Group

ABM Industries Incorporated   O'Reilly Automotive, Inc.
AutoZone, Inc.   Republic Services, Inc.
Chemed Corporation   Rollins, Inc.
Chico's FAS Inc.   Service Corporation International
Chipotle Mexican Grill, Inc.   Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
Cintas Corporation   Starbucks Corporation
Darden Restaurants, Inc.   The Scotts Miracle Gro Company
DSW Inc.   The Wendy's Company
Ecolab Inc.   Urban Outfitters, Inc.
Harris Teeter Supermarkets, Inc.   Waste Connections, Inc.
L Brands, Inc.    

        In determining 2013 executive compensation, the Compensation Committee and the SvM Board relied on the Peer Group data for positions reported in the peer companies' respective proxy statements provided by Semler Brossy. A general survey of competitive market data for positions which were not reported in Peer Group proxy statements was provided by Aon Hewitt and was adjusted to mirror general market merit increases, as identified in market salary increase surveys sponsored by compensation consulting organizations. The survey data reflects companies in general industries with revenue sizes between $1 and $5 billion. The Compensation Committee and the SvM Board then evaluated base pay and annual bonuses for our executives as discussed below. Differences in total compensation generally reflect the relevant experience, expertise, tenure and performance of the individual executive officer within his or her role.

Base Salary

        Base salaries for executive officers are reviewed annually during our merit review process at the beginning of each year. To determine base salaries for executive officers, we first review market data and target base salaries at the market median of the Peer Group or Aon Hewitt survey data for each respective position. The base salary for each NEO is then determined by adjusting the amount based on the assessment of Compensation Committee and the SvM Board of the NEO's experience relative to industry peers, time in his or her position, individual performance, future potential and leadership qualities. In 2013, when a detailed review was performed prior to salary increases, the base salary of Mr. Mullany was at the median of the Peer Group, and the base salary for Mr. Martin as our Controller was within competitive ranges of the median of the Aon Hewitt surveys. The base salary for Mr. Barry was within competitive ranges for the median of peer company business unit leaders. Base salaries were increased for each NEO who was an employee in April 2013 (other than Mr. Alexander) based on the assessment of the Compensation Committee and the SvM Board of the individual's contribution to our sustained success. Base salaries for Messrs. Gillette, Haughie, Alexander and Derwin were set at their respective hire dates of June 17, 2013, September 16, 2013, December 11, 2012 and November 11, 2013 as part of their hiring. The salary increases for the NEOs who were with us for the majority of 2012 ranged from 4.0 percent to 23.0 percent. In determining Mr. Martin's salary increase in 2013, which was larger than the normal merit increase, the Compensation Committee and the SvM Board considered that he was preparing to take on the position as the chief financial officer of New TruGreen, which was separated from ServiceMaster on January 14, 2014. Base salaries for the NEOs hired after November 1, 2012 (Messrs. Gillette, Haughie, Alexander and Derwin) were set at levels that were deemed to be competitive with market segment salaries to recognize the skills and experience of each officer. The following table sets forth information regarding the 2013 base salaries for our NEOs.

119


Table of Contents

2013 Salary Table

Named Executive Officer
  Base Salary as of
January 1, 2013
  Base Salary as of
December 31, 2013
  Aggregate
Increase %

Robert J. Gillette(1)

    N/A   $ 1,100,000   N/A

John Krenicki(2)

    N/A     N/A   N/A

Harry J. Mullany

  $ 1,100,000     N/A   N/A

Alan J. M. Haughie(1)

    N/A   $ 550,000   N/A

David W. Martin(3)

  $ 312,000   $ 385,000   23%

R. David Alexander(4)

  $ 550,000   $ 550,000   0%

Mark J. Barry

  $ 425,000   $ 440,000   4%

William J. Derwin(1)

    N/A   $ 475,000   N/A

(1)
Messrs. Gillette, Haughie and Derwin were hired during 2013. The base salaries shown above were provided for in their offers of employment.

(2)
Mr. Krenicki received no compensation for his service as Interim CEO.

(3)
The amount in the table reflects Mr. Martin's base salary in his capacity as our Senior Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer. During his tenure as Interim CFO, Mr. Martin also received $10,000 per month in incremental base salary prorated for any partial month of service. During 2013, this incremental base salary totaled $95,000. His salary as of December 31, 2013 reflects the rate approved for his role as the chief financial officer for New TruGreen, which was separated from ServiceMaster on January 14, 2014.

(4)
Mr. Alexander was hired after November 1, 2012 and was not eligible for a salary increase as part of the 2013 annual review of base salaries.

Annual Bonus Plan

        The ABP, our annual cash incentive program, is designed to reward the achievement of specific pre-set financial results measured over one or more fiscal years or a portion of a fiscal year. For 2013, the ABP was measured over the 2013 calendar year results. Each participant is assigned an annual incentive target expressed as a percentage of base salary. For the NEOs (other than Mr. Krenicki), these targets ranged from 50 percent of base salary to 100 percent of base salary. For 2013, Mr. Martin was assigned an annual target bonus of 50 percent of his base salary during the period he served as our Senior Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer, and he was assigned a target bonus of 65 percent of base salary during the period he served as Interim CFO. As further compensation for his services as Interim CFO, Mr. Martin was also guaranteed a minimum incremental bonus under the ABP of $50,000 above his calculated bonus if he had served as Senior Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer for the entire year. Mr. Martin served as the Interim CFO until the hire of Mr. Haughie in September 2013. Consequently, his annual bonus for the period January 1, 2013 through September 15, 2013 was calculated at a target of 65 percent of his base salary. We subsequently approved a 65 percent target bonus for Mr. Martin for the remainder of 2013 as he accepted the role as chief financial officer of New TruGreen. We calculate the actual awards based on year end salary, except in the case of Mr. Martin, whose 2013 ABP award was calculated at 65 percent of his base salary as Senior Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer and at 65 percent of his base salary as Interim CFO, prorated for the time served in each capacity.

        To encourage our executive officers to focus on short term company (and, where applicable, business unit) goals and financial performance, incentives under the ABP are based on our performance with respect to the following measures at both a corporate consolidated and, where applicable, a business unit level:

    Adjusted Operating Performance, or "AOP," which is calculated by making the following adjustments to Adjusted EBITDA: (1) deducting interest and investment income; (2) adding

120


Table of Contents

      back compensation expense resulting from a change in market value of investments within an employee deferred compensation trust (for which there is a corresponding and offsetting charge in interest and investment income); (3) adding back key executive transition charges; (4) adding back charges associated with the TruGreen Spin-off; (5) deducting depreciation and amortization; and (6) adding back TruGreen AOP;

    Revenue; and

    Cash Flow, which is calculated by making the following adjustments to AOP: (1) adding back depreciation and amortization; (2) subtracting capital expenditures; and (3) adjusting for the change in net working capital.

        These performance measures were selected as the most appropriate measures upon which to determine annual bonuses because they are the primary metrics that management and the Equity Sponsors use to measure our performance for purposes unrelated to compensation. Additionally, these measures were selected to incentivize profitable growth and cash flow generation to meet debt obligations and fund investments for future growth. All of the opportunity for payment under the ABP to our NEOs is based on these performance measures.

        The Compensation Committee and the SvM Board amended the performance goals for 2013 under the ABP in May 2013 in consideration of the strategic decision to spin off the TruGreen Business. Consequently, the targets for the performance measures were adjusted, providing for separate thresholds and targets for ServiceMaster, less TruGreen, and for TruGreen on a standalone basis. The goals for ServiceMaster, less TruGreen, were the same targets as determined at the beginning of the year, but eliminated any effect that TruGreen's performance would have on the rest of ServiceMaster. TruGreen's goals were revised to provide an opportunity to earn some payout if the modified TruGreen AOP goals were achieved. Payments under the ABP were also subject to the achievement of a minimum level of performance on the AOP financial measure, or the "AOP Threshold." In order to earn any payment under the ABP, the AOP Threshold had to be achieved at the corporate consolidated or, where applicable, business unit levels. The corporate consolidated AOP Threshold and business unit AOP Thresholds applicable to the NEOs (other than Messrs. Krenicki and Mullany) are set forth in the table below.

Participating NEO
  Performance Measure   AOP
Threshold
($ in 000s)
  AOP
Actual
($ in 000s)
 

Robert J. Gillette

  ServiceMaster AOP   $ 370,726   $ 396,425  

Alan J. M. Haughie

  ServiceMaster AOP   $ 370,726   $ 396,425  

David W. Martin

  ServiceMaster AOP   $ 370,726   $ 396,425  

R. David Alexander

  ServiceMaster AOP   $ 370,726   $ 396,425  

  TruGreen AOP   $ 30,000   $ (22,474 )

Mark J. Barry

  ServiceMaster AOP   $ 370,726   $ 396,425  

  American Home Shield AOP   $ 137,917   $ 159,413  

        Performance targets are established by the Compensation Committee and the SvM Board toward the beginning of each year and are based on expected performance in accordance with ServiceMaster's and, where applicable, the business unit's approved business plan for the year. In the event we and, where applicable, the business unit achieve the performance targets, payout under the ABP would be 100 percent of a specified percentage of the executive's base salary. In the event we and, where applicable, the business unit do not achieve the performance targets, a lesser bonus may be earned if we and, where applicable, the business unit meet or exceed the threshold amounts for the performance targets, which are generally equal to the previous year's results achieved for the applicable performance measure. In the event we exceed the performance targets, the amount of the bonus will increase accordingly. There is no maximum payout under the ABP on the theory that we pay for performance

121


Table of Contents

and our executives should receive additional compensation when we exceed our performance goals. The components and weightings of the performance measures are reviewed and determined annually by the Compensation Committee and the SvM Board to reflect company strategy. As mentioned above, these actions historically have been taken by the Compensation Committee and the SvM Board acting jointly, but we expect that many of these functions will be performed by our Compensation Committee following the initial public offering.

        The tables below provide information regarding the 2013 ABP for our participating NEOs, including the performance goals, the weight assigned to each performance goal, and the payout as a percentage of the target bonus if the threshold or target performance goal is met. The performance goals and relative weightings reflect the Compensation Committee and the SvM Board's objective of ensuring that a substantial amount of each NEO's total compensation is tied to our and, where applicable, business unit performance.

2013 ABP Weighting, Threshold and Target Performance Goals

Participating
NEO(1)(2)
  Organizational
Weighting
  Performance Weighting   Threshold
($ in 000s)
  Target
($ in 000s)(3)
  % of Target
Performance
for
Threshold
Payout
  % Payout
With
Threshold
Performance
 

Robert J. Gillette

      50% ServiceMaster AOP   $ 370,726   $ 399,720     92.7 %   56.5 %

Harry J Mullany

  100% ServiceMaster   30% ServiceMaster Revenue   $ 2,221,286   $ 2,369,210     93.8 %   62.5 %

Alan J. M. Haughie

      20% ServiceMaster Cash Flow   $ 357,038   $ 391,254     91.3 %   47.5 %

David W. Martin

                                 

Mark J. Barry

  20% ServiceMaster   20% ServiceMaster AOP   $ 370,726   $ 399,720     92.7 %   56.5 %

  80% American Home   35% American Home Shield AOP   $ 137,917   $ 139,950     98.5 %   91.3 %

  Shield   35% American Home Shield Revenue   $ 720,860   $ 765,105     94.2 %   65.3 %

      10% American Home Shield Cash Flow   $ 126,580   $ 126,580     100.0 %   100.0 %

R. David Alexander

  20% ServiceMaster   20% ServiceMaster AOP   $ 370,726   $ 399,720     92.7 %   56.5 %

  80% TruGreen   80%TruGreen AOP   $ 30,000   $ 70,000     42.9 %   50.0 %

William J. Derwin

  20% ServiceMaster   20% ServiceMaster AOP   $ 370,726   $ 399,720     92.7 %   56.5 %

  80% Terminix   35% Terminix AOP   $ 282,706   $ 298,514     94.7 %   68.2 %

      35% Terminix Revenue   $ 1,265,417   $ 1,325,738     95.5 %   72.7 %

      10% Terminix Cash Flow   $ 303,779   $ 312,006     97.4 %   84.2 %

(1)
Mr. Krenicki did not receive any compensation for his service as Interim CEO during 2013.

(2)
Mr. Mullany resigned in April 2013 and was not eligible for a payout under the ABP for 2013.

(3)
The Compensation Committee and the SvM Board adjusted the ABP targets in May 2013 to reflect the decision to separate TruGreen from the rest of ServiceMaster. Our financial goals are consistent with the goals established at the beginning of the year, except that TruGreen's financial performance was excluded from the consolidated ServiceMaster financials. The Compensation Committee and the SvM Board set a new threshold and target for TruGreen based solely upon TruGreen's AOP, with a 50% payout at threshold achievement.

        The "% of Target Performance for Threshold Payout" is equal to threshold performance (which is generally equal to the prior year's actual performance) divided by the current year's target goal. The payout levels for performance above threshold are based on a 6:1 ratio—for every one percent of achievement above threshold performance levels, the plan pays out six additional percentage points of the targeted payout. We believe the 6:1 ratio to be an effective motivator to improve over the prior year's results. The 2013 ABP target payout opportunity for each participating NEO (see table below) was based on our review of Peer Group and survey data and the importance of the NEO's position relative to our overall financial success. The following table sets forth information regarding the 2013 performance under the ABP, including the percentage of performance target attained and the percentage of target bonus earned. The table does not list values for Mr. Krenicki, who received no compensation for his service as Interim CEO, or Mr. Mullany, who was not eligible for a payment under the ABP due to his resignation.

122


Table of Contents

2013 ABP Performance

Participating NEO
  Target %
of
Salary
  % of
ServiceMaster
Target AOP
Attained
  % of
ServiceMaster
Target
Revenue
Attained
  % of
ServiceMaster
Target Cash
Flow Attained
  Business Unit   % of
Business
Unit
Target
AOP
Attained
  % of
Business
Unit
Target
Revenue
Attained
  % of
Business
Unit
Target
Cash
Flow
Attained
  % of
Target
Bonus
Earned
 

Robert J. Gillette

    100.0 %   99.2 %   97.0 %   108.4 %   Corporate     N/A     N/A     N/A     102.1 %

John Krenicki

          N/A                 Corporate                          

Harry J. Mullany

                            Corporate                          

Alan J. M. Haughie

    70.0 %   99.2 %   97.0 %   108.4 %   Corporate     N/A     N/A     N/A     102.1 %

David W. Martin

    65.0 %   99.2 %   97.0 %   108.4 %   Corporate     N/A     N/A     N/A     102.1 %

Mark J. Barry

    65.0 %   99.2 %   N/A     N/A     American Home Shield     113.9 %   96.7 %   108.2 %   126.3 %

R. David Alexander

    65.0 %   99.2 %   N/A     N/A     TruGreen     N/M (1)   N/A     N/A     19.0 %

William J. Derwin

    65.0 %   N/A     N/A     N/A     Terminix     N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A  

(1)
TruGreen reported a loss in AOP, resulting in the percent attainment not being measureable.

2013 ABP Payments

Participating NEO
  % of Salary
Paid at Target
Performance
  Base
Salary
  Actual % of
Target
Awarded
  Total
Bonus
Earned
 

Robert J. Gillette(1)

    100.0 % $ 1,100,000     102.1 % $ 609,335  

John Krenicki(2)

    N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A  

Harry J. Mullany(3)

    100.0 % $ 1,100,000     N/A   $ 0  

Alan J. M. Haughie(4)

    70.0 % $ 550,000     102.1 % $ 350,000  

David M. Martin(5)

    65.0 % $ 385,000     102.1 % $ 292,184  

Mark J. Barry

    65.0 % $ 440,000     126.3 % $ 361,112  

David R. Alexander(6)

    65.0 % $ 550,000     19.0 % $ 178,750  

William J. Derwin(7)

    65.0 % $ 475,000     N/A     N/A  

(1)
Mr. Gillette's annual bonus was prorated from his hire date on June 17, 2013.

(2)
Mr. Krenicki did not receive any compensation for his service as Interim CEO.

(3)
Mr. Mullany resigned on April 12, 2013 and was not eligible for a payout under the ABP.

(4)
Mr. Haughie was hired on September 16, 2013 and, as a part of his employment offer, received a guaranteed ABP payment of $350,000 for 2013.

(5)
Mr. Martin served in the role of Interim CFO from January 1, 2013 through September 15, 2013. In connection with such appointment, he received, in addition to his base salary, an additional $10,000 per month of base salary. Mr. Martin also received an increase in his bonus target under the 2013 ABP to 65 percent from 50 percent of his base salary during his tenure in this interim role. Subsequent to the hiring of Mr. Haughie as CFO, Mr. Martin was offered and accepted the role of chief financial officer of the TruGreen Business in anticipation of its spin-off from ServiceMaster. His target bonus was increased to 65 percent of base salary, which resulted in his annual bonus being calculated for the full year based on a target bonus of 65 percent of base salary.

(6)
Mr. Alexander was hired on December 11, 2012 and, as a part of his employment offer, received a guaranteed ABP payment of a minimum of 50 percent of his target payout for 2013.

(7)
Mr. Derwin was not eligible to participate in the 2013 ABP as he was hired on November 11, 2013.

123


Table of Contents

Sign-On Bonuses

        We have historically included sign-on bonuses for newly hired executives as a part of the new hire compensation offers. The sign-on bonus is used to provide a compensation offer that differentiates our offer of employment (for executives who frequently have other available opportunities) and may be needed to compensate the executives for the lost value of existing compensation arrangements at the executives' prior employers. In 2013, we paid sign-on bonuses to Messrs. Gillette, Haughie, Alexander and Derwin in the following amounts:

Name
  Sign-On Bonus  

Robert J. Gillette

  $ 1,000,000  

Alan J. M. Haughie

    250,000  

R. David Alexander

    471,698  

William J. Derwin

    250,000  

        All sign-on bonuses for the respective NEOs, other than Mr. Gillette, are subject to repayment provisions if the officer voluntarily terminates employment with us or is terminated by us for cause prior to the second anniversary of his hire date. If Mr. Gillette voluntarily terminates his employment without good reason after his six month service anniversary but prior to his first service anniversary, he is required to repay one half of the signing bonus within five business days following the date of termination.

Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan

        Our long-term equity incentive plan is designed to retain key executives and to align the interests of our executives with the achievement of sustainable long-term growth and performance. For 2013, our NEOs were participants under the MSIP.

MSIP

        The MSIP provides certain key associates (including all of our NEOs) with the opportunity (1) to invest in shares of our common stock via actual share purchases and (2) to receive RSUs and options to purchase shares of our common stock. Executives employed with us in 2007 had the opportunity to purchase shares with cash or by means of deferred share units, or "DSUs," which were sold to key associates through the notional purchases of DSUs using associates' deferred compensation balances. No further DSUs have been sold or issued since 2007. Mr. Martin is the only currently serving NEO who had the opportunity to allocate a portion of his eligible deferred compensation to purchase DSUs. Each DSU represents a right to receive a share of our common stock in the future and was fully vested when acquired.

        For each share of common stock or DSU purchased by an NEO, we granted such NEO up to four matching options to purchase shares of our common stock, or "Matching Options," except in the cases of Messrs. Gillette and Mullany, where we granted five and one half Matching Options and five Matching Options, respectively, for each share purchased. Mr. Mullany received no equity awards during 2013. Pursuant to the terms of his equity award agreements, all unvested equity awards to Mr. Mullany were canceled on his termination date. Since 2010, we have also awarded RSUs to both newly hired executives and longer tenured NEOs. Each RSU represents a right to receive a share of common stock in the future, if and when the RSU vests. Vesting of RSUs is subject to the executive's continued employment. Unlike equity awards at publicly traded companies, these investment opportunities are not available to the general public and present an employment reward opportunity, as well as subjecting the executive officer to liquidity risks and transfer restrictions. Generally, our policy has been to provide this opportunity to invest and receive equity grants at one time only, either shortly after the closing of the 2007 Merger or upon hire or promotion, if later. We do not typically

124


Table of Contents

supplement the NEOs' stock awards with subsequent annual equity awards. We may decide, from time to time, to grant additional equity awards to certain key associates, including our NEOs, in order to recognize outstanding performance, enhance retention or otherwise as the Compensation Committee may determine is in our best interest. The MSIP investment opportunities provided to any executive officer or the executive officers as a group are entirely at the discretion of the Compensation Committee.

        On February 25, 2013, the Compensation Committee approved a form of an employee performance restricted stock unit agreement to be used when awards of P-RSUs are made under the MSIP and the Compensation Committee granted 267,652 P-RSU awards to certain of our officers and associates, including grants to the following NEOs in the following amounts: Mr. Mullany, 28,204 P-RSUs; Mr. Martin, 8,974 P-RSUs; and Mr. Barry, 12,820 P-RSUs. If our internal financial performance target for fiscal 2013, or the "Performance Target," had been met or exceeded, the P-RSUs would have vested in three equal installments on the first three anniversaries of the grant date. If the Performance Target had been exceeded, the number of P-RSUs granted to each associate, including the NEOs, would have been increased in accordance with the adjustment table adopted by the Compensation Committee. Any increased number of P-RSUs would have vested in accordance with the same schedule described above. The Performance Target was adjusted in May 2013 to reflect separate targets for ServiceMaster, less TruGreen, and for TruGreen. The separation of the Performance Targets was done in consideration of the then contemplated spin-off of the TruGreen Business and the negative impact that TruGreen was exerting on our financial results. The Performance Targets for ServiceMaster and TruGreen were not met and all P-RSUs that had been awarded have been forfeited.

        We believe that the opportunity to purchase shares and to receive options to purchase shares of our common stock and grants of RSUs encourages our executive officers to focus on our long-term performance, thereby aligning their interests with the interests of our stockholders. The purchase of shares under the MSIP allows executive officers to have a stake in our performance by putting their own financial resources at risk. Additionally, through stock option and RSU grants, the executive officers are encouraged to focus on sustained increases in stockholder value. Specifically, we believe the granting of stock options and RSUs, both time vested and performance based, assists us to:

    Enhance the link between the creation of stockholder value and long term executive incentive compensation;

    Maintain competitive levels of total compensation; and

    Enable us to retain key leaders by providing value for key executives.

        Consistent with our historical practices, equity awards were granted in 2013 as follows:

        Mr. Krenicki made an investment of $1,000,000 for which he acquired 63,492 shares of our common stock.

        Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Gillette made an initial investment of $1,500,000 in our common stock and was granted Matching Options at a rate of five and one half options per share purchased and 200,000 RSUs. Based on Mr. Gillette's investment, he acquired 100,000 shares of our common stock and was granted 550,000 Matching Options and 200,000 RSUs.

125


Table of Contents

        Pursuant to the terms of their offers of employment, Messrs. Haughie, Alexander and Derwin each made an investment to acquire shares of our common stock, received Matching Options and RSUs as noted below:

Name
  Investment
$
  # of Shares
Acquired
  # Matching
Options
  # RSUs  

Robert J. Gillette

    1,500,000     100,000     550,000     200,000  

John Krenicki

    1,000,000     63,492     N/A     N/A  

Alan J. M. Haughie

    500,000     32,000     128,000     50,000  

R. David Alexander

    500,000     33,333     133,333     33,333  

William J. Derwin

    1,100,000     69,840     279,362     33,333  

        Mr. Barry did not make an investment in our common stock in 2013.

        The disclosure regarding stock options in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis, including in the table above and in the "Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End" table refers to the number of options held by each NEO, and the exercise price of each such option, as of December 31, 2013 (or as of the grant date if specified). In connection with the TruGreen Spin-off, the number of options held by each employee with respect to each grant date was adjusted by dividing the number of options held by such employee with respect to each grant date as of immediately prior to the TruGreen Spin-off by the Option Conversion Ratio. The exercise price of each option was adjusted by multiplying the exercise price of each option as of immediately prior to the TruGreen Spin-off by the Option Conversion Ratio. Where the fair market value of an award is disclosed, the fair market value is the fair market as of the date of grant or as of December 31, 2013, as applicable, and does not reflect any adjustment that resulted from the TruGreen Spin-off.

        In addition to the stock options listed in the table above, the Board awarded 13,333 standalone stock options to Mr. Martin as part of his offer letter for the position of chief financial officer of New TruGreen. These options have terms similar to other stock option awards. Mr. Martin also received a retention award valued at $500,000 that was comprised of 15,151 RSUs and two cash payments of a total of $250,000. The award was granted in May 2013 and was intended to ensure continuity in the office of the chief financial officer as Mr. Martin was serving in an interim capacity. The RSUs vest in two installments, with 50 percent having vested in January 2014 and the remaining 50 percent vesting in January 2015. The cash portion of the award vests in two installments of $125,000 each on the same dates. The award is subject to an indefinite confidentiality covenant and a one-year non-competition covenant. Mr. Martin will not be eligible for the second installment of the cash portion of the award in the event of a termination of employment prior to January 15, 2015, except in circumstances specified in the retention agreement.

        Shares previously purchased by Mr. Mullany were repurchased by us in 2013 subsequent to his departure from ServiceMaster, consistent with the MSIP and the stock subscription agreement entered into at the time of purchase.

        Please see the Grants of Plan Based Awards Table (2013) for information regarding the vesting terms of the equity awards.

        We intend to adopt the Omnibus Incentive Plan in connection with this offering. Upon adoption of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, we will make no further grants under the MSIP.

Retirement Benefits

        Associates, including the NEOs (other than Mr. Krenicki), are generally eligible to participate in the ServiceMaster Profit Sharing and Retirement Plan, as amended and restated, as it may be further amended from time to time, or the "PSRP." The PSRP is a tax qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan under which we may make discretionary matching contributions. Historically, we have provided for

126


Table of Contents

a matching contribution in the PSRP where associates receive a dollar for dollar match on the first 1 percent of their contributions, and then a $0.50 per dollar match on the next 2 percent to 6 percent contributed.

        We also maintain the ServiceMaster Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated, as it may be further amended from time to time, or the "DCP," which is a non-qualified deferred compensation plan designed to afford certain highly compensated associates (including the NEOs (other than Mr. Krenicki), executive officers and certain other associates) the opportunity to defer additional amounts of compensation on a pre-tax basis. All deferred amounts under the DCP are subject to earnings or losses based on the investments selected by the individual participants. We believe that provision of the DCP is an important recruitment and retention tool. Many, if not all, of the companies with which we compete for executive talent provide a similar plan to their senior employees and the cost to us of providing this benefit is minimal. Under the DCP, participants may be provided with discretionary matching contributions, but since 2007 we have not elected to do so. No earnings in the DCP are credited at above market levels.

Employee Benefits and Executive Perquisites

        We offer a variety of health and welfare programs to all eligible associates, including the NEOs (other than Mr. Krenicki). The NEOs (other than Mr. Krenicki) are eligible for the same health and welfare benefit programs on the same basis as the rest of our associates, including medical and dental care coverage, life insurance coverage and short and long-term disability.

        We limit the use of perquisites as a method of compensation and provide executive officers with only those perquisites that we believe are reasonable and consistent with our compensation goal of enabling us to attract and retain superior executives for key positions. The perquisites provided to our NEOs are memberships in social and professional clubs and, for Messrs. Gillette and Mullany, commuting expenses. Expenses associated with relocation of newly hired executives (including income tax gross ups on taxable relocation expense reimbursements) are paid to certain executives pursuant to our relocation policy and are based on standard market practices for executive level relocations.

        Mr. Gillette is also provided with personal use of our aircraft and certain spousal travel as described in his employment agreement. The personal use of the company aircraft benefit in Mr. Gillette's employment agreement provides that we will bear the full cost of up to 100 flight hours of the executive's personal use of our aircraft per calendar year (50 hours for 2013), including the cost of landing fees, but excluding any taxes imputed to the executive.

        Mr. Mullany was also provided with personal use of our aircraft during his tenure as CEO under an aircraft policy that was then applicable to him. The policy provides that the CEO shall reimburse us for personal use of the company aircraft exceeding 100 hours annually (50 hours for 2013). Any amount so reimbursed to us would be applied to reduce the executive's taxable income arising from the personal use. If our CEO utilizes our aircraft for commuting purposes, the amount applied toward his annual commuting benefit is generally calculated under the income imputation rules established by the IRS for personal use of company aircraft. These rules require the cost of each flight to be estimated by applying published IRS per mile rates based on the size of the aircraft to the total miles flown. This method of calculation was affirmed by the Compensation Committee and the SvM Board.

127


Table of Contents

        In addition to the personal usage allowed under the aircraft policy, Mr. Mullany was also eligible to receive up to $50,000 in 2013 for reimbursement of commuting expenses. Mr. Mullany could utilize commercial flights, private charter service or our aircraft for his commuting travel. To the extent Mr. Mullany utilized commercial flights or a private charter, the actual amount paid by us on his behalf is applied toward his maximum commuting benefit of $50,000 per annum. Mr. Mullany did not exceed his flight hours or $50,000 maximum commuting benefits in 2013.

Employment Arrangements

        ServiceMaster or an affiliate generally provides an executive with an offer letter prior to the time an executive joins ServiceMaster. The offer letter generally describes the basic terms of the executive's employment, including his or her start date, starting salary, ABP bonus target, special bonuses (if any), relocation benefits, severance benefits (if any), sign-on bonus (if any) and equity awards granted in connection with the commencement of his or her employment. The terms of the executive's employment are thereafter based on sustained good performance rather than contractual terms, and our policies will apply as warranted. During 2013, ServiceMaster and Messrs. Haughie and Derwin executed offer letters memorializing the terms of their respective offers of employment.

        Under certain circumstances, we recognize that special arrangements with respect to an executive's employment may be necessary or desirable. In 2013, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Gillette setting forth the terms of his employment as our CEO and we entered into severance agreements and/or offer letters with Messrs. Haughie, Martin, Alexander and Derwin setting forth certain severance benefits to be received by Messrs. Haughie, Martin, Alexander and Derwin upon a qualifying termination of employment. Please see the narrative following the Grants of Plan Based Awards table and the Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control section for a description of the agreements with Messrs. Gillette, Haughie, Martin, Alexander and Derwin.

Post Termination Compensation

        Mr. Barry is covered under our standard severance policy or practice as in effect at the time employment is terminated. The standard severance policy and the terms of the post termination arrangements between us and the other NEOs are described in detail below under the Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control section.

2014 Investment and Awards

        Under the terms of Mr. Gillette's employment agreement, at his discretion, Mr. Gillette had the opportunity, prior to December 31, 2014, to purchase up to an aggregate of $1.5 million of additional common stock at its then-current fair market value. On March 18, 2014, Mr. Gillette purchased $1.5 million of additional common stock and in connection therewith received 687,500 nonqualified options pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement. The options will vest at a rate of one-fourth per year on each of the first four anniversaries of March 18, 2014, subject to Mr. Gillette's continued employment with us.

        Also on March 18, 2014, Mr. Barry purchased $200,000 of our common stock and received 66,666 nonqualified options. Of the options received by Mr. Barry, 50 percent will become vested upon the value of the common shares underlying the options achieving a price of $24 per share and the remaining 50 percent of the options will become vested upon the value of the common shares underlying the options achieving a price of $36 per share, subject to Mr. Barry's continued employment with us.

128


Table of Contents

Changes to the Compensation Program in Connection with the Initial Public Offering

Omnibus Incentive Plan

        Background.     As described above (see "—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Long-Term Incentive Plan"), since 2007 we have provided our officers and associates with long-term equity incentives under the MSIP. Prior to the completion of the offering, we intend to adopt the Omnibus Incentive Plan pursuant to which we will make grants of long-term incentive compensation to our directors, officers and associates after the adoption of the Omnibus Incentive Plan. When we adopt the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the MSIP will terminate and we will make no more awards thereunder. However, awards previously granted under the MSIP will be unaffected by the termination of the MSIP. The following are the material terms of the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

        Administration.     Our Board has the authority to interpret the terms and conditions of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, to determine eligibility for and terms of awards for participants and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The Board will delegate its authority to the Compensation Committee, or the "Administrator." To the extent consistent with applicable law, the Administrator may further delegate the ability to grant awards to our CEO or other of our officers. In addition, subcommittees may be established to the extent necessary to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code or Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

        Eligible Award Recipients.     Our directors, officers, associates and consultants are eligible to receive awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

        Awards.     Awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan may be made in the form of stock options, which may be either incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options; stock purchase rights; restricted stock; restricted stock units; performance shares; performance units; stock appreciation rights, or "SARs"; dividend equivalents; deferred share units; and other stock-based awards.

        Shares Subject to the Plan.     Subject to adjustment as described below, a total of 7,629,757 shares of our common stock will be available for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. This figure represents approximately 6 percent of the shares of our common stock that will be outstanding immediately following this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares, as of June 13, 2014. In addition, shares subject to awards granted under the MSIP that terminate, are forfeited, or otherwise lapse without issuance of shares will be available for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. As of June 13, 2014, there were 6,317,628 shares subject to outstanding awards under the MSIP. Shares issued under the Omnibus Incentive Plan may be authorized but unissued shares or shares reacquired by us. During any period that Section 162(m) of the Code is applicable to us, (1) the maximum number of stock options, SARs or other awards based solely on the increase in the value of common stock that a participant may receive in any year is 2,000,000; (2) a participant may receive a maximum of 1,000,000 performance shares, shares of performance-based restricted stock and restricted stock units in any year; and (3) the maximum value of performance units granted to a participant during any year may not exceed $10,000,000.

        Any shares covered by an award, or portion of an award, granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan or under the MSIP that terminates, is forfeited, is repurchased, expires or lapses for any reason will again be available for the grant of awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. Additionally, any shares tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligations pursuant to any award under the Omnibus Incentive Plan or under the MSIP will again be available for issuance. The Omnibus Incentive Plan permits us to issue replacement awards to employees of companies acquired by us, but those replacement awards would not count against the share maximum listed above, and any forfeited replacement awards would not be eligible to be available for future grant.

129


Table of Contents

        Terms and Conditions of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.     An "incentive stock option" is an option that meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, and a "non-qualified stock option" is an option that does not meet those requirements. A SAR is the right of a participant to a payment, in cash, shares of common stock, or a combination of cash and shares equal to the amount by which the market value of a share of common stock exceeds the exercise price of the SAR. An option or SAR granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be exercisable only to the extent that it is vested on the date of exercise. No non-qualified option or SAR may be exercisable more than ten years from the grant date. The Administrator may include in the option agreement the period during which an option may be exercised following termination of employment or service. SARs may be granted to participants in tandem with options or separately. Tandem SARs will generally have substantially similar terms and conditions as the options with which they are granted.

        The exercise price per share under each non-qualified option and SAR granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan may not be less than 100 percent of the fair market value of our common stock on the option grant date. For so long as our common stock is listed on the NYSE, the fair market value of the common stock will be equal to the average of the high sale price and the low sale price of our common stock on the exchange on which it is listed on the option grant date. If no sales of common stock were reported on the option grant date, the fair market value will be deemed equal to the average between the high sale price and the low sale price on the exchange on which it is listed for the last preceding date on which sales of our common stock were reported. If our common stock is not listed on any stock exchange or traded in the over-the-counter market, fair market value will be as determined in good faith by our Board in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code. The Omnibus Incentive Plan prohibits repricing of options and SARs without shareholder approval.

        Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.     Restricted stock is an award of common stock on which certain restrictions are imposed over specified periods that subject the shares to a substantial risk of forfeiture, as defined in Section 83 of the Code. A restricted stock unit is a unit, equivalent in value to a share of common stock, credited by means of a bookkeeping entry in our books to a participant's account, which is settled in stock or cash upon vesting. Subject to the provisions of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, our Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of each award of restricted stock or restricted stock units, including the restricted period for all or a portion of the award, and the restrictions applicable to the award. Restricted stock and restricted stock units granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will vest based on a period of service specified by our Administrator or the occurrence of events specified by our Administrator.

        Terms and Conditions of Performance Shares and Performance Units.     A performance share is a right to receive a specified number of shares of common stock after the date of grant subject to the achievement of predetermined performance conditions. A performance unit is a unit, equivalent in value to a share of common stock, that represents the right to receive a share of common stock or the equivalent cash value of a share of common stock if predetermined performance conditions are achieved. Vested performance units may be settled in cash, stock or a combination of cash and stock, at the discretion of the Administrator. Performance shares and performance units will vest based on the achievement of pre-determined performance goals established by the Administrator. Performance goals may be based on: (a) cash flow, (b) free cash flow, (c) revenue, (d) gross profit, (e) gross profit margin, (f) earnings before income taxes, (g) net income, (h) earnings per share, (i) EBITDA, (j) Adjusted EBITDA, (k) return on equity, (l) return on invested capital, (m) customer count, (n) total shareholder return or (o) customer retention. At any time when Section 162(m) of the Code is not applicable to us and the Omnibus Incentive Plan and for persons whose compensation is not subject to Section 162(m) of the Code performance goals may be based on such other criteria as may be determined by the Administrator.

        Terms and Conditions of Deferred Share Units.     A deferred share unit is a unit credited to a participant's account in our books that represents the right to receive a share of common stock or the

130


Table of Contents

equivalent cash value of a share of common stock upon a predetermined settlement date. Deferred share units may be granted by the Administrator independent of other awards or compensation. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, deferred share units would be fully vested when granted.

        Other Stock-Based Awards.     The Administrator may make other equity-based or equity-related awards not otherwise described by the terms of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, including formula grants to our non-associate directors under our director compensation program.

        Dividend Equivalents.     A dividend equivalent is the right to receive payments in cash or in stock, based on dividends with respect to shares of stock. Dividend equivalents may be granted to participants in tandem with another award or as freestanding awards.

        Termination of Employment.     Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, in the event a participant's employment terminates for any reason other than "cause" (as defined in the Omnibus Incentive Plan), all unvested awards will be forfeited and all options and SARs that are vested and exercisable will remain exercisable until the first anniversary of the participant's termination of employment, in the case of death, disability or retirement at normal retirement age, or until the three month anniversary of the date of termination in the case of any other termination (or the expiration of the award's term, whichever is earlier). In the event of a participant's termination for cause, all unvested or unpaid awards, including all options and SARs, whether vested or unvested, will immediately be forfeited and canceled.

        Other Forfeiture Provisions.     A participant will be required to forfeit and disgorge any awards granted or vested and all gains earned or accrued due to the exercise of stock options or SARs or the sale of any of our common stock to the extent required by applicable law, including Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Section 10D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or pursuant to such policies as to forfeiture and recoupment as may be adopted by the Administrator, the Board or us and communicated to participants.

        Change in Capitalization or Other Corporate Event.     The number or amount of shares of stock, other property or cash covered by outstanding awards, the number and type of shares of stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the exercise or purchase price of each outstanding award, and the other terms and conditions of outstanding awards, will be subject to adjustment by the Administrator in the event of any stock dividend, extraordinary dividend, stock split or share combination or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation, exchange of shares, spin-off, liquidation or dissolution of ServiceMaster or other similar transaction affecting our common stock. Any such adjustment would not be considered repricing for purposes of the prohibition on repricing described above.

        Effect of a Change in Control.     Upon a future change in control of us, all outstanding awards would fully vest and be cancelled for the same per share payment made to the shareholders in the change in control (less, in the case of options and SARs, the applicable exercise or base price). The Administrator has the ability to prescribe different treatment of awards in the award agreements. In addition, unless prohibited by applicable law (including if such action would trigger adverse tax treatment under Section 409A of the Code), no vesting or cancellation of awards will occur if awards are assumed and/or replaced in the change in control with substitute awards having the same or better terms and conditions, provided that any substitute awards must fully vest on a participant's involuntary termination of employment without "cause" or constructive termination of employment, in each case occurring within two years following the date of the change in control.

Annual Bonus Plan

        As described above (see "—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Annual Bonus Plan"), prior to the initial public offering, we maintained the ABP pursuant to which we have provided our executive

131


Table of Contents

officers and other associates with the opportunity to earn performance-based annual cash bonuses. The ABP was approved by the public shareholders of The ServiceMaster Company in 2003 and has been used by us as the basis of our annual bonus program for our executive officers from 2003 through the present.

Executive Annual Bonus Plan

        In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt and submit to its stockholders for approval the ServiceMaster Annual Bonus Plan, or the "Bonus Plan," to be effective with respect to our fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2015. The material terms of the Bonus Plan are described below.

        Purpose.     The Bonus Plan is designed to retain and motivate selected executives who are designated as participants by the Compensation Committee or the Chief Executive Officer. The Bonus Plan is designed to meet the requirements of the performance-based compensation exemption for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent applicable.

        Eligible Employees.     Our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, the Presidents of each of our operating divisions or subsidiaries and any other executive selected by the Compensation Committee or the Chief Executive Officer are eligible to participate in the Bonus Plan.

        Maximum Award; Discretion.     The maximum amount payable to any of our executive officers under the Bonus Plan is one percent (1%) of our Adjusted EBITDA for the applicable performance period. Subject to this aggregate maximum limit, our Compensation Committee has discretion to determine the annual incentive awards under the Bonus Plan, but it may not increase any employee's individual award above the individual percentage allocated to the employee in respect of a performance period. In determining the amount of the annual incentive payments, the Compensation Committee will consider performance criteria related to each employee's individual performance, the performance of each employee's business unit, and/or our overall performance, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

        Payment.     Payment of awards will be made in cash as soon as practicable after our Compensation Committee certifies Adjusted EBITDA for the applicable performance period. Awards are paid no later than March 15 of the year following the last fiscal year in a performance period. Generally, a participant must be employed by us on the date of payment in order to receive an award.

        Forfeiture.     The awards are subject to any clawback policies we may adopt.

Effect of Tax Treatment on Compensation Decisions

        ServiceMaster intends to avail itself of the transition rules of Section 162(m) of the Code and U.S. Treasury regulations thereunder applicable to entities that become publicly traded during a taxable year. Under these transition rules, our compensation plans will first be subject to the limitations on deductibility of compensation in excess of $1,000,000 that is paid to certain of our executives on the earliest to occur of (1) the date that the plan expires or is materially modified, (2) the issuance of all stock and other compensation that has been allocated under the plan, or (3) the first meeting of the shareholders at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year of this initial public offering. As part of its role, our Compensation Committee will review and consider the deductibility of executive compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. We believe that compensation paid under the Omnibus Incentive Plan and the ABP will be eligible for this transition relief and therefore fully deductible for federal income tax purposes during the transition period. However, in certain situations, where determined to be in our best interests, our Compensation Committee reserves the right to pay compensation that is not fully deductible.

132


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary ($)   Bonus ($)   Stock
Awards
($)(1)
  Option
Awards
($)(2)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(3)
  Total ($)  

Robert J. Gillette

    2013     592,308 (6)   1,596,712 (4)   3,000,000     4,087,875     12,623     108,945     9,398,463  

Chief Executive Officer

                                                 

John Krenicki

   
2013
   
N/A
   
N/A
   
N/A
   
N/A
   
N/A
   
N/A
   
N/A
 

Former Interim Chief Executive Officer

                                                 

Harry J. Mullany

   
2013
   
316,667

(5)
 
0
   
0
   
0
   
0
   
1,814,289
   
2,130,956
 

Former Chief Executive Officer

    2012     1,075,000           100,002     539,455           289,760     2,004,217  

    2011     856,482     2,422,662     950,004     3,614,120     427,338     161,140     8,431,746  

Alan J. M. Haughie

   
2013
   
140,417

(6)
 
600,000

(7)
 
750,000
   
998,899
   
0
   
112,919
   
2,602,235
 

Chief Financial Officer

                                                 

David W. Martin

   
2013
   
430,497

(8)
 
50,000

(9)
 
424,990
   
103,476
   
242,184
   
9,260
   
1,260,407
 

Former SVP, Interim

    2012     320,000     109,157     0     0     0     8,973     438,130  

Chief Financial Officer &

    2011     367,800     50,000     0     72,400     162,216     257     652,673  

Chief Accounting Officer

                                                 

Mark J. Barry

   
2013
   
436,250
         
416,660
   
197,560
   
361,112
   
9,260
   
1,420,842
 

President & COO—

    2012     156,424     338,148     750,000     950,657     72,327     22,358     2,289,914  

American Home Shield

                                                 

R. David Alexander

   
2013
   
550,000
   
650,448

(10)
 
650,000
   
991,000
   
0
   
204,867
   
3,046,315
 

President—TruGreen

                                                 

William J. Derwin

   
2013
   
68,371

(6)
 
250,000

(11)
 
525,000
   
2,180,118
   
0
   
0
   
3,023,489
 

President—Terminix

                                                 

(1)
The amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of RSUs and P-RSUs awarded. The assumptions used in the valuation of RSU and P-RSU awards are disclosed in Note 17 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

(2)
The amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options awarded. The assumptions used in the valuation of option awards are disclosed in Note 17 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

(3)
Amounts in this column for 2013 are detailed in the All Other Compensation (2013) table below.

(4)
The amount in the Bonus column for Mr. Gillette represents his sign-on bonus of $1 million and the guaranteed minimum annual bonus for 2013 to be paid pursuant to his employment agreement ($596,712). The actual annual bonus earned for 2013 was $609,335, with the additional $12,623 listed in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column.

(5)
The salary presented for Mr. Mullany is the actual salary paid through his departure date of April 12, 2013.

(6)
This salary figure reflects the actual partial year salary paid during 2013 from Messrs. Gillette's, Haughie's and Derwin's respective hiring dates of June 17, 2013, September 16, 2013 and November 11, 2013 through the end of the year.

(7)
This amount represents a sign-on bonus of $250,000 paid at the commencement of Mr. Haughie's service with us and his guaranteed 2013 annual bonus of $350,000.

(8)
Mr. Martin's salary includes an additional $95,000 allowance as additional salary for his service as the Interim CFO during 2013.

(9)
This amount represents the guaranteed annual bonus amount for Mr. Martin's service as the Interim CFO. His total annual bonus is $292,184, with the additional amount listed in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column.

(10)
Includes Mr. Alexander's sign-on bonus ($471,698) and his guaranteed annual bonus ($178,750).

(11)
The amount represents the sign-on bonus paid to Mr. Derwin upon his hire.

133


Table of Contents

All Other Compensation (2013)

Named
Executive Officer
  Perquisites and
Other Personal
Benefits ($)
  Company Paid
Life Insurance
Premiums ($)
  Company
Contributions to
PSRP
($)(1)
  Separation
Payment ($)
  Tax
Payment(s)
($)(2)
  Total ($)  

Robert J Gillette

    73,639 (3)(4)   84     6,417     0     28,805     108,945  

John Krenicki

    0     0     0     0     0     0  

Harry J. Mullany

    57,944 (4)(5)   112     8,925     1,747,308 (6)   0     1,814,289  

Alan J. M. Haughie

    100,819 (7)   0     458     0     11,642     112,919  

David W. Martin

    0     335     8,925     0     0     9,260  

Mark J. Barry

    0     335     8,925     0     0     9,260  

R. David Alexander

    186,892 (8)   251     8,925     0     8,799     204,867  

William J. Derwin

    0     0     0     0     0     0  

(1)
The PSRP is our tax qualified retirement savings plan.

(2)
Tax payments related to relocation expenses were paid to Messrs. Gillette, Haughie and Alexander. These tax payments for relocation expenses are payments under our policy and are available to all employees in general that receive relocation benefits.

(3)
Mr. Gillette's perquisites include personal use of the corporate aircraft ($64,589), company-provided membership fees ($1,550) for one business and social dining club, and company-provided auto allowance ($7,500).

(4)
The incremental cost of the use of our aircraft included in the table above is calculated based on the variable operating costs to us, including fuel costs, mileage, trip related maintenance, universal weather monitoring costs, on board catering, lamp/ramp fees and other miscellaneous variable costs based on occupied seat hours. Fixed costs, which do not change based on usage, such as pilot salaries, depreciation and the cost of maintenance not related to trips are excluded. The compensation for personal use of our aircraft calculated based on the variable operating costs incurred is typically greater than the amount calculated under the income imputation rules established by the IRS for personal use of company aircraft. The aggregate cost of other perquisites and personal benefits is measured on the basis of the actual cost to us.

(5)
Mr. Mullany's perquisites include personal use of the corporate aircraft ($39,826), reimbursement of personal air transportation costs ($8,781), personal ground transportation costs ($2,787), company-provided membership fees ($1,550) for one business and social dining club, and company-provided auto allowance ($5,000).

(6)
This amount represents total severance payments made to Mr. Mullany in 2013 pursuant to the terms of his separation agreement.

(7)
The amount listed reflects company-paid relocation expenses.

(8)
Mr. Alexander's perquisites include personal use of the corporate aircraft ($2,795), company-paid relocation expenses ($178,164), and reimbursement of expenses related to the continuation of his benefits through COBRA ($5,933).

Grants of Plan Based Awards (2013)

        The amounts listed in the table below in the column entitled Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards represent the potential 2013 earnings under the ABP, which is a non-equity incentive plan. The threshold amount is the minimum earned amount if threshold performance is attained for all performance measures. There is no maximum under the plan in effect in 2013. Mr. Krenicki received no compensation from ServiceMaster related to his service as Interim CEO. Mr. Mullany was not eligible for a payout under the 2013 ABP as he resigned prior to the ABP payout on March 15, 2014. Mr. Derwin was not eligible for a payout under the 2013 ABP as he commenced his employment on November 11, 2013, beyond the eligible date for an ABP payout.

134


Table of Contents

Additional information is discussed under the heading, Annual Bonus Plan, in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section above.

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  All
Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of
Shares
of
Stock
(#)(2)
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)(3)
  Exercise
or
Base
Price
of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)(4)
  Grant
Date
Fair
Value
of Stock
and
Option
Awards(5)
 
 
   
   
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
 
Named
Executive
Officer
  Grant
Date
  Approval
Date
  Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
  Threshold
(#)
  Target
(#)(1)
  Maximum
(#)
 

Robert J. Gillette

  N/A   N/A     621,500     1,100,000   None                                          

  9/13/2013   9/13/2013                                           550,000   $ 15.00     4,087,875  

  9/13/2013   9/13/2013                                     200,000                 3,000,000  

John Krenicki

  N/A   N/A     N/A     N/A   N/A     N/A     N/A   N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A  

Harry J. Mullany

  N/A   N/A     621,500     1,100,000   None                                          

  2/25/2013   2/25/2013                     28,204     28,204                           0  

Alan J. M. Haughie

  N/A   N/A     217,525     385,000   None                                          

  9/16/2013   9/16/2013                                     50,000                 750,000  

  12/11/2013   11/7/2013                                           128,000   $ 15.75     998,899  

David W. Martin

  N/A   N/A     161,765     167,500   None                                          

  2/25/2013   2/25/2013                     8,974     8,974                           174,993  

  5/21/2013   5/21/2013           250,000   250,000                     15,151                 249,997  

  11/14/2013   11/7/2013                                           13,333   $ 15.75     103,476  

Mark J. Barry

  N/A   N/A     217,649     286,000   None                                          

  2/25/2013   2/25/2013                     12,820     12,820                           249,990  

  8/28/2013   8/13/2013                                     11,111     26,666   $ 15.00     364,230  

R. David Alexander

  N/A   N/A     183,382     357,500   None                                          

  2/25/2013   2/25/2013                                     33,333                 650,000  

  9/13/2013   9/13/2013                                           133,333   $ 15.00     991,000  

William J. Derwin

  N/A   N/A     213,146     308,750   None                                          

  11/11/2013   11/11/2013                                     33,333                 525,000  

  12/11/2013   12/11/2013                                           279,362   $ 15.75     2,180,118  

(1)
Represents Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit awards, where the P-RSUs are earned based on the achievement of specified profit goals for 2013 for ServiceMaster, less TruGreen, and TruGreen. The P-RSUs vest in equal installments on the first through third anniversaries of the award. The profit goals for ServiceMaster and TruGreen were not achieved and there will be no payout of the P-RSUs. Mr. Mullany's P-RSUs were forfeited upon his resignation.

(2)
Represents RSU awards granted as a component of the new hire offers to Messrs. Gillette, Haughie, Alexander and Derwin and as additional retention awards to Messrs. Martin and Barry to enhance our ability to retain these executives. These units generally will vest at a rate of one third per year on each of the first three anniversaries of their grant dates, except that the units granted to Mr. Martin as a retention award vest 50% in January 2014 and 50% in January 2015.

(3)
Represents the number of stock options granted in conjunction with the purchase of shares by Messrs. Gillette, Haughie, Alexander and Derwin and to provide additional retention value to Messrs. Martin and Barry. Options listed in this column become exercisable on the basis of passage of time and continued employment over a four year period, with one fourth becoming exercisable on each anniversary following the date of grant.

(4)
The exercise price was based on the fair market value of the options on the date of grant, as established by the Compensation Committee.

(5)
Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of RSU and stock option awards detailed in the prior columns. The assumptions used in the valuation of both RSU and stock option awards are disclosed in Note 17 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

Employment Arrangements

Employment Agreement with Mr. Gillette

        On June 17, 2013, SvM announced that Robert J. Gillette had been elected to serve as our CEO pursuant to an employment agreement with us. Mr. Gillette's employment agreement is for a term of three years subject to automatic one year renewals thereafter, absent termination notice by either party. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Gillette received an initial annual base salary of $1.1 million, and a target annual incentive bonus opportunity of 100 percent of his base salary. Additionally, for the 2013 performance year, Mr. Gillette was guaranteed a minimum annual bonus of not less than his target bonus prorated for the portion of the year after he began his employment. This minimum bonus payable to Mr. Gillette for 2013 performance is $596,712. Mr. Gillette also received a sign-on bonus of $1 million.

135


Table of Contents

        Mr. Gillette's employment agreement also entitles him to an automobile allowance of $15,000 per year and personal use of the company aircraft for up to 100 flight hours (50 for 2013). Mr. Gillette's employment agreement also provides for severance benefits as described below under Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control. A failure by ServiceMaster to renew the agreement will constitute a termination of Mr. Gillette's employment without cause for purposes of his severance benefits.

        As noted in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, in connection with his commencement of employment, Mr. Gillette purchased $1.5 million of our common stock at a price of $15 per share. In connection with his initial investment, Mr. Gillette has been awarded RSUs and nonqualified stock options under the MSIP. He has received 200,000 RSUs, and these RSUs will vest at a rate of one third per year on each of the first three anniversaries of their grant dates. Additionally, for each share of common stock he purchased, he received five and one half Matching Options with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of common stock at the time of the option grant. Mr. Gillette's Matching Options vest at a rate of one fourth per year on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date. Based on Mr. Gillette's equity investment, he acquired 100,000 shares of our common stock and was granted 550,000 Matching Options.

        Should Mr. Gillette's employment terminate for cause, all vested and unvested options will be canceled, along with all unvested RSUs. In the case of Mr. Gillette's termination other than for cause and other than by reason of his death or disability, unvested options and RSUs will be canceled. Upon termination by reason of death or disability, Mr. Gillette's unvested Matching Options will fully vest. In addition, if the death or disability occurs prior to his RSUs having fully vested, a pro rata portion of the RSUs that would have vested in the year of termination will vest. Mr. Gillette or his estate will retain the right to exercise any vested options for up to 12 months following termination for death, disability, or retirement, and for three months following termination for all other reasons (except for termination for cause). Under the award agreements, if Mr. Gillette's employment is terminated by us without cause or Mr. Gillette resigns with good reason, in either case, when we are party to an agreement that, if consummated, would result in a change in control or such termination was otherwise connected to such an agreement, and in each case such change in control is consummated, Mr. Gillette will receive a cash payment equal to the value of his forfeited awards.

Compensation Arrangements for Messrs. Haughie, Alexander and Derwin

        At the time Mr. Haughie was hired, we provided him with an offer letter that set forth his initial base salary and initial annual target bonus opportunity under our ABP, with the actual payouts under the ABP subject to the satisfaction of performance targets established by the Compensation Committee and the SvM Board each year. Base salary, target annual bonus and all other compensation are subject to approval each year by the Compensation Committee and the SvM Board. Mr. Haughie's offer letter provided for the payment of his annual bonus for 2013 in the amount of $350,000 within 30 days of his hire date. In addition, the offer letter provided that he would be offered a grant of stock options in connection with his purchase of our common stock. Mr. Haughie received such grant of options in 2013 as disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table. Mr. Haughie also received 50,000 RSUs as a part of his offer of employment. Additionally, a cash sign-on bonus of $250,000 was paid to Mr. Haughie.

        At the time Mr. Alexander was hired, we provided him with an offer letter that set forth his initial base salary and initial annual target bonus opportunity under our ABP, with the actual payouts under the ABP subject to the satisfaction of performance targets established by the Compensation Committee and the SvM Board each year. Base salary, target annual bonus and all other compensation are subject to approval each year by the Compensation Committee and the SvM Board. Mr. Alexander's offer letter provided for a minimum annual bonus for 2013 in the amount not less than 50 percent of his annual target bonus. In addition, the offer letter provided that he would be offered a grant of stock options in connection with his purchase of our common stock. Mr. Alexander received such grant of

136


Table of Contents

options in 2013 as disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table. Mr. Alexander also received 33,333 RSUs as a part of his offer of employment. Additionally, a cash sign-on bonus of $471,698 was paid to Mr. Alexander.

        At the time Mr. Derwin was hired, we provided him with an offer letter that set forth his initial base salary and initial annual target bonus opportunity under our ABP, with the actual payouts under the ABP subject to the satisfaction of performance targets established by the Compensation Committee and the SvM Board each year. Base salary, target annual bonus and all other compensation are subject to approval each year by the Compensation Committee and the SvM Board. Mr. Derwin's offer letter provided that he would be offered a grant of stock options to be made in connection with his purchase of our common stock. Mr. Derwin received such grant of options in 2013 as disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table. Mr. Derwin also received 33,333 RSUs as a part of his offer of employment. Additionally, a cash sign-on bonus of $250,000 was paid to Mr. Derwin.

MSIP Awards

        As noted in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, during 2013, Messrs. Gillette, Haughie, Alexander and Derwin received Matching Options in connection with their respective purchases of shares of our common stock. Mr. Barry received RSUs and stock options and Mr. Martin received RSUs to enhance our ability to retain their services. Additionally, Mr. Martin received a standalone grant of options in connection with his offer letter for the position of chief financial officer at TruGreen. All stock options and RSUs currently held by the NEOs are shown in the Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End (2013) table below.

        The MSIP and an employee stock option agreement govern each option award and provide, among other things, that the options vest in equal annual installments over a period of four years from the date of grant, subject to continued employment through each applicable vesting date. Prior to the exercise of an option, the holder has no rights as a stockholder with respect to the shares subject to such option, including voting rights and the right to receive dividends or dividend equivalents. The MSIP and an RSU award agreement govern each RSU award and provide, among other things, that the RSUs vest in equal annual installments over a period of three years from the date of grant, subject to continued employment through each applicable vesting date. Holders of RSUs have no rights as stockholders, including voting rights. Holders of RSUs are, however, entitled to dividend equivalents if a dividend is declared on our common stock. For more information on the MSIP, see "—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Long-Term Incentive Plan" above. See "—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control" below for information regarding the cancellation or acceleration of vesting of stock options and RSUs upon certain terminations of employment or a change in control.

137


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End (2013)

 
   
  Option Awards   Stock Awards  
Named Executive Officer
  Grant Date   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable(1)
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable(1)
  Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
(#)
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
  Number of
Units of
Stock
That
Have Not
Vested
(#)(3)
  Market
Value
of Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
($)(4)
 

Robert J. Gillette

    9/13/2013     0     550,000         $ 15.00     9/13/2023     200,000     3,150,000  

John Krenicki

    N/A     N/A     N/A           N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A  

Harry J. Mullany(2)

                                                 

Alan J. M. Haughie

    9/16/2013                                   50,000     787,500  

    12/11/2013     0     128,000         $ 15.75     12/11/2023              

David W. Martin

    12/19/2007     103,333     0         $ 15.00     12/19/2017              

    9/27/2011     6,666     6,666         $ 16.50     9/27/2021              

    2/25/2013                                   8,974     0  

    5/1/2013                                   15,151     238,634  

    11/14/2013     0     13,333         $ 15.75     11/14/2023              

William J. Derwin

    11/11/2013                                   33,333     525,000  

    12/11/2013     0     279,362         $ 15.75     12/11/2023              

Mark J. Barry

    8/20/2012                                   22,222     349,997  

    9/28/2012     22,222     66,666         $ 22.50     9/28/2022              

    2/25/2013                                   12,820     0  

    8/28/2013     0     26,666         $ 15.00     8/28/2023     11,111     175,004  

R. David Alexander

    2/25/2013                                   33,333     525,000  

    9/13/2013     0     133,333         $ 15.00     9/13/2023              

(1)
Represents options to purchase shares of our common stock granted under the MSIP. Options become exercisable on the basis of passage of time and continued employment over a four year period, with one fourth becoming exercisable on each anniversary following the grant date.

(2)
All of Mr. Mullany's shares owned were repurchased by us following his resignation. All unvested equity awards were canceled on his termination date. Vested options expired unexercised on the three month anniversary of his termination date.

(3)
Represents RSUs to be settled in our common stock granted under the MSIP. RSUs become vested and will settle on the basis of passage of time and continued employment over a three year period, with one third becoming vested on each anniversary following the grant date. Performance based RSUs are also listed in this column. The P-RSUs were to be earned if we achieved a profit goal and vest in equal installments over a three year period. The profit goal was not met and the P-RSUs were forfeited.

(4)
Fair market value as of December 31, 2013 of $15.75 per share was determined by the board of directors.

138


Table of Contents

Option Exercises and Stock Vested (2013)

 
  Option Awards   Stock Awards  
Named Executive Officer
  Number of
Shares Acquired
on Exercise
(#)
  Value
Realized on
Exercise
($)
  Number of
Shares Acquired
on Vesting
(#)
  Value
Realized on
Vesting
($)
 

Robert J. Gillette

    0     0     0     0  

John Krenicki

    NA     NA     NA     NA  

Harry J. Mullany

    0     0     20,779 (1)   462,773  

Alan J. M. Haughie

    0     0     0     0  

David W. Martin

                8,888 (2)   133,330  

Mark J. Barry

    0     0     11,111 (2)   166,670  

R. David Alexander

    0     0     0     0  

William J. Derwin

    0     0     0     0  

(1)
Reflects the vesting of RSUs in 2013. Mr. Mullany elected to surrender a portion of the shares that settled upon vesting of the RSUs on February 22, 2013 to satisfy tax withholding obligations, resulting in net shares of 13,968. He elected to pay cash for taxes due on the 1,587 RSUs that vested on March 21, 2013.

(2)
Reflects the vesting of RSUs in 2013. Messrs. Martin and Barry elected to surrender a portion of the shares that settled upon vesting of the RSUs to satisfy tax withholding obligations, resulting in net shares of 6,458 and 8,072, respectively.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans

        The table below sets forth information regarding the NEOs' deferred compensation.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation (2013)

Named Executive Officer
  Executive
Contributions
in Last FY
($)
  Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY
($)
  Aggregate
Earnings in
Last FY
($)(1)
  Aggregate
Withdrawals /
Distributions
($)
  Aggregate
Balance
at
Last FYE
($)(2)
 

Robert J. Gillette

    0     0     0     0     0  

John Krenicki

    0     0     0     0     0  

Harry J. Mullany

    0     0     0     0     0  

Alan J. M. Haughie

    0     0     0     0     0  

David W. Martin

    0     0     (2,520 )   0     5,880  

Mark J. Barry

    0     0     0     0     0  

R. David Alexander

    0     0     0     0     0  

William J. Derwin

    0     0     0     0     0  

(1)
The amounts in this column do not represent above market or preferential earnings, and therefore are not included in the Summary Compensation Table. For Mr. Martin, the amounts in this column represent the decrease in the value of his DSUs in 2013.

(2)
Mr. Martin elected to allocate a portion of his eligible deferred compensation to invest in 373 DSUs in 2007. The amounts in this column for Mr. Martin represent the value of these DSUs.

139


Table of Contents

Deferred Compensation Programs

        The DCP is a nonqualified deferred compensation plan designed to afford certain highly compensated associates the opportunity to defer not less than 2 percent and not more than 75 percent of their compensation on a pre tax basis. Deferred amounts are credited with earnings or losses based on the rate of return of investments selected by the participants in the DCP. The plan provides for a range of mutual fund investments identical to our 401(k) plan. We, in our sole discretion, may make matching contributions, based on the amounts that are deferred by associates pursuant to the DCP. We did not make matching contributions for 2013. Distributions are paid at the time elected by the participant in accordance with the DCP.

        The DCP is not currently funded by SvM, and participants have an unsecured contractual commitment from SvM to pay the amounts due under the DCP. All plan assets are held in a rabbi trust and are considered general assets of SvM. When such payments are due, the cash will be distributed from the DCP's trust.

        Participants in the 2007 offering under the MSIP were permitted to allocate eligible deferred compensation under the DCP to purchase DSUs, which represent the right to receive a share of our common stock on the first to occur of (1) the date that is 30 days following participant's termination of employment, (2) a fixed date selected by the participant or (3) a change in control of ServiceMaster. DSUs were acquired for $10 each. Mr. Martin is the only currently serving NEO who had the opportunity to allocate a portion of his eligible deferred compensation to purchase DSUs.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Severance Benefits for NEOs

        Unless modified by separate agreement, upon a termination by us for cause, by the executive without good reason, or upon death or disability, we have no obligation to pay any prospective amounts or provide any benefits to our NEOs. Our obligations will consist of those obligations accrued at the date of termination, including payment of earned salary, vacation, reimbursement of expenses and obligations that may otherwise be payable in the event of death or disability. For this purpose, "cause" means a material breach by the executive of the duties and responsibilities of the executive (other than as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness) that is demonstrably willful and deliberate on the executive's part, committed in bad faith or without reasonable belief that such breach is in our best interests and not remedied in a reasonable period of time after receipt of written notice from us specifying such breach; or the commission by the executive of a felony or misdemeanor involving any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty or any other intentional misconduct by the executive that materially and adversely affects our business affairs or reputation. The NEOs' agreements described below also include in the definition of "cause": any failure by the executive to cooperate with any investigation or inquiry into the executive's business practices, whether internal or external, including, but not limited to, the executive's refusal to be deposed or to provide testimony at any trial or inquiry.

        Upon each executive's retirement, death or disability, we will pay to the executive (or his executors or legal representatives, to the extent applicable) the annual bonus earned for the fiscal year immediately preceding the date of termination to the extent not previously paid; plus if the date of termination is after June 30 of a fiscal year, a prorated bonus through his date of termination (determined based on the target bonus, in the event of retirement or death, or actual accomplishment, in the event of disability).

Mr. Gillette

        Mr. Gillette's employment agreement provides that if we were to terminate Mr. Gillette's employment without cause, or Mr. Gillette terminates his employment for good reason, he would

140


Table of Contents

receive: (1) continued payment of his monthly base salary for 24 months following the date of termination; (2) reimbursement of COBRA premiums paid by him for 18 months following the date of termination (and reimbursement of COBRA premiums for up to an additional 6 months following the end of the original 18 month period to the extent that Mr. Gillette and his dependents have not obtained coverage from a subsequent employer); (3) the annual bonus earned for the fiscal year immediately preceding the date of termination to the extent not previously paid; (4) a prorated bonus through his date of termination; and (5) an amount equal to two times his average annual bonus paid or payable to Mr. Gillette with respect to the two fiscal years immediately preceding the date of termination or, if Mr. Gillette has not received an annual bonus for either or both of those fiscal years immediately preceding the date of termination, such average to be calculated using his target annual bonus for such year or years, as applicable. Payments of Mr. Gillette's severance benefits are subject to Mr. Gillette's signing a general release of claims. Mr. Gillette is also subject to covenants not to compete or, solicit for two years following termination and an indefinite covenant not to disclose confidential information. Upon Mr. Gillette's retirement, death or disability, we shall pay to Mr. Gillette (or his executors or legal representatives) the annual bonus earned for the fiscal year immediately preceding the date of termination to the extent not previously paid, plus a prorated bonus through his date of termination.

Mr. Mullany

        Mr. Mullany resigned on April 12, 2013 and received benefits under a Resignation Agreement and General Release. The benefits provided for the receipt of (1) continued payment of his monthly base salary for 24 months ($2,200,000) following the date of termination; (2) reimbursement of an amount that, after taxes, would equal the employer contribution for active employees for the COBRA coverage so elected for a maximum period of 18 months as in effect immediately prior to his date of termination; (3) a prorated bonus of $211,500 through his date of termination; and (4) an amount equal to two times his average annual bonus paid ($1,650,000) with respect to the two fiscal years immediately preceding the date of termination. Payments of Mr. Mullany's severance benefits were subject to Mr. Mullany's signing a general release of claims, which was executed on April 11, 2013. Mr. Mullany is also subject to covenants not to compete, solicit nor disclose confidential information for two years following termination.

Messrs. Haughie and Derwin

        We entered into a severance agreement with each of Messrs. Haughie and Derwin upon their respective hires that provides that if we were to terminate Mr. Haughie's or Mr. Derwin's employment without cause, or if such executive were to terminate his employment for good reason, he would receive: (1) continued payment of monthly base salary for 12 months following the date of termination; (2) an amount equal to the executive's then current year's annual bonus at target; (3) if the date of termination is after June 30 of a fiscal year, a prorated bonus through the date of termination; and (4) an amount equal to twelve times the executive's monthly cost for health care continuation coverage for those eligible plans in place immediately prior to termination.

Mr. Alexander

        We entered into a severance agreement with Mr. Alexander upon his hire that provides that if we were to terminate his employment without cause, or he terminates his employment for good reason, he would receive: (1) continued payment of monthly base salary for 16 months following the date of termination; (2) an amount equal to the executive's then current year's annual bonus at target; and (3) if the date of termination is after June 30 of a fiscal year, a prorated bonus through the date of termination.

141


Table of Contents

Mr. Martin

        We provided an offer of employment to Mr. Martin for the position of chief financial officer of New TruGreen. This offer letter included provisions relating to severance benefits. The letter provides that (1) if Mr. Martin's employment is terminated by New TruGreen without cause or he terminates his employment for good reason (as those terms are defined in his offer letter) at any time or (2) if Mr. Martin's employment terminates between April 1, 2015 and September 30, 2016 for any reason (other than termination for cause), he would receive: (i) an amount equal to twelve times Executive's monthly base salary in effect as of the termination date; plus (ii) an amount equal to Mr. Martin's then current year's annual bonus at target, or the "Target Bonus," pursuant to the terms of the then ABP; plus (iii) an amount equivalent to the pro rata percentage of Mr. Martin's then current annual bonus target pursuant to the ABP based on actual plan year performance, if the termination date is after June 30th, payable when annual bonuses are generally payable pursuant to the ABP (currently in March of the following year). In the event that New TruGreen is unable to make the payments, SvM will assume the liability to make any or all remaining payments through December 31, 2016.

Severance Arrangements with Other NEOs

        We have not historically offered severance agreements or change in control agreements to newly hired executive officers; however, the Compensation Committee and the SvM Board periodically reassess the need to offer these types of arrangements as part of maintaining competitive executive compensation packages and has included severance agreements for Messrs. Haughie, Alexander and Derwin, where the agreements were needed to hire the executives. The severance provisions in Mr. Martin's offer letter were an integral part of his offer of employment to assume the role of chief financial officer for the TruGreen Business. Mr. Barry is covered under our standard severance practices and guidelines. As an officer who reports directly to our CEO, he is eligible to receive severance if terminated without cause (as defined in "Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control—Severance Benefits for NEOs"). Under our practice for executive officers as in effect as of December 31, 2013, in the event of such termination, an amount equal to one times base salary plus target bonus for the year of termination is paid out generally in monthly installments over a period of 12 to 24 months, and, if termination occurs after June 30 of a year, a prorated portion of the bonus earned under the ABP, would be payable to the terminated executive at the same time as annual bonuses are paid to other executives for the applicable year, subject to execution of a general release and observing covenants not to compete, solicit, nor disclose confidential information.

MSIP

        If an executive's employment is terminated by us for "cause" (as defined in the MSIP), all options (vested and unvested) and unvested RSUs are immediately cancelled.

        If an executive's employment is terminated by us without "cause" or if the executive voluntarily terminates his employment for any reason, all unvested options and RSUs immediately terminate. Upon such a termination, the executive may exercise vested options before the first to occur of (1) the three month anniversary of the executive's termination of employment, (2) the expiration of the options' normal term, after which date such options are cancelled, or (3) the cancellation of the options in the event of a change in control in exchange for a cash payment.

        If an executive's employment terminates by reason of death or disability, all unvested options will vest and all options will remain exercisable until the first to occur of (1) the one year anniversary of the executive's date of termination, (2) the expiration of the options' normal term, after which date such options are cancelled, or (3) the cancellation of the options in the event of a change in control in exchange for a cash payment. RSUs will vest as to the number of RSUs that would have vested on the next anniversary of the grant date (assuming the executive's employment had continued through such

142


Table of Contents

anniversary) multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed since (x) the grant date, if the termination due to death or disability occurs on or prior to the first anniversary of the grant date, or (y) the most recent prior anniversary of the grant date, if the termination due to death or disability occurs after the first anniversary of the grant date, and the denominator of which was 365 for 2013.

        The stock option agreements provide that all then outstanding options (whether vested or unvested) will be cancelled in exchange for a cash payment if we experience a "change in control" (as defined in the MSIP), unless the board of directors reasonably determines in good faith that options with substantially equivalent or better terms are substituted for the existing options. Upon a change in control occurring prior to the third anniversary of the grant date, all RSUs will become vested.

        An initial public offering of our common stock will not constitute a change in control.

        The board of directors also has the discretion to accelerate the vesting of options or RSUs at any time and from time to time.

Payment Upon Retirement, Death, Disability, Qualifying Termination, or Change in Control as of December 31, 2013

        The following table sets forth information regarding the value of payments and other benefits payable by us to each of the NEOs employed by us as of December 31, 2013 in the event of retirement, death, disability, qualifying termination (a termination which qualifies an NEO for severance payments under his employment agreement or offer letter or our general severance policy) or change in control. The amounts shown do not include payments of compensation that have previously been deferred as disclosed in the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation (2013) table. Except as otherwise noted below, the amounts shown assume termination or change in control effective as of December 31, 2013 and a fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2013 of $15.75 per share, as determined by our board of directors. Since Mr. Krenicki received no compensation and no longer serves as Interim CEO, there are no potential payments to him in any case. Also, since Mr. Mullany resigned from ServiceMaster as of April 12, 2013, all of his compensation for 2013 is reflected in the Summary Compensation Table above.

143


Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon Retirement, Death, Disability, Qualifying Termination or Change in Control (2013)

Named Executive Officer
  Event   Base Salary and
Target Bonus
($)(1)
  Payment of
Current
Year Bonus
($)(2)
  Acceleration of
Vesting of
Stock Options
($)(3)
  Acceleration of
Vesting of
RSUs
($)(3)
  Health &
Welfare
($)
  Total
Payments
($)
 

Robert J. Gillette

 

Retirement

    0     596,712     0     0           596,712  

 

Death

    0     596,712     412,500     313,562     0     1,322,774  

 

Disability

    0     609,335     412,500     313,562     0     1,335,397  

 

Qualifying Termination

    4,400,000     609,335     0     0     21,734     5,031,069  

 

Change in Control

    0     0     412,500     3,150,000     0     3,562,500  

Alan J. M. Haughie

 

Retirement

    0     112,863     0     0           112,863  

 

Death

    0     112,863     0     78,393     0     191,256  

 

Disability

    0     0     0     78,393     0     78,393  

 

Qualifying Termination

    962,500     0     0     0     0     962,500  

 

Change in Control

    0     0     0     787,500     0     787,500  

David W. Martin

 

Retirement

    0     286,146     0     0           286,146  

 

Death

    0     286,146     0     73,227     0     359,373  

 

Disability

    0     292,184     0     73,227     0     365,411  

 

Qualifying Termination

    635,250     292,184     0     0     0     927,434  

 

Change in Control

    0     0     0     238,634     0     238,634  

Mark J. Barry

 

Retirement

    0     286,000     0     0           286,000  

 

Death

    0     286,000     20,000     83,749     0     389,749  

 

Disability

    0     361,112     20,000     83,749     0     464,861  

 

Qualifying Termination

    726,000     361,112     0     0     0     1,087,112  

 

Change in Control

    0     0     20,000     525,000     0     545,000  

R. David Alexander

 

Retirement

    0     357,500     0     0           357,500  

 

Death

    0     357,500     100,000     148,155     0     605,655  

 

Disability

    0     178,750     100,000     148,155     0     426,905  

 

Qualifying Termination

    1,090,833     178,750     0     0     0     1,269,583  

 

Change in Control

    0     0     100,000     525,000     0     625,000  

William J. Derwin

 

Retirement

    0     308,750     0     0           308,750  

 

Death

    0     308,750     0     23,972     0     332,722  

 

Disability

    0     0     0     23,972     0     23,972  

 

Qualifying Termination

    783,750     0     0     0     0     783,750  

 

Change in Control

    0     0     0     525,000     0     525,000  

(1)
Calculations are based upon the terms previously discussed under Severance Benefits for NEOs.

(2)
Because termination is assumed to occur on the last day of the performance period for the 2013 ABP, amounts shown for Disability and Qualifying Termination are the same as those reflected in the 2013 ABP Payments Table. The amounts are payable upon an involuntary termination without cause (and for Messrs. Gillette, Haughie, Martin, Alexander and Derwin upon voluntary termination for good reason). The amounts shown for Retirement and Death reflect ABP payments at the NEOs' target award percentage prorated for the number of days worked.

(3)
As noted above in the section entitled MSIP, (1) upon a change in control, all time-based vesting options and RSUs are vested and cancelled for cash (unless the options are substituted or replaced in connection with the change in control) and (2) upon a termination of employment due to death or disability, options fully vest

144


Table of Contents

    and RSUs vest pro-rata. The values in the table were based on a value of $15.75 per share at December 31, 2013, and option exercise prices of $15 per share for those options in-the-money. As described above under "—Employment Arrangements—Employment Agreement with Mr. Gillette," Mr. Gillette would be entitled to receive a cash payment in respect of his forfeited options and RSUs if his employment is terminated by us without cause or he resigns for good reason, in either case, prior to and in connection with a change in control.

    Compensation Risk Assessment

            The Board assessed the risks associated with our compensation and practices to evaluate whether they create risks that are likely to have a material adverse effect on us. Based on its assessment, the Board concluded that our compensation policies and practices do not create incentives to take risks that are likely to have a material adverse effect on us. We believe we have allocated our compensation among base salary, short term incentives and long-term equity in such a way as to not encourage excessive risk taking.

    Director Compensation

            Prior to the completion of this offering, directors who are employed by us or affiliated with the CD&R Funds or the StepStone Funds are not entitled to receive any fees for serving as a member of our board of directors. Upon completion of this offering, directors who are employed by us will continue to not be entitled to receive any fees for serving as a member of our board of directors. We intend to use a combination of cash and stock-based incentive compensation to attract and retain independent, qualified candidates to serve on our board of directors. In setting director compensation, we consider the significant amount of time that directors expend in fulfilling their duties as well as the skill level we require of members of our board of directors.

            During 2013, three of our directors were principals of CD&R and one of our directors was a principal of StepStone. We and SvM are party to consulting agreements with each of CD&R and StepStone pursuant to which CD&R and StepStone provide us with financial advisory and management consulting services in exchange for a fee.

    Cash and Equity Retainers

            Members of the board of directors who are not employed by us are entitled to receive an annual retainer of $120,000, 50 percent of which will be payable in cash and the other 50 percent payable in restricted stock vesting on the day immediately preceding the first anniversary following the grant date, subject to continued service on the board of directors. The restricted stock becomes fully vested on a change in control (as defined in the MSIP) or on a termination of the director's services due to death or Disability (as defined in the MSIP). We expect that directors will be given the ability to defer receipt of their cash retainers under our Deferred Compensation Plan (see "Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans"). Any independent chairperson of the Audit Committee will receive an additional annual cash retainer of $10,000. The chairpersons of the Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will each receive an additional annual cash retainer of $5,000. One-fourth of the annual cash retainer will be paid at the end of each quarter, provided the director served as a director in such fiscal quarter. Each of our directors who is employed by or affiliated with the CD&R Funds or the StepStone Funds may assign all or a portion of the compensation the director would receive for his or her services as a director to the fund he or she is affiliated with or its affiliates. All of our directors will be reimbursed for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with attending board of directors meetings and committee meetings.

145


Table of Contents

    Equity Compensation Plan Information

            The following table contains information, as of December 31, 2013, about the amount of our common shares to be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, RSUs and DSUs granted under the MSIP.

Plan Category
  Number of
Securities to
be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights(1)
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options
  Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation
Plans (excluding
securities reflected in
first column)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders

    5,784,973   $ 15.59     3,348,887  

Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders

             

Total

    5,784,973   $ 15.59     3,348,887  

(1)
The figures in this column reflect 5,305,630 stock options and 479,343 RSUs granted to officers pursuant to the MSIP. For a description of the MSIP, please refer to "Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis."

146


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

        Prior to the offering, our board of directors will approve policies and procedures with respect to the review and approval of certain transactions between us and a "Related Person," or a "Related Person Transaction," which we refer to as our "Related Person Transaction Policy." Pursuant to the terms of the Related Person Transaction Policy, the board of directors must review and decide whether to approve or ratify any Related Person Transaction. Any Related Person Transaction is required to be reported to our legal department and the legal department will then determine whether it should be submitted to our Audit Committee for consideration.

        For the purposes of the Related Person Transaction Policy, a "Related Person Transaction" is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we (including any of our subsidiaries) were, are or will be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any Related Person had, has or will have a direct or indirect interest.

        A "Related Person," as defined in the Related Person Transaction Policy, means any person who is, or at any time since the beginning of our last fiscal year was, a director or executive officer of ServiceMaster or a nominee to become a director of ServiceMaster; any person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of our common stock; any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, including any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law of the director, executive officer, nominee or more than five percent beneficial owner, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, executive officer, nominee or more than five percent beneficial owner; and any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is a general partner or, for other ownership interests, a limited partner or other owner in which such person has a beneficial ownership interest of ten percent or more.

Stockholders Agreement

        We are currently party to the stockholders agreement, as amended, or the "stockholders agreement," with the Equity Sponsors. The stockholders agreement contains, among other things, agreements with respect to the election of our directors. Currently, the directors include three designees of the CD&R Funds (one of whom shall serve as the chairman and each of whom is entitled to three votes) and one designee of the StepStone Funds. The stockholders agreement currently provides for our CEO (as well as any successor CEO) to be a director of ServiceMaster, subject to the approval of our board of directors and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P., or the "Lead Investor." The stockholders agreement, as currently in effect, grants to the Equity Sponsors special governance rights, including rights of approval over certain corporate and other transactions, preemptive rights with respect to certain issuances of our equity securities, subject to certain exceptions, and contains tag-along rights and rights of first offer, all of which will fall away automatically upon the consummation of this offering. The stockholders agreement also contains a lock-up provision under which the Equity Sponsors have agreed not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock in a public offering until January 15, 2015.

        Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into an amendment to the stockholders agreement.

        The amended stockholders agreement will grant the CD&R Funds the right to designate for nomination for election a number of CD&R Designees equal to: (i) at least a majority of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as the CD&R Funds own at least 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock; (ii) at least 40% of the total number of

147


Table of Contents

directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as the CD&R Funds own at least 40% but less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock; (iii) at least 30% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as the CD&R Funds own at least 30% but less than 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock; (iv) at least 20% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as the CD&R Funds own at least 20% but less than 30% of the outstanding shares of our common stock; and (v) at least 5% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as the CD&R Funds own at least 5% but less than 20% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. For purposes of calculating the number of CD&R Designees that the CD&R Funds are entitled to nominate pursuant to the formula outlined above, any fractional amounts would be rounded to the nearest whole number and the calculation would be made on a pro forma basis after taking into account any increase in the size of our board of directors.

        Our amended stockholders agreement will also provide that, for as long as the StepStone Funds own 5% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock, the StepStone Funds will have the right to designate one member of our board of directors for nomination for election.

Registration Rights Agreement

        We are currently a party to a registration rights agreement, or the "registration rights agreement," with Equity Sponsors holding substantially all of the shares of our common stock. Prior to the completion of this offering, we and the Equity Sponsors holding substantially all of the shares of our common stock will enter into an amended and restated registration rights agreement, or the "amended registration rights agreement." The registration rights agreement grants, and the amended registration rights agreement will grant, to these Equity Sponsors the right, in the case of the Lead Investor at any time, and in the case of the other Equity Sponsors at least 18 months following the initial public offering of our common stock, to cause us, at our own expense, to use our reasonable best efforts to register shares held by the Equity Sponsors for public resale, subject to certain limitations. In the event we register any of our common stock following our initial public offering, these Equity Sponsors also have the right to require us to use our best efforts to include shares of our common stock held by them, subject to certain limitations, including as determined by the underwriters. The registration rights agreement also provides, and the amended registration rights agreement will provide, for us to indemnify the Equity Sponsors party to that agreement and their affiliates in connection with the registration of our common stock.

Consulting Agreements

        We and SvM are parties to a consulting agreement with CD&R under which CD&R provides us with ongoing consulting and management advisory services. The annual consulting fee payable under the consulting agreement with CD&R is $6.25 million. Under this agreement, we recorded consulting fees of $6.25 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. The consulting agreement also provides that CD&R may receive additional fees in connection with certain subsequent financing and acquisition or disposition transactions. There were no additional fees incurred in each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. The consulting agreement will terminate on July 24, 2017, unless terminated earlier at CD&R's election. As described below, the CD&R consulting agreement will be terminated in connection with this offering.

        We and SvM are parties to consulting agreements with StepStone, JPMorgan and Ridgemont (and formerly with BAS). The consulting agreements terminate on June 30, 2016 or upon the earlier termination of our consulting agreement with CD&R (the Ridgemont consulting agreement also provides for termination upon an initial public offering). Effective January 1, 2012, the annual consulting fee formerly payable to BAS (and now payable to Ridgemont) was reduced to $0.25 million. Pursuant to the consulting agreements, we are required to pay annual consulting fees of $0.5 million,

148


Table of Contents

$0.25 million and $0.25 million to StepStone, JPMorgan and Ridgemont (formerly payable to BAS), respectively. We recorded aggregate consulting fees related to these agreements of $1 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

        In connection with this offering, we will enter into termination agreements with CD&R, StepStone, JPMorgan and Ridgemont pursuant to which the parties will agree to terminate the ongoing consulting fees described above. Pursuant to the termination agreements, we intend to pay aggregate termination fees of $21 million ($19 million to CD&R; $1 million to StepStone; and $500,000 to each of JPMorgan and Ridgemont), payable upon consummation of this offering. Thereafter, the annual consulting fees will terminate. No transaction fee will be payable to any Equity Sponsor under the consulting agreements as a result of this offering. As described above, no assurances can be given that the initial public offering will be completed and that the consulting agreements will terminate as expected.

Indemnification Agreements

        We and SvM are parties to indemnification agreements with the CD&R Funds and CD&R, StepStone, JPMorgan and Ridgemont (and formerly with BAS), pursuant to which we and SvM indemnify such Equity Sponsors and CD&R, and their respective affiliates, directors, officers, partners, members, employees, agents, representatives and controlling persons, against certain liabilities arising out of performance of the consulting agreements, transaction fee agreements described above under "—Consulting Agreements" and certain other claims and liabilities, including liabilities arising out of financing arrangements and securities offerings.

        Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the directors with contractual rights to the indemnification and expense advancement rights. See "Description of Capital Stock—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification."

Share Repurchase from BAS

        On December 22, 2011, we purchased 5 million shares of our common stock from BAS for an aggregate purchase price of $75 million.

Financing Arrangements with Related Parties

        Affiliates of JPMorgan (which is one of the Equity Sponsors) have provided investment banking and commercial banking services to us for which they have received customary fees and commissions. These parties have acted as agents and lenders to us under the Existing Credit Facilities, as an issuing bank under our Existing Revolving Credit Facility and as initial purchasers for the 2020 Notes, for which they received customary fees, commissions, expenses or other compensation. SvM entered into a registration rights agreement with an affiliate of JPMorgan in connection with the issuance of the 2020 Notes.

149


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

New Credit Facilities

        Substantially contemporaneously with this offering, SvM intends to enter into a credit agreement with respect to the New Credit Facilities, with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent, collateral agent and issuing bank, and a syndicate of lenders party thereto from time to time, or the "New Credit Agreement." The following is a brief description of the anticipated principal terms of the New Credit Agreement and the related documents governing the New Credit Facilities. However, the relative principal amounts, applicable interest rates and other terms of the New Credit Facilities may not be definitively determined until shortly before the closing date of the Concurrent Refinancing and may differ from those described below, depending on market conditions and other factors. If we are able to enter into the New Credit Facilities, we intend to repay all amounts outstanding under the Existing Credit Facilities in connection with the anticipated termination thereof. This offering is not contingent upon our entering into the New Credit Facilities, and there can be no assurance that we will enter into the New Credit Facilities and terminate the Existing Term Facilities at the time of consummation of this offering, or at all.

Overview

        The New Credit Facilities will consist of the New Term Loan Facility, a senior secured term loan facility in an original principal amount of $1,825 million, and the New Revolving Credit Facility, which is expected to provide for revolving loans up to a maximum aggregate original principal amount of $300 million. A portion of the borrowings under the New Revolving Credit Facility will be available for the issuance of letters of credit and the issuance of swing line loans. It is expected that amounts under the New Revolving Credit Facility may be borrowed in certain designated foreign currencies.

        The loans under the New Term Loan Facility are expected to be incurred substantially contemporaneously with the consummation of this offering, in order to repay all indebtedness under the Existing Credit Facilities. See "Concurrent Refinancing."

Maturity; prepayments

        The New Term Loan Facility is expected to mature on the seven-year anniversary of the closing date with respect to the New Credit Agreement. The New Term Loan Facility is expected to amortize in equal quarterly installments equal to 1.0 percent per annum of the original principal amount of the term loans until the maturity date.

        Voluntary prepayments of borrowings under the New Term Loan Facility will be permitted at any time, in minimum principal amounts, without (for prepayments made after six months after the closing date) premium or penalty. Subject to certain exceptions, the New Term Loan Facility is expected to be subject to mandatory prepayment in an amount equal to:

    the net cash proceeds of (1) certain asset sales, (2) certain debt offerings and (3) certain insurance recovery and condemnation events; and

    50% of annual excess cash flow (as defined in the New Credit Agreement) for any fiscal year unless a certain secured leverage ratio target is met.

        The final maturity date of the New Revolving Credit Facility is expected to be the five-year anniversary of the closing date with respect to the New Credit Agreement. If at any time the sum of the amount outstanding under the New Revolving Credit Facility (including revolving loans, letters of credit outstanding and swing line loans thereunder) exceeds the total amount of lenders' revolving commitments thereunder, prepayments of revolving loans and/or swing line borrowings will be required in an amount equal to such excess.

150


Table of Contents

Guarantees; security

        SvM will be the borrower under the New Credit Facilities. CDRSVM Holding, LLC, the direct parent of SvM, and each direct and indirect domestic subsidiary of SvM (other than any subsidiary that is a foreign subsidiary holding company, subsidiary of a foreign subsidiary, an unrestricted subsidiary, any subsidiary below a certain materiality threshold, a receivables financing subsidiary, a subsidiary subject to regulation as an insurance, home warranty, service contract or similar company (or any subsidiary thereof) and certain other specified subsidiaries) will guarantee SvM's obligations under the New Credit Facilities. The New Credit Facilities and the guarantees thereof are secured by substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of SvM and the guarantors (including pledges of all the capital stock of all direct domestic subsidiaries (other than foreign subsidiary holding companies, which are deemed to be foreign subsidiaries) owned by SvM or any guarantor and of up to 65% of the capital stock of each direct foreign subsidiary owned by SvM or any guarantor), subject to certain exceptions, including but not limited to exceptions for equity interests, indebtedness or other obligations of subsidiaries, real estate or any other assets if the granting of a security interest therein would require that the notes described under "—Continuing Notes" below be secured.

Interest

        The interest rates expected to be applicable to the term loans under the New Term Loan Facility are based on a fluctuating rate of interest (which may be subject to a floor) measured by reference to either, at the borrower's option, (i) an adjusted London inter-bank offered rate plus an applicable margin or (ii) an alternate base rate plus an applicable margin.

        The interest rates expected to be applicable to the loans under the New Revolving Credit Facility are based on a fluctuating rate of interest measured by reference to either, at the borrower's option, (i) an adjusted London inter-bank offered rate plus an applicable margin or (ii) an alternate base rate plus an applicable margin.

Fees

        SvM will pay customary fees in respect of the New Term Loan Facility and the New Revolving Credit Facility, including a commitment fee on the unutilized portion thereof.

Covenants

        The New Credit Agreement is expected to contain a number of negative covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the ability of SvM and its restricted subsidiaries to:

    incur additional debt (including guarantees of other debt);

    pay dividends or make other restricted payments, including investments;

    make acquisitions;

    prepay or amend the terms of certain outstanding debt;

    create restrictions on the ability of restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends to SvM or make other intercompany transfers;

    enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;

    sell certain assets, or, in the case of SvM, consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets;

    create liens; and

    enter into agreements restricting dividends or other distributions by subsidiaries to SvM.

151


Table of Contents

        With respect to the New Revolving Credit Facility only, SvM will also be required to remain below a maximum consolidated net senior secured leverage ratio, tested on a quarterly basis at any time that a certain amount of loans and/or letters of credit is outstanding. The New Credit Agreement is also expected to contain certain affirmative covenants, including financial and other reporting requirements.

Events of default

        The New Credit Agreement provides for customary events of default, including non-payment of principal, interest or fees, violation of covenants, material inaccuracy of representations or warranties, specified cross payment default and cross acceleration to other material indebtedness, certain bankruptcy events, certain ERISA events, material invalidity of guarantees or security interests, material judgments and change of control.

Existing Term Facilities

        In connection with the 2007 Merger, SvM entered into the Existing Credit Agreement with respect to the Existing Term Facilities, with Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent, collateral agent and letter of credit facility issuing bank, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as syndication agent, and a syndicate of lenders party thereto from time to time. The following is a brief description of the principal terms of the Existing Credit Agreement, as amended and the related documents governing the Existing Term Facilities.

Overview

        The Existing Term Facilities consist of a senior secured term loan facility in an original principal amount of $2,650 million, or the "Existing Term Loan Facility," and a pre-funded synthetic letter of credit facility in an original principal amount of $150 million, or the "L/C Facility" and, together with the Existing Term Loan Facility, the "Existing Term Facilities." The proceeds of the Existing Term Loan Facility were used to finance a portion of the transactions in connection with the 2007 Merger, including the refinancing of certain existing indebtedness.

        SvM entered into the 2012 Existing Term Loan Facility Amendment and the 2013 Existing Term Loan Facility Amendment, together the "Existing Term Facility Amendments," primarily, in each case, to extend the maturity date of a portion of the borrowings under the Existing Term Facilities.

        Pursuant to the 2012 Existing Term Loan Facility Amendment, a portion of the outstanding Tranche A term loans were converted into a new tranche of Tranche B loans in an aggregate principal amount of approximately $1.0 billion, or the "Tranche B loans." Pursuant to the 2013 Existing Term Loan Facility Amendment, the remaining outstanding Tranche A loans were converted into a new tranche of term loans in an aggregate principal amount, along with new loans extended by certain new lenders, of approximately $1.2 billion, or the "Tranche C loans." Pursuant to the Existing Term Loan Facility Amendments, the availability under the L/C Facility was reduced to $138 million and will be further reduced to $78 million as of July 24, 2014.

        As of March 31, 2014, approximately $2.2 billion of term loan borrowings were outstanding under the Existing Term Loan Facility and SvM had obtained $135 million of letters of credit, resulting in unused commitments under the L/C Facility of $3 million.

Maturity; prepayments

        The Tranche B loans and the Tranche C loans have a maturity date of January 31, 2017. The Existing Term Loan Facility amortizes in nominal quarterly installments equal to $6 million until the maturity date.

152


Table of Contents

        Voluntary prepayments of borrowings under the Existing Term Loan Facility are permitted at any time, in minimum principal amounts, without (for prepayments made after February 22, 2014) premium or penalty. Subject to certain exceptions, the Existing Term Loan Facility is subject to mandatory prepayment in an amount equal to:

    the net cash proceeds of (1) certain asset sales, (2) certain debt offerings and (3) certain insurance recovery and condemnation events; and

    50% of annual excess cash flow (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) for any fiscal year unless a certain secured leverage ratio target is met.

        The $138 million of available borrowing capacity under the L/C Facility will be reduced to $78 million as of July 24, 2014 and that $78 million of availability will mature on January 31, 2017.

Guarantees; security

        SvM is the borrower under the Existing Term Facilities. CDRSVM Holding, LLC, the direct parent of SvM, and each direct and indirect domestic subsidiary of SvM (other than any subsidiary that is a foreign subsidiary holding company, a subsidiary of a foreign subsidiary, an unrestricted subsidiary, any subsidiary below a certain materiality threshold, a receivables financing subsidiary, a subsidiary subject to regulation as an insurance, home warranty, service contract or similar company (or any subsidiary thereof) and certain other specified subsidiaries) have guaranteed SvM's obligations under the Existing Term Facilities. The Existing Term Facilities and the guarantees thereof are secured by substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of SvM and the guarantors (including pledges of (1) a $100 million intercompany promissory note made by The Terminix International Company Limited Partnership in favor of ServiceMaster Consumer Services Limited Partnership and (2) all the capital stock of all direct domestic subsidiaries (other than foreign subsidiary holding companies, which are deemed to be foreign subsidiaries) owned by SvM or any guarantor and of up to 65% of the capital stock of each direct foreign subsidiary owned by SvM or any guarantor), subject to certain exceptions, including but not limited to exceptions for equity interests, indebtedness or other obligations of subsidiaries, real estate or any other assets if the granting of a security interest therein would require that the notes described under "—Continuing Notes" below be secured. The Existing Term Facilities are secured on a pari passu basis with the security interests created in the same collateral securing the Existing Revolving Credit Facility.

Interest

        The interest rates applicable to the Tranche B loans under the Existing Term Loan Facility are based on a fluctuating rate of interest measured by reference to either, at the borrower's option, (i) an adjusted London inter-bank offered rate plus 4.25 percent, or (ii) an alternate base rate plus 3.25 percent.

        The interest rates applicable to the Tranche C loans under the Existing Term Loan Facility are based on a fluctuating rate of interest measured by reference to either, at the borrower's option, (i) an adjusted London inter-bank offered rate plus 3.25 percent, with a minimum adjusted London inter-bank offered rate of 1.00 percent or (ii) an alternative base rate plus 2.25 percent, with a minimum alternative base rate of 2.00 percent.

Fees

        SvM pays (1) letter of credit participation fees on the full amount of the L/C Facility plus fronting fees for the letter of credit issuing bank and (2) other customary fees in respect of the Existing Term Facilities.

153


Table of Contents

Covenants

        The Existing Credit Agreement as amended by the Existing Term Facility Amendments contains a number of negative covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the ability of SvM and its restricted subsidiaries to:

    incur additional debt (including guarantees of other debt);

    pay dividends or make other restricted payments, including investments;

    make acquisitions;

    prepay or amend the terms of certain outstanding debt;

    create restrictions on the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends to us or make other intercompany transfers;

    enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;

    sell certain assets, or, in the case of SvM, consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets;

    create liens; and

    enter into agreements restricting dividends or other distributions by subsidiaries to SvM.

        The Existing Credit Agreement also contains certain affirmative covenants, including financial and other reporting requirements.

Events of default

        The Existing Credit Agreement provides for customary events of default, including non-payment of principal, interest or fees, violation of covenants, material inaccuracy of representations or warranties, specified cross payment default and cross acceleration to other material indebtedness, certain bankruptcy events, certain ERISA events, material invalidity of guarantees or security interests, material judgments and change of control.

Existing Revolving Credit Facility

        In connection with the 2007 Merger, SvM also entered into a revolving credit agreement, dated as of July 24, 2007, with respect to the Existing Revolving Credit Facility, with Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent, revolving collateral agent and issuing bank, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as syndication agent and a syndicate of lenders party thereto from time to time. The following is a brief description of the principal terms of the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement and related documents governing the Existing Revolving Credit Facility.

Overview

        The Existing Revolving Credit Facility provides for senior secured revolving loans up to a maximum aggregate original principal amount of $500 million. Up to $75 million of the Existing Revolving Credit Facility is available for the issuance of stand by and commercial letters of credit. Amounts under the Existing Revolving Credit Facility may be borrowed in certain designated foreign currencies up to a principal amount not to exceed $50 million, and revolving credit loans to foreign subsidiary borrowers may not exceed $50 million.

        On February 2, 2011, SvM entered into an amendment, or the "2011 Revolver Amendment," to its Existing Revolving Credit Facility. Prior to the amendment, the facility was scheduled to mature on July 24, 2013. SvM desired to extend the maturity date of the facility by one year, and as an

154


Table of Contents

inducement for such extension offered to allow any lenders in the syndicate group that were willing to extend the maturity date by one year a 20 percent reduction of such lender's loan commitment. As a result of the 2011 Revolver Amendment, SvM had available borrowing capacity under its amended Existing Revolving Credit Facility of $443 million through July 24, 2013 and $230 million from July 25, 2013 through July 24, 2014.

        On January 30, 2012, SvM entered into an amendment, or the "2012 Revolver Amendment," and an increase supplement, or the "Increase Supplement," to the Existing Revolving Credit Facility. The 2012 Revolver Amendment extended the maturity date of a portion of the facility until January 31, 2017. The Increase Supplement increased borrowing capacity under the Existing Revolving Credit Facility by approximately $5 million. As a result of the 2012 Revolver Amendment and the Increase Supplement, SvM had available borrowing capacity under its Existing Revolving Credit Facility of $448 million through July 24, 2013, $324 million from July 25, 2013 through July 24, 2014 and $265 million from July 25, 2014 through January 31, 2017.

        On November 27, 2013, SvM entered into an amendment, or the "2013 Revolver Amendment." Pursuant to the 2013 Revolver Amendment, after completion of the TruGreen Spin-off, SvM has $242 million of available borrowing capacity through July 23, 2014 and $183 million from July 24, 2014 through January 31, 2017. SvM will continue to have access to letters of credit of up to $75 million through January 31, 2017.

        As of March 31, 2014, there were no amounts outstanding under the Existing Revolving Credit Facility.

Maturity; prepayments

        The final maturity date of the Existing Revolving Credit Facility is January 31, 2017. The Existing Revolving Credit Facility is not subject to mandatory prepayment.

Guarantees; security

        SvM and The Terminix International Company Limited Partnership are the domestic borrowers under the Existing Revolving Credit Facility. One or more foreign subsidiaries of SvM may become borrowers under the Existing Revolving Credit Facility on the terms and conditions in the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement. The direct parent of each domestic borrower and each domestic subsidiary of SvM (other than any subsidiary that is a foreign subsidiary holding company, a subsidiary that is a subsidiary of a foreign subsidiary, an unrestricted subsidiary, any subsidiary below a certain materiality threshold, a receivables financing subsidiary, a subsidiary subject to regulation as an insurance, home warranty, service contract or similar company (or any subsidiary thereof) and certain other specified subsidiaries) have guaranteed the domestic borrowers' obligations under the Existing Revolving Credit Facility. With respect to any non U.S. borrower, certain non U.S. subsidiaries may be required to provide a guarantee of its borrowings (subject to certain limitations), and such borrowings shall be guaranteed by the U.S. guarantors. The Existing Revolving Credit Facility and the guarantees thereof are secured by the same collateral securing the Existing Term Facilities, on a pari passu basis with the security interests created in the same collateral securing the Existing Term Facilities. If any non U.S. borrower is included, certain assets of such non U.S. borrower and related non U.S. subsidiary guarantors may be similarly pledged to the extent such pledge may be obtained without material cost or expense, and subject to legal and certain other limitations.

Interest

        The interest rates applicable to the loans under the Existing Revolving Credit Facility are based on a fluctuating rate of interest measured by reference to either, at the borrower's option, (i) an adjusted London inter-bank offered rate (or, in the case of loans made in Euros, an adjusted Euro inter-bank

155


Table of Contents

offered rate) plus a borrowing margin (2.50 percent as of March 31, 2014) or (ii) an alternate base rate plus a borrowing margin (1.50 percent as of March 31, 2014).

Fees

        The borrowers pay customary fees in respect of the Existing Revolving Credit Facility, including a commitment fee on the unutilized portion thereof.

Covenants

        The Existing Credit Agreement governing the Existing Revolving Credit Facility contains a number of negative covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the ability of SvM and its material restricted subsidiaries to:

    incur additional indebtedness (including guarantees of other indebtedness);

    pay dividends or make other restricted payments, including investments;

    make acquisitions;

    prepay or amend the terms of certain outstanding debt;

    enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;

    sell certain assets, or, in the case of any borrower, consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets;

    create liens;

    change their business or SvM's fiscal year; and

    enter into agreements restricting their ability to incur liens securing the Existing Revolving Credit Facility.

        The Existing Credit Agreement governing the Existing Revolving Credit Facility also contains certain affirmative covenants, including financial and other reporting requirements.

Events of default

        The Existing Credit Agreement governing the Existing Revolving Credit Facility provides for customary events of default, including non-payment of principal, interest or fees, violation of covenants, material inaccuracy of representations or warranties, cross default to other material indebtedness, certain bankruptcy events, certain ERISA events, material invalidity of guarantees or security interests, material judgments and change of control.

2020 Notes

        In February 2012, SvM issued $600 million aggregate principal amount of the 8% 2020 Notes. The 8% 2020 Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture, dated as of February 13, 2012, among SvM, the subsidiary guarantors of the 8% 2020 Notes and Wilmington Trust, National Association as trustee. SvM used $600 million of the proceeds of the sale of the 8% 2020 Notes, together with available cash, to redeem $600 million in aggregate principal amount of its 2015 Notes. The 8% 2012 Notes bear an interest rate of 8% and will mature on February 15, 2020.

        In August 2012, SvM issued the 7% 2020 Notes to redeem the remaining $396 million aggregate principal amount of its 2015 Notes and to repay $276 million of outstanding borrowings under its Term Facilities during the third quarter of 2012. The 7% 2020 Notes bear an interest rate of 7% and will mature on August 15, 2020.

156


Table of Contents

        We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to redeem 35% in principal amount of the 8% 2020 Notes and the 7% 2020 Notes. See "Use of Proceeds."

Ranking

        The 2020 Notes are senior unsecured obligations of SvM and rank equally in right of payment with all of SvM's other existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. The 2020 Notes are guaranteed by certain of our subsidiaries on a senior unsecured basis. The subsidiary guarantees are general unsecured senior obligations of the subsidiary guarantors and rank equally in right of payment with all of the existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness of our guarantor subsidiaries. The 2020 Notes are effectively junior to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.

Optional redemption

        SvM may redeem the 8% 2020 Notes, in whole or in part, at its option, at any time prior to February 15, 2015 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, plus the applicable make-whole premium. In addition, at any time prior to February 15, 2015, SvM may redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the 8% 2020 Notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 108%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date.

        SvM may redeem the 8% 2020 Notes, in whole or in part, at any time (i) on or after February 15, 2015 and prior to February 15, 2016, at a redemption price equal to 106% of the principal amount thereof, (ii) on or after February 15, 2016 and prior to February 15, 2017, at a redemption price equal to 104% of the principal amount thereof, (iii) on or after February 15, 2017 and prior to February 15, 2018, at a redemption price equal to 102% of the principal amount thereof and (iv) on or after February 15, 2018, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date.

        SvM may redeem the 7% 2020 Notes, in whole or in part, at its option, at any time prior to August 15, 2015 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, plus the applicable make-whole premium. In addition, at any time prior to August 15, 2015, SvM may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 7% 2020 Notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 107%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date.

        SvM may redeem the 7% 2020 Notes, in whole or in part, at any time (i) on or after August 15, 2015 and prior to August 15, 2016, at a redemption price equal to 105.25% of the principal amount thereof, (ii) on or after August 15, 2016 and prior to August 15, 2017, at a redemption price equal to 103.5% of the principal amount thereof, (iii) on or after August 15, 2017 and prior to August 15, 2018, at a redemption price equal to 101.75% of the principal amount thereof and (iv) on or after August 15, 2018, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date.

Covenants

        The indenture governing the 2020 Notes contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of SvM and its restricted subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture governing such notes) to:

    incur more debt;

    pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions, or make investments;

    limit the ability of restricted subsidiaries to make payments to us;

157


Table of Contents

    enter into certain transactions with their affiliates;

    transfer or sell assets;

    create certain liens;

    merge or consolidate; and

    designate their subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

Events of default

        The indenture governing the 2020 Notes provides for customary events of default including non-payment of principal or interest, failure to comply with covenants, and certain bankruptcy or insolvency events.

Continuing Notes

        As of March 31, 2014, SvM had outstanding approximately $357 million aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured notes issued prior to the 2007 Merger, consisting of approximately $195 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.45% notes due August 15, 2027, $79 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.10% notes due March 1, 2018 and $83 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.25% notes due March 1, 2038, or collectively, the "Continuing Notes."

Ranking

        The Continuing Notes rank pari passu with all other unsubordinated indebtedness of SvM.

Optional redemption

        SvM may redeem the Continuing Notes of any series, upon not less than 30 or more than 60 days prior written notice, at any time, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of their principal amount or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments (as defined) thereon discounted to the redemption date, on a semi-annual basis, at the treasury yield (as defined in the indenture governing such notes) plus 20 bps, together with all accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

Covenants

        The indenture governing the Continuing Notes contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of SvM and the ability of its significant subsidiaries, (as defined in the indenture governing such notes) to create certain liens, enter into certain sale and lease back transactions, and, with respect to SvM, consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets.

Events of default

        The indenture governing the Continuing Notes provides for customary events of default including non-payment of principal or interest, failure to comply with covenants, and certain bankruptcy or insolvency events.

158


Table of Contents


SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

        The following table sets forth information as of June 13, 2014 with respect to the ownership of our common stock by:

    each person known to own beneficially more than five percent of our common stock;

    each of our directors;

    each of our named executive officers; and

    all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

        The amounts and percentages of shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a "beneficial owner" of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such person's ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person's percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities, and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest.

        Percentage computations are based on 91,855,945 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 13, 2014 as adjusted to reflect a 2-for-3 reverse stock split of our common stock effected on June 13, 2014 and 127,755,945 shares outstanding following this offering (or 133,140,945 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

159


Table of Contents

        Except as otherwise indicated in these footnotes, each of the beneficial owners listed has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated shares of common stock. Addresses for the beneficial owners are set forth in the footnotes to the table.

 
  Shares Beneficially Owned
Before the Offering and
After the Offering
Assuming the Underwriters' Option
is Not Exercised(1)
   
   
 
 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned
After the Offering
Assuming the
Underwriters' Option is
Exercised in Full
 
 
   
  Percent of
Class
Before the
Offering
(%)
   
 
 
   
  Percent of
Class After
the Offering
(%)
 
 
  Number of
Shares Owned
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number   Percent  

Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P. and related funds(2)

    60,406,666     65.8     47.3     60,406,666     45.4  

StepStone Group LP managed funds(3)

    13,227,181     14.4     10.4     13,227,181     9.9  

JPMorgan Chase Funding Inc.(4)

    6,666,666     7.3     5.2     6,666,666     5.0  

Ridgemont Partners Secondary Fund I, L.P.(5)

    5,000,000     5.4     3.9     5,000,000     3.8  

John Krenicki, Jr.(6)

    63,492     *     *     63,492     *  

David H. Wasserman(6)

    0     0     0     0     0  

Sarah Kim(6)

    0     0     0     0     0  

Darren M. Friedman(7)

    0     0     0     0     0  

Richard P. Fox(8)

    0     0     0     0     0  

Stephen J. Sedita(8)

    0     0     0     0     0  

Robert J. Gillette(8)

    256,250     *     *     256,250     *  

Alan J. M. Haughie(8)

    42,000     *     *     42,000     *  

Mark J. Barry(8)(9)

    85,592     *     *     85,592     *  

William J. Derwin(8)

    91,664     *     *     91,664     *  

Harry J. Mullany(8)

    0     0     0     0     0  

David W. Martin(10)

    0     0     0     0     0  

R. David Alexander(10)

    0     0     0     0     0  

All current directors and executive officers as a group (15 persons)(9)

    781,353     *     *     781,353     *  

*
Less than one percent.

(1)
We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional 5,385,000 shares.

(2)
Represents the following shares: (i) 40,000,000 shares of common stock held by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P., whose general partner is CD&R Associates VII, Ltd., whose sole stockholder is CD&R Associates VII, L.P., whose general partner is CD&R Investment Associates VII, Ltd.; (ii) 9,788,528 shares of common stock held by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment), L.P., whose general partner is CD&R Associates VII (Co-Investment), Ltd., whose sole stockholder is CD&R Associates VII, L.P., whose general partner is CD&R Investment Associates VII, Ltd.; (iii) 7,000,000 shares of common stock held by CDR SVM Co-Investor L.P., whose general partner is CDR SVM Co-Investor GP Limited, whose sole stockholder is Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P.; (iv) 3,333,333 shares of common stock held by CDR SVM Co-Investor No. 2 L.P., whose general partner is CDR SVM Co-Investor No. 2 GP Limited, whose sole stockholder is Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P.; and (v) 284,805 shares of common stock held by CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P., whose general partner is CD&R Parallel Fund Associates VII, Ltd., CD&R Investment Associates VII, Ltd. and CD&R Parallel Fund Associates VII, Ltd. are each managed by a two-person board of directors, Donald J. Gogel and

160


Table of Contents

    Kevin J. Conway, as the directors of each of CD&R Investment Associates VII, Ltd. and CD&R Parallel Fund Associates VII, Ltd., may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares shown as beneficially owned by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P., Clayton Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment), L.P., CDR SVM Co-Investor L.P., CDR SVM Co-Investor No. 2 L.P. and CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P. Such persons expressly disclaim such beneficial ownership.


Investment and voting decisions with respect to shares held by each of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment), L.P., CDR SVM Co-Investor L.P., CDR SVM Co-Investor No. 2 L.P. and CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P. are made by an investment committee of limited partners of CD&R Associates VII, L.P., currently consisting of more than ten individuals, or the "Investment Committee." All members of the Investment Committee disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares shown as beneficially owned by the funds associated with Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC.


Each of CD&R Associates VII, Ltd., CD&R Associates VII, L.P. and CD&R Investment Associates VII, Ltd. expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P., as well as of the shares held by each of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment), L.P., CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P., CDR SVM Co-Investor L.P. and CDR SVM Co-Investor No. 2 L.P. Each of CDR SVM Co-Investor GP Limited and CDR SVM No. 2 GP Limited expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by each of CDR SVM Co-Investor L.P., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment), L.P., CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P., and CDR SVM Co-Investor No. 2 L.P. CD&R Parallel Fund Associates VII, Ltd. expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by each of CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment), L.P., CDR SVM Co-Investor L.P. and CDR SVM Co-Investor No. 2 L.P.


The address for each of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment), L.P., CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P., CD&R Associates VII, Ltd., CD&R Associates VII, L.P., CD&R Parallel Fund Associates VII, Ltd., CDR SVM Co-Investor L.P., CDR SVM Co-Investor L.P., CDR SVM Co-Investor No. 2 L.P. and CD&R Investment Associates VII, Ltd. is c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, South Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands.

(3)
Represents shares held by 2007 Co-Investment Portfolio L.P., StepStone Capital Partners II Onshore, L.P., StepStone Capital Partners II Cayman Holding, L.P., and StepStone Co-Investment (ServiceMaster) LLC. The address for each of 2007 Co-Investment Portfolio L.P., StepStone Capital Partners II Onshore, L.P., StepStone Capital Partners II Cayman Holding, L.P. and StepStone Co-Investment (ServiceMaster) LLC, is c/o StepStone Group LP, 4350 LaJolla Village Drive, Suite 800, San Diego, CA 92122.

(4)
JPMorgan Chase Funding Inc. is an affiliate of JPMorgan Chase & Co. The address for JPMorgan Chase Funding Inc. is 270 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017.

(5)
Represents shares held by Ridgemont Partners Secondary Fund I, L.P. The address for Ridgemont Partners Secondary Fund I, L.P. is c/o Ridgemont Partners Management, LLC, 150 North College Street, Suite 2500, Charlotte, NC 28202. Ridgemont Secondary Management I, L.P. is the sole general partner of Ridgemont Partners Secondary Fund I, L.P. and may therefore be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares, and its address is c/o Ridgemont Partners Management, LLC, 150 North College Street, Suite 2500, Charlotte, NC 28202. Ridgemont Secondary Management I, LLC is the sole general partner of Ridgemont Secondary Management I, L.P. and may therefore also be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares, and its address is c/o Ridgemont Partners Management, LLC, 150 North College Street, Suite 2500, Charlotte, NC 28202. A majority of the following members of Ridgemont Secondary Management I, LLC

161


Table of Contents

    have the authority to vote or dispose of the shares held by Ridgemont Partners Secondary Fund I, L.P.: J. Travis Hain, Walker L. Poole, Robert H. Sheridan, III, Robert L. Edwards, Jr., John A. Shimp and George E. Morgan, III. The address for each of the members of Ridgemont Secondary Management I, LLC is c/o Ridgemont Partners Management, LLC, 150 North College Street, Suite 2500, Charlotte, NC 28202. Ridgemont Secondary Management I, L.P., Ridgemont Secondary Management I, LLC and each of the members of Ridgemont Secondary Management I, LLC disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interest therein, if any.

(6)
Does not include common stock held by the CD&R Funds. Ms. Kim and Messrs. Krenicki and Wasserman are directors of ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. and principals of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC. They expressly disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by the CD&R Funds. The address for Ms. Kim and Messrs. Krenicki and Wasserman is 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10152.

(7)
Does not include common stock held by investment funds associated with or designated by StepStone Group LP. Mr. Friedman is a director of ServiceMaster and an executive of StepStone Group LP. He disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by investment funds associated with or designated by StepStone Group LP. The address for Mr. Friedman is 505 5th Avenue, 17th Floor, New York, NY 10017.

(8)
The business address for these persons is c/o ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., 860 Ridge Lake Boulevard, Memphis, TN 38120.

(9)
Includes shares which the current executive officers have the right to acquire prior to August 12, 2014 through the exercise of stock options or vesting of RSUs as follows: Mr. Barry, 29,166 shares. All current executive officers as a group have the right to acquire 109,391 shares prior to August 12, 2014 through the exercise of stock options or vesting of RSUs.

(10)
The business address for these persons is c/o TruGreen Holding Corporation, 860 Ridge Lake Boulevard, 2nd Floor, Memphis, TN 38120.

162


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        In connection with this offering, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and by-laws. The following descriptions of our capital stock, amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws are intended as summaries only and are qualified in their entirety by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws, which will become effective upon the listing of our common stock on the NYSE and have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and to the applicable provisions of the DGCL.

General

        Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 2,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share and 200,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value per share. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be 127,755,945 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding (assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares), not including 5,708,369 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options and 609,259 shares of our common stock subject to outstanding restricted shares and restricted stock units.

Common Stock

        Holders of common stock will be entitled:

    to cast one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders;

    to receive, on a pro rata basis, dividends and distributions, if any, that our board of directors may declare out of legally available funds, subject to preferences that may be applicable to preferred stock, if any, then outstanding; and

    upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, to share equally and ratably in any assets remaining after the payment of all debt and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights, if any, of holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

        Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is subject to our subsidiaries' ability to pay dividends to us, which is in turn subject to the restrictions set forth in the Existing Credit Facilities and the New Credit Facilities, as applicable, and the indenture governing the 2020 Notes. See "Dividend Policy."

        The holders of our common stock will not have any preemptive, cumulative voting, subscription, conversion, redemption or sinking fund rights. The common stock will not be subject to future calls or assessments by us. The rights and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to any series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future, as described below.

        Before the date of this prospectus, there has been no public market for our common stock.

        As of June 13, 2014, we had approximately 92 million shares of common stock outstanding and 98 holders of record of common stock.

Preferred Stock

        Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 200,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the voting powers, designations, preferences and the relative participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions of each

163


Table of Contents

series, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series. Upon completion of the offering, no shares of our authorized preferred stock will be outstanding. Because the board of directors will have the power to establish the preferences and rights of the shares of any additional series of preferred stock, it may afford holders of any preferred stock preferences, powers and rights, including voting and dividend rights, senior to the rights of holders of our common stock, which could adversely affect the holders of the common stock and could delay, discourage or prevent a takeover of us even if a change of control of our company would be beneficial to the interests of our stockholders.

Annual Stockholders Meeting

        Our amended and restated by-laws will provide that annual stockholder meetings will be held at a date, time and place, if any, as exclusively selected by our board of directors. To the extent permitted under applicable law, we may conduct meetings by remote communications, including by webcast.

Voting

        The affirmative vote of a plurality of the shares of our common stock present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors will decide the election of any directors, and the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of our common stock present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting and entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders will decide all other matters voted on by stockholders, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of law, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or under our amended and restated by-laws, a different vote is required, in which case such provision will control.

Anti-Takeover Effects of our Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws

        The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws summarized below may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that you might consider in your best interest, including an attempt that might result in your receipt of a premium over the market price for your shares. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors, which could result in an improvement of their terms.

        Authorized but Unissued Shares of Common Stock.     We are issuing 35,900,000 shares of our authorized common stock in this offering (41,285,000 if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). The remaining shares of authorized and unissued common stock will be available for future issuance without additional stockholder approval. While the additional shares are not designed to deter or prevent a change of control, under some circumstances we could use the additional shares to create voting impediments or to frustrate persons seeking to effect a takeover or otherwise gain control by, for example, issuing those shares in private placements to purchasers who might side with our board of directors in opposing a hostile takeover bid.

        Authorized but Unissued Shares of Preferred Stock.     Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 200,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the voting powers, designations, preferences and the relative participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions of each series, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series. The existence of authorized but unissued preferred stock could reduce our attractiveness as a target for an unsolicited takeover bid since we could, for example, issue shares of preferred stock to parties who might oppose such a takeover bid or shares that contain terms the potential acquiror may find unattractive. This may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of

164


Table of Contents

control, may discourage bids for the common stock at a premium over the market price of the common stock, and may adversely affect the market price of, and the voting and other rights of the holders of, our common stock.

        Classified Board of Directors.     Upon completion of this offering, in accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will consist of such number of directors as may be determined from time to time by resolution of the board of directors, but in no event may the number of directors be less than one. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, subject to our amended stockholders agreement with respect to the director designation rights of the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds. Any director elected to fill a vacancy will hold office until such director's successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such director's earlier death, resignation or removal. Our classified board of directors could have the effect of delaying or discouraging an acquisition of us or a change in our management.

        Removal of Directors.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may be removed with or without cause at any time upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock then entitled to vote at an election of directors until the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds cease to collectively own at least 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Thereafter, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may be removed only for cause upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

        Special Meetings of Stockholders.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of our board of directors or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors. Special meetings may also be called by our corporate secretary at the request of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock until the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds cease to collectively own at least 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Thereafter, stockholders will not be permitted to call a special meeting of stockholders.

        Stockholder Advance Notice Procedure.     Our amended and restated by-laws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholders to make nominations of candidates for election as directors or to bring other business before an annual meeting of our stockholders. The amended and restated by-laws will provide that any stockholder wishing to nominate persons for election as directors at, or bring other business before, an annual meeting must deliver to our corporate secretary a written notice of the stockholder's intention to do so. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer's own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company. To be timely, the stockholder's notice must be delivered to our corporate secretary at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days before the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is set for a date that is more than 30 days before or more than 70 days after the first anniversary date of the preceding year's annual meeting, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to our corporate

165


Table of Contents

secretary (x) not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the meeting or (y) no later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which a public announcement of the date of the meeting is first made by us.

        No Stockholder Action by Written Consent.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholder action may be taken only at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders, provided that stockholder action may be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting until the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds cease to collectively own at least 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

        Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended by both the affirmative vote of a majority of our board of directors and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock then entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders; provided that, at any time when the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds collectively own less than 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, specified provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may not be amended, altered or repealed unless the amendment is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding shares of our common stock then entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, including the provisions governing:

    liability and indemnification of directors;

    corporate opportunities;

    elimination of stockholder action by written consent if the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds cease to collectively own at least 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

    prohibition on the rights of stockholders to call a special meeting if the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds cease to collectively own at least 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

    removal of directors for cause if the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds cease to collectively own at least 40% of our outstanding common stock;

    classified board of directors; and

    required approval of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding shares of our common stock to amend our amended and restated by-laws and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation if the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds cease to collectively own at least 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

        In addition, our amended and restated by-laws may be amended, altered or repealed, or new by-laws may be adopted, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors, or by the affirmative vote of the holders of (x) as long as the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds own at least 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, at least a majority, and (y) thereafter, at least 66 2 / 3 %, of the outstanding shares of our common stock then entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders.

        These provisions make it more difficult for any person to remove or amend any provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws that may have an anti-takeover effect.

        Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.     In our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we will elect not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL, as permitted under and pursuant to subsection (b)(3) of Section 203, until the first date on which the CD&R Funds collectively

166


Table of Contents

cease to beneficially own (directly or indirectly) at least 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation's outstanding voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, we will not be subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions permitted under DGCL relating to the liability of directors. These provisions will eliminate a director's personal liability for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except in circumstances involving:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty;

    acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law;

    Section 174 of the DGCL (unlawful dividends); or

    any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

        The principal effect of the limitation on liability provision is that a stockholder will be unable to prosecute an action for monetary damages against a director unless the stockholder can demonstrate a basis for liability for which indemnification is not available under the DGCL. These provisions, however, should not limit or eliminate our rights or any stockholder's rights to seek non-monetary relief, such as an injunction or rescission, in the event of a breach of a director's fiduciary duty. These provisions will not alter a director's liability under federal securities laws. The inclusion of this provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for a breach of their fiduciary duties, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise have benefited us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws will require us to indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL and other applicable law, except in the case of a proceeding instituted by the director without the approval of our board of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and executive officers, to the fullest extent permitted by law, for all judgments, fines, settlements, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with pending or threatened legal proceedings because of the director's or officer's positions with us or another entity that the director or officer serves at our request, subject to various conditions, and to advance funds to our directors and officers to enable them to defend against such proceedings. To receive indemnification, the director or officer must have been successful in the legal proceeding or have acted in good faith and in what was reasonably believed to be a lawful manner in our best interest and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

        Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors. The indemnification agreement will provide our directors with contractual rights to the indemnification and expense advancement rights provided under our amended and restated by-laws, as well as contractual rights to additional indemnification as provided in the indemnification agreement.

167


Table of Contents

Corporate Opportunities

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we, on our behalf and on behalf of our subsidiaries, renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, corporate opportunities, that are from time to time presented to the CD&R Funds and the StepStone Funds or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates or subsidiaries (other than us and our subsidiaries), even if the opportunity is one that we or our subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. Neither the CD&R Funds, the StepStone Funds nor their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates or subsidiaries will generally be liable to us or any of our subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity, directs such corporate opportunity to another person or fails to present such corporate opportunity, or information regarding such corporate opportunity, to us or our subsidiaries unless, in the case of any such person who is a director or officer of ServiceMaster, such corporate opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of ServiceMaster. Stockholders will be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Choice of Forum

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the DGCL or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. We may consent in writing to alternative forums. By becoming a stockholder in our company, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation related to choice of forum.

Market Listing

        We have been approved to list the common stock on the NYSE under the symbol "SERV".

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be ComputerShare Trust Company, N.A.

168


Table of Contents


SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. Some shares of our common stock will not be available for sale for a certain period of time after this offering because they are subject to contractual and legal restrictions on resale some of which are described below. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market after these restrictions lapse, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Sales of Restricted Securities

        After this offering, 127,755,945 shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. Of these shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless purchased by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining 91,855,945 shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering are "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or are sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below, shares held by our affiliates that are not restricted securities or that have been owned for more than one year may be sold subject to compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act without regard to the prescribed one-year holding period under Rule 144.

Stock Options

        Upon completion of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements under the Securities Act to register the shares of common stock to be issued under our stock option plans and, as a result, all shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of stock options and other equity-based awards granted under these plans will, subject to a 180-day lock-up period, also be freely tradable under the Securities Act unless purchased by our affiliates. A total of 6,317,628 shares of common stock are subject to outstanding stock options, restricted shares and restricted stock units previously granted under our stock incentive plans as of June 12, 2014, and an additional 7,629,757 million shares of common stock are available for grants of additional equity awards in the future under our stock incentive plans.

Lock-up Agreements

        Upon completion of the offering, our directors and executive officers, and stockholders currently representing substantially all of the outstanding shares of our common stock will have signed lock-up agreements, under which they will agree not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Credit Suisse (USA) LLC for a period of 180 days, subject to possible extension under certain circumstances, after the date of this prospectus. These agreements are described below under "Underwriting." In addition, the stockholders agreement contains a lock-up provision under which the Equity Sponsors have agreed not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock in a public offering until January 15, 2015.

169


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement

        Stockholders currently representing substantially all of the outstanding shares of our common stock will have the right to require us to register shares of common stock for resale in some circumstances. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement."

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to be or have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell such shares without registration, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of a prior owner other than an affiliate, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

        In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates, who have met the six-month holding period for beneficial ownership of "restricted shares" of our common stock, are entitled to sell within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 1,277,559 shares immediately after this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares; and

    the average reported weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale.

        Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. The sale of these shares, or the perception that sales will be made, could adversely affect the price of our common stock after this offering because a great supply of shares would be, or would be perceived to be, available for sale in the public market.

Rule 701

        Any of our employees, officers or directors who acquired shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. However, all shares issued under Rule 701 are subject to lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale when the 180-day lock-up agreements expire.

170


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

        The following is a discussion of material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) that purchase our common stock pursuant to this offering and hold such common stock as a capital asset. This discussion is based on the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or to different interpretation. This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to specific Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances or to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law (such as banks, insurance companies, dealers in securities or other Non-U.S. Holders that generally mark their securities to market for U.S. federal income tax purposes, foreign governments, international organizations, tax-exempt entities, certain former citizens or residents of the United States, or Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion or other integrated transaction). This discussion does not address any U.S. state or local or non-U.S. tax considerations or any U.S. federal gift or alternative minimum tax considerations.

        As used in this discussion, the term "Non-U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of our common stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is:

    an individual who is neither a citizen nor a resident of the United States;

    a corporation that is not created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

    an estate that is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on income from non-U.S. sources which is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States; or

    a trust unless (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or (ii) it has in effect a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

        If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes invests in our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to such investment will depend in part upon the status and activities of such entity and the particular partner. Any such entity should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to it and its partners relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

        PERSONS CONSIDERING AN INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME, ESTATE AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATING TO THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

Distributions on Common Stock

        If we make a distribution of cash or other property (other than certain pro rata distributions of our common stock or rights to acquire our common stock) in respect of a share of our common stock, the distribution generally will be treated as a dividend to the extent it is paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). If the amount of such distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess generally will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the Non-U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in such share of our common stock, and then as capital gain (which will be treated in

171


Table of Contents

the manner described below under "Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock"). Distributions treated as dividends on our common stock that are paid to or for the account of a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate if provided by an applicable tax treaty and the Non-U.S. Holder provides the documentation (generally, IRS Form W-8BEN) required to claim benefits under such tax treaty to the applicable withholding agent. Special documentation requirements apply to claim benefits under such a tax treaty when our common stock is held though certain foreign intermediaries or Non-U.S. entities that are pass through entities.

        If, however, a dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by a Non-U.S. Holder (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment), such dividend generally will not be subject to the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax if such Non-U.S. Holder provides the appropriate documentation (generally, IRS Form W-8ECI) to the applicable withholding agent. Instead, such Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividend in substantially the same manner as a U.S. person (except as provided by an applicable tax treaty). In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower rate if provided by an applicable tax treaty) on its effectively connected income for the taxable year, subject to certain adjustments.

        The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussion below under "—FATCA Withholding" and "—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding."

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock

        A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock unless:

    (i)
    such gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by such Non-U.S. Holder, in which event such Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such gain in substantially the same manner as a U.S. person (except as provided by an applicable tax treaty) and, if it is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower rate if provided by an applicable tax treaty);

    (ii)
    such Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of such sale, exchange or other disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which event such gain (net of certain U.S. source losses) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (except as provided by an applicable tax treaty); or

    (iii)
    we are or have been a "United States real property holding corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of (x) the five-year period ending on the date of such sale, exchange or other disposition and (y) such Non-U.S. Holder's holding period with respect to such common stock, and certain other conditions are met.

        Generally, a corporation is a "United States real property holding corporation" if the fair market value of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (all as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). We believe that we presently are not, that we have not been at any time during the five-year period ending as of the date of this offering and we do not presently anticipate that we will become, a United States real property holding corporation.

        The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussion below under "—FATCA Withholding" and "—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding."

172


Table of Contents

FATCA Withholding

        Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act provisions of the Code and related U.S. Treasury guidance, or "FATCA," a withholding tax of 30% will be imposed in certain circumstances on payments of (i) dividends on our common stock on or after July 1, 2014, and (ii) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock on or after January 1, 2017. In the case of payments made to a "foreign financial institution" (such as a bank, a broker or an investment fund), as a beneficial owner or as an intermediary, this tax generally will be imposed, subject to certain exceptions, unless such institution (i) has agreed to (and does) comply with the requirements of an agreement with the United States, or an "FFI Agreement," or (ii) is required to (and does) comply with FATCA pursuant to applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a foreign jurisdiction, or an "IGA," in either case to, among other things, collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities or other relevant tax authorities certain information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution. In the case of payments made to a foreign entity that is not a financial institution (as a beneficial owner), the tax generally will be imposed, subject to certain exceptions, unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification that it does not have any "substantial" U.S. owner (generally, any specified U.S. person that directly or indirectly owns more than a specified percentage of such entity) or that identifies its substantial U.S. owners. If our common stock is held through a foreign financial institution that has agreed to comply with the requirements of an FFI Agreement, such foreign financial institution (or, in certain cases, a person paying amounts to such foreign financial institution) generally will be required, subject to certain exceptions, to withhold tax on payments of dividends and proceeds described above made to (i) a person (including an individual) that fails to comply with certain information requests or (ii) a foreign financial institution that has not agreed to comply with the requirements of an FFI Agreement, unless such foreign financial institution is required to (and does) comply with FATCA pursuant to applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an IGA. Each Non-U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the application of FATCA to the ownership and disposition of our common stock.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        Amounts treated as payments of dividends on our common stock paid to a Non-U.S. Holder and the amount of any U.S. federal tax withheld from such payments generally must be reported annually to the IRS and to such Non-U.S. Holder by the applicable withholding agent.

        The information reporting and backup withholding rules that apply to payments of dividends to certain U.S. persons generally will not apply to payments of dividends on our common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder if such Non-U.S. Holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (generally by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption.

        Proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to the information reporting and backup withholding rules that apply to payments to certain U.S. persons, provided that the proceeds are paid to the Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States. However, proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker with certain specified U.S. connections or a U.S. broker generally will be subject to these information reporting rules (but generally not to these backup withholding rules), even if the proceeds are paid to such Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States, unless such Non-U.S. Holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (generally by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to these information reporting and backup withholding rules unless such Non-U.S. Holder certifies under

173


Table of Contents

penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (generally by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability if the required information is furnished by such Non-U.S. Holder on a timely basis to the IRS.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

        Shares of our common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual Non-U.S. Holder at the time of such Non-U.S. Holder's death will be included in such Non-U.S. Holder's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

174


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as representatives of the underwriters. We will enter into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

Name
  Number of
Shares
 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

       

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

       

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

       

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

       

Natixis Securities Americas LLC

       

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                  Incorporated

       

Jefferies LLC

       

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

       

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

       

Piper Jaffray & Co. 

       

Samuel A. Ramirez & Company, Inc. 

       
       

Total

    35,900,000  
       
       

        The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares, other than those shares covered by the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares described below. The underwriting agreement will also provide that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

        The underwriters have an option to buy on a pro rata basis up to 5,385,000 additional shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

        The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $        per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $        per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

        The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $        per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be

175


Table of Contents

paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

 
  Without
exercise of option
  With
exercise of option
 

Per share

  $     $    

Total

  $     $    

        We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $5.5 million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses up to $25,000 related to clearance of this offering with the Financial Regulatory Authority, Inc., or "FINRA." The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us in an amount of $1.25 million for certain expenses of the offering.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

        We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Act relating to, any of our securities that are substantially similar to the securities offered hereby, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of our common stock or any such substantially similar securities or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or any such other securities (in each case except as provided in the underwriting agreement), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the release of the earnings results or the announcement of the material news or material event.

        Our directors, executive officers and stockholders currently representing substantially all of the outstanding shares of our common stock will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock, enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequences of ownership of any such securities held by them, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock, shares acquired upon the vesting of restricted stock units or settlement of deferred stock units or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock. The lock-up agreements will contain exceptions for, among other things, dispositions of shares of our common stock to us or our retention of shares of our common stock to satisfy tax withholding obligations or in payment of the exercise or purchase price in

176


Table of Contents

connection with the exercise of options to purchase common stock, the vesting of restricted stock units or the settlement of deferred stock units. Based on the vesting schedule of our restricted stock units, we expect that certain of our directors and officers will dispose of shares of common stock to us within the 180-day lock-up period, which will be required to be reported to the SEC on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the release of the earnings results or the announcement of the material news or material event.

        We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

        We have been approved to list the common stock on the NYSE under the symbol "SERV".

        In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be "covered" shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be "naked" shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

        The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

        These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

    the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

177


Table of Contents

    our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

    an assessment of our management;

    our prospects for future earnings;

    the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering; and

    the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies.

        Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

        The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5 percent of the total number of shares offered.

        Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Selling Restrictions

United Kingdom

        This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or the "Order," or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Switzerland

        The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or "SIX" or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

        Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or "CISA." The investor

178


Table of Contents

protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a "Relevant Member State," from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive, or the "EU Prospectus Directive," was implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the "Relevant Implementation Date," an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

        (a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

        (b)   to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant dealer or dealers nominated by us for any such offer; or

        (c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of shares to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Dubai International Financial Centre

        This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or "DFSA." This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Australia

        No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission ("ASIC"), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other

179


Table of Contents

disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the "Corporations Act"), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

        Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the "Exempt Investors") who are "sophisticated investors" (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), "professional investors" (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

        The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

        This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Hong Kong

        The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the securities has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Japan

        The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, "Japanese Person" shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Singapore

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of Non-CIS Securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the Non-CIS Securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or

180


Table of Contents

purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA"), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

        Where the Non-CIS Securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

    (a)
    a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)), the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

      a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Non-CIS Securities pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

    (a)
    to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

      where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

      where the transfer is by operation of law;

      as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

      as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Other Relationships

        The underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

        J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated acted as joint lead arrangers, and affiliates of the underwriters act as lenders, under our Existing Term Facilities and our Existing Revolving Credit Facility and we expect will act as lenders under the New Credit Facilities. In addition, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Natixis Securities Americas LLC acted as initial purchasers of the 2020 Notes, for which they received customary compensation. As described under "Use of Proceeds," we intend to redeem a portion of our 2020 Notes from the net proceeds of this offering received by us and will pay such amounts to such underwriters or their respective affiliates in proportion to their respective holdings of 2020 Notes, if any.

        In addition, JPMorgan, an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, holds the interest in our common stock described in "Prospectus Summary—Equity Sponsors and Organizational Structure" and "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" and is party to the agreements with us described in "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions." At the time of the

181


Table of Contents

consummation of this offering, JPMorgan is expected to receive the termination fees described in "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Consulting Agreements" in connection with the termination of our consulting agreement with JPMorgan.


VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK

        The validity of the shares of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, New York, New York. The validity of the shares of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York.


EXPERTS

        The financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 included in this prospectus and the related financial statement schedules included elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports appearing herein. Such financial statements and financial statement schedules are included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to the shares of our common stock being sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits thereto because some parts have been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. You will find additional information about us and the common stock being sold in this offering in the registration statement and the exhibits thereto. For further information with respect to ServiceMaster and the common stock being sold in this offering, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of the registration statement, including the exhibits thereto, may be read and copied at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an internet site at http://www.sec.gov, from which interested persons can electronically access the registration statement, including the exhibits and any schedules thereto. Copies of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, are also available at your request, without charge, from ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., 860 Ridge Lake Boulevard, Memphis, Tennessee 38120.

        We will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, accordingly, will file annual reports containing financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, quarterly reports containing unaudited financial statements, current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at the address noted above. You will also be able to obtain copies of this material from the Public Reference Room of the SEC as described above, or inspect them without charge at the SEC's website. You will also be able to access, free of charge, our reports filed with the SEC (for example, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and our Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those forms) through our website (www.servicemaster.com). Reports filed with or furnished to the SEC will be available as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with or furnished to the SEC. None of the information contained on, or that may be accessed through our websites or any other website identified herein is part of, or incorporated into, this prospectus. All website addresses in this prospectus are intended to be inactive textual references only.

182


Table of Contents


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of December 31 2013 and 2012

  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

  F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-7

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

   

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013

  F-49

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013

  F-50

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013

  F-51

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-52

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc.
Memphis, Tennessee

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Memphis, Tennessee
March 24, 2014 (May 9, 2014 as to Note 3 and Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements; June 13, 2014 as to the reverse stock split described in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements)

F-2


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income

(In millions, except per share data)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Revenue

  $ 2,293   $ 2,214   $ 2,105  

Cost of services rendered and products sold

    1,220     1,196     1,125  

Selling and administrative expenses

    691     678     648  

Amortization expense

    51     58     83  

Restructuring charges

    6     15     7  

Interest expense

    247     245     266  

Interest and net investment income

    (8 )   (7 )   (11 )

Loss on extinguishment of debt

        55      
               

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

    86     (26 )   (13 )

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    43     (8 )   (6 )

Equity in losses of joint venture

    (1 )        
               

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations

    42     (18 )   (7 )

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    (549 )   (696 )   53  
               

Net (Loss) Income

    (507 )   (714 )   46  
               

Other Comprehensive Income, Net of Income Taxes:

                   

Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities

    1     1     (1 )

Net unrealized gains on derivative instruments

    3     12     13  

Foreign currency translation

    (4 )       (1 )
               

Other Comprehensive Income, Net of Income Taxes

        13     11  
               

Total Comprehensive (Loss) Income

  $ (507 ) $ (701 ) $ 57  
               
               

Basic (Loss) Earnings Per Share:

                   

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ 0.46   $ (0.20 ) $ (0.08 )

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    (6.00 )   (7.57 )   0.58  

Net (loss) income

    (5.53 )   (7.77 )   0.50  

Diluted (Loss) Earnings Per Share:

                   

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ 0.46   $ (0.20 ) $ (0.08 )

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    (5.95 )   (7.57 )   0.58  

Net (loss) income

    (5.49 )   (7.77 )   0.50  

   

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

(In millions, except share data)

 
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2012  

Assets:

             

Current Assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 484   $ 418  

Marketable securities

    27     19  

Receivables, less allowances of $26 and $23, respectively

    394     372  

Inventories

    39     40  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    56     35  

Deferred customer acquisition costs

    30     27  

Deferred taxes

    107     103  

Assets of discontinued operations

    76     71  
           

Total Current Assets

    1,213     1,085  
           

Property and Equipment:

             

At cost

    381     322  

Less: accumulated depreciation

    (204 )   (164 )
           

Net Property and Equipment

    177     158  
           

Other Assets:

             

Goodwill

    2,018     1,995  

Intangible assets, primarily trade names, service marks and trademarks, net

    1,721     1,758  

Notes receivable

    22     22  

Long-term marketable securities

    122     127  

Other assets

    49     7  

Debt issuance costs

    41     45  

Assets of discontinued operations

    542     1,218  
           

Total Assets

  $ 5,905   $ 6,415  
           
           

Liabilities and Shareholders' (Deficit) Equity:

             

Current Liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 92   $ 73  

Accrued liabilities:

             

Payroll and related expenses

    70     69  

Self-insured claims and related expenses

    78     82  

Accrued interest payable

    51     54  

Other

    55     54  

Deferred revenue

    448     423  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

    139     101  

Current portion of long-term debt

    39     43  
           

Total Current Liabilities

    972     899  
           

Long-Term Debt

    3,867     3,881  

Other Long-Term Liabilities:

             

Deferred taxes

    712     699  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

    162     290  

Other long-term obligations, primarily self-insured claims

    169     111  
           

Total Other Long-Term Liabilities

    1,043     1,100  
           

Commitments and Contingencies (See Note 9)

             

Shareholders' Equity:

             

Common stock $0.01 par value, authorized 2,000,000,000 shares; issued 98,915,432 and 98,336,958 shares at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

    1     1  

Additional paid-in capital

    1,523     1,513  

Retained deficit

    (1,390 )   (883 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    7     7  
           

Less common stock held in treasury, at cost

    (118 )   (103 )
           

Total Shareholders' Equity

    23     535  
           

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

  $ 5,905   $ 6,415  
           
           

   

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity

(In millions)

 
   
   
   
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Treasury    
 
 
   
  Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)
  Total
Equity
 
 
  Shares   Shares   Amount  

Balance December 31, 2010

    97   $ 1   $ 1,485   $ (215 ) $ (17 )     $ (8 ) $ 1,246  
                                   

Net income

                      46                       46  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                            11                 11  
                                   

Total comprehensive income

                      46     11                 57  

Issuance of common stock

                6                             6  

Exercise of stock options

    1           5                             5  

Vesting of RSUs

                (1 )                           (1 )

DSUs converted into common stock

                (1 )                     1      

Repurchase of common stock

                                  (6 )   (87 )   (87 )

Stock-based employee compensation

                8                             8  
                                   

Balance December 31, 2011

    98   $ 1   $ 1,502   $ (169 ) $ (6 )   (6 ) $ (94 ) $ 1,234  
                                   

Net loss

                      (714 )                     (714 )

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                            13                 13  
                                   

Total comprehensive loss

                      (714 )   13                 (701 )

Issuance of common stock

                2                             2  

Exercise of stock options

                4                             4  

Vesting of RSUs

                (1 )                           (1 )

DSUs converted into common stock

                (1 )                     1      

Repurchase of common stock

                                        (10 )   (10 )

Stock-based employee compensation

                7                             7  
                                   

Balance December 31, 2012

    98   $ 1   $ 1,513   $ (883 ) $ 7     (6 ) $ (103 ) $ 535  
                                   

Net loss

                      (507 )                     (507 )

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                                             
                                   

Total comprehensive loss

                      (507 )                     (507 )

Issuance of common stock

    1           7                             7  

Exercise of stock options

                1                             1  

Vesting of RSUs

                (1 )                           (1 )

DSUs converted into common stock

                (1 )                     1      

Repurchase of common stock

                                  (1 )   (16 )   (16 )

Stock-based employee compensation

                4                             4  
                                   

Balance December 31, 2013

    99   $ 1   $ 1,523   $ (1,390 ) $ 7     (7 ) $ (118 ) $ 23  
                                   
                                   

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In millions)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period

  $ 418   $ 330   $ 258  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities from Continuing Operations:

                   

Net (Loss) Income

    (507 )   (714 )   46  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided from operating activities:

                   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    549     696     (53 )

Equity in losses of joint venture

    1          

Depreciation expense

    48     42     38  

Amortization expense

    51     58     83  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    10     13     14  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

        55      

Call premium paid on retirement of debt

        (43 )    

Premium received on issuance of debt

        3      

Deferred income tax (benefit) provision

    33     (15 )   (8 )

Stock-based compensation expense

    4     7     8  

Restructuring charges

    6     15     7  

Cash payments related to restructuring charges

    (9 )   (15 )   (6 )

Change in working capital, net of acquisitions:

                   

Current income taxes

        2     (10 )

Receivables

    (21 )   (20 )   (32 )

Inventories and other current assets

    (1 )   11     3  

Accounts payable

    16     9     3  

Deferred revenue

    25     15     8  

Accrued liabilities

    1     (36 )   (26 )

Other, net

    2     21     (1 )
               

Net Cash Provided from Operating Activities from Continuing Operations

    208     104     74  
               

Cash Flows from Investing Activities from Continuing Operations:

                   

Property additions

    (39 )   (44 )   (52 )

Sale of equipment and other assets

    1         3  

Other business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (32 )   (40 )   (32 )

Purchase of other intangibles

            (2 )

Notes receivable, financial investments and securities, net

        (1 )   3  
               

Net Cash Used for Investing Activities from Continuing Operations

    (70 )   (85 )   (80 )
               

Cash Flows from Financing Activities from Continuing Operations:

                   

Borrowings of debt

    1     1,350     4  

Payments of debt

    (53 )   (1,326 )   (36 )

Repurchase of common stock and RSU vesting

    (16 )   (11 )   (88 )

Issuance of Common Stock

    8     6     10  

Discount paid on issuance of debt

    (12 )        

Debt issuance costs paid

    (6 )   (33 )    
               

Net Cash Used for Financing Activities from Continuing Operations

    (78 )   (14 )   (110 )
               

Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations:

                   

Cash provided from operating activities

    39     129     223  

Cash (used for) provided from investing activities:

                   

Proceeds from sale of businesses

        (4 )   26  

Other investing activities

    (21 )   (33 )   (57 )

Cash used for financing activities

    (12 )   (9 )   (4 )
               

Net Cash Provided from Discontinued Operation s

    6     83     188  
               

Cash Increase During the Period

    66     88     72  
               

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period

  $ 484   $ 418   $ 330  
               
               

   

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies

        The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of ServiceMaster Global Holdings Inc. (the "Company") and its majority-owned subsidiary partnerships, limited liability companies and corporations. All consolidated Company subsidiaries are wholly owned. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

        Summary:     The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions required under GAAP which may differ from actual results. The more significant areas requiring the use of management estimates relate to revenue recognition; the allowance for uncollectible receivables; accruals for self-insured retention limits related to medical, workers' compensation, auto and general liability insurance claims; accruals for home warranties and termite damage claims; the possible outcome of outstanding litigation; accruals for income tax liabilities as well as deferred tax accounts; the deferral and amortization of customer acquisition costs; useful lives for depreciation and amortization expense; the valuation of marketable securities; and the valuation of tangible and intangible assets. In 2013, there have been no changes in the significant areas that require estimates or in the underlying methodologies used in determining the amounts of these associated estimates.

        The allowance for receivables is developed based on several factors including overall customer credit quality, historical write-off experience and specific account analyses that project the ultimate collectability of the outstanding balances. As such, these factors may change over time causing the reserve level to vary.

        The Company carries insurance policies on insurable risks at levels which it believes to be appropriate, including workers' compensation, auto and general liability risks. The Company purchases insurance from third-party insurance carriers. These policies typically incorporate significant deductibles or self-insured retentions. The Company is responsible for all claims that fall within the retention limits. In determining the Company's accrual for self-insured claims, the Company uses historical claims experience to establish both the current year accrual and the underlying provision for future losses. This actuarially determined provision and related accrual include both known claims, as well as incurred but not reported claims. The Company adjusts its estimate of accrued self-insured claims when required to reflect changes based on factors such as changes in health care costs, accident frequency and claim severity.

        The Company seeks to reduce the potential amount of loss arising from self-insured claims by insuring certain levels of risk. While insurance agreements are designed to limit the Company's losses from large exposure and permit recovery of a portion of direct unpaid losses, insurance does not relieve the Company of its ultimate liability. Accordingly, the accruals for insured claims represent the Company's total unpaid gross losses. Insurance recoverables, which are reported within Prepaid expenses and other assets and Other assets, relate to estimated insurance recoveries on the insured claims reserves.

        Accruals for home warranty claims in the American Home Shield business are made based on the Company's claims experience and actuarial projections. Termite damage claim accruals in the Terminix business are recorded based on both the historical rates of claims incurred within a contract year and the cost per claim. Current activity could differ causing a change in estimates. The Company has certain liabilities with respect to existing or potential claims, lawsuits, and other proceedings. The Company accrues for these liabilities when it is probable that future costs will be incurred and such costs can be reasonably estimated. Any resulting adjustments, which could be material, are recorded in the period identified.

F-7


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company records deferred income tax balances based on the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and income tax purposes. The Company records its deferred tax items based on the estimated value of the tax basis. The Company adjusts tax estimates when required to reflect changes based on factors such as changes in tax laws, relevant court decisions, results of tax authority reviews and statutes of limitations. The Company records a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company recognizes potential interest and penalties related to its uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

        Revenue.     Revenues from pest control services, as well as liquid and fumigation termite applications, are recognized as the services are provided. The Company eradicates termites through the use of non-baiting methods (e.g., fumigation or liquid treatments) and baiting systems. Termite services using baiting systems and termite inspection and protection contracts are frequently sold through annual contracts. Service costs for these contracts are expensed as incurred. The Company recognizes revenue over the life of these contracts in proportion to the expected direct costs. Those costs bear a direct relationship to the fulfillment of the Company's obligations under the contracts and are representative of the relative value provided to the customer (proportional performance method). The Company regularly reviews its estimates of direct costs for its termite bait contracts and termite inspection and protection contracts and adjusts the estimates when appropriate.

        Home warranty contracts are typically one year in duration. Home warranty claims costs are expensed as incurred. The Company recognizes revenue over the life of these contracts in proportion to the expected direct costs. Those costs bear a direct relationship to the fulfillment of the Company's obligations under the contracts and are representative of the relative value provided to the customer (proportional performance method). The Company regularly reviews its estimates of claims costs and adjusts the estimates when appropriate.

        The Company has franchise agreements in its Terminix, ServiceMaster Restore, ServiceMaster Clean, Merry Maids, Furniture Medic and AmeriSpec businesses. Franchise revenue (which in the aggregate represents approximately six percent of 2013 consolidated revenue from continuing operations) consists principally of continuing monthly fees based upon the franchisee's customer-level revenue. Monthly fee revenue is recognized when the related customer-level revenue generating activity is performed by the franchisee and collectability is reasonably assured. Franchise revenue also includes initial fees resulting from the sale of a franchise or a license. These initial franchise or license fees are pre-established fixed amounts and are recognized as revenue when collectability is reasonably assured and all material services or conditions relating to the sale have been substantially performed. Total profits from the franchised operations were $78 million, $71 million and $72 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company evaluates the performance of its franchise businesses based primarily on operating profit before corporate general and administrative expenses, interest expense and amortization of intangible assets. The portion of total franchise fee income related to initial fees received from the sale of franchises was immaterial to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements for all periods.

        Revenues are presented net of sales taxes collected and remitted to government taxing authorities on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income.

        The Company had $448 million and $423 million of deferred revenue as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Deferred revenue consists primarily of payments received for annual contracts relating to home warranties, termite baiting, termite inspection and pest control services.

F-8


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Deferred Customer Acquisition Costs:     Customer acquisition costs, which are incremental and direct costs of obtaining a customer, are deferred and amortized over the life of the related contract in proportion to revenue recognized. These costs include sales commissions and direct selling costs which can be shown to have resulted in a successful sale. Deferred customer acquisition costs amounted to $30 million and $27 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        Advertising:     On an interim basis, certain advertising costs are deferred and recognized approximately in proportion to the revenue over the year and are not deferred beyond the calendar year-end. Certain other advertising costs are expensed when the advertising occurs. The cost of direct-response advertising at Terminix, consisting primarily of direct-mail promotions, is capitalized and amortized over its expected period of future benefits. Deferred advertising costs are included in prepaid expenses and other assets on our consolidated statements of financial position. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $114 million, $112 million and $109 million, respectively.

        Inventory:     Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost (primarily on a weighted average cost basis) or market. The Company's inventory primarily consists of finished goods to be used on the customers' premises or sold to franchisees.

    Property and Equipment, Intangible Assets and Goodwill:

        Property and equipment consist of the following:

 
  Balance as of
December 31,
   
 
  Estimated
Useful
Lives
(Years)
(In millions)
  2013   2012

Land

  $ 6   $ 6   N/A

Buildings and improvements

    31     29   10 - 40

Technology and communications

    225     192   3 - 7

Machinery, production equipment and vehicles

    105     80   3 - 9

Office equipment, furniture and fixtures

    14     15   5 - 7
             

    381     322    

Less accumulated depreciation

    (204 )   (164 )  
             

Net property and equipment

  $ 177   $ 158    
             
             

        Depreciation of property and equipment, including depreciation of assets held under capital leases, was $48 million, $42 million and $38 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

        Intangible assets consisted primarily of goodwill in the amount of $2,018 million and $1,995 million, indefinite-lived trade names in the amount of $1,608 million and $1,608 million, and other intangible assets in the amount of $113 million and $150 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        Fixed assets and intangible assets with finite lives are depreciated and amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. These lives are based on the Company's previous experience for similar assets, potential market obsolescence and other industry and business data. As required by accounting standards for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets, the Company's long-lived

F-9


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

assets, including fixed assets and intangible assets (other than goodwill), are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. If the carrying value is no longer recoverable based upon the undiscounted future cash flows of the asset, an impairment loss would be recognized equal to the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the asset. Changes in the estimated useful lives or in the asset values could cause the Company to adjust its book value or future expense accordingly.

        As required under accounting standards for goodwill and other intangibles, goodwill is not subject to amortization, and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized until their useful lives are determined to no longer be indefinite. Goodwill and intangible assets that are not subject to amortization are subject to assessment for impairment by applying a fair-value based test on an annual basis or more frequently if circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2011-08, "Testing Goodwill for Impairment," in the fourth quarter of 2011. This ASU gives entities the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of a reporting unit in Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test. If entities determine, on the basis of qualitative factors, that the fair value of a reporting unit is more likely than not greater than its carrying amount, the two-step impairment test would not be required. For the 2013 and 2012 annual goodwill impairment review performed as of October 1, 2013 and October 1, 2012, respectively, the Company did not perform qualitative assessments on any reporting unit, but instead completed Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for all reporting units. For the 2011 annual goodwill impairment review performed as of October 1, 2011, the Company performed qualitative assessments on the Terminix, American Home Shield and ServiceMaster Clean reporting units. Based on these assessments, the Company determined that, more likely than not, the fair values of Terminix, American Home Shield and ServiceMaster Clean were greater than their respective carrying amounts. As a result, the two-step goodwill impairment test was not performed for Terminix, American Home Shield and ServiceMaster Clean in 2011.

        Goodwill impairment is determined using a two-step process. The first step involves a comparison of the estimated fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. In performing the first step, the Company determines the fair value of a reporting unit using a combination of a DCF analysis, a market-based comparable approach and a market-based transaction approach. Determining fair value requires the exercise of significant judgment, including judgment about appropriate discount rates, terminal growth rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, as well as relevant comparable company earnings multiples for the market-based comparable approach and relevant transaction multiples for the market-based transaction approach. The cash flows employed in the DCF analyses are based on the Company's most recent budget and, for years beyond the budget, the Company's estimates, which are based on estimated growth rates. The discount rates used in the DCF analyses are intended to reflect the risks inherent in the future cash flows of the respective reporting units. In addition, the market-based comparable and transaction approaches utilize comparable company public trading values, comparable company historical results, research analyst estimates and, where available, values observed in private market transactions. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is not necessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, then the second step of the goodwill impairment test must be performed. The second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill with its goodwill carrying amount to measure the amount of impairment, if any. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a

F-10


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

business combination. In other words, the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the purchase price paid. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit's goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

        The impairment test for other intangible assets not subject to amortization involves a comparison of the estimated fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying value. If the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The estimates of fair value of intangible assets not subject to amortization are determined using a DCF valuation analysis. The DCF methodology used to value trade names is known as the relief from royalty method and entails identifying the hypothetical cash flows generated by an assumed royalty rate that a third-party would pay to license the trade names and discounting them back to the valuation date. Significant judgments inherent in this analysis include the selection of appropriate discount rates and hypothetical royalty rates, estimating the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows attributable to the hypothetical royalty rates and identification of appropriate terminal growth rate assumptions. The discount rates used in the DCF analyses are intended to reflect the risk inherent in the projected future cash flows generated by the respective intangible assets.

        Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, primarily the Company's trade names, are assessed annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or earlier upon the occurrence of certain events or substantive changes in circumstances. The Company's 2013, 2012, and 2011 annual impairment analyses, which were performed as of October 1 of each year, did not result in any goodwill or trade name impairments to continuing operations.

        Restricted Net Assets:     There are third-party restrictions on the ability of certain of the Company's subsidiaries to transfer funds to the Company. These restrictions are related to regulatory requirements at American Home Shield and to a subsidiary borrowing arrangement at SMAC. The payment of ordinary and extraordinary dividends by the Company's home warranty and similar subsidiaries (through which the Company conducts its American Home Shield business) are subject to significant regulatory restrictions under the laws and regulations of the states in which they operate. Among other things, such laws and regulations require certain such subsidiaries to maintain minimum capital and net worth requirements and may limit the amount of ordinary and extraordinary dividends and other payments that these subsidiaries can pay to the Company or to The ServiceMaster Company, LLC ("SvM"). As of December 31, 2013, the total net assets subject to these third-party restrictions was $160 million. None of the subsidiaries of the Company are obligated to make funds available to the Company through the payment of dividends.

        Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Credit Risk:     See Note 19 for information relating to the fair value of financial instruments. Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to financial and credit risk, consist principally of investments and receivables. Investments consist primarily of publicly traded debt and common equity securities. The Company periodically reviews its portfolio of investments to determine whether there has been an other than temporary decline in the value of the investments from factors such as deterioration in the financial condition of the issuer or the market(s) in which it competes. The majority of the Company's receivables have little concentration of credit risk due to the large number of customers with relatively small balances and their dispersion across geographical areas. The Company maintains an allowance for losses based upon the expected collectability of receivables.

F-11


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Income Taxes:     The Company and its subsidiaries file consolidated U.S. federal income tax returns. State and local returns are filed both on a separate company basis and on a combined unitary basis with the Company. Current and deferred income taxes are provided for on a separate company basis. The Company accounts for income taxes using an asset and liability approach for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company's financial statements or tax returns. Deferred income taxes are provided to reflect the differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

        The Company records a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in its tax return. The Company recognizes potential interest and penalties related to its uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

        Stock-Based Compensation:     The Company accounts for stock-based compensation under accounting standards for share based payments, which require that stock options, restricted stock units and share grants be measured at fair value and this value is recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period.

        Earnings Per Share:     Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, increased to include the number of shares of common stock that would have been outstanding had potential dilutive shares of common stock been issued. The dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock units are reflected in diluted net income (loss) per share by applying the treasury stock method.

        Newly Issued Accounting Statements and Positions:     In July 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued ASU 2012-02, "Intangibles—Goodwill and Other: Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment," which amends the guidance on testing indefinite-lived intangible assets, other than goodwill, for impairment. This standard allows an entity testing an indefinite-lived intangible asset for impairment the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of the asset. If entities determine, on the basis of the qualitative assessment, that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is more likely than not greater than its carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test would not be required. Otherwise, further testing would be needed. This standard revises the examples of events and circumstances that an entity should consider in interim periods, but it does not revise the requirements to test indefinite-lived intangible assets (1) annually for impairment and (2) between annual tests if there is a change in events or circumstances. The amendments in this standard are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. The Company adopted the required provisions of this standard during the first quarter of 2013. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, "Reporting of Amounts Reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income" to improve the reporting of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income by requiring an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an

F-12


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. The amendments in this standard do not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements and are effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company adopted the required provisions of this standard during the first quarter of 2013. The disclosures required by this standard are presented in Note 14.

        In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, "Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or Tax Credit Carryforward Exists" to eliminate the diversity in practice associated with the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits in instances where a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. ASU 2013-11 generally requires an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, to be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, except in certain circumstances. The amendments in ASU 2013-11 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

Note 2. Acquisition of SvM

        On the 2007 Closing Date, the Company acquired SvM pursuant to the 2007 Merger. As a result of the Merger, SvM became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Immediately following the completion of the 2007 Merger, all of the outstanding common stock of the Company, the ultimate parent company of SvM, was owned by investment funds sponsored by, or affiliated with, certain Equity Sponsors.

        Equity contributions totaling $1,431 million, together with (i) borrowings under a then new $1,150 million senior unsecured interim loan facility, (the "Interim Loan Facility"), (ii) borrowings under a then new $2,650 million Term Loan Facility, and (iii) cash on hand at SvM, were used, among other things, to finance the aggregate 2007 Merger consideration, to make payments in satisfaction of other equity-based interests in the Company under the 2007 Merger agreement, to settle existing interest rate swaps, to redeem or provide for the repayment of certain of SvM's existing indebtedness and to pay related transaction fees and expenses. In addition, letters of credit issued under a new $150 million pre-funded letter of credit facility were used to replace and/or secure letters of credit previously issued under a SvM credit facility that was terminated as of the 2007 Closing Date. On the 2007 Closing Date, SvM also entered into, but did not then draw under, the Revolving Credit Facility.

        In connection with the 2007 Merger and the related transactions, SvM retired certain of its existing indebtedness, including SvM's $179 million, 7.875 percent notes due August 15, 2009 (the "2009 Notes"). On the 2007 Closing Date, the 2009 Notes were called for redemption, and they were redeemed on August 29, 2007. Additionally, SvM utilized a portion of the proceeds from the Term Facilities to repay at maturity SvM's $49 million, 6.95 percent notes due August 15, 2007. The Interim

F-13


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 2. Acquisition of SvM (Continued)

Loan Facility matured on July 24, 2008. On the maturity date, outstanding amounts under the Interim Loan Facility were converted on a one-to-one basis into the 2015 Notes.

Note 3. Business Segment Reporting

        The business of the Company is conducted through three reportable segments: Terminix, American Home Shield and Franchise Services Group.

        In accordance with accounting standards for segments, the Company's reportable segments are strategic business units that offer different services. The Terminix segment provides termite and pest control services to residential and commercial customers and distributes pest control products. The American Home Shield segment provides home warranties for household systems and appliances. The Franchise Services Group segment provides residential and commercial disaster restoration, janitorial and cleaning services through franchises primarily under the ServiceMaster, ServiceMaster Restore and ServiceMaster Clean brand names, on-site wood furniture repair and restoration services primarily under the Furniture Medic brand name, home inspection services primarily under the AmeriSpec brand name and home cleaning services through franchises and Company-owned operations primarily under the Merry Maids brand name. Other Operations and Headquarters includes SMAC, our financing subsidiary exclusively dedicated to providing financing to our franchisees and retail customers of our operating units, and the Company's headquarters operations (substantially all of which costs are allocated to the Company's reportable segments), which provide various technology, marketing, finance, legal and other support services to the reportable segments. The composition of our reportable segments is consistent with that used by our chief operating decision maker (the "CODM") to evaluate performance and allocate resources.

        Information regarding the accounting policies used by the Company is described in Note 1. The Company derives substantially all of its revenue from customers and franchisees in the United States with less than two percent generated in foreign markets. Operating expenses of the business units consist primarily of direct costs and indirect costs allocated from the Other Operations and Headquarters segment. Identifiable assets are those used in carrying out the operations of the business unit and include intangible assets directly related to its operations. Expenses which were allocated to TruGreen but are not reflected in discontinued operations are included in the Other Operations and Headquarters segment. Such expenses amounted to $38 million, $42 million and $46 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

        The Company uses Reportable Segment Adjusted EBITDA as its measure of segment profitability. Accordingly, the CODM evaluates performance and allocates resources based primarily on Reportable Segment Adjusted EBITDA. Reportable Segment Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) before: unallocated corporate expenses; income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes; provision (benefit) for income taxes; gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt; interest expense; depreciation and amortization expense; impairment of software and other related costs; non-cash impairment of property and equipment; non-cash stock-based compensation expense; restructuring charges; management and consulting fees; non-cash effects attributable to the application of purchase accounting; and other non-operating expenses. The Company's definition of Reportable Segment Adjusted EBITDA may not be calculated or comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

F-14


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 3. Business Segment Reporting (Continued)

        Information for continuing operations for each reportable segment and Other Operations and Headquarters is presented below:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In millions)
  2013   2012   2011  

Revenue:

                   

Terminix

  $ 1,309   $ 1,265   $ 1,193  

American Home Shield

    740     721     687  

Franchise Services Group

    236     221     220  
               

Reportable Segment Revenue

  $ 2,285   $ 2,207   $ 2,100  

Other Operations and Headquarters

    8     7     5  
               

Total Revenue

  $ 2,293   $ 2,214   $ 2,105  
               
               

Reportable Segment Adjusted EBITDA:(1)

                   

Terminix

  $ 266   $ 266   $ 249  

American Home Shield

    145     117     107  

Franchise Services Group

    78     70     75  
               

Reportable Segment Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 489   $ 453   $ 431  
               
               

Identifiable Assets:

                   

Terminix

  $ 2,694   $ 2,592   $ 2,602  

American Home Shield

    1,000     976     955  

Franchise Services Group

    513     510     510  
               

Reportable Segment Identifiable Assets

  $ 4,207   $ 4,078   $ 4,067  

Other Operations and Headquarters

    1,080     1,048     916  
               

Total Identifiable Assets(2)

  $ 5,287   $ 5,126   $ 4,983  
               
               

Depreciation & Amortization Expense:

                   

Terminix

  $ 73   $ 76   $ 76  

American Home Shield

    8     8     27  

Franchise Services Group

    8     8     9  
               

Reportable Segment Depreciation and Amortization Expense

  $ 89   $ 92   $ 112  

Other Operations and Headquarters

    10     8     9  
               

Total Depreciation & Amortization Expense(3)

  $ 99   $ 100   $ 121  
               
               

F-15


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 3. Business Segment Reporting (Continued)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In millions)
  2013   2012   2011  

Capital Expenditures:

                   

Terminix

  $ 11   $ 14   $ 23  

American Home Shield

    13     15     18  

Franchise Services Group

    3     2     2  
               

Reportable Segment Capital Expenditures

  $ 27   $ 31   $ 43  

Other Operations and Headquarters

    12     13     9  
               

Total Capital Expenditures

  $ 39   $ 44   $ 52  
               
               

(1)
Presented below is a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net (Loss) Income:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In millions)
  2013   2012   2011  

Reportable Segment Adjusted EBITDA:

                   

Terminix

  $ 266   $ 266   $ 249  

American Home Shield

    145     117     107  

Franchise Services Group

    78     70     75  
               

Reportable Segment Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 489   $ 453   $ 431  
               
               

Unallocated corporate expenses(a)

  $ (39 ) $ (40 ) $ (34 )

Depreciation and amortization expense

    (99 )   (100 )   (121 )

Non-cash impairment of property and equipment

        (9 )    

Non-cash stock-based compensation expense

    (4 )   (7 )   (8 )

Restructuring charges

    (6 )   (15 )   (7 )

Management and consulting fees

    (7 )   (7 )   (8 )

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    (549 )   (696 )   53  

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

    (43 )   8     6  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

        (55 )    

Interest expense

    (247 )   (245 )   (266 )

Other

    (2 )   (1 )    
               

Net (Loss) Income

  $ (507 ) $ (714 ) $ 46  
               
               

(a) Represents the unallocated corporate expenses of Other Operations and Headquarters.

 
(2)
Assets of discontinued operations are not included in the business segment table.

(3)
There are no adjustments necessary to reconcile total depreciation and amortization as presented in the business segment table to the consolidated totals. Amortization of debt issue costs is not included in the business segment table.

        See Note 4 for information relating to segment goodwill.

Note 4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        Goodwill and intangible assets that are not amortized are subject to assessment for impairment by applying a fair-value based test on an annual basis or more frequently if circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The Company's annual assessment date is October 1. There were no goodwill or trade name impairment charges recorded to continuing operations during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the increase in goodwill and other intangible assets related primarily to tuck-in acquisitions completed throughout the period by Terminix and Franchise Services Group.

F-16


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)

        The table below summarizes the goodwill balances for continuing operations by reportable segment and for Other Operations and Headquarters:

(In millions)
  Terminix   American
Home
Shield
  Franchise
Services
Group
  Total  

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 1,424   $ 348   $ 188   $ 1,960  

Acquisitions

    34         1     35  
                   

Balance at December 31, 2012

    1,458     348     189     1,995  

Acquisitions

    22         2     24  

Other(1)

            (1 )   (1 )
                   

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 1,480   $ 348   $ 190   $ 2,018  
                   
                   

(1)
Reflects the impact of foreign exchange rate changes.

        There were no accumulated impairment losses recorded in continuing operations as of December 31, 2013, 2012 or 2011.

        The table below summarizes the other intangible asset balances for continuing operations:

 
  Estimated
Remaining
Useful
Lives
(Years)
  December 31, 2013   December 31, 2012  
(In millions)
  Gross   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net   Gross   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net  

Trade names(1)

    N/A   $ 1,608   $   $ 1,608   $ 1,608   $   $ 1,608  

Customer relationships

    3 - 10     512     (447 )   65     504     (407 )   97  

Franchise agreements

    20 - 25     88     (54 )   34     88     (49 )   39  

Other

    4 - 30     41     (27 )   14     36     (22 )   14  
                                 

Total

        $ 2,249   $ (528 ) $ 1,721   $ 2,236   $ (478 ) $ 1,758  
                                 
                                 

(1)
Not subject to amortization.

        Amortization expense of $51 million, $58 million and $83 million was recorded in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. For the existing intangible assets, the Company anticipates amortization expense of $48 million, $27 million, $8 million, $6 million and $4 million in 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

        In the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the TruGreen Business recorded impairment charges of $673 million ($521 million, net of tax), $909 million ($764 million, net of tax) and $37 million ($22 million, net of tax), respectively, in discontinued operations, net of income taxes. In the year ended December 31, 2011, the TruGreen LandCare business recorded an impairment charge of $34 million ($21 million, net of tax in discontinued operations, net of income taxes).

F-17


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 5. Income Taxes

        As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company had $8 million, $8 million and $9 million, respectively, of tax benefits primarily reflected in state tax returns that have not been recognized for financial reporting purposes ("unrecognized tax benefits"). At December 31, 2013 and 2012, $8 million of unrecognized tax benefits would impact the effective tax rate if recognized. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
(In millions)
  2013   2012   2011  

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of period

  $ 8   $ 9   $ 14  

Increases in tax positions for prior years

    1         1  

Decreases in tax positions for prior years

            (2 )

Increases in tax positions for current year

    1     1     1  

Lapse in statute of limitations

    (2 )   (2 )   (5 )
               

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at end of period

  $ 8   $ 8   $ 9  
               
               

        Up to $1 million of the Company's unrecognized tax benefits could be recognized within the next 12 months. As of December 31, 2012, the Company believed that it was reasonably possible that a decrease of up to $1 million in unrecognized tax benefits would have occurred during the year ended December 31, 2013. During the year ended December 31, 2013 unrecognized tax benefits actually decreased by $2 million as a result of the closing of certain state audits and the expiration of statutes of limitation.

        The Company files consolidated and separate income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction and in many state and foreign jurisdictions. The Company has been audited by the IRS through its year ended December 31, 2011, and is no longer subject to state and local or foreign income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2006.

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to review by domestic and foreign taxing authorities. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company participates in the IRS's Compliance Assurance Process whereby its U.S. federal income tax returns are reviewed by the IRS both prior to and after their filing. The U.S. federal income tax returns filed by the Company through the year ended December 31, 2011 have been audited by the IRS. In the second quarter of 2013, the IRS completed the audits of the Company's tax returns for the year ended December 31, 2011 with no adjustments or additional payments. The Company's tax returns for the year ended December 31, 2012 are under audit, which is expected to be completed by the second quarter of 2014. The IRS commenced examinations of the Company's U.S. federal income tax returns for 2013 in the first quarter of 2013. The examination is anticipated to be completed by the second quarter of 2015. Seven state tax authorities are in the process of auditing state income tax returns of various subsidiaries.

        The Company's policy is to recognize potential interest and penalties related to its tax positions within the tax provision. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company reversed interest expense of $2 million through the tax provision. There were no similar reversals for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had accrued for the payment of interest and penalties of $1 million.

F-18


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 5. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The components of our income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes are as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

U.S. 

  $ 80   $ (31 ) $ (18 )

Foreign

    6     5     5  
               

Total

  $ 86   $ (26 ) $ (13 )
               
               

        The reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to the Company's effective income tax rate for continuing operations is as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Tax at U.S. federal statutory rate

    35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

State and local income taxes, net of U.S. federal benefit

    9.6     (13.0 )   27.9  

Tax credits

    (2.6 )   3.7     12.8  

Nondeductible goodwill

             

Other permanent items

    0.8     (4.3 )   (8.0 )

Stock option forfeitures

    4.2         (7.6 )

Other, including foreign rate differences and reserves

    3.1     9.1     (16.3 )
               

Effective rate

    50.1 %   30.5 %   43.8 %
               
               

        The effective tax rate for discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was a tax benefit of 23.3 percent and 13.5 percent, respectively. The effective tax rate for discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 was a provision of 38.0 percent. The effective tax rate for the years ending December 31, 2013 and 2012 was impacted by the impairment of non-deductible goodwill.

        Income tax expense from continuing operations is as follows:

 
  2013  
(In millions)
  Current   Deferred   Total  

U.S. federal

  $ 1   $ 27   $ 28  

Foreign

    3         3  

State and local

    5     7     12  
               

  $ 9   $ 34   $ 43  
               
               

F-19


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 5. Income Taxes (Continued)

 

 
  2012  
 
  Current   Deferred   Total  

U.S. federal

  $   $ (16 ) $ (16 )

Foreign

    2         2  

State and local

    5     1     6  
               

  $ 7   $ (15 ) $ (8 )
               
               

 

 
  2011  
 
  Current   Deferred   Total  

U.S. federal

  $ (1 ) $ (2 ) $ (3 )

Foreign

    3         3  

State and local

    (1 )   (5 )   (6 )
               

  $ 1   $ (7 ) $ (6 )
               
               

        Deferred income tax expense results from timing differences in the recognition of income and expense for income tax and financial reporting purposes. Deferred income tax balances reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes. The deferred tax asset primarily reflects the impact of future tax deductions related to the Company's accruals and certain net operating loss carryforwards. The deferred tax liability is primarily attributable to the basis differences related to intangible assets. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized. The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013 was $7 million. The net change in the total valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2013 was an increase of $1 million and was primarily attributable to additional net operating loss carryforwards in foreign jurisdictions.

F-20


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 5. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Significant components of the Company's deferred tax balances are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
(In millions)
  2013   2012  

Deferred tax assets (liabilities):

             

Current Asset:

             

Prepaid expenses

  $ (14 ) $ (13 )

Receivables allowances

    14     11  

Accrued insurance expenses

    9     5  

Current reserves

    6     5  

Accrued expenses and other

    17     21  

Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards

    74     74  
           

Total current asset

  $ 106   $ 103  
           

Long-Term Liability:

             

Intangible assets(1)

  $ (717 ) $ (716 )

Accrued insurance expenses

    3     4  

Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards

    51     51  

Other long-term obligations

    (43 )   (32 )

Less valuation allowance

    (7 )   (6 )
           

Total long-term liability

    (713 )   (699 )
           

Net deferred tax liability

  $ (607 ) $ (596 )
           
           

(1)
The deferred tax liability relates primarily to the difference in the tax versus book basis of intangible assets. The majority of this liability will not actually be paid unless certain business units of the Company are sold.

        As of December 31, 2013, the Company had deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances, of $105 million for federal and state net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards which expire at various dates up to 2033. The Company also had deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances, of $14 million for federal and state credit carryforwards which expire at various dates up to 2033.

        For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company reorganized certain foreign subsidiaries in conjunction with its international growth initiatives and evaluated its liquidity requirements in the U.S. and the capital requirements of its foreign subsidiaries. Based on these factors, the Company considers undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 to be indefinitely reinvested. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded deferred taxes for U.S. or foreign withholding taxes on the excess of the amount for financial reporting purposes over the tax basis of investments in foreign subsidiaries that are essentially permanent in duration. This amount becomes taxable upon a repatriation of assets from the subsidiary or a sale or liquidation of the subsidiary. Determination of the amount of any unrecognized deferred income tax liability on this temporary difference is not practicable due to the complexities of the hypothetical calculation. The amount of cash associated with indefinitely reinvested foreign earnings was approximately $15 million and $25 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company does not anticipate the need to repatriate

F-21


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 5. Income Taxes (Continued)

funds to the United States to satisfy domestic liquidity needs arising in the ordinary course of business, including liquidity needs associated with our domestic debt service requirements.

Note 6. Acquisitions

        Acquisitions have been accounted for using the acquisition method and, accordingly, the results of operations of the acquired businesses have been included in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements since their dates of acquisition. The assets and liabilities of these businesses were recorded in the financial statements at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition dates.

2013

        During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company completed several pest control and termite acquisitions, along with several franchise acquisitions and the purchase of a distributor license agreement within the Franchise Services Group. The total net purchase price for these acquisitions was $40 million. The Company recorded goodwill of $24 million and other intangibles of $13 million related to these acquisitions.

Prior Years

        During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company completed several pest control and termite acquisitions, along with several franchise acquisitions and the purchase of a distributor license agreement with the Franchise Services Group. The total net purchase price for these acquisitions was $49 million. Related to these acquisitions, the Company recorded goodwill of $35 million and other intangibles of $13 million.

        During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company completed several pest control and termite acquisitions for a total net purchase price of $41 million. Related to these acquisitions, the Company recorded goodwill of $28 million and other intangibles of $11 million.

Cash Flow Information for Acquisitions

        Supplemental cash flow information regarding the Company's acquisitions, excluding the 2007 Merger, is as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
(In millions)
  2013   2012   2011  

Purchase price (including liabilities assumed)

  $ 40   $ 52   $ 41  

Less liabilities assumed

        (3 )    
               

Net purchase price

  $ 40   $ 49   $ 41  
               
               

Net cash paid for acquisitions

  $ 32   $ 40   $ 33  

Seller financed debt

    8     9     8  
               

Payment for acquisitions

  $ 40   $ 49   $ 41  
               
               

F-22


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 7. Discontinued Operations

TruGreen Spin-off

        On January 14, 2014, the Company completed the TruGreen Spin-off resulting in the spin-off of the assets and certain liabilities of the TruGreen Business through a tax-free, pro rata dividend to Holdings' stockholders. As a result of the completion of the TruGreen Spin-off, New TruGreen operates the TruGreen Business as a private independent company.

        In connection with the TruGreen Spin-off, the Company and TGLP, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of New TruGreen, entered into a transition services agreement pursuant to which the Company and its subsidiaries provide TGLP with specified communications, public relations, finance and accounting, tax, treasury, internal audit, human resources operations and benefits, risk management and insurance, supply management, real estate management, marketing, facilities, information technology and other support services. The charges for the transition services allow the Company to fully recover the allocated direct costs of providing the services, plus specified margins and any out-of-pocket costs and expenses. The services provided under the transition services agreement will terminate at various specified times, and in no event later than January 14, 2016 (except certain information technology services, which TGLP expects the Company to provide to TGLP beyond the two-year period). TGLP may terminate the transition services agreement (or certain services under the transition services agreement) for convenience upon 90 days written notice, in which case TGLP will be required to reimburse the Company for early termination costs.

        In addition, the Company, New TruGreen and TGLP entered into (1) a separation and distribution agreement containing key provisions relating to the separation of the TruGreen Business and the distribution of New TruGreen common stock to our stockholders (including relating to specified TruGreen legal matters with respect to which we have agreed to retain liability, as well as insurance coverage, non-competition, indemnification and other matters), (2) an employee matters agreement allocating liabilities and responsibilities relating to employee benefit plans and programs and other related matters and (3) a tax matters agreement governing the respective rights, responsibilities and obligations of the parties thereto with respect to taxes, including allocating liabilities for income taxes attributable to New TruGreen and its subsidiaries generally to the Company for tax periods (or portions thereof) ending on or before January 14, 2014 and generally to New TruGreen for tax periods (or portions thereof) beginning after that date.

TruGreen Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        Goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets, primarily the Company's trade names, are assessed annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or earlier upon the occurrence of certain events or substantive changes in circumstances.

    Goodwill

        The Company performed an interim goodwill impairment analysis at TruGreen as of June 30, 2013 that resulted in a pre tax non cash goodwill impairment of $417 million. After this impairment charge, there was no goodwill remaining at TruGreen. The Company performed an interim goodwill impairment analysis at TruGreen as of September 30, 2012 that resulted in a pre tax non cash goodwill impairment of $794 million. During the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company finalized its September 30, 2012 TruGreen valuation resulting in a $4 million adjustment to goodwill decreasing the 2012 goodwill impairment charge to $790 million. The Company's 2013, 2012, and 2011 annual

F-23


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 7. Discontinued Operations (Continued)

impairment analyses, which were performed as of October 1 of each year, did not result in any goodwill impairments.

        The goodwill impairment charge recorded in 2013 was primarily attributable to a decline in forecasted 2013 and future cash flows at TruGreen over a defined projection period as of June 30, 2013 compared to the projections used in the last annual impairment assessment performed on October 1, 2012. The changes in projected cash flows at TruGreen arose in part from the business challenges at TruGreen. Although the Company projected future improvement in cash flows at TruGreen as a part of its June 30, 2013 impairment analysis, total cash flows and projected growth in those cash flows were lower than those projected at the time TruGreen was last tested for impairment in 2012. The long term growth rates used in the impairment tests at June 30, 2013 and October 1, 2012 were the same and were in line with historical U.S. gross domestic product growth rates. The discount rate used in the June 30, 2013 impairment test was 100 bps lower than the discount rate used in the October 1, 2012 impairment test for TruGreen. The decrease in the discount rate is primarily attributable to changes in market conditions which indicated an improved outlook for the U.S. financial markets and a higher risk tolerance for investors since the 2012 analysis.

        The goodwill impairment charge recorded in 2012 was primarily attributable to a decline in forecasted 2012 cash flows and a decrease in projected future growth in cash flows at TruGreen over a defined projection period as of September 30, 2012 compared to the projections used in the previous annual impairment assessment performed on October 1, 2011. Although the Company projected future growth in cash flows at TruGreen as a part of its September 30, 2012 impairment analysis, total cash flows and projected growth in those cash flows were lower than that projected at the time TruGreen was tested for impairment in 2011. The long term growth rates used in the impairment tests at September 30, 2012 and October 1, 2011 were the same and in line with historical U.S. gross domestic product growth rates. The discount rate used in the September 30, 2012 impairment test was 50 bps lower than the discount rate used in the October 1, 2011 impairment test for TruGreen. The decrease in the discount rate is primarily attributable to changes in market conditions which indicated an improved outlook for the U.S. financial markets since the 2011 analysis.

    Intangible Assets

        The Company performed an interim trade name impairment analysis at TruGreen as of June 30, 2013 resulting in a pre tax non cash trade name impairment charge of $256 million recorded in the second quarter of 2013. The Company performed an interim trade name impairment analysis at TruGreen as of June 30, 2012 resulting in a pre tax non cash trade name impairment charge of $68 million recorded in the second quarter of 2012. Further, the Company performed an interim trade name impairment analysis at TruGreen as of September 30, 2012 resulting in a pre tax non cash trade name impairment charge of $51 million recorded in the third quarter of 2012. The Company's annual trade name impairment analyses, which were performed as of October 1 of each year, resulted in pre tax non cash impairment of $37 million in 2011 related to the TruGreen trade name. The Company's October 1, 2013 and 2012 trade name impairment analyses did not result in any trade name impairments.

        Based on the revenue results at TruGreen in the first six months of 2013 and a lower revenue outlook for the remainder of 2013 and future years, the Company concluded that there was an impairment indicator requiring the performance of an interim indefinite lived intangible asset

F-24


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 7. Discontinued Operations (Continued)

impairment test for the TruGreen trade name as of June 30, 2013. The impairment charge recorded in the second quarter of 2013 was primarily attributable to a decrease in the assumed royalty rate and a decrease in projected future growth in revenue at TruGreen over a defined projection period as of June 30, 2013 compared to the royalty rate and projections used in the last annual impairment assessment performed on October 1, 2012. The decrease in the assumed royalty rate was due to lower current and projected earnings as a percent of revenue as compared to the last annual impairment test. Although the Company projected future growth in revenue at TruGreen as part of its June 30, 2013 impairment analysis, total projected revenue was lower than the revenue projected at the time the trade name was last tested for impairment in October 2012. The changes in projected future revenue growth at TruGreen arose in part from the business challenges at TruGreen. The long term revenue growth rates used in the impairment tests at October 1, 2013, June 30, 2013 and October 1, 2012 were the same and in line with historical U.S. gross domestic product growth rates. The discount rates used in the October 1, 2013 and June 30, 2013 impairment tests were the same, but were 100 bps lower than the discount rate used in the October 1, 2012 impairment test for the TruGreen trade name. The decrease in the discount rate from 2012 is primarily attributable to changes in market conditions which indicated an improved outlook for the U.S. financial markets and a higher risk tolerance for investors since the last analysis.

        Based on the revenue results at TruGreen in the first six months of 2012 and a then lower revenue outlook for the remainder of 2012 and future years, the Company concluded that there was an impairment indicator requiring the performance of an interim indefinite lived intangible asset impairment test for the TruGreen trade name as of June 30, 2012. Based on the revenue results of TruGreen in the third quarter of 2012 and the revised outlook for the remainder of the year and future years, the Company performed another impairment analysis on its TruGreen trade name to determine its fair value as of September 30, 2012. The impairment charge recorded in the second quarter of 2012 was primarily attributable to a decrease in projected future growth in revenue at TruGreen over a defined projection period as of June 30, 2012 compared to the projections used in the previous annual impairment assessment performed on October 1, 2011. The third quarter impairment charge was primarily attributable to a further reduction in projected revenue growth as compared to expectations in the second quarter of 2012. Although the Company projected future growth in revenue at TruGreen over a defined projection period as a part of its September 30, 2012 impairment analysis, such growth was lower than the revenue growth projected at the time the trade name was tested for impairment in the second quarter of 2012. The long term revenue growth rates used for periods after the defined projection period in the impairment tests at September 30, 2012, June 30, 2012 and October 1, 2011 were the same and in line with historical U.S. gross domestic product growth rates. The discount rates used in the September 30, 2012 and June 30, 2012 impairment tests were the same, but were 50 bps lower than the discount rate used in the October 1, 2011 impairment test for the TruGreen trade name. The decrease in the discount rate from 2011 is primarily attributable to changes in market conditions which indicated an improved outlook for the U.S. financial markets since the last analysis.

        The impairment charge in 2011 was primarily attributable to the use of higher discount rates in the DCF valuation analyses as compared to the discount rates used in the 2010 impairment analyses. Although the projected future growth in cash flows in 2011 were slightly higher than in the 2010 valuation, the increase in the discount rates more than offset the improved cash flows. The increase in the discount rates is primarily attributable to changes in market conditions which indicated a lower risk tolerance in 2011 as compared to 2010. This lower risk tolerance is exhibited through the marketplace's

F-25


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 7. Discontinued Operations (Continued)

desire for higher returns in order to accept market risk. The long term revenue growth rates used in the analyses for the October 1, 2011 and 2010 impairment tests were the same and in line with historical U.S. gross domestic product growth rates.

Other Dispositions

        In the first quarter of 2011, the Company concluded that TruGreen LandCare did not fit within the long-term strategic plans of the Company and committed to a plan to sell the business. On April 21, 2011, the Company entered into a purchase agreement to sell the TruGreen LandCare business, and the disposition was effective as of April 30, 2011.

Financial Information for Discontinued Operations

        Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes, for all periods presented includes the operating results of the TruGreen Business and the previously sold businesses.

        The operating results of discontinued operations are as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In millions)
  2013   2012   2011  

Revenue

  $ 896   $ 979   $ 1,177  

(Loss) income before income taxes(1)(2)

    (716 )   (803 )   92  

(Benefit) provision for income taxes(1)(2)

    (167 )   (107 )   37  
               

(Loss) income, net of income taxes(1)(2)

    (549 )   (696 )   55  

Gain (loss) on sale, net of income taxes

            (2 )
               

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes(1)(2)

  $ (549 ) $ (696 ) $ 53  
               
               

(1)
During 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded pre-tax non-cash impairment charges of $673 million ($521 million, net of tax), $909 million ($764 million, net of tax) and $37 million ($22 million, net of tax), respectively, associated with the goodwill and trade name at its TruGreen Business, which is reported in (loss) income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes.

(2)
As a result of the decision to sell TruGreen LandCare, a $34 million impairment charge ($21 million, net of tax) was recorded in loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes, in the first quarter of 2011 to reduce the carrying value of TruGreen LandCare's assets to their estimated fair value less cost to sell in accordance with applicable accounting standards. Upon completion of the sale in 2011, a $6 million loss on sale ($2 million, net of tax) was recorded.

F-26


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 7. Discontinued Operations (Continued)

        Assets and liabilities of discontinued operations are summarized below:

 
  As of
December 31,
 
(In millions)
  2013   2012  

Assets:

             

Receivables, net

  $ 28   $ 29  

Inventories and other current assets

    48     42  
           

Total Current Assets

    76     71  
           

Property and equipment, net

    181     182  

Goodwill and intangible assets, net

    355     1,032  

Other long-term assets

    6     4  
           

Total Assets

  $ 618   $ 1,289  
           
           

Liabilities:

             

Current liabilities

  $ 139   $ 101  

Long-term debt and other long-term liabilities

    162     290  
           

Total Liabilities

  $ 301   $ 391  
           
           

        At December 31, 2013 and 2012, these balances primarily reflect the historical assets and liabilities of the TruGreen business.

Note 8. Restructuring Charges

        The Company incurred restructuring charges of $6 million ($4 million, net of tax), $15 million ($9 million, net of tax) and $7 million ($4 million, net of tax) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Restructuring charges were comprised of the following:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
(In millions)
  2013   2012   2011  

Terminix branch optimization(1)

  $ 2   $ 4   $ 4  

American Home Shield reorganization(2)

        1      

Franchise Services Group reorganization(2)

        1      

Centers of excellence initiative(3)

    4     9     3  
               

Total restructuring charges

  $ 6   $ 15   $ 7  
               
               

(1)
These charges included severance costs of $1 million, and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, these charges included lease termination costs of $1 million, $3 million and $4 million, respectively.

(2)
For the year ended December 31, 2012, these charges included severance costs.

(3)
Represents restructuring charges related to an initiative to enhance capabilities and reduce costs in the Company's headquarters functions that provide Company-wide administrative services for our operations that we refer to as centers of excellence. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, these charges included severance and

F-27


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 8. Restructuring Charges (Continued)

    other costs of $1 million, $4 million and $2 million, respectively, and professional fees of $3 million, $5 million and $1 million, respectively.

            The pretax charges discussed above are reported in Restructuring charges on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income.

            A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of accrued restructuring charges, which are included in Accrued Liabilities—Other on the consolidated statements of financial position, is presented as follows:

(In millions)
  Accrued
Restructuring
Charges
 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

  $ 4  

Costs incurred

    15  

Costs paid or otherwise settled

    (15 )
       

Balance as of December 31, 2012

    4  

Costs incurred

    6  

Costs paid or otherwise settled

    (9 )
       

Balance as of December 31, 2013

  $ 1  
       
       

    Note 9. Commitments and Contingencies

            The Company leases certain property and equipment under various operating lease arrangements. Most of the property leases provide that the Company pay taxes, insurance and maintenance applicable to the leased premises. As leases for existing locations expire, the Company expects to renew the leases or substitute another location and lease.

            Rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $29 million, $31 million and $38 million, respectively. Based on leases in place as of December 31, 2013, future long-term non-cancelable operating lease payments will be approximately $21 million in 2014, $16 million in 2015, $13 million in 2016, $11 million in 2017, $7 million in 2018 and $5 million in 2019 and thereafter.

            In the normal course of business, the Company periodically enters into agreements that incorporate indemnification provisions. While the maximum amount to which the Company may be exposed under such agreements cannot be estimated, the Company does not expect these guarantees and indemnifications to have a material effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

            The Company carries insurance policies on insurable risks at levels which it believes to be appropriate, including workers' compensation, auto and general liability risks. The Company purchases insurance policies from third-party insurance carriers, which typically incorporate significant deductibles or self-insured retentions. The Company is responsible for all claims that fall below the retention limits. In determining the Company's accrual for self- insured claims, the Company uses historical claims experience to establish both the current year accrual and the underlying provision for future losses. This actuarially determined provision and related accrual includes known claims, as well as incurred but not reported claims. The Company adjusts its estimate of accrued self-insured claims when required to

F-28


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 9. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

    reflect changes based on factors such as changes in health care costs, accident frequency and claim severity.

            A reconciliation of the beginning and ending accrued self-insured claims, which are included in Accrued liabilities—Self-insured claims and related expenses and Other long-term obligations, primarily self-insured claims, on the consolidated statements of financial position, net of insurance recoverables, which are included in Prepaid expenses and other assets and Other assets on the consolidated statements of financial position, is presented as follows:

(In millions)
  Accrued
Self-insured
Claims, Net
 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

  $ 108  

Provision for self-insured claims

    35  

Cash payments

    (40 )
       

Balance as of December 31, 2012

    103  

Provision for self-insured claims

    47  

Cash payments

    (49 )
       

Balance as of December 31, 2013

  $ 101  
       
       

            Accruals for home warranty claims in the American Home Shield business are made based on the Company's claims experience and actuarial projections. Termite damage claim accruals in the Terminix business are recorded based on both the historical rates of claims incurred within a contract year and the cost per claim. Current activity could differ causing a change in estimates. The Company has certain liabilities with respect to existing or potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings. The Company accrues for these liabilities when it is probable that future costs will be incurred and such costs can be reasonably estimated. Any resulting adjustments, which could be material, are recorded in the period the adjustments are identified.

            In the ordinary course of conducting business activities, the Company and its subsidiaries become involved in judicial, administrative and regulatory proceedings involving both private parties and governmental authorities. These proceedings include insured and uninsured matters that are brought on an individual, collective, representative and class action basis, or other proceedings involving regulatory, employment, general and commercial liability, automobile liability, wage and hour, environmental and other matters. The Company has entered into settlement agreements in certain cases, including with respect to putative collective and class actions, which are subject to court or other approvals. If one or more of the Company's settlements are not finally approved, the Company could have additional or different exposure, which could be material. At this time, the Company does not expect any of these proceedings to have a material effect on its reputation, business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows; however, the Company can give no assurance that the results of any such proceedings will not materially affect its reputation, business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

F-29


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    Note 10. Related Party Transactions

            The Company is a party to a consulting agreement with CD&R under which CD&R provides the Company with ongoing consulting and management advisory services. The annual consulting fee payable under the consulting agreement with CD&R is $6 million. Under this agreement, the Company recorded consulting fees of $6 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, which is included in Selling and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. The consulting agreement also provides that CD&R may receive additional fees in connection with certain subsequent financing and acquisition or disposition transactions. There were no additional fees incurred in each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. The consulting agreement will terminate on July 24, 2017, unless terminated earlier at CD&R's election.

            As of December 31, 2013, the Company is a party to consulting agreements with StepStone, JPMorgan and BAS. The consulting agreements terminate on June 30, 2016 or upon the earlier termination of the consulting agreement with CD&R. Effective January 1, 2012, the annual consulting fee formerly payable to BAS was reduced to $0.25 million. Pursuant to the consulting agreements, the Company is required to pay aggregate annual consulting fees of $1 million to StepStone, JPMorgan and BAS. The Company recorded aggregate consulting fees related to these agreements of $1 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, which is included in selling and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income.

    Note 11. Employee Benefit Plans

            Discretionary contributions to qualified profit sharing and non-qualified deferred compensation plans were made in the amount of $13 million, $12 million and $10 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

F-30


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    Note 12. Long-Term Debt

            Long-term debt as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 is summarized in the following table:

 
  As of December 31,  
(In millions)
  2013   2012  

Senior secured term loan facility maturing in 2014 (Tranche A)

  $   $ 1,219  

Senior secured term loan facility maturing in 2017 (Tranche B)

    991     1,001  

Senior secured term loan facility maturing in 2017 (Tranche C)(1)

    1,198      

7.00% senior notes maturing in 2020

    750     750  

8.00% senior notes maturing in 2020(2)

    602     603  

Revolving credit facility maturing in 2017

         

7.10% notes maturing in 2018(3)

    71     69  

7.45% notes maturing in 2027(3)

    159     156  

7.25% notes maturing in 2038(3)

    63     62  

Vehicle capital leases(4)

    32     16  

Other

    40     48  

Less current portion

    (39 )   (43 )
           

Total long-term debt

  $ 3,867   $ 3,881  
           
           

(1)
Presented net of $10 million in unamortized original issue discount paid as part of the 2013 Term Loan Facility Amendment.

(2)
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, includes $2 million and $3 million, respectively, in unamortized premium received on the sale of $100 million aggregate principal amount of such notes.

(3)
The increase in the balance from 2012 to 2013 reflects the amortization of fair value adjustments related to purchase accounting, which increases the effective interest rate from the coupon rates shown above.

(4)
SvM has entered into the Fleet Agreement. All leases under the Fleet Agreement are capital leases for accounting purposes. The lease rental payments include an interest component calculated using a variable rate based on one-month LIBOR plus other contractual adjustments and a borrowing margin totaling 2.45 percent.

Term Facilities

        On the 2007 Closing Date, in connection with the completion of the 2007 Merger, SvM became obligated under the Term Facilities. The Term Facilities consist of (i) the Term Loan Facility providing for term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $2,650 million and (ii) a then new pre-funded synthetic letter of credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $150 million. As of December 31, 2013, after giving effect to the 2012 Term Loan Facility Amendment and 2013 Term Loan Facility Amendment discussed below, SvM had outstanding $135 million of letters of credit, resulting in unused commitments under the synthetic letter of credit facility of $3 million.

        The Term Loan Facility and the guarantees thereof are secured by substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of SvM and certain of its domestic subsidiaries, excluding certain subsidiaries subject to regulatory requirements in various states, including pledges of all the capital stock of all

F-31


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 12. Long-Term Debt (Continued)

direct domestic subsidiaries (other than foreign subsidiary holding companies, which are deemed to be foreign subsidiaries) owned by SvM or any Guarantor and of up to 65% of the capital stock of each direct foreign subsidiary owned by SvM or any Guarantor. The Term Loan Facility security interests are subject to certain exceptions, including, but not limited to, exceptions for (i) equity interests, (ii) indebtedness or other obligations of subsidiaries, (iii) real estate or (iv) any other assets, if the granting of a security interest therein would require that any notes issued under SvM's indenture dated as of August 15, 1997 be secured. The Term Loan Facility is secured on a pari passu basis with the security interests created in the same collateral securing the Revolving Credit Facility.

        Pursuant to the 2012 Term Loan Facility Amendment, the Tranche B loans have a maturity date of January 31, 2017. The interest rates applicable to the Tranche B loans under the Term Loan Facility are based on a fluctuating rate of interest measured by reference to either, at SvM's option, (i) an adjusted London inter-bank offered rate (adjusted for maximum reserves), plus a borrowing margin or (ii) an alternate base rate, plus a borrowing margin. As of December 31, 2013, the borrowing margin for the outstanding Tranche B loans was 4.25 percent. The 2012 Term Loan Facility Amendment also included mechanics for future extension amendments, permits borrower buy-backs of term loans, increased the size of certain baskets and made certain other changes to the Credit Agreement, including the reduction of the availability under the synthetic letter of credit facility from $150 million to $138 million.

        On February 22, 2013, SvM entered into the 2013 Term Loan Facility Amendment to amend the Credit Agreement primarily to extend the maturity date of a portion of the borrowings under the Term Loan Facility. Pursuant to the 2013 Term Loan Facility Amendment, the maturity of the outstanding Tranche A loans was extended, and such loans were converted into the Tranche C loans. The maturity date for the Tranche C loans is January 31, 2017. The interest rates applicable to the Tranche C loans under the Term Loan Facility are based on a fluctuating rate of interest measured by reference to either, at the SvM's option, (i) an adjusted London inter-bank offered rate (adjusted for maximum reserves) plus 3.25 percent, with a minimum adjusted London inter-bank offered rate of 1.00 percent or (ii) an alternate base rate plus 2.25 percent, with a minimum alternate base rate of 2.00 percent. As part of the 2013 Term Loan Facility Amendment, the SvM paid an original issue discount equal to 1.00 percent of the outstanding borrowings, or $12 million. Voluntary prepayments of borrowings under the Tranche C Loans are permitted at any time, in minimum principal amounts, without premium or penalty.

        As a result of the 2012 Term Loan Facility Amendment and the 2013 Term Loan Facility Amendment, SvM has, as of December 31, 2013, approximately $2,189 million of outstanding borrowings maturing January 31, 2017, after including the unamortized portion of the original issue discount paid. Additionally, following the 2012 Term Loan Facility Amendment and the 2013 Term Loan Facility Amendment the availability under the synthetic letter of credit facility will be reduced from the current availability of $138 million to $78 million as of July 24, 2014. The remaining $78 million of availability under the synthetic letter of credit will mature January 31, 2017.

        SvM has historically entered into interest rate swap agreements. Under the terms of these agreements, SvM pays a fixed rate of interest on the stated notional amount and SvM receives a floating rate of interest (based on one month LIBOR) on the stated notional amount. Therefore, during the term of the swap agreements, the effective interest rate on the portion of the term loans equal to the stated notional amount is fixed at the stated rate in the interest rate swap agreements plus the incremental borrowing margin. The changes in interest rate swap agreements in effect for the years

F-32


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 12. Long-Term Debt (Continued)

ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, as well as the cumulative interest rate swaps outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

(In millions)
  Notional
Amount
  Weighted
Average Fixed
Rate(1)
 

Interest rate swap agreements in effect as of December 31, 2011

  $ 1,430     2.84 %

Expired

    (450 )      
           

Interest rate swap agreements in effect as of December 31, 2012

    980     1.70 %

Expired

    (980 )      
           

Interest rate swap agreements in effect as of December 31, 2013

  $      
           
           

(1)
Before the application of the applicable borrowing margin.

        In accordance with accounting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities, and as further described in Note 18, these interest rate swap agreements are classified as cash flow hedges, and, as such, the hedging instruments are recorded on the consolidated statements of financial position as either an asset or liability at fair value, with the effective portion of the changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risks recorded in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income.

Senior Notes

        On the 2007 Closing Date, in connection with the completion of the 2007 Merger, SvM became obligated under the Interim Loan Facility. The Interim Loan Facility matured on July 24, 2008. On the maturity date, outstanding amounts under the Interim Loan Facility were converted on a one to one basis into 2015 Notes.

        The 2020 Notes, sold in February 2012, will mature on February 15, 2020 and bear interest at a rate of 8 percent per annum. The proceeds from the 2020 Notes, sold in February 2012, together with available cash, were used to redeem $600 million in aggregate principal amount of the SvM's outstanding 2015 Notes in the first quarter of 2012. The 2020 Notes, sold in August 2012, will mature on August 15, 2020 and bear interest at a rate of 7 percent per annum. SvM used a majority of the proceeds from the sale of the 2020 Notes, sold in August 2012, to redeem the remaining $396 million aggregate principal amount of its 2015 Notes and to repay $276 million of outstanding borrowings under its Term Facilities during the third quarter of 2012. The Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $55 million on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income for the year ended December 31, 2012 related to these transactions and the redemption of the 2015 Notes in the first quarter of 2012 discussed above. The 2020 Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Guarantors. The 2020 Notes are not guaranteed by the Non-Guarantors.

        The 2020 Notes are senior unsecured obligations of SvM and rank equally in right of payment with all of SvM's other existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. The subsidiary guarantees are general unsecured senior obligations of the Guarantors and rank equally in right of payment with all of the existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness of our Non-Guarantors. The 2020 Notes are effectively junior to all of SvM's existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.

F-33


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 12. Long-Term Debt (Continued)

Revolving Credit Facility

        On the 2007 Closing Date, in connection with the completion of the 2007 Merger, SvM became obligated under the Revolving Credit Facility. The Revolving Credit Facility provides for senior secured revolving loans and stand-by and other letters of credit. The Revolving Credit Facility limits outstanding letters of credit to $75 million. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no revolving loans or letters of credit outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2013, SvM had $324 million of remaining capacity available under the Revolving Credit Facility.

        On November 27, 2013, SvM entered into the 2013 Revolver Amendment. Pursuant to the 2013 Revolver Amendments, after completion of the TruGreen Separation Transaction, SvM has $242 million of available borrowing capacity through July 23, 2014 and $183 million from July 24, 2014 through January 31, 2017. SvM will continue to have access to letters of credit up to $75 million through January 31, 2017.

        The Revolving Credit Facility and the guarantees thereof are secured by the same collateral securing the Term Loan Facility, on a pari passu basis with the security interests created in the same collateral securing the Term Loan Facility.

        The interest rates applicable to the loans under the Revolving Credit Facility will be based on a fluctuating rate of interest measured by reference to either, at the borrower's option, (1) an adjusted London inter-bank offered rate (adjusted for maximum reserves), plus a borrowing margin (2.50 percent as of December 31, 2013) or (2) an alternate base rate, plus a borrowing margin (1.50 percent as of December 31, 2013). The borrowing margin, in each case, will be adjusted from time to time based on the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement) for the previous fiscal quarter.

        The agreements governing the Term Facilities, the 2020 Notes and the Revolving Credit Facility contain certain covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the incurrence of additional indebtedness, liens, sales of assets, certain payments (including dividends) and transactions with affiliates, subject to certain exceptions. SvM was in compliance with the covenants under these agreements at December 31, 2013.

        As of December 31, 2013, future scheduled long-term debt payments are $39 million, $52 million, $35 million, $2,141 million and $83 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively. Certain of the Company's assets, including vehicles, equipment and a call center facility, are leased under capital leases with $35 million in remaining lease obligations as of December 31, 2013. The long-term debt payments above include future capital lease payments of approximately $9 million in 2014, $9 million in 2015, $8 million in 2016, $6 million in 2017 and $3 million in 2018.

Note 13. Cash and Marketable Securities

        Cash, money market funds and certificates of deposits with maturities of three months or less when purchased are included in Cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated statements of financial position. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company's investments consist primarily of domestic publicly traded debt and certificates of deposit ("Debt securities") and common equity securities ("Equity securities"). The amortized cost, fair value and gross unrealized gains and losses of the

F-34


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 13. Cash and Marketable Securities (Continued)

Company's short- and long-term investments in Debt and Equity securities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

(In millions)
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value  

Available-for-sale and trading securities, December 31, 2013:

                         

Debt securities

  $ 97   $ 3   $ (1 ) $ 99  

Equity securities

    41     9         50  
                   

Total securities

  $ 138   $ 12   $ (1 ) $ 149  
                   
                   

 

(In millions)
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value  

Available-for-sale and trading securities, December, 31, 2012:

                         

Debt securities

  $ 99   $ 6   $   $ 105  

Equity securities

    39     4     (2 )   41  
                   

Total securities

  $ 138   $ 10   $ (2 ) $ 146  
                   
                   

        There were no unrealized losses which had been in a loss position for more than one year as of December 31, 2013. The portion of unrealized losses which had been in a loss position for more than one year was $2 million as of December 31, 2012. The aggregate fair value of the investments with unrealized losses was $30 million and $13 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        Gains and losses on sales of investments, as determined on a specific identification basis, are included in investment income in the period they are realized. The Company periodically reviews its portfolio of investments to determine whether there has been an other than temporary decline in the value of the investments from factors such as deterioration in the financial condition of the issuer or the market(s) in which the issuer competes.

        The table below summarizes proceeds, gross realized gains, gross realized losses, each resulting from sales of available-for-sale securities, and impairment charges due to other than temporary declines in the value of certain investments.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In millions)
  2013   2012   2011  

Proceeds from sales of securities

  $ 23   $ 23   $ 45  

Gross realized gains, pre-tax

    2     2     6  

Gross realized gains, net of tax

    1     1     4  

Gross realized losses, pre-tax

    (1 )        

Note 14. Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        Comprehensive income (loss), which primarily includes net income (loss), unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities, unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments and the effect of foreign currency translation is disclosed on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) and the consolidated statements of shareholders' equity.

F-35


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 14. Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the activity in other comprehensive income (loss) and the related tax effects.

(In millions)
  Unrealized
Losses on
Derivatives
  Unrealized
Gains on
Available-for-
Sale Securities
  Foreign
Currency
Translation
  Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2011

  $ (14 ) $ 4   $ 4   $ (6 )

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications:

                         

Pre-tax amount

        (2 )       (2 )

Tax provision (benefit)

        (1 )       (1 )
                   

After tax amount

        (1 )       (1 )

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(1)

    12     2         14  
                   

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)

    12     1         13  
                   

Balance as of December 31, 2012

  $ (2 ) $ 5   $ 4   $ 7  
                   

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

                         

Pre-tax amount

        5     (4 )   1  

Tax provision (benefit)

        2         2  
                   

After tax amount

        3     (4 )   (1 )

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(1)

    2     (1 )       1  
                   

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)

    2     2     (4 )    
                   

Balance as of December 31, 2013

  $   $ 7   $     7  
                   
                   

(1)
Amounts are net of tax. See reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) below for further details.

F-36


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 14. Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Continued)

        Reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) included the following components for the periods indicated.

 
  Amount Reclassified from
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
   
 
  As of December 31   Consolidated Statements of
Operations and Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
 
  2013   2012   2011
(In millions)
   

(Gains) losses on derivatives:

                     

Fuel swap contracts

  $ (1 ) $ (2 ) $ (10 ) Cost of services rendered and products sold

Interest rate swap contracts

    5     22     38   Interest expense
                 

Net losses on derivatives

    4     20     28    

Impact of income taxes

    2     8     11   (Benefit) provision for income taxes
                 

Total reclassifications related to derivatives

  $ 2   $ 12   $ 17    
                 
                 

(Gains) losses on available-for-sale securities

  $ (2 ) $ 3   $ (6 ) Interest and net investment income

Impact of income taxes

    (1 )   1     (2 ) (Benefit) provision for income taxes
                 

Total reclassifications related to securities

  $ (1 ) $ 2   $ (4 )  
                 
                 

Total reclassifications for the period

  $ 1   $ 14   $ 13    
                 
                 

Note 15. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

        Supplemental information relating to the consolidated statements of cash flows is presented in the following table:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In millions)
  2013   2012   2011  

Cash paid for or (received from):

                   

Interest expense

  $ 232   $ 233   $ 244  

Interest and dividend income

    (5 )   (5 )   (5 )

Income taxes, net of refunds

    9     9     12  

        The Company acquired $26 million, $20 million and $1 million of property and equipment through capital leases and other non-cash financing transactions in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, which have been excluded from the consolidated statements of cash flows as non-cash investing and financing activities.

Note 16. Capital Stock

        The Company is authorized to issue 2,000,000,000 shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2013, there were 98,915,432 shares of common stock issued and 91,560,966 shares of common stock outstanding.

F-37


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 16. Capital Stock (Continued)

The Company has no other classes of equity securities issued or outstanding. All of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company are held by investment funds sponsored by, or affiliated with, the Equity Sponsors and certain executive officers and key employees of SvM. The Company has completed equity offerings to certain executive officers and key employees pursuant to the MSIP (as defined below). The shares sold and options granted to employees in connection with these equity offerings are subject to and governed by the terms of the MSIP and are discussed further in Note 17.

        In connection with these offerings, the Company sold 384,427 deferred share units ("DSUs") at a purchase price of $15.00 per DSU. DSUs represent a right to receive a share of common stock in the future. In 2008, the Company issued 384,427 shares of common stock to a rabbi trust to be held for future distribution related to the DSUs. The shares held by the rabbi trust are presented in treasury stock on the consolidated statements of financial position and the consolidated statements of shareholders' equity. As of December 31, 2013, there are 108,504 DSUs outstanding, which have not yet been converted to common stock.

Note 17. Stock-Based Compensation

        The board of directors and stockholders of the Company have adopted the Amended and Restated ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (the "MSIP"). The MSIP provides for the sale of shares and deferred share units ("DSUs") of the Company's stock to SvM's executives, officers and other employees and to the Company's directors as well as the grant of restricted stock units ("RSUs"), performance-based RSUs and options to purchase shares of the Company's stock to those individuals. DSUs represent a right to receive a share of common stock in the future. The board of directors of the Company, or a committee designated by it, selects the SvM executives, officers and employees and the Company's directors eligible to participate in the MSIP and determines the specific number of shares to be offered or options to be granted to an individual. A maximum of 10,396,667 shares of the Company's stock is authorized for issuance under the MSIP. The Company currently intends to satisfy any need for shares of common stock of the Company associated with the settlement of DSUs, vesting of RSUs or exercise of options issued under the MSIP through those new shares available for issuance or any shares repurchased, forfeited or surrendered from participants in the MSIP.

        All option grants under the MSIP have been, and will be, non-qualified options with a per-share exercise price no less than the fair market value of one share of the Company's stock on the grant date. Any stock options granted will generally have a term of ten years and vesting will be subject to an employee's continued employment. The board of directors of the Company, or a committee designated by it, may accelerate the vesting of an option at any time. In addition, vesting of options will be accelerated if the Company experiences a change in control (as defined in the MSIP) unless options with substantially equivalent terms and economic value are substituted for existing options in place of accelerated vesting. Vesting of options will also be accelerated in the event of an employee's death or disability (as defined in the MSIP). Upon a termination for cause (as defined in the MSIP), all options held by an employee are immediately cancelled. Following a termination without cause, vested options will generally remain exercisable through the earliest of the expiration of their term or three months following termination of employment (one year in the case of death, disability or retirement at normal retirement age). Unless sooner terminated by the board of directors of the Company, the MSIP will remain in effect until November 20, 2017.

F-38


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 17. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        In 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company completed various equity offerings to certain executives, officers and employees of SvM pursuant to the MSIP. The shares sold and options granted in connection with these equity offerings are subject to and governed by the terms of the MSIP. In connection with these offerings, the Company sold a total of 437,622; 81,899; and 330,356 shares of common stock in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, at a weighted average purchase price of 15.33 per share in 2013, $21.98 per share in 2012 and $16.50 per share in 2011. In addition, the Company granted SvM's executives, officers and employees options to purchase 1,609,963; 337,404; and 1,520,252 shares of the Company's common stock in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, at a weighted average exercise price of $15.24 per share for options issued in 2013, $22.01 per share for options issued in 2012 and $16.50 per share for options issued in 2011. These options are subject to and governed by the terms of the MSIP. The per share purchase price and exercise price was based on the determination by the Compensation Committee of the Company of the fair market value of the common stock of the Company as of the purchase/grant dates.

        All options granted to date generally will vest in four equal annual installments, subject to an employee's continued employment. The four-year vesting period is the requisite service period over which compensation cost will be recognized on a straight-line basis for all grants. All options issued are accounted for as equity-classified awards. The non-cash stock-based compensation expense associated with the MSIP is pushed down from the Company and recorded in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

        The value of each option award was estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option valuation model that incorporates the assumptions noted in the following table. For options granted in 2013, 2012 and 2011, the expected volatilities were based on the historical and implied volatilities of the publicly traded stock of a group of companies comparable to the Company. The expected life represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding and was calculated using the simplified method as outlined by the SEC in Staff Accounting Bulletins No. 107 and 110. The risk-free interest rates were based on the U.S. Treasury securities with terms similar to the expected lives of the options as of the grant dates.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
Assumption
  2013   2012   2011  

Expected volatility

    49.2% - 49.6%     49.2% - 50.3%     31.0% - 50.3%  

Expected dividend yield

    0.0%     0.0%     0.0%  

Expected life (in years)

    6.3     6.3     6.3  

Risk-free interest rate

    1.69% - 2.02%     0.78% - 1.43%     1.07% - 2.65%  

        The weighted-average grant-date fair value of the options granted during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $7.55, $10.59 and $6.47 per option, respectively. The Company has applied a forfeiture assumption of 18.8 percent per annum in the recognition of the expense related to these options, with the exception of the options held by the Company's CEO for which the Company has applied a forfeiture rate of zero.

F-39


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 17. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        A summary of option activity under the MSIP as of December 31, 2013, and changes during the year then ended is presented below:

 
  Stock
Options
  Weighted Avg.
Exercise
Price
  Weighted Avg.
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in years)
 

Total outstanding, December 31, 2012

    5,978,790   $ 15.74        

Granted to employees

    1,609,963   $ 15.24        

Exercised

    (53,333 ) $ 15.00        

Forfeited

    (632,748 ) $ 16.82        

Expired

    (1,597,039 ) $ 15.47        
               

Total outstanding, December 31, 2013

    5,305,633   $ 15.54     5.81  
               
               

Total exercisable, December 31, 2013

    3,287,035   $ 15.23     3.57  
               
               

        The Company granted SvM's executives, officers and employees 691,441; 48,095; and 233,636 RSUs in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, with weighted average grant date fair values of $17.09 per unit for 2013, $22.35 per unit in 2012 and $16.50 per unit in 2011, which was equivalent to the then current fair value of the Company's common stock at the grant date. All RSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2013 will vest in three equal annual installments, subject to an employee's continued employment. Upon vesting, each RSU will be converted into one share of the Company's common stock.

        A summary of RSU activity under the MSIP as of December 31, 2013, and changes during the year then ended is presented below:

 
  RSUs   Weighted Avg.
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Total outstanding, December 31, 2012

    223,849   $ 17.40  

Granted to employees

    691,441   $ 17.09  

Vested

    (119,834 ) $ 16.79  

Forfeited

    (316,126 ) $ 18.86  
           

Total outstanding, December 31, 2013

    479,330   $ 16.04  
           
           

        During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $4 million ($3 million, net of tax), $7 million ($4 million, net of tax) and $8 million ($5 million, net of tax), respectively. As of December 31, 2013, there was $17 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested stock options and RSUs granted by the Company under the MSIP. These remaining costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.08 years.

        In 2012, the Company modified options held by certain executive officers of SvM. These modifications resulted in $1 million in additional stock compensation expense, which was recorded during 2012. There were no stock option modifications in 2013 and 2011.

F-40


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 18. Fair Value Measurements

        The period-end carrying amounts of receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. The period-end carrying amounts of long-term notes receivable approximate fair value as the effective interest rates for these instruments are comparable to period-end market rates. The period-end carrying amounts of short- and long-term marketable securities also approximate fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported net of tax as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income on the consolidated statements of financial position, or, for certain unrealized losses, reported in interest and net investment income on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income if the decline in value is other than temporary. The carrying amount of total debt was $3,906 million and $3,924 million and the estimated fair value was $3,906 million and $3,982 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The fair value of the Company's debt is estimated based on available market prices for the same or similar instruments which are considered significant other observable inputs (Level 2) within the fair value hierarchy. The fair values presented reflect the amounts that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The fair value estimates presented in this report are based on information available to the Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

        The Company has estimated the fair value of its financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis using the market and income approaches. For investments in marketable securities, deferred compensation trust assets and derivative contracts, which are carried at their fair values, the Company's fair value estimates incorporate quoted market prices, other observable inputs (for example, forward interest rates) and unobservable inputs (for example, forward commodity prices) at the balance sheet date.

        Interest rate swap contracts are valued using forward interest rate curves obtained from third-party market data providers. The fair value of each contract is the sum of the expected future settlements between the contract counterparties, discounted to present value. The expected future settlements are determined by comparing the contract interest rate to the expected forward interest rate as of each settlement date and applying the difference between the two rates to the notional amount of debt in the interest rate swap contracts.

        Fuel swap contracts are valued using forward fuel price curves obtained from third-party market data providers. The fair value of each contract is the sum of expected future settlements between contract counterparties, discounted to present value. The expected future settlements are determined by comparing the contract fuel price to the expected forward fuel price as of each settlement date and applying the difference between the contract and expected prices to the notional gallons in the fuel swap contracts. The Company regularly reviews the forward price curves obtained from third-party market data providers and related changes in fair value for reasonableness utilizing information available to the Company from other published sources.

        The Company has not changed its valuation techniques for measuring the fair value of any financial assets and liabilities during the year. Transfers between levels, if any, are recognized at the end of the reporting period. There were no significant transfers between levels during the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2012.

F-41


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 18. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

        The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company's financial instruments that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis for the periods presented are as follows:

 
   
  As of December 31, 2013  
 
   
   
  Estimated Fair Value Measurements  
(In millions)
  Statement of Financial Position
Location
  Carrying
Value
  Quoted
Prices In
Active
Markets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Financial Assets:

                             

Deferred compensation trust assets

  Long-term marketable securities   $ 9   $ 9   $   $  

Investments in marketable securities

  Marketable securities and Long-term marketable securities     136     61     75      

Fuel swap contracts:

                             

Current

  Prepaid expenses and other assets     1             1  
                       

Total financial assets

      $ 146   $ 70   $ 75   $ 1  
                       
                       

 

 
   
  As of December 31, 2012  
 
   
   
  Estimated Fair Value Measurements  
(In millions)
  Statement of Financial Position
Location
  Carrying
Value
  Quoted
Prices In
Active
Markets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Financial Assets:

                             

Deferred compensation trust assets

  Long-term marketable securities   $ 9   $ 9   $   $  

Investments in marketable securities

  Marketable securities and Long-term marketable securities     134     45     89      

Fuel swap contracts:

                             

Current

  Prepaid expenses and other assets     2             2  
                       

Total financial assets

      $ 145   $ 54   $ 89   $ 2  
                       
                       

Financial Liabilities:

                             

Interest rate swap contracts

  Other accrued liabilities(1)   $ 7   $   $ 7   $  
                       

Total financial liabilities

      $ 7   $   $ 7   $  
                       
                       

F-42


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 18. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

        A reconciliation of the beginning and ending fair values of financial instruments valued using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) on a recurring basis is presented as follows:

(In millions)
  Fuel Swap
Contract
(Liabilities) Assets
 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

  $ (1 )

Total gains (losses) (realized and unrealized):

       

Included in earnings

    2  

Included in accumulated other comprehensive income

    3  

Settlements, net

    (2 )
       

Balance as of December 31, 2012

    2  

Total gains (realized and unrealized):

       

Included in earnings

    1  

Included in accumulated other comprehensive income

    (1 )

Settlements, net

    (1 )
       

Balance as of December 31, 2013

  $ 1  
       
       

        The following table presents information relating to the significant unobservable inputs of our Level 3 financial instruments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

Item
  Fair Value as of
December 31, 2013
(in millions)
  Valuation Technique   Unobservable Input   Range   Weighted Average  

Fuel swap contracts

  $ 1   Discounted Cash Flows   Forward Unleaded Price per Gallon(1)   $3.20 - $3.87   $ 3.60  

 

Item
  Fair Value as of
December 31, 2012
(in millions)
  Valuation Technique   Unobservable Input   Range   Weighted
Average
 

Fuel swap contracts

  $ 2   Discounted Cash Flows   Forward Unleaded Price per Gallon(1)   $3.36 - $3.73   $ 3.55  

            Forward Diesel Price per Gallon(1)   $3.88 - $3.96   $ 3.90  

(1)
Forward price per gallon for unleaded and diesel were derived from third-party market data providers. A decrease in the forward price would result in a decrease in the fair value of the fuel swap contracts.

        The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage risks associated with changes in fuel prices and has in the past used, and may in the future use, derivative financial instruments to manage risks associated with changes in interest rates. The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. In designating its derivative financial instruments as hedging instruments under accounting standards for derivative instruments, the Company formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, as well as the risk management objective and strategy for the use of the hedging instrument. This documentation includes linking the derivatives to forecasted transactions. The Company assesses at the time a derivative contract is entered into, and at least quarterly thereafter, whether the derivative item is effective in offsetting the projected changes in cash flows of the associated forecasted transactions. All of the Company's designated hedging instruments are classified as cash flow hedges.

F-43


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 18. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

        The Company has historically hedged a significant portion of its annual fuel consumption. The Company has also historically hedged the interest payments on a portion of its variable rate debt through the use of interest rate swap agreements, although the Company has no interest rate swap agreements outstanding as of December 31, 2013. All of the Company's fuel swap contracts and interest rate swap contracts are classified as cash flow hedges, and, as such, the hedging instruments are recorded on the consolidated statements of financial position as either an asset or liability at fair value, with the effective portion of changes in the fair value attributable to the hedged risks recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Any change in the fair value of the hedging instrument resulting from ineffectiveness, as defined by accounting standards, is recognized in current period earnings. Cash flows related to fuel and interest rate derivatives are classified as operating activities on the consolidated statements of cash flows, other than cash flows related to one amended interest rate swap which are classified as financing activities.

        The effect of derivative instruments on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) Income and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the consolidated statements of financial position is presented as follows:

 
  Effective Portion of
Gain Recognized in
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Effective Portion of
Gain (Loss) Reclassified
from Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
(Loss) into Earnings
   
(In millions)
Derivatives designated as
Cash Flow Hedge
Relationships
  Location of Gain (Loss)
included in Earnings
  Year ended December 31, 2013

Fuel swap contracts

  $ (1 ) $ 1   Cost of services rendered and products sold

Interest rate swap contracts

  $ 5   $ (5 ) Interest expense

 

 
  Effective Portion of
Gain Recognized in
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Effective Portion of
Gain (Loss) Reclassified
from Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
(Loss) into Income
   
Derivatives designated as
Cash Flow Hedge
Relationships
  Location of (Loss) Gain
included in Income
  Year ended December 31, 2012

Fuel swap contracts

  $ 3   $ 2   Cost of services rendered and products sold

Interest rate swap contracts

  $ 17   $ (22 ) Interest expense

        Ineffective portions of derivative instruments designated in accordance with accounting standards as cash flow hedge relationships were insignificant during the year ended December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had fuel swap contracts to pay fixed prices for fuel with an aggregate notional amount of $26 million, maturing through 2014. Under the terms of its fuel swap contracts, the Company is required to post collateral in the event that the fair value of the contracts exceeds a certain agreed upon liability level and in other circumstances required by the counterparty. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had posted $3 million in letters of credit as collateral under its fuel hedging program, none of which were posted under the Company's Revolving Credit Facility.

        The effective portion of the gain or loss on derivative instruments designated and qualifying as cash flow hedging instruments is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). These amounts are reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged

F-44


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 18. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

forecasted debt interest settlement or the fuel settlement affects earnings. The amount expected to be reclassified into earnings during the next 12 months includes unrealized gains and losses related to open fuel hedges. Specifically, as the underlying forecasted transactions occur during the next 12 months, the hedging gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) expected to be recognized in earnings is a gain of $1 million, net of tax, as of December 31, 2013. The amounts that are ultimately reclassified into earnings will be based on actual fuel prices at the time the positions are settled and may differ materially from the amount noted above.

Note 19. Earnings Per Share

        Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, increased to include the number of shares of common stock that would have been outstanding had potential dilutive shares of common stock been issued. The dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock units are reflected in diluted net income (loss) per share by applying the treasury stock method.

        A reconciliation of the amounts included in the computation of basic (loss) earnings per share from continuing operations and diluted (loss) earnings per share from continuing operations is as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In millions, except per share data)
  2013   2012   2011  

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations

  $ 42   $ (18 ) $ (7 )
               
               

Weighted average common shares outstanding

    92     92     92  

Effect of dilutive securities(1):

                   

RSUs

             

Stock options(2)

             
               

Weighted average common share outstanding—assuming dilution

    92     92     92  
               
               

Basic earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations

  $ 0.46   $ (0.20 ) $ (0.08 )
               
               

Diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations

  $ 0.46   $ (0.20 ) $ (0.08 )
               
               

(1)
Securities are not included in the table in periods when antidilutive. For 2012 and 2011, weighted average potentially dilutive shares from RSUs of less than one million and weighted average potentially dilutive shares from stock options of 2 million and less than one million, respectively, with a weighted average exercise price per share of $15.24 and $15.00, respectively, were excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation due to the antidilutive effect such shares would have on net loss per common share.

(2)
Options to purchase 1 million, 1 million and 2 million shares for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were not included in the computation because either their exercise price or proceeds per share exceeded the average market price of the Company's common stock for each respective reporting date.

F-45


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 20. Subsequent Events

        In February 2014, American Home Shield ceased efforts to deploy a new operating system that had been intended to improve customer relationship management capabilities and enhance its operations. This decision will allow us to more effectively focus our energy and resources on driving growth and serving our customers. Important factors that led to this decision include:

    the ongoing operational costs of the new operating system are high;

    enhancements to our existing operating system enabled it to support our needs;

    certain planned benefits of the new operating system can be achieved through other means; and

    we will now be able to invest our resources in areas that will allow us to focus on growing our business.

        On June 13, 2014, the Company filed an amendment to its amended and restated certificate of incorporation effecting a 2-for-3 reverse stock split of the Company's common stock. The consolidated financial statements give retroactive effect to the reverse stock split.

        The Company evaluated subsequent events through March 24, 2014, the date on which the December 31, 2013 financial statements were originally issued, and has updated such evaluation for disclosure purposes through May 9, 2014, the date on which the retrospectively revised December 31, 2013 financial statements were reissued (as to the events described in Note 3 and Note 7) and June 13, 2014, the date on which the retrospectively revised December 31, 2013 financial statements were reissued (as to the reverse stock split described in this footnote).

F-46


Table of Contents

Quarterly Operating Results (Unaudited)

        Quarterly operating results for the last two years in revenue, gross profit, income (loss) from continuing operations, (loss) income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes, net (loss) income and basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share are shown in the table below.

 
  2013  
(In millions, except per share data)
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
  Year  

Revenue

  $ 514   $ 631   $ 615   $ 533   $ 2,293  

Gross Profit

    244     302     290     237     1,073  

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations(1)

    6     15     23     (2 )   42  

(Loss) Income from Discontinued Operations, net of income taxes(2)

    (30 )   (525 )   22     (16 )   (549 )

Net (Loss) Income(1)(2)

    (24 )   (510 )   45     (18 )   (507 )

Basic earnings (loss) per share:

                               

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    0.07     0.16     0.25     (0.02 )   0.46  

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    (0.32 )   (5.73 )   0.24     (0.18 )   (6.00 )

Net (loss) income

    (0.25 )   (5.57 )   0.49     (0.20 )   (5.53 )

Diluted earnings (loss) per share:

                               

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    0.07     0.16     0.25     (0.02 )   0.46  

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    (0.32 )   (5.68 )   0.24     (0.18 )   (5.95 )

Net (loss) income

    (0.25 )   (5.52 )   0.49     (0.20 )   (5.49 )

F-47


Table of Contents

 
  2012  
(In millions, except per share data)
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
  Year  

Revenue

  $ 523   $ 611   $ 588   $ 492   $ 2,214  

Gross Profit

    249     293     268     208     1,018  

(Loss) Income from Continuing Operations(1)

    (39 )   33     1     (13 )   (18 )

Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations, net of income taxes(2)

    9     (11 )   (705 )   11     (696 )

Net (Loss) Income(1)(2)

    (30 )   22     (704 )   (2 )   (714 )

Basic (loss) earnings per share:

                               

(Loss) income from continuing operations

    (0.43 )   0.36     0.01     (0.14 )   (0.20 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    0.10     (0.12 )   (7.67 )   0.12     (7.57 )

Net (loss) income

    (0.33 )   0.25     (7.67 )   (0.02 )   (7.77 )

Diluted (loss) earnings per share:

                               

(Loss) income from continuing operations

    (0.43 )   0.36     0.01     (0.14 )   (0.20 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    0.10     (0.11 )   (7.52 )   0.12     (7.57 )

Net (loss) income

    (0.33 )   0.24     (7.51 )   (0.02 )   (7.77 )

(1)
The results include restructuring charges primarily related to a branch optimization project at Terminix, a reorganization of leadership at American Home Shield and Franchise Services Group and an initiative to enhance capabilities and reduce costs in our centers of excellence at Other Operations and Headquarters. The table below summarizes the pre-tax and after-tax restructuring charges, by quarter, for 2013 and 2012.

 
  2013  
(In millions)
  1 st  Quarter   2 nd  Quarter   3 rd  Quarter   4 th  Quarter   Year  

Pre-tax

  $ 3   $   $ 1   $ 2   $ 6  

After-tax

  $ 2   $   $   $ 2   $ 4  

 

 
  2012  
(In millions)
  1 st  Quarter   2 nd  Quarter   3 rd  Quarter   4 th  Quarter   Year  

Pre-tax

  $ 3   $ 5   $ 2   $ 5   $ 15  

After-tax

  $ 2   $ 3   $ 1   $ 3   $ 9  

    The results for the first and third quarters of 2012 include a $39 million ($25 million, net of tax) loss and a $16 million ($10 million, net of tax) loss, respectively, on extinguishment of debt related to the redemption of the remaining $996 million aggregate principal amount of the 2015 Notes and repayment of $276 million of outstanding borrowings under the Term Facilities.

(2)
The results for the second quarter of 2013 include pre-tax non-cash impairment charges of $673 million ($521 million, net of tax) to reduce the carrying value of TruGreen's goodwill and the TruGreen trade name. The results for the second and third quarters of 2012 include pre-tax non-cash impairment charges of $68 million ($41 million, net of tax) and $845 million ($725 million, net of tax), respectively, to reduce the carrying value of TruGreen's goodwill and the TruGreen trade name. Additionally, the results for the fourth quarter of 2012 include a favorable goodwill impairment adjustment of $4 million ($2 million, net of tax). See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

F-48


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss (Unaudited)

(In millions, except per share data)

 
  Three months ended
March 31,
 
 
  2014   2013  

Revenue

  $ 533   $ 514  

Cost of services rendered and products sold

    288     270  

Selling and administrative expenses

    151     158  

Amortization expense

    13     13  

Impairment of software and other related costs

    48      

Restructuring charges

    5     3  

Interest expense

    61     60  

Interest and net investment income

    (6 )   (2 )
           

(Loss) Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

    (27 )   12  

(Benefit) Provision for income taxes

    (9 )   6  
           

(Loss) Income from Continuing Operations

    (18 )   6  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    (95 )   (29 )
           

Net Loss

  $ (113 ) $ (23 )
           
           

Total Comprehensive Loss

  $ (116 ) $ (20 )
           
           

Basic Loss Per Share:

             

(Loss) income from continuing operations

  $ (0.20 ) $ 0.07  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    (1.03 )   (0.32 )

Net loss

    (1.23 )   (0.25 )

Diluted Loss Per Share:

             

(Loss) income from continuing operations

  $ (0.20 ) $ 0.07  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    (1.03 )   (0.32 )

Net loss

    (1.23 )   (0.25 )

   

See accompanying Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

F-49


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position (Unaudited)

(In millions)

 
  As of
March 31,
2014
  As of
December 31,
2013
 

Assets:

             

Current Assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 432   $ 484  

Marketable securities

    23     27  

Receivables, less allowances of $25 and $26, respectively

    393     394  

Inventories

    38     39  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    57     56  

Deferred customer acquisition costs

    28     30  

Deferred taxes

    107     107  

Assets of discontinued operations

        76  
           

Total Current Assets

    1,078     1,213  
           

Property and Equipment:

             

At cost

    345     381  

Less: accumulated depreciation

    (211 )   (204 )
           

Net Property and Equipment

    134     177  
           

Other Assets:

             

Goodwill

    2,055     2,018  

Intangible assets, primarily trade names, service marks and trademarks, net

    1,729     1,721  

Notes receivable

    22     22  

Long-term marketable securities

    90     122  

Other assets

    51     49  

Debt issuance costs

    38     41  

Assets of discontinued operations

        542  
           

Total Assets

  $ 5,197   $ 5,905  
           
           

Liabilities and Shareholder's (Deficit) Equity:

             

Current Liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 92   $ 92  

Accrued liabilities:

             

Payroll and related expenses

    54     70  

Self-insured claims and related expenses

    86     78  

Accrued interest payable

    16     51  

Other

    55     55  

Deferred revenue

    487     448  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

    7     139  

Current portion of long-term debt

    41     39  
           

Total Current Liabilities

    838     972  
           

Long-Term Debt

    3,863     3,867  

Other Long-Term Liabilities:

             

Deferred taxes

    719     712  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

        162  

Other long-term obligations, primarily self-insured claims

    146     169  
           

Total Other Long-Term Liabilities

    865     1,043  
           

Commitments and Contingencies (See Note 4)

             

Shareholder's (Deficit) Equity:

             

Common stock $0.01 par value, authorized 2,000,000,000 shares; issued 99,411,866 and 98,915,432 shares at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively

    1     1  

Additional paid-in capital

    1,529     1,523  

Retained deficit

    (1,781 )   (1,390 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    2     7  
           

Less common stock held in treasury, at cost

    (120 )   (118 )
           

Total Shareholder's (Deficit) Equity

    (369 )   23  
           

Total Liabilities and Shareholder's (Deficit) Equity

  $ 5,197   $ 5,905  
           
           

   

See accompanying Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

F-50


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

(In millions)

 
  Three months ended
March 31,
 
 
  2014   2013  

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period

  $ 484   $ 418  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities from Continuing Operations:

             

Net Loss

    (113 )   (23 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided from operating activities:

             

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    95     29  

Depreciation expense

    12     12  

Amortization expense

    13     13  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    2     2  

Impairment of software and other related costs

    48      

Deferred income tax (benefit) provision

    (6 )   8  

Stock-based compensation expense

    1     1  

Restructuring charges

    5     3  

Cash payments related to restructuring charges

    (3 )   (4 )

Change in working capital, net of acquisitions:

             

Current income taxes

    (5 )   (4 )

Receivables

    13     12  

Inventories and other current assets

        (16 )

Accounts payable

    6     14  

Deferred revenue

    17     10  

Accrued liabilities

    (57 )   (37 )

Other, net

    (7 )    
           

Net Cash Provided from Operating Activities from Continuing Operations

    21     20  
           

Cash Flows from Investing Activities from Continuing Operations:

             

Property additions

    (14 )   (9 )

Other business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (41 )   (3 )

Notes receivable, financial investments and securities, net

    38     (4 )
           

Net Cash Used for Investing Activities from Continuing Operations

    (17 )   (16 )
           

Cash Flows from Financing Activities from Continuing Operations:

             

Borrowings of debt

        1  

Payments of debt

    (11 )   (11 )

Repurchase of common stock and RSU vesting

    (3 )   (2 )

Issuance of common stock

    6      

Discount paid on issuance of debt

        (12 )

Debt issuance costs paid

        (5 )

Contribution to TruGreen Holding Corporation

    (35 )    
           

Net Cash Used for Financing Activities from Continuing Operations

    (43 )   (29 )
           

Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations:

             

Cash used for operating activities

    (8 )   (34 )

Cash used for investing activities

    (2 )   (10 )

Cash used for financing activities

    (3 )   (2 )
           

Net Cash Used for Discontinued Operations

    (13 )   (46 )
           

Cash Decrease During the Period

    (52 )   (71 )
           

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period

  $ 432   $ 347  
           
           

   

See accompanying Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

F-51


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies

        The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of ServiceMaster Global Holdings Inc. (the "Company") and its majority-owned subsidiary partnerships, limited liability companies and corporations. All consolidated Company subsidiaries are wholly owned. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

        The condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Company in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States ("GAAP") and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). The Company recommends that the quarterly condensed consolidated financial statements be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included in in this prospectus. The condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all normal and recurring adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods presented. The results of operations for any interim period are not indicative of the results that might be achieved for a full year.

        Summary:     The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions required under GAAP which may differ from actual results. The more significant areas requiring the use of management estimates relate to revenue recognition; the allowance for uncollectible receivables; accruals for self-insured retention limits related to medical, workers' compensation, auto and general liability insurance claims; accruals for home warranties and termite damage claims; the possible outcome of outstanding litigation; accruals for income tax liabilities as well as deferred tax accounts; the deferral and amortization of customer acquisition costs; useful lives for depreciation and amortization expense; the valuation of marketable securities; and the valuation of tangible and intangible assets. In 2014, there have been no changes in the significant areas that require estimates or in the underlying methodologies used in determining the amounts of these associated estimates.

        The allowance for receivables is developed based on several factors including overall customer credit quality, historical write-off experience and specific account analyses that project the ultimate collectability of the outstanding balances. As such, these factors may change over time causing the reserve level to vary.

        The Company carries insurance policies on insurable risks at levels which it believes to be appropriate, including workers' compensation, auto and general liability risks. The Company purchases insurance from third-party insurance carriers. These policies typically incorporate significant deductibles or self-insured retentions. The Company is responsible for all claims that fall within the retention limits. In determining the Company's accrual for self-insured claims, the Company uses historical claims experience to establish both the current year accrual and the underlying provision for future losses. This actuarially determined provision and related accrual include both known claims, as well as incurred but not reported claims. The Company adjusts its estimate of accrued self-insured claims when required to reflect changes based on factors such as changes in health care costs, accident frequency and claim severity.

        The Company seeks to reduce the potential amount of loss arising from self-insured claims by insuring certain levels of risk. While insurance agreements are designed to limit the Company's losses from large exposure and permit recovery of a portion of direct unpaid losses, insurance does not

F-52


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

relieve the Company of its ultimate liability. Accordingly, the accruals for insured claims represent the Company's total unpaid gross losses. Insurance recoverables, which are reported within Prepaid expenses and other assets and Other assets, relate to estimated insurance recoveries on the insured claims reserves.

        Accruals for home warranty claims in the American Home Shield business are made based on the Company's claims experience and actuarial projections. Termite damage claim accruals in the Terminix business are recorded based on both the historical rates of claims incurred within a contract year and the cost per claim. Current activity could differ causing a change in estimates. The Company has certain liabilities with respect to existing or potential claims, lawsuits, and other proceedings. The Company accrues for these liabilities when it is probable that future costs will be incurred and such costs can be reasonably estimated. Any resulting adjustments, which could be material, are recorded in the period identified.

        The Company records deferred income tax balances based on the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and income tax purposes. The Company records its deferred tax items based on the estimated value of the tax basis. The Company adjusts tax estimates when required to reflect changes based on factors such as changes in tax laws, relevant court decisions, results of tax authority reviews and statutes of limitations. The Company records a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company recognizes potential interest and penalties related to its uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

        Revenue.     Revenues from pest control services, as well as liquid and fumigation termite applications, are recognized as the services are provided. The Company eradicates termites through the use of non-baiting methods (e.g., fumigation or liquid treatments) and baiting systems. Termite services using baiting systems and termite inspection and protection contracts are frequently sold through annual contracts. Service costs for these contracts are expensed as incurred. The Company recognizes revenue over the life of these contracts in proportion to the expected direct costs. Those costs bear a direct relationship to the fulfillment of the Company's obligations under the contracts and are representative of the relative value provided to the customer (proportional performance method). The Company regularly reviews its estimates of direct costs for its termite bait contracts and termite inspection and protection contracts and adjusts the estimates when appropriate.

        Home warranty contracts are typically one year in duration. Home warranty claims costs are expensed as incurred. The Company recognizes revenue over the life of these contracts in proportion to the expected direct costs. Those costs bear a direct relationship to the fulfillment of the Company's obligations under the contracts and are representative of the relative value provided to the customer (proportional performance method). The Company regularly reviews its estimates of claims costs and adjusts the estimates when appropriate.

        The Company has franchise agreements in its Terminix, ServiceMaster Restore, ServiceMaster Clean, Merry Maids, Furniture Medic and AmeriSpec businesses. Franchise revenue (which in the aggregate represents approximately six percent of 2013 consolidated revenue from continuing operations) consists principally of continuing monthly fees based upon the franchisee's customer-level revenue. Monthly fee revenue is recognized when the related customer-level revenue generating activity

F-53


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

is performed by the franchisee and collectability is reasonably assured. Franchise revenue also includes initial fees resulting from the sale of a franchise or a license. These initial franchise or license fees are pre-established fixed amounts and are recognized as revenue when collectability is reasonably assured and all material services or conditions relating to the sale have been substantially performed. Total profits from the franchised operations were $17 million and $18 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company evaluates the performance of its franchise businesses based primarily on operating profit before corporate general and administrative expenses, interest expense and amortization of intangible assets. The portion of total franchise fee income related to initial fees received from the sale of franchises was immaterial to the Company's Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for all periods.

        Revenues are presented net of sales taxes collected and remitted to government taxing authorities on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income.

        The Company had $487 million and $448 million of deferred revenue as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. Deferred revenue consists primarily of payments received for annual contracts relating to home warranties, termite baiting, termite inspection and pest control services.

        Deferred Customer Acquisition Costs:     Customer acquisition costs, which are incremental and direct costs of obtaining a customer, are deferred and amortized over the life of the related contract in proportion to revenue recognized. These costs include sales commissions and direct selling costs which can be shown to have resulted in a successful sale. Deferred customer acquisition costs amounted to $28 million and $30 million as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

        Advertising:     On an interim basis, certain advertising costs are deferred and recognized approximately in proportion to the revenue over the year and are not deferred beyond the calendar year-end. Certain other advertising costs are expensed when the advertising occurs. The cost of direct-response advertising at Terminix, consisting primarily of direct-mail promotions, is capitalized and amortized over its expected period of future benefits. Deferred advertising costs are included in prepaid expenses and other assets on our consolidated statements of financial position.

        Inventory:     Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost (primarily on a weighted average cost basis) or market. The Company's inventory primarily consists of finished goods to be used on the customers' premises or sold to franchisees.

    Property and Equipment and Intangible Assets:

        Fixed assets and intangible assets with finite lives are depreciated and amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. These lives are based on the Company's previous experience for similar assets, potential market obsolescence and other industry and business data. As required by accounting standards for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets, the Company's long-lived assets, including fixed assets and intangible assets (other than goodwill), are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. If the carrying value is no longer recoverable based upon the undiscounted future cash flows of the asset, an impairment loss would be recognized equal to the difference between the carrying

F-54


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

amount and the fair value of the asset. Changes in the estimated useful lives or in the asset values could cause the Company to adjust its book value or future expense accordingly.

        Depreciation of property and equipment, including depreciation of assets held under capital leases, was $12 million and $12 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

        The Company recorded an impairment charge of $48 million ($29 million, net of tax) in the first quarter of 2014 relating to its decision to abandon its efforts to deploy a new operating system at American Home Shield. Included in this charge are the impairment of the capitalized software of $45 million and the recognition of the remaining liabilities associated with the termination of lease, maintenance and hosting agreements totaling $3 million. This impairment represented an adjustment of the carrying value of the asset to its estimated fair value of zero on a non-recurring basis.

        Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Credit Risk:     See Note 16 for information relating to the fair value of financial instruments.

        Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to financial and credit risk, consist principally of investments and receivables. Investments consist primarily of publicly traded debt and common equity securities. The Company periodically reviews its portfolio of investments to determine whether there has been an other than temporary decline in the value of the investments from factors such as deterioration in the financial condition of the issuer or the market(s) in which it competes. The majority of the Company's receivables have little concentration of credit risk due to the large number of customers with relatively small balances and their dispersion across geographical areas. The Company maintains an allowance for losses based upon the expected collectability of receivables.

        Income Taxes:     The Company and its subsidiaries file consolidated U.S. federal income tax returns. State and local returns are filed both on a separate company basis and on a combined unitary basis with the Company. Current and deferred income taxes are provided for on a separate company basis. The Company accounts for income taxes using an asset and liability approach for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company's financial statements or tax returns. Deferred income taxes are provided to reflect the differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

        The Company records a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in its tax return. The Company recognizes potential interest and penalties related to its uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

        Stock-Based Compensation:     The Company accounts for stock-based compensation under accounting standards for share based payments, which require that stock options, restricted stock units and share grants be measured at fair value and this value is recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period.

        Earnings Per Share:     Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock

F-55


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

outstanding during the period, increased to include the number of shares of common stock that would have been outstanding had potential dilutive shares of common stock been issued. The dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock units are reflected in diluted net income (loss) per share by applying the treasury stock method.

        Newly Issued Accounting Statements and Positions:     In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, "Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or Tax Credit Carryforward Exists" to eliminate the diversity in practice associated with the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits in instances where a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. ASU 2013-11 generally requires an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, to be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, except in certain circumstances. The amendments in ASU 2013-11 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's condensed consolidated financial statements.

        In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-08, "Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosure of Disposals of Components of an Entity" to change the criteria for reporting discontinued operations and enhance the convergence of the FASB's and the International Standard Board's reporting requirements for discontinued operations. The changes in ASU 2014-08 amend the definition of discontinued operations by limiting discontinued operations reporting to disposals of components of an entity that represent strategic shifts that have or will have a major effect on an entity's operations and financial results. ASU 2014-08 requires expanded disclosures for discontinued operations and also requires an entity to disclose the pretax profit or loss of an individually significant component of an entity that does not qualify for discontinued operations reporting. The amendments in ASU 2014-08 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company anticipates the adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on the Company's condensed consolidated financial statements.

Note 2. Acquisition of SvM

        On the 2007 Closing Date, the Company acquired SvM pursuant to the 2007 Merger. As a result of the Merger, SvM became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Immediately following the completion of the 2007 Merger, all of the outstanding common stock of the Company, the ultimate parent company of SvM, was owned by investment funds sponsored by, or affiliated with, certain Equity Sponsors.

        Equity contributions totaling $1,431 million, together with (i) borrowings under a then new $1,150 million senior unsecured interim loan facility, (the "Interim Loan Facility"), (ii) borrowings under a then new $2,650 million Term Loan Facility, and (iii) cash on hand at SvM, were used, among other things, to finance the aggregate 2007 Merger consideration, to make payments in satisfaction of other equity-based interests in the Company under the 2007 Merger agreement, to settle existing interest rate swaps, to redeem or provide for the repayment of certain of SvM's existing indebtedness and to pay related transaction fees and expenses. In addition, letters of credit issued under a new $150 million pre-funded letter of credit facility were used to replace and/or secure letters of credit

F-56


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 2. Acquisition of SvM (Continued)

previously issued under a SvM credit facility that was terminated as of the 2007 Closing Date. On the 2007 Closing Date, SvM also entered into, but did not then draw under, the Revolving Credit Facility.

        In connection with the 2007 Merger and the related transactions, SvM retired certain of its existing indebtedness, including SvM's $179 million, 7.875 percent notes due August 15, 2009 (the "2009 Notes"). On the 2007 Closing Date, the 2009 Notes were called for redemption, and they were redeemed on August 29, 2007. Additionally, SvM utilized a portion of the proceeds from the Term Facilities to repay at maturity SvM's $49 million, 6.95 percent notes due August 15, 2007. The Interim Loan Facility matured on July 24, 2008. On the maturity date, outstanding amounts under the Interim Loan Facility were converted on a one-to-one basis into the 2015 Notes.

Note 3. Restructuring Charges

        The Company incurred restructuring charges of $5 million ($3 million, net of tax) and $3 million ($2 million, net of tax) for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Restructuring charges were comprised of the following:

 
  Three months
ended March 31,
 
(In millions)
  2014   2013  

Terminix branch optimization(1)

  $ 1   $ 1  

Centers of excellence initiative(2)

    4     2  
           

Total restructuring charges

  $ 5   $ 3  
           
           

(1)
For the three months ended March 31, 2014, these charges included severance costs. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, these charges included lease termination costs.

(2)
Represents restructuring charges related to an initiative to enhance capabilities and reduce costs in the Company's headquarters functions that provide Company-wide administrative services for our operations that we refer to as centers of excellence. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, these charges included professional fees of $1 million and severance and other costs of $3 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, these charges included professional fees of $1 million and severance and other costs of $1 million.

        The pretax charges discussed above are reported in Restructuring charges in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

F-57


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 3. Restructuring Charges (Continued)

        A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of accrued restructuring charges, which are included in Accrued liabilities—Other on the condensed consolidated statements of financial position, is presented as follows:

(In millions)
  Accrued
Restructuring
Charges
 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

  $ 1  

Costs incurred

    5  

Costs paid or otherwise settled

    (3 )
       

Balance as of March 31, 2014

  $ 3  
       
       

Note 4. Commitments and Contingencies

        The Company carries insurance policies on insurable risks at levels that it believes to be appropriate, including workers' compensation, auto and general liability risks. The Company purchases insurance policies from third-party insurance carriers, which typically incorporate significant deductibles or self-insured retentions. The Company is responsible for all claims that fall below the retention limits. In determining the Company's accrual for self-insured claims, the Company uses historical claims experience to establish both the current year accrual and the underlying provision for future losses. This actuarially determined provision and related accrual includes known claims, as well as incurred but not reported claims. The Company adjusts its estimate of accrued self-insured claims when required to reflect changes based on factors such as changes in health care costs, accident frequency and claim severity.

        A reconciliation of beginning and ending accrued self-insured claims, which are included in Accrued liabilities—Self-insured claims and related expenses and Other long-term obligations, primarily self-insured claims on the condensed consolidated statements of financial position, net of reinsurance recoverables, which are included in Prepaid expenses and other assets and Other assets on the condensed consolidated statements of financial position, is presented as follows:

(In millions)
  Accrued
Self-insured
Claims, Net
 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

  $ 101  

Provision for self-insured claims

    19  

Cash payments

    (17 )
       

Balance as of March 31, 2014

  $ 103  
       
       

F-58


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 4. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)


(In millions)
  Accrued
Self-insured
Claims, Net
 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

  $ 103  

Provision for self-insured claims

    11  

Cash payments

    (11 )
       

Balance as of March 31, 2013

  $ 103  
       
       

        Accruals for home warranty claims in the American Home Shield business are made based on the Company's claims experience and actuarial projections. Termite damage claim accruals in the Terminix business are recorded based on both the historical rates of claims incurred within a contract year and the cost per claim. Current activity could differ causing a change in estimates. The Company has certain liabilities with respect to existing or potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings. The Company accrues for these liabilities when it is probable that future costs will be incurred and such costs can be reasonably estimated. Any resulting adjustments, which could be material, are recorded in the period the adjustments are identified.

        In the ordinary course of conducting business activities, the Company and its subsidiaries become involved in judicial, administrative and regulatory proceedings involving both private parties and governmental authorities. These proceedings include insured and uninsured matters that are brought on an individual, collective, representative and class action basis, or other proceedings involving regulatory, employment, general and commercial liability, automobile liability, wage and hour, environmental and other matters. The Company has entered into settlement agreements in certain cases, including with respect to putative collective and class actions, which are subject to court or other approvals. If one or more of the Company's settlements are not finally approved, the Company could have additional or different exposure, which could be material. At this time, the Company does not expect any of these proceedings to have a material effect on its reputation, business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows; however, the Company can give no assurance that the results of any such proceedings will not materially affect its reputation, business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Note 5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        Goodwill and intangible assets that are not amortized are subject to assessment for impairment by applying a fair-value based test on an annual basis or more frequently if circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The Company's annual assessment date is October 1. There were no goodwill or trade name impairment charges recorded in continuing operations in the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.

F-59


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)

        The table below summarizes the goodwill balances for continuing operations by reportable segment and for Other Operations and Headquarters:

(In millions)
  Terminix   American
Home Shield
  Franchise
Services Group
  Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2013

  $ 1,480   $ 348   $ 190   $ 2,018  

Acquisitions

    6     31         37  
                   

Balance as of March 31, 2014

  $ 1,486   $ 379   $ 190   $ 2,055  
                   
                   

        There were no accumulated impairment losses recorded in continuing operations as of March 31, 2014.

        The table below summarizes the other intangible asset balances for continuing operations:

 
  Estimated
Remaining
Useful
Lives
(Years)
  As of March 31, 2014   As of December 31, 2013  
(In millions)
  Gross   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net   Gross   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net  

Trade names(1)

  N/A   $ 1,608   $   $ 1,608   $ 1,608   $   $ 1,608  

Customer relationships

  3 - 10     530     (457 )   73     512     (447 )   65  

Franchise agreements

  20 - 25     88     (55 )   33     88     (54 )   34  

Other

  4 - 30     44     (29 )   15     41     (27 )   14  
                               

Total

      $ 2,270   $ (541 ) $ 1,729   $ 2,249   $ (528 ) $ 1,721  
                               
                               

(1)
Not subject to amortization.

        In the three months ended March 31, 2014, the TruGreen Business recorded an impairment charge of $139 million ($84 million, net of tax) in discontinued operations, net of income taxes.

Note 6. Stock-Based Compensation

        In connection with the TruGreen Spin-off, on January 14, 2014, we distributed all of New TruGreen's common stock to our existing stockholders. Following the distribution, our employees held equity incentive awards covering shares of New TruGreen common stock as well as equity incentive awards covering shares of our common stock, and employees who transferred to New TruGreen held equity incentive awards covering shares of our common stock as well as equity incentive awards covering shares of New TruGreen common stock.

        To align the interests of our continuing employees and the interests of New TruGreen's employees with their respective employers, on February 14, 2014, we and New TruGreen extended offers to each other's employees to allow them to tender their equity awards covering shares of their non-employing entity to the respective issuer and subsequently to apply the proceeds of any such tendered equity awards to subscribe for equity awards in their respective employers at the then-current fair market value ($12.00, in the case of our common stock, and $3.75, in the case of New TruGreen common stock). As a result of this program, on March 18, 2014, we accepted tenders of 199,075 shares of our

F-60


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 6. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

common stock and DSUs from New TruGreen employees and issued 237,762 shares of our common stock and DSUs to our continuing employees. There was also a small number of RSUs exchanged.

        In connection with the TruGreen Spin-off, we adjusted the exercise price of options held by our employees to reflect the fair market value of our common stock after giving effect to the TruGreen Spin-off by multiplying the exercise price of such options immediately prior to the TruGreen Spin-off by a fraction, the numerator of which was the fair market value of a share of our common stock immediately following the TruGreen Spin-off ($12.00 per share) and the denominator of which was the fair market value of a share of our common stock immediately prior to the TruGreen Spin-off ($15.75 per share), or the "Option Conversion Ratio." For example, the exercise prices of the options shown in the table below were adjusted as follows. For options that had an exercise price of $15.75 per share immediately prior to the TruGreen Spin-off, the exercise price was adjusted to $12.00 per share immediately following the TruGreen Spin-off. For options that had an exercise price of $15.00 per share immediately prior to the TruGreen Spin-off, the exercise price was adjusted to $11.43 per share immediately following the TruGreen Spin-off.

        To allow our employees to retain the intrinsic value of their stock options prior to the TruGreen Spin-off, we also adjusted the number of shares underlying the options of such employees. The adjusted number of shares underlying the options was adjusted by dividing the number of shares underlying the options held by each employee by the Option Conversion Ratio. We refer to these adjustments collectively as the "Option Conversion." The change in the number of shares underlying options and the adjustment of the exercise price pursuant to the Option Conversion represent modifications to our share based compensation awards. As a result of the Option Conversion we compared the fair value of the awards following the TruGreen Spin-off with the fair value of the original awards. The comparison did not yield incremental value. Accordingly, we did not record any incremental compensation expense as a result of the Option Conversion.

        For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $1 million ($1 million, net of tax) and $1 million ($1 million, net of tax), respectively. As of March 31, 2014, there was $20 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested stock options and restricted share units granted under the Amended and Restated ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan. These remaining costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.14 years.

Note 7. Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        Comprehensive income (loss), which primarily includes net income (loss), unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities, unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments and the effect of foreign currency translation is disclosed in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).

F-61


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 7. Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Continued)

        The following tables summarize the activity in other comprehensive income (loss), net of the related tax effects.

(In millions)
  Unrealized
Gains on
Derivatives
  Unrealized
Gains on
Available-for-
Sale Securities
  Foreign
Currency
Translation
  Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2013

  $   $ 7   $   $ 7  

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications:

                         

Pre-tax amount

        1     (1 )    

Tax provision (benefit)

                 
                   

After tax amount

        1     (1 )    

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(1)

        (3 )       (3 )
                   

Net current period other comprehensive loss

        (2 )   (1 )   (3 )

Spin-off of the TruGreen Business

            (2 )   (2 )
                   

Balance as of March 31, 2014

  $   $ 5   $ (3 ) $ 2  
                   
                   

 

(In millions)
  Unrealized
Losses on
Derivatives
  Unrealized
Gains on
Available-for-
Sale Securities
  Foreign
Currency
Translation
  Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2012

  $ (2 ) $ 5   $ 4   $ 7  

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications:

                         

Pre-tax amount

    1     4     (1 )   4  

Tax provision (benefit)

        2         2  
                   

After tax amount

    1     2     (1 )   2  

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(1)

    1             1  
                   

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)

    2     2     (1 )   3  
                   

Balance as of March 31, 2013

  $   $ 7   $ 3   $ 10  
                   
                   

(1)
Amounts are net of tax. See reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income below for further details.

F-62


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 7. Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Continued)

        Reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income included the following components for the periods indicated.

 
  Amount Reclassified from
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
   
 
  As of March 31,    
 
  Condensed Consolidated Statements of
Operations and Comprehensive Loss Location
(In millions)
  2014   2013

Losses on derivatives:

               

Fuel swap contracts

  $   $   Cost of services rendered and products sold

Interest rate swap contracts

        2   Interest expense
             

Net losses on derivatives

        2    

Impact of income taxes

        1   (Benefit) Provision for income taxes
             

Total reclassifications related to derivatives

  $   $ 1    
             
             

Gains on available-for-sale securities

  $ (4 ) $   Interest and net investment income

Impact of income taxes

    1       (Benefit) Provision for income taxes
             

Total reclassifications related to securities

  $ (3 ) $    
             
             

Total reclassifications for the period

  $ (3 ) $ 1    
             
             

Note 8. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

        Supplemental information relating to the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows is presented in the following table:

 
  Three months
ended March 31,
 
(In millions)
  2014   2013  

Cash paid for or (received from):

             

Interest expense

  $ 92   $ 89  

Interest and dividend income

    (1 )   (1 )

Income taxes, net of refunds

    2     2  

        The Company acquired $2 million and $6 million of property and equipment through capital leases and other non-cash financing transactions in the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, which have been excluded from the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows as non-cash investing and financing activities.

Note 9. Cash and Marketable Securities

        Cash, money market funds and certificates of deposits with maturities of three months or less when purchased are included in Cash and cash equivalents on the condensed consolidated statements of financial position. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company's investments consisted primarily of domestic publicly traded debt and certificates of deposit ("Debt securities") and common equity securities ("Equity securities"). The amortized cost, fair value and gross unrealized

F-63


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 9. Cash and Marketable Securities (Continued)

gains and losses of the Company's short- and long-term investments in Debt and Equity securities as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 were as follows:

(In millions)
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
 

Available-for-sale and trading securities, March 31, 2014:

                         

Debt securities

  $ 71   $ 1   $   $ 72  

Equity securities

    34     7         41  
                   

Total securities

  $ 105   $ 8   $   $ 113  
                   
                   

 

(In millions)
  Amortized Cost   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
 

Available-for-sale and trading securities, December 31, 2013:

                         

Debt securities

  $ 97   $ 3   $ (1 ) $ 99  

Equity securities

    41     9         50  
                   

Total securities

  $ 138   $ 12   $ (1 ) $ 149  
                   
                   

        There were no unrealized losses which had been in a loss position for more than one year as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. The aggregate fair value of the investments with unrealized losses was $18 million and $30 million as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

        Gains and losses on sales of investments, as determined on a specific identification basis, are included in investment income in the period they are realized. The Company periodically reviews its portfolio of investments to determine whether there has been an other than temporary decline in the value of the investments from factors such as deterioration in the financial condition of the issuer or the market(s) in which the issuer competes. The table below summarizes proceeds and gross realized gains resulting from sales of available-for-sale securities. There were no gross realized losses or impairment charges due to other than temporary declines in the value of certain investments for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.

 
  Three months
ended March 31,
 
(In millions)
  2014   2013  

Proceeds from sale of securities

  $ 42   $ 4  

Gross realized gains, pre-tax

    5     1  

Gross realized gains, net of tax

    3      

F-64


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 10. Long-Term Debt

        Long-term debt as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 is summarized in the following table:

(In millions)
  As of March 31, 2014   As of December 31, 2013  

Senior secured term loan facility maturing in 2017 (Tranche B)

  $ 988   $ 991  

Senior secured term loan facility maturing in 2017 (Tranche C)(1)

    1,196     1,198  

7.00% senior notes maturing in 2020

    750     750  

8.00% senior notes maturing in 2020(2)

    602     602  

Revolving credit facility maturing in 2017

         

7.10% notes maturing in 2018(3)

    72     71  

7.45% notes maturing in 2027

    159     159  

7.25% notes maturing in 2038

    63     63  

Vehicle capital leases(4)

    32     32  

Other

    42     40  

Less current portion

    (41 )   (39 )
           

Total long-term debt

  $ 3,863   $ 3,867  
           
           

(1)
As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, presented net of $9 million and $10 million, respectively, in unamortized original issue discount paid as part of the 2013 Term Loan Facility Amendment.

(2)
As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, includes $2 million in unamortized premium received on the sale of $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of such notes.

(3)
The increase in the balance from December 31, 2013 to March 31, 2014 reflects the amortization of fair value adjustments related to purchase accounting, which increases the effective interest rate from the coupon rates shown above.

(4)
The Company has entered into a fleet management services agreement (the "Fleet Agreement") which, among other things, allows the Company to obtain fleet vehicles through a leasing program. All leases under the Fleet Agreement are capital leases for accounting purposes. The lease rental payments include an interest component calculated using a variable rate based on one-month LIBOR plus other contractual adjustments and a borrowing margin totaling 2.45 percent as of March 31, 2014.

Note 11. Acquisitions

        Acquisitions have been accounted for using the acquisition method and, accordingly, the results of operations of the acquired businesses have been included in the Company's condensed consolidated financial statements since their dates of acquisition. The assets and liabilities of these businesses were recorded in the financial statements at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition dates.

        On February 28, 2014, the Company acquired HSA, based in Madison, Wisconsin. The total net purchase price for this acquisition was $32 million. The Company recorded goodwill of $30 million and

F-65


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 11. Acquisitions (Continued)

other intangibles of $17 million related to this acquisition. As of March 31, 2014, the purchase price allocation for this acquisition has not been finalized.

        During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company completed several pest control and termite acquisitions. The total net purchase price for these acquisitions was $11 million. The Company recorded goodwill of $7 million and other intangibles of $4 million related to these acquisitions.

        During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company completed several pest control and termite acquisitions. The total net purchase price for these acquisitions was $4 million. The Company recorded goodwill of $3 million and other intangibles of $1 million related to these acquisitions.

        Supplemental cash flow information regarding the Company's acquisitions is as follows:

 
  Three months
ended March 31,
 
(In millions)
  2014   2013  

Purchase price (including liabilities assumed)

  $ 71   $ 4  

Less liabilities assumed

    (28 )    
           

Net purchase price

  $ 43   $ 4  
           
           

Net cash paid for acquisitions

  $ 41   $ 3  

Seller financed debt

    2     1  
           

Payment for acquisitions

  $ 43   $ 4  
           
           

Note 12. Discontinued Operations

TruGreen Spin-off

        On January 14, 2014, the Company completed the TruGreen Spin-off resulting in the spin-off of the assets and certain liabilities of the TruGreen Business through a tax-free, pro rata dividend to Holdings' stockholders. As a result of the completion of the TruGreen Spin-off, New TruGreen operates the TruGreen Business as a private independent company.

        The TruGreen Business experienced a significant downturn in recent years. Since 2011, the TruGreen Business lost 400,000 customers, or 19 percent of its customer base. The TruGreen Business's operating margins also eroded during this time frame due to production inefficiencies, higher chemical costs and inflationary pressures, compounded by lower fixed cost leverage as falling customer counts drove revenue down. The TruGreen Business experienced revenue and Adjusted EBITDA declines of 18.6 percent and 87.6 percent, respectively, from 2011 to 2013. In light of these developments, the Company made the decision to effect the TruGreen Spin-off, which the Company expects will enable its management to increase its focus on Terminix, American Home Shield and the Franchise Services Group segment while providing New TruGreen, as an independently operated, private company, the time and focus required to execute a turnaround.

        As a result of the TruGreen Spin-off, the Company was required to perform an interim impairment analysis as of January 14, 2014 on the TruGreen trade name. The assumptions were developed with the view of the TruGreen Business as a stand-alone company, resulting in an increase in

F-66


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 12. Discontinued Operations (Continued)

the assumed discount rate of 350 bps as compared to the discount rate used in the October 1, 2013 impairment test for the TruGreen trade name. This interim impairment analysis resulted in a pre-tax non-cash trade name impairment charge of $139 million ($84 million, net of tax) to reduce the carrying value of the TruGreen trade name to its estimated fair value. This impairment charge was recorded in Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes, in the three months ended March 31, 2014. The impairment of the TruGreen trade name represented an adjustment of the carrying value of the asset to its estimated fair value on a non-recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs on the date of the TruGreen Spin-off.

        The following is a summary of the assets and liabilities distributed to New TruGreen as part of the TruGreen spin-off on January 14, 2014:

(In millions)
   
 

Assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 57  

Receivables, net

    22  

Inventories and other current assets

    40  

Property and equipment, net

    181  

Intangible assets, net

    216  

Other long-term assets

    6  
       

Total Assets

  $ 522  
       
       

Liabilities:

       

Current liabilities

  $ 149  

Long-term debt and other long-term liabilities

    93  
       

Total Liabilities

  $ 242  
       
       

Net assets distributed to New TruGreen

  $ 280  
       
       

        The historical results of the TruGreen Business, including the results of operations, cash flows and related assets and liabilities, are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented herein.

        In connection with the TruGreen Spin-off, the Company and TGLP, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of New TruGreen, entered into a transition services agreement pursuant to which the Company and its subsidiaries provide TGLP with specified communications, public relations, finance and accounting, tax, treasury, internal audit, human resources operations and benefits, risk management and insurance, supply management, real estate management, marketing, facilities, information technology and other support services. The charges for the transition services allow the Company to fully recover the allocated direct costs of providing the services, plus specified margins and any out-of-pocket costs and expenses. The services provided under the transition services agreement will terminate at various specified times, and in no event later than January 14, 2016 (except certain information technology services, which the Company expects to provide to TGLP beyond the two-year period). TGLP may terminate the transition services agreement (or certain services under the transition services agreement) for convenience upon 90 days written notice, in which case TGLP will be required to reimburse the Company for early termination costs.

F-67


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 12. Discontinued Operations (Continued)

        Under this transition services agreement, in the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company recorded $10 million of fees due from TGLP, which is included, net of costs incurred, in Selling and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. As of March 31, 2014, all amounts owed by TGLP under this agreement have been paid.

        During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company processed certain of TGLP's accounts payable transactions. Through this process, in the three months ended March 31, 2014, $44 million was paid on TGLP's behalf, of which $41 million was repaid by TGLP. As of March 31, 2014, the Company recorded a $3 million receivable due from TGLP, which is included in Receivables on the condensed consolidated statement of financial position.

        In addition, the Company, New TruGreen and TGLP entered into (1) a separation and distribution agreement containing key provisions relating to the separation of the TruGreen Business and the distribution of New TruGreen common stock to the Company's stockholders (including relating to specified TruGreen legal matters with respect to which we have agreed to retain liability, as well as insurance coverage, non-competition, indemnification and other matters), (2) an employee matters agreement allocating liabilities and responsibilities relating to employee benefit plans and programs and other related matters and (3) a tax matters agreement governing the respective rights, responsibilities and obligations of the parties thereto with respect to taxes, including allocating liabilities for income taxes attributable to New TruGreen and its subsidiaries generally to the Company for tax periods (or portions thereof) ending on or before January 14, 2014 and generally to New TruGreen for tax periods (or portions thereof) beginning after that date.

Financial Information for Discontinued Operations

        Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes, for all periods presented includes the operating results of the TruGreen Business and previously sold businesses.

        The operating results of discontinued operations are as follows:

 
  Three months
ended March 31,
 
(In millions)
  2014   2013  

Revenue

  $ 6   $ 94  

Loss before income taxes(1)

    (155 )   (50 )

Benefit for income taxes(1)

    (60 )   (21 )
           

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes(1)

  $ (95 ) $ (29 )
           
           

(1)
During the first quarter of 2014, a pre-tax non-cash trade name impairment charge of $139 million ($84 million, net of tax) was recorded to reduce the carrying value of the TruGreen trade name to its estimated fair value.

F-68


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 12. Discontinued Operations (Continued)

        Assets and liabilities of discontinued operations are summarized below:

(In millions)
  As of
March 31, 2014
  As of
December 31, 2013
 

Assets:

             

Receivables, net

  $   $ 28  

Inventories and other current assets

        48  
           

Total Current Assets

        76  
           

Property and equipment, net

        181  

Intangible assets, net

        355  

Other long-term assets

        6  
           

Total Assets

  $   $ 618  
           
           

Liabilities:

             

Current liabilities

  $ 7   $ 139  

Long-term debt and other long-term liabilities

        162  
           

Total Liabilities

  $ 7   $ 301  
           
           

        At March 31, 2014, the liabilities of discontinued operations relate primarily to accruals for legal and other reserves. At December 31, 2013, these balances also reflect the historical assets and liabilities of the TruGreen Business, which was spun off in the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Note 13. Income Taxes

        As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had $7 million and $8 million, respectively, of tax benefits primarily reflected in state tax returns that have not been recognized for financial reporting purposes ("unrecognized tax benefits"). The Company currently estimates that, as a result of pending tax settlements and expiration of statutes of limitations, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits could be reduced by approximately $1 million during the next 12 months.

        As required by Accounting Standard Codification ("ASC") 740 "Income Taxes," the Company computes interim period income taxes by applying an anticipated annual effective tax rate to our year-to-date income or loss from continuing operations before income taxes, except for significant unusual or infrequently occurring items. The Company's estimated tax rate is adjusted each quarter in accordance with ASC 740.

        The effective tax rate on (loss) income from continuing operations was a benefit of 33.2 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to a provision of 48.3 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The effective tax rate on loss from continuing operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was affected by various discrete events, including an adjustment to deferred state taxes resulting from a change in the Company's state apportionment factors primarily attributable to the TruGreen Spin-off. The effective tax rate on income from continuing operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was affected by the reclassification of the TruGreen Business to discontinued operations and the resulting impact on the allocation of the full year effective tax rate on income from continuing operations to interim periods.

F-69


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 14. Business Segment Reporting

        The business of the Company is conducted through three reportable segments: Terminix, American Home Shield and Franchise Services Group.

        In accordance with accounting standards for segments, the Company's reportable segments are strategic business units that offer different services. The Terminix segment provides termite and pest control services to residential and commercial customers and distributes pest control products. The American Home Shield segment provides home warranties for household systems and appliances. The Franchise Services Group segment provides residential and commercial disaster restoration, janitorial and cleaning services through franchises primarily under the ServiceMaster, ServiceMaster Restore and ServiceMaster Clean brand names, home cleaning services through franchises and Company-owned locations primarily under the Merry Maids brand name, on-site wood furniture repair and restoration services primarily under the Furniture Medic brand name and home inspection services primarily under the AmeriSpec brand name. Other Operations and Headquarters includes SMAC, our financing subsidiary exclusively dedicated to providing financing to our franchisees and retail customers of our operating units, and the Company's headquarters operations (substantially all of which costs are allocated to the Company's reportable segments), which provide various technology, marketing, finance, legal and other support services to the reportable segments. The composition of our reportable segments is consistent with that used by our CODM to evaluate performance and allocate resources.

        Information regarding the accounting policies used by the Company is described in Note 1. The Company derives substantially all of its revenue from customers and franchisees in the United States with less than two percent generated in foreign markets. Operating expenses of the business units consist of direct costs and indirect costs allocated from the Other Operations and Headquarters segment. In periods prior to the TruGreen Spin-off, expenses which were allocated to TruGreen but are not reflected in discontinued operations are included in the Other Operations and Headquarters segment. Such expenses amounted to $9 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013.

        The Company uses Reportable Segment Adjusted EBITDA as its measure of segment profitability. Accordingly, the CODM evaluates performance and allocates resources based primarily on Reportable Segment Adjusted EBITDA. Reportable Segment Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) before: unallocated corporate expenses; income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes; provision (benefit) for income taxes; gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt; interest expense; depreciation and amortization expense; non-cash goodwill and trade name impairment; non-cash impairment of software and other related costs; non-cash impairment of property and equipment; non-cash stock-based compensation expense; restructuring charges; management and consulting fees; and non-cash effects attributable to the application of purchase accounting. The Company's definition of Reportable Segment Adjusted EBITDA may not be calculated or comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

F-70


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 14. Business Segment Reporting (Continued)

        Information for continuing operations for each reportable segment and Other Operations and Headquarters is presented below:

 
  Three months ended
March 31,
 
(In millions)
  2014   2013  

Revenue:

             

Terminix

  $ 320   $ 313  

American Home Shield

    151     143  

Franchise Services Group

    60     56  
           

Reportable Segment Revenue

  $ 531   $ 512  

Other Operations and Headquarters

    2     2  
           

Total Revenue

  $ 533   $ 514  
           
           

Reportable Segment Adjusted EBITDA:(1)

             

Terminix

  $ 78   $ 75  

American Home Shield

    23     21  

Franchise Services Group

    18     17  
           

Reportable Segment Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 119   $ 113  
           
           

(1)
Presented below is a reconciliation of Reportable Segment Adjusted EBITDA to Net Loss:

 
  Three months ended
March 31,
 
(In millions)
  2014   2013  

Reportable Segment Adjusted EBITDA:

             

Terminix

  $ 78   $ 75  

American Home Shield

    23     21  

Franchise Services Group

    18     17  
           

Reportable Segment Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 119   $ 113  
           
           

Unallocated corporate expenses(a)

  $ (4 ) $ (10 )

Depreciation and amortization expense

    (25 )   (25 )

Non-cash impairment of software and other related costs

    (48 )    

Non-cash stock-based compensation expense

    (1 )   (1 )

Restructuring charges

    (5 )   (3 )

Management and consulting fees

    (2 )   (2 )

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    (95 )   (29 )

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

    9     (6 )

Interest expense

    (61 )   (60 )
           

Net Loss

  $ (113 ) $ (23 )
           
           

(a) Represents the unallocated corporate expenses of Other Operations and Headquarters.

 

F-71


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 15. Related Party Transactions

Consulting Agreements

        The Company is a party to a consulting agreement with CD&R under which CD&R provides the Company with ongoing consulting and management advisory services. The annual consulting fee payable under the consulting agreement with CD&R is $6 million. Under this agreement, the Company recorded consulting fees of $2 million in each of the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, which is included in Selling and administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The consulting agreement also provides that CD&R may receive additional fees in connection with certain subsequent financing and acquisition or disposition transactions. There were no additional fees incurred in each of the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013. The consulting agreement will terminate on July 24, 2017, unless terminated earlier at CD&R's election.

        The Company is a party to consulting agreements with StepStone, JPMorgan and Ridgemont (and formerly with BAS). The consulting agreements terminate on June 30, 2016 or upon the earlier termination of the consulting agreement with CD&R (the Ridgemont consulting agreement also provides for termination upon an initial public offering). Effective January 1, 2012, the annual consulting fee formerly payable to BAS (and now payable to Ridgemont) was reduced to $0.25 million. Pursuant to the consulting agreements, the Company is required to pay aggregate annual consulting fees of $1 million to StepStone, JPMorgan and Ridgemont (formerly payable to BAS), respectively.

Note 16. Fair Value Measurements

        The period-end carrying amounts of receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. The period-end carrying amounts of long-term notes receivable approximate fair value as the effective interest rates for these instruments are comparable to period-end market rates. The period-end carrying amounts of short- and long-term marketable securities also approximate fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported net of tax as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income on the condensed consolidated statements of financial position, or, for certain unrealized losses, reported in interest and net investment income in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss if the decline in value is other than temporary. The carrying amount of total debt was $3,904 million and $3,906 million and the estimated fair value was $4,039 million and $3,906 million as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The fair value of the Company's debt is estimated based on available market prices for the same or similar instruments which are considered significant other observable inputs (Level 2) within the fair value hierarchy. The fair values presented reflect the amounts that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The fair value estimates presented in this report are based on information available to the Company as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

        The Company has estimated the fair value of its financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis using the market and income approaches. For investments in marketable securities, deferred compensation trust assets and derivative contracts, which are carried at their fair values, the Company's fair value estimates incorporate quoted market prices, other observable inputs (for example, forward interest rates) and unobservable inputs (for example, forward commodity prices) at the balance sheet date.

F-72


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 16. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

        Interest rate swap contracts are valued using forward interest rate curves obtained from third-party market data providers. The fair value of each contract is the sum of the expected future settlements between the contract counterparties, discounted to present value. The expected future settlements are determined by comparing the contract interest rate to the expected forward interest rate as of each settlement date and applying the difference between the two rates to the notional amount of debt in the interest rate swap contracts.

        Fuel swap contracts are valued using forward fuel price curves obtained from third-party market data providers. The fair value of each contract is the sum of the expected future settlements between the contract counterparties, discounted to present value. The expected future settlements are determined by comparing the contract fuel price to the expected forward fuel price as of each settlement date and applying the difference between the contract and expected prices to the notional gallons in the fuel swap contracts. The Company regularly reviews the forward price curves obtained from third-party market data providers and related changes in fair value for reasonableness utilizing information available to the Company from other published sources.

        The Company has not changed its valuation techniques for measuring the fair value of any financial assets and liabilities during the year. Transfers between levels, if any, are recognized at the end of the reporting period. There were no significant transfers between levels during each of the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.

        The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company's financial instruments that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis for the periods presented are as follows:

 
   
  As of March 31, 2014  
 
   
   
  Estimated Fair Value Measurements  
(In millions)
  Statement of Financial
Position Location
  Carrying
Value
  Quoted
Prices In
Active
Markets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Financial Assets:

                             

Deferred compensation trust assets

  Long-term marketable securities   $ 10   $ 10   $   $  

Investments in marketable securities

  Marketable securities and Long-term marketable securities     103     55     48      

Fuel swap contracts:

                             

Current

  Prepaid expenses and other assets     1             1  
                       

Total financial assets

      $ 114   $ 65   $ 48   $ 1  
                       
                       

F-73


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 16. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)


 
   
  As of December 31, 2013  
 
   
   
  Estimated Fair Value Measurements  
(In millions)
  Statement of Financial
Position Location
  Carrying
Value
  Quoted
Prices In
Active
Markets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Financial Assets:

                             

Deferred compensation trust assets

  Long-term marketable securities   $ 13   $ 13   $   $  

Investments in marketable securities

  Marketable securities and Long-term marketable securities     136     61     75      

Fuel swap contracts:

                             

Current

  Prepaid expenses and other assets     1             1  
                       

Total financial assets

      $ 150   $ 74   $ 75   $ 1  
                       
                       

        A reconciliation of the beginning and ending fair values of financial instruments valued using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) on a recurring basis is presented as follows:

(In millions)
  Fuel Swap
Contract
Assets (Liabilities)
 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

  $ 1  

Total gains (realized and unrealized)

       

Included in accumulated other comprehensive income

     
       

Balance as of March 31, 2014

  $ 1  
       
       

 

(In millions)
  Fuel Swap
Contract
Assets (Liabilities)
 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

  $ 2  

Total gains (realized and unrealized)

       

Included in accumulated other comprehensive income

    1  
       

Balance as of March 31, 2013

  $ 3  
       
       

        The following tables present information relating to the significant unobservable inputs of our Level 3 financial instruments as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

Item
  Fair Value as of
March 31, 2014
(in millions)
  Valuation
Technique
  Unobservable
Input
  Range   Weighted
Average
 

Fuel swap contracts

  $ 1   Discounted Cash Flows   Forward Unleaded Price per Gallon(1)   $ 3.23 - $3.86   $ 3.62  

F-74


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 16. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)


Item
  Fair Value as of
December 31, 2013
(in millions)
  Valuation
Technique
  Unobservable
Input
  Range   Weighted
Average
 

Fuel swap contracts

  $ 1   Discounted Cash Flows   Forward Unleaded Price per Gallon(1)   $ 3.20 - $3.87   $ 3.60  

(1)
Forward prices per gallon were derived from third-party market data providers. A decrease in the forward price would result in a decrease in the fair value of the fuel swap contracts.

        The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage risks associated with changes in fuel prices and has in the past used, and may in the future use, derivative financial instruments to manage risks associated with changes in interest rates. The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. In designating its derivative financial instruments as hedging instruments under accounting standards for derivative instruments, the Company formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, as well as the risk management objective and strategy for the use of the hedging instrument. This documentation includes linking the derivatives to forecasted transactions. The Company assesses at the time a derivative contract is entered into, and at least quarterly thereafter, whether the derivative item is effective in offsetting the projected changes in cash flows of the associated forecasted transactions. All of the Company's designated hedging instruments are classified as cash flow hedges.

        The Company has historically hedged a significant portion of its annual fuel consumption. The Company has also historically hedged the interest payments on a portion of its variable rate debt through the use of interest rate swap agreements, although the Company has no interest rate swap agreements outstanding as of March 31, 2014. All of the Company's fuel swap contracts and interest rate swap contracts are classified as cash flow hedges, and, as such, the hedging instruments are recorded on the condensed consolidated statements of financial position as either an asset or liability at fair value, with the effective portion of changes in the fair value attributable to the hedged risks recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income. Any change in the fair value of the hedging instrument resulting from ineffectiveness, as defined by accounting standards, is recognized in current period earnings. Cash flows related to fuel and interest rate derivatives are classified as operating activities in the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows.

        The effect of derivative instruments on the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss and accumulated other comprehensive income on the condensed consolidated statements of financial position is presented as follows:

 
  Effective Portion
of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income
  Effective Portion
of Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
into Earnings
   
(In millions)
   
Derivatives designated as Cash Flow Hedge Relationships
  Location of Gain (Loss)
included in Earnings
  Three months ended March 31, 2014

Fuel swap contracts

  $   $   Cost of services rendered and products sold

F-75


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 16. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)


 
  Effective Portion
of Gain
Recognized in
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income
  Effective Portion
of Loss
Reclassified from
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
into Earnings
   
Derivatives designated as Cash Flow Hedge Relationships
  Location of Gain (Loss)
included in Earnings
  Three months ended March 31, 2013

Fuel swap contracts

  $ 1   $   Cost of services rendered and products sold

Interest rate swap contracts

  $ 2   $ (2 ) Interest expense

        Ineffective portions of derivative instruments designated in accordance with accounting standards as cash flow hedge relationships were insignificant during the three months ended March 31, 2014. As of March 31, 2014, the Company had fuel swap contracts to pay fixed prices for fuel with an aggregate notional amount of $21 million, maturing through 2014. Under the terms of its fuel swap contracts, the Company is required to post collateral in the event that the fair value of the contracts exceeds a certain agreed upon liability level and in other circumstances required by the counterparty. As of March 31, 2014, the Company had posted $1 million in letters of credit as collateral under its fuel hedging program, none of which were posted under the Company's senior secured revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Credit Facility").

        The effective portion of the gain or loss on derivative instruments designated and qualifying as cash flow hedging instruments is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income. These amounts are reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged forecasted debt interest settlement or the fuel settlement affects earnings. The amount expected to be reclassified into earnings during the next 12 months includes unrealized gains and losses related to open fuel hedges. Specifically, as the underlying forecasted transactions occur during the next 12 months, the hedging gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive income expected to be recognized in earnings is a gain of less than $1 million, net of tax, as of March 31, 2014. The amounts that are ultimately reclassified into earnings will be based on actual fuel prices at the time the positions are settled and may differ materially from the amount noted above.

Note 17. Earnings Per Share

        Basic loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Diluted loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, increased to include the number of shares of common stock that would have been outstanding had potential dilutive shares of common stock been issued. The dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock units are reflected in diluted net loss per share by applying the treasury stock method.

F-76


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Note 17. Earnings Per Share (Continued)

        A reconciliation of the amounts included in the computation of basic (loss) earnings per share from continuing operations and diluted (loss) earnings per share from continuing operations is as follows:

 
  Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
(In millions, except per share data)
  2014   2013  

(Loss) Earnings from continuing operations

  $ (18 ) $ 6  
           
           

Weighted average common shares outstanding

    92     92  

Effect of dilutive securities(1):

             

RSUs

         

Stock options(2)

        1  
           

Weighted average common share outstanding—assuming dilution

    92     93  
           
           

Basic (loss) earnings per share from continuing operations

  $ (0.20 ) $ 0.07  
           
           

Diluted (loss) earnings per share from continuing operations

  $ (0.20 ) $ 0.07  
           
           

(1)
Securities are not included in the table in periods when antidilutive. For the first quarter of 2014, weighted average potentially dilutive shares from RSUs of less than one million and weighted average potentially dilutive shares from stock options of less than one million with a weighted average exercise price per share of $11.43 were excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation due to the antidilutive effect such shares would have on net loss per common share.

(2)
Options to purchase 4 million and 1 million shares for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, were not included in the computation because either their exercise price or proceeds per share exceeded the average market price of the Company's common stock for each respective reporting date.

F-77


LOGO


Table of Contents

           

35,900,000 Shares

GRAPHIC

ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc.

Common Stock



J.P. Morgan   Credit Suisse   Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Morgan Stanley



BofA Merrill Lynch   Jefferies   Natixis   RBC Capital Markets

            
Baird   Piper Jaffray   Ramirez & Co., Inc.



                        , 2014

         Through and including                        , 2014 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth the estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities registered hereby, other than underwriting discounts or commissions. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee.

SEC Registration Fee

  $ 111,668  

FINRA Filing Fee

  $ 130,548  

Stock Exchange Listing Fee

  $ 300,000  

Printing Fees and Expenses

  $ 600,000  

Accounting Fees and Expenses

  $ 700,000  

Legal Fees and Expenses

  $ 3,000,000  

Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses

  $ 10,000  

Miscellaneous

    1,147,784  
       

Total:

  $ 6,000,000  
       
       

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware.

        Section 145(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the "DGCL," provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person's conduct was unlawful.

        Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

II-1


Table of Contents

        Section 145(c) of the DGCL provides that to the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 of the DGCL, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

        Section 145(e) of the DGCL provides that expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in Section 145 of the DGCL. Such expenses, including attorneys' fees, incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the corporation or by persons serving at the request of the corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

        Section 145(g) of the DGCL specifically allows a Delaware corporation to purchase liability insurance on behalf of its directors and officers and to insure against potential liability of such directors and officers regardless of whether the corporation would have the power to indemnify such directors and officers under Section 145 of the DGCL.

        Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a Delaware corporation to include a provision in its certificate of incorporation eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. This provision, however, may not eliminate or limit a director's liability (1) for breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the DGCL, which provides for liability of directors for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will contain provisions permitted under Delaware General Corporation Law relating to the liability of directors. These provisions will eliminate a director's personal liability for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except in circumstances involving:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty;

    acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law;

    under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (unlawful dividends); or

    any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

        Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Second Amended and Restated By-laws will require us to indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law and other applicable law, except in the case of a proceeding instituted by the director without the approval of our board of directors. Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Second Amended and Restated By-laws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, to the fullest extent permitted by law, for all judgments, fines, settlements, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with pending or threatened legal proceedings because of the director's or officer's positions with us or another entity that the director or officer serves at our request, subject to various conditions, and to advance funds to our directors and officers to enable them to defend against

II-2


Table of Contents

such proceedings. To receive indemnification, the director or officer must have been successful in the legal proceeding or have acted in good faith and in what was reasonably believed to be a lawful manner in our best interest and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Indemnification Agreements

        We and SvM are parties to indemnification agreements with certain of the Equity Sponsors, pursuant to which we and SvM indemnify such entities and their respective affiliates, directors, officers, partners, members, employees, agents, representatives and controlling persons, against certain liabilities arising out of performance of the consulting agreements described above under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Consulting Agreements" and certain other claims and liabilities, including liabilities arising out of financing arrangements and securities offerings.

        Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the directors with contractual rights to the indemnification and expense advancement rights provided under our amended and restated by-laws, as well as contractual rights to additional indemnification as provided in the indemnification agreements.

Directors' and Officers' Liability Insurance

        Prior to the offering we will have obtained directors' and officers' liability insurance which insures against certain liabilities that our directors and officers and the directors and officers of our subsidiaries may, in such capacities, incur.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        On February 22, 2011, we issued 115,151 shares of our common stock to one of our officers in exchange for approximately $1.9 million in cash.

        On April 8, 2011, we issued 15,210 shares of our common stock to three of our employees in exchange for approximately $0.3 million in cash.

        On April 29, 2011, we issued 33,333 shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options to one of our employees in exchange for approximately $0.5 million in cash.

        On June 22, 2011, we issued 300,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options to one of our officers in exchange for approximately $4.5 million in cash.

        On December 16, 2011, we issued 133,329 shares of our common stock to six of our officers and employees in exchange for approximately $2.2 million in cash.

        On March 21, 2012, we issued 28,567 shares of our common stock to five of our officers and employees in exchange for approximately $0.6 million in cash.

        On March 30, 2012, we issued 13,333 shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options to one of our employees in exchange for approximately $0.2 million in cash.

        On June 1, 2012, we issued 6,666 shares of our common stock to two of our employees in exchange for approximately $0.2 million in cash.

        On September 28, 2012, we issued 46,666 shares of our common stock to four of our officers and employees in exchange for approximately $1.1 million in cash. On September 28, 2012, we also issued 23,750 shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options to two of our employees for approximately $0.4 million in cash.

II-3


Table of Contents

        On October 5, 2012, we issued 63,333 shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options to one of our employees in exchange for approximately $1.0 million in cash.

        On October 31, 2012, we issued 31,666 shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options to one of our employees in exchange for approximately $0.5 million in cash.

        On November 2, 2012, we issued 26,666 shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options to one of our employees in exchange for approximately $0.4 million in cash.

        On November 30, 2012, we issued 41,666 shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options to one of our employees in exchange for approximately $0.6 million in cash.

        On December 27, 2012, we issued 13,333 shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options to one of our employees in exchange for approximately $0.2 million in cash.

        On December 28, 2012, we issued 40,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options to one of our employees in exchange for approximately $0.6 million in cash.

        On September 13, 2013, we issued 245,156 shares of our common stock to 21 of our officers and employees in exchange for approximately $3.7 million in cash.

        On December 11, 2013, we issued 192,466 shares of our common stock to seven of our directors, officers and employees in exchange for approximately $3.0 million in cash.

        On December 26, 2013, we issued 53,333 shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options to one of our employees in exchange for approximately $0.8 million in cash.

        On March 18, 2014, we issued 483,758 shares of our common stock to 66 of our officers and employees in exchange for approximately $5.8 million in cash in two separate transactions.

        On April 14, 2014, we issued 12,860 shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options to one of our employees in exchange for approximately $0.1 million in cash.

        On May 16, 2014, we issued 30,188 shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options to three of our employees in exchange for approximately $0.3 million in cash.

        The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D or Rule 701 promulgated thereunder, as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. There were no underwriters employed in connection with any of the transactions set forth in this Item 15.

        Share amounts above give effect to the 2-for-3 reverse stock split of our common stock completed on June 13, 2014.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

        The Exhibits to this Registration Statement on Form S-1 are listed in the Exhibit Index which follows the signature pages to this Registration Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

II-4


Table of Contents


Financial Statement Schedules

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors of
ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc.
Memphis, Tennessee

        We have audited the consolidated financial statements of ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, and have issued our report thereon dated March 24, 2014 (May 9, 2014 as to Note 3 and Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements; June 13, 2014 as to the reverse stock split described in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements); such consolidated financial statements and report are included elsewhere in this Registration Statement. Our audits also included the consolidated financial statement schedules of the Company listed in Item 16. These consolidated financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion, such consolidated financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Memphis, Tennessee
March 24, 2014 (May 9, 2014 as to Note 3 and Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements)

II-5


Table of Contents


SCHEDULE I
SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC. (PARENT)
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In millions)

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Revenue

  $   $   $  

Selling and administrative expenses

    1     1      

Interest and net investment (income) loss

            (7 )

Loss on extinguishment of debt

            (1 )
               

(Loss) Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

    (1 )   (1 )   8  

Provision for income taxes

            3  
               

(Loss) Income from Continuing Operations

    (1 )   (1 )   5  

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries (net of tax)

    (506 )   (713 )   41  
               

Net (Loss) Income

  $ (507 ) $ (714 ) $ 46  
               
               

Total Comprehensive (Loss) Income

  $ (507 ) $ (701 ) $ 57  
               
               

II-6


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC. (PARENT)
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
(In millions)

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2013   2012  

Assets

             

Current Assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 8   $ 6  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

        1  
           

Total Current Assets

    8     7  

Other Assets:

             

Investments in and advances to subsidiaries

    52     554  
           

Total Assets

  $ 60   $ 561  
           
           

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity Current Liabilities:

             

Accrued liabilities:

             

Other

  $   $ 3  
           

Total Current Liabilities

        3  

Long-Term Debt

    14      

Other Long-Term Liabilities:

             

Deferred taxes

    23     23  
           

Total Other Long-Term Liabilities

    23     23  

Shareholders' Equity

    23     535  
           

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

  $ 60   $ 561  
           
           

II-7


Table of Contents


SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC. (PARENT)
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In millions)

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period

  $ 6   $ 10   $ 12  
               

Net (Loss) Income Before Equity in Net Income of Subsidiary

    (1 )   (1 )   5  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

            (1 )

Deferred income tax (benefit) provision

            6  

Change in working capital, net of acquisitions:

                   

Current income taxes

            (3 )

Receivables

    (3 )   3      

Inventories and other current assets

    1     (1 )    

Accrued liabilities

            3  
               

Net Cash (Used for) Provided from Operating Activities from Continuing Operations

    (3 )   1     10  
               

Cash Flows from Financing Activities from Continuing Operations:

                   

Borrowings of debt

    14          

Payments of debt

            65  

Repurchase of common stock and payments of restricted stock share withholdings

    (16 )   (11 )   (87 )

Net intercompany advances

    7     6     10  
               

Net Cash Provided From (Used for) Financing Activities from Continuing Operations

    5     (5 )   (12 )
               

Cash Increase (Decrease) During the Period

    2     (4 )   (2 )
               

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period

  $ 8   $ 6   $ 10  
               
               

II-8


Table of Contents


Notes to ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. (Parent) Condensed Financial Statements

1.     Basis of Presentation

        The condensed financial statements of ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. ("Parent") are required as a result of the restricted net assets of Parent's consolidated subsidiaries exceeding 25% of Parent's consolidated net assets as of December 31, 2013. All consolidated subsidiaries of Parent are wholly owned. The primary source of income for Parent is equity in its subsidiaries' earnings.

        Pursuant to rules and regulations of the SEC, the unconsolidated condensed financial statements of Parent do not reflect all of the information and notes normally included with financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. Therefore, these condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Registration Statement on Form S-1.

        Parent has accounted for its subsidiaries under the equity method in the unconsolidated condensed financial statements.

2.     Related Party Transactions

        On April 19, 2013, Parent entered into a revolving promissory note with SvM with a maximum borrowing capacity of $25 million that is scheduled to mature on April 18, 2018. Amounts outstanding under this agreement shall bear interest at the rate of 5.0 percent per annum. As of December 31, 2013, Parent had borrowed $14 million under this note. The funds borrowed under this note are used by Parent to repurchase shares of its common stock from associates who have left SvM.

II-9


Table of Contents


SCHEDULE II
SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(In millions)

 
  Balance at
Beginning of
Period
  Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
  Deductions(1)   Balance at
End of
Period
 

AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2013

                         

Continuing Operations—

                         

Allowance for doubtful accounts

                         

Accounts receivable

  $ 20   $ 36   $ 34   $ 22  

Notes receivable

    3     1         4  

Income tax valuation allowance

    6     1         7  

AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2012

                         

Continuing Operations—

                         

Allowance for doubtful accounts

                         

Accounts receivable

  $ 16   $ 35   $ 31   $ 20  

Notes receivable

    2     1         3  

Income tax valuation allowance

    6             6  

AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2011

                         

Continuing Operations—

                         

Allowance for doubtful accounts

                         

Accounts receivable

  $ 14   $ 31   $ 29   $ 16  

Notes receivable

    2             2  

Income tax valuation allowance

    15         9     6  

(1)
Deductions in the allowance for doubtful accounts for accounts and notes receivable reflect write-offs of uncollectible accounts. Deductions for the income tax valuation allowance in 2013 are primarily attributable to the reduction of net operating loss carryforwards related to their expiration. Deductions for the income tax valuation allowance in 2012 are primarily attributable to the reduction of net operating loss carryforwards related to the dissolution of certain subsidiaries. Deductions for the income tax valuation allowance in 2011 are primarily attributable to the reduction of net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes related to the dissolution of certain subsidiaries.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

        (a)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        (b)   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling

II-10


Table of Contents

person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        (c)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

        (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-11


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Memphis, State of Tennessee, on June 16, 2014.

    SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ ROBERT J. GILLETTE

        Name:   Robert J. Gillette
        Title:   Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed on June 16, 2014 by the following persons in the capacities indicated.

Signature
 
Title

 

 

 

 

 
*

John Krenicki, Jr.
  Director, Chairman of the Board

/s/ ROBERT J. GILLETTE

Robert J. Gillette

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ ALAN J. M. HAUGHIE

Alan J. M. Haughie

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ JOHN P. MULLEN

John P. Mullen

 

Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

*

Richard P. Fox

 

Director

*

Darren M. Friedman

 

Director

*

Sarah Kim

 

Director

S-1


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title

 

 

 

 

 
*

Stephen J. Sedita
  Director

*

David H. Wasserman

 

Director

*By:

 

/s/ ROBERT J. GILLETTE

Robert J. Gillette
as Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

S-2


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

              Note Regarding Reliance on Statements in Our Contracts : In reviewing the agreements included as exhibits to this Registration Statement on Form S-1, please remember that they are included to provide you with information regarding their terms and are not intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., its subsidiaries or affiliates, or the other parties to the agreements. The agreements contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (i) should not in all instances be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (ii) have been qualified by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement, which disclosures are not necessarily reflected in the agreement; (iii) may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may be viewed as material to investors; and (iv) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments. Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time. Additional information about ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., its subsidiaries and affiliates may be found elsewhere in this Registration Statement on Form S-1.

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  1.1 ** Form of Underwriting Agreement.
        
  2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 31, 2013, by and between The ServiceMaster Company and The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed January 17, 2014.
        
  2.2   Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2014, by and among ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., The ServiceMaster Company, TruGreen Holding Corporation and TruGreen Limited Partnership, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed January 17, 2014.
        
  2.3   Employee Matters Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2014, by and among ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, TruGreen Limited Partnership and TruGreen Holding Corporation, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed January 17, 2014.
        
  2.4   Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2014, by and among ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, TruGreen Holding Corporation and TruGreen Limited Partnership, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed January 17, 2014.
        
  2.5   Transition Services Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2014, by and between The ServiceMaster Company, LLC and TruGreen Limited Partnership, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed January 17, 2014.
        
  3.1 * Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc.
        
  3.2 * Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc.
        
  3.3 * Form of Second Amended and Restated By-Laws of ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc.

E-1


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
        
  4.1   Indenture, dated as of August 15, 1997, between The ServiceMaster Company (as successor to ServiceMaster Limited Partnership and The ServiceMaster Company Limited Partnership) and the Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as trustee, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed August 6, 1997.
        
  4.2   First Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 15, 1997 between The ServiceMaster Company (as successor to ServiceMaster Limited Partnership and The ServiceMaster Company Limited Partnership) and the Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as trustee, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed March 27, 1998.
        
  4.3   Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 1, 1998 between The ServiceMaster Company and the Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as trustee, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed February 26, 1998.
        
  4.4   Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 2, 1998 between The ServiceMaster Company and the Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as trustee, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of the ServiceMaster Company, filed February 27, 1998.
        
  4.5   Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 10, 1999 between The ServiceMaster Company and the Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as trustee, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed of The ServiceMaster Company, filed August 16, 1999.
        
  4.6   Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 14, 2014, among The ServiceMaster Company, LLC and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to Harris Trust and Savings Bank), as Trustee is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed January 17, 2014.
        
  4.7   Form of 7.45% Note due August 14, 2027 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed August 6, 1997.
        
  4.8   Form of 7.10% Note due March 1, 2018 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of the ServiceMaster Company, filed February 27, 1998.
        
  4.9   Form of 7.25% Note due March 1, 2038 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of the ServiceMaster Company, filed February 27, 1998.
        
  4.10   Indenture, dated as of February 13, 2012, among The ServiceMaster Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed February 14, 2012.
        
  4.11   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 13, 2012, among The ServiceMaster Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed February 14, 2012.
 
   

E-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  4.12   Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 16, 2012, among The ServiceMaster Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed February 16, 2012.
  4.13   Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 21, 2012, among The ServiceMaster Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed August 21, 2012.
        
  4.14   Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as January 14, 2014, among The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed January 17, 2014.
        
  4.15   Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as January 14, 2014, among The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed January 17, 2014.
        
  4.16   Form of 8% Senior Note maturing in 2020 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed February 14, 2012.
        
  4.17   Form of 7% Senior Note maturing in 2020 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed February 14, 2012.
        
  4.18 ** Form of Common Stock Certificate.
        
  5.1 ** Form of Opinion of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP.
        
  10.1   Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2007, among CDRSVM Acquisition Co., Inc., certain other Loan Parties (as defined therein), the lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the "Term Loan Administrative Agent") and collateral agent (in such capacity, the "Term Loan Collateral Agent") and letter of credit facility issuing bank and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as syndication agent is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed July 30, 2007.
        
  10.2   Term Loan Assumption Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2007, between CDRSVM Acquisition Co., Inc. and The ServiceMaster Company is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed July 30, 2007.
        
  10.3   Term Loan Amendment Letter, dated as of July 30, 2007, among The ServiceMaster Company, the Commitment Letter Lenders and Joint Lead Arrangers (each as defined therein) parties thereto, and the other parties thereto is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed July 30, 2007.
        
  10.4   Term Loan Supplemental Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2008, made by TruGreen Companies L.L.C. in favor of CitiBank, N.A. is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed October 22, 2008.
 
   

E-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.5   Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2012, among the The ServiceMaster Company, certain other loan parties, the lenders thereto and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as syndication agent, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed August 22, 2012.
  10.6   Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2013, among the The ServiceMaster Company, certain other loan parties, the lenders thereto and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed February 25, 2013.
        
  10.7   Term Loan Credit Agreement Joinder Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2014, among The ServiceMaster Company, The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other parties thereto is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed January 17, 2014.
        
  10.8   Assumption Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2014, by SMCS Holdco, Inc. and SMCS Holdco II, Inc., in favor of Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement referred to therein and the other Secured Parties (as defined therein) is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed January 17, 2014.
        
  10.9   Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2007, made by the Company and the other Granting Parties (as defined therein), in favor of the Term Loan Administrative Agent and the Term Loan Collateral Agent is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed July 30, 2007.
        
  10.10   Security Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2007, made by The ServiceMaster Company and ServiceMaster Consumer Services Limited Partnership, in favor of the Term Loan Collateral Agent and Term Loan Administrative Agent is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed July 30, 2007.
        
  10.11   Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2007, among The ServiceMaster Company, certain other Loan Parties (as defined therein), the lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the "Revolving Administrative Agent"), collateral agent (in such capacity, the "Revolving Collateral Agent") and issuing bank and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as syndication agent is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed July 30, 2007.
        
  10.12   Revolving Credit Supplemental Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2008, made by TruGreen Companies L.L.C. in favor of CitiBank, N.A. is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed October 22, 2008.
        
  10.13   Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2011, among The ServiceMaster Company, certain other loan parties, the lenders thereto and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed March 28, 2011.
 
   

E-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.14   Extension Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, among The ServiceMaster Company, certain other loan parties, the lenders thereto and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed February 14, 2012.
        
  10.15   Increase Supplement, dated as of January 30, 2012, between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as increasing lender, and The ServiceMaster Company is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed February 14, 2012.
        
  10.16   Amendment No. 3 to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated November 27, 2013 and effective as of January 14, 2014, among The ServiceMaster Company, certain other loan parties, the lenders thereto and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed March 5, 2014.
        
  10.17   Revolving Credit Agreement Joinder Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2014, among The ServiceMaster Company, The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other parties thereto is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed January 17, 2014.
        
  10.18   Assumption Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2014, by SMCS Holdco, Inc. and SMCS Holdco II, Inc., in favor of Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties to the Revolving Credit Agreement referred to therein and the other Secured Parties (as defined therein) is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed January 17, 2014.
        
  10.19   Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2007, between the Revolving Administrative Agent and Revolving Collateral Agent and the Term Loan Administrative Agent and Term Loan Collateral Agent is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed July 30, 2007.
        
  10.20   Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2007, made by The ServiceMaster Company and the other Granting Parties (as defined therein), in favor of the Revolving Collateral Agent and the Revolving Administrative Agent is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed July 30, 2007.
        
  10.21   Security Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2007, made by The ServiceMaster Company and ServiceMaster Consumer Services Limited Partnership, in favor of the Revolving Collateral Agent and Revolving Administrative Agent is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed July 30, 2007.
        
  10.22   Amended and Restated Consulting Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2009, among The ServiceMaster Company; ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc.; and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed March 30, 2010.
 
   

E-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.23   Form of Consulting Agreement entered into among The ServiceMaster Company; ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc.; Citigroup Alternative Investments LLC (assigned to StepStone Group LLC in 2010); BAS Capital Funding Corporation; and JPMorgan Chase is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed August 14, 2009.
        
  10.24   Amendment to Consulting Agreement, dated December 22, 2011, by and among The ServiceMaster Company, ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. and BAS Capital Funding Corporation is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed December 23, 2011.
        
  10.25   Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2009, among The ServiceMaster Company; ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc.; Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc.; Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P.; Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment), L.P.; CDR SVM Co-Investor L.P.; CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P.; Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC; and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Holdings, L.P is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed March 30, 2010.
        
  10.26   Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2010, among The ServiceMaster Company and ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. and Banc of America Capital Investors V, L.P., BAS Capital Funding Corporation, BACSVM, L.P., Banc of America Strategic Investments Corporation, Banc of America Capital Management V, L.P., BACM I GP, LLC and BA Equity Co-Invest GP LLC is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed March 30, 2010.
        
  10.27   Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2010, among The ServiceMaster Company and ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. and Citigroup Capital Partners II 2007 Citigroup Investment,  L.P., Citigroup Capital Partners II Employee Master Fund, L.P., Citigroup Capital Partners II Onshore, L.P., Citigroup Capital Partners II Cayman Holdings, L.P., CPE Co-Investment (ServiceMaster) LLC and Citigroup Private Equity LP is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed March 30, 2010.
        
  10.28   Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2010, among The ServiceMaster Company and ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. and JP Morgan Chase Funding, Inc. is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed March 30, 2010.
        
  10.29 # Employment Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2013, by and between Robert J. Gillette and ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed on June 18, 2013.
        
  10.30 # Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2013, by and between Robert J. Gillette and ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 of the ServiceMaster Company, filed August 14, 2013.
 
   

E-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.31 # Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2014, by and between Robert J. Gillette and ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed March 5, 2014.
        
  10.32 # Employment Agreement dated as of February 16, 2011, by and between Harry J. Mullany III and ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed February 22, 2011.
        
  10.33 # Resignation Agreement and General Release, dated as of April 12, 2013, between Harry J. Mullany III and ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of The ServiceMaster Company, as amended, filed on April 16, 2013.
        
  10.34 # Offer Letter, dated as of August 26, 2013, by and between Alan J. M. Haughie and The ServiceMaster Company is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed on August 29, 2013.
        
  10.35 # Offer Letter, dated October 14, 2013, by and between William J. Derwin and The ServiceMaster Company is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed March 5, 2014.
        
  10.36 # Offer Letter effective November 14, 2013, between The ServiceMaster Company and David W. Martin related to his appointment as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TruGreen is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed March 5, 2014.
        
  10.37 # Offer Letter dated April 29, 2011, between The ServiceMaster Company and David W. Martin related to his appointment as The ServiceMaster Company's Interim Chief Financial Officer is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed May 16, 2011.
        
  10.38 # Offer Letter dated November 19, 2012, between The ServiceMaster Company and David W. Martin related to his appointment as The ServiceMaster Company's Interim Chief Financial Officer is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed March 4, 2013.
        
  10.39 # Offer Letter dated December 9, 2012, between The ServiceMaster Company and R. David Alexander is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed March 5, 2014.
        
  10.40 # Executive Officer Retention Agreement awarded to David W. Martin on May 21, 2013 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed August 14, 2013.
        
  10.41 # Cash Retention Agreement awarded to David W. Martin on May 21, 2013 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013, filed August 14, 2013.
 
   

E-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.42 # Employment Offer Letter dated July 30, 2012, between The ServiceMaster Company and Mark J. Barry related to his appointment as the President and Chief Operating Officer of American Home Shield is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed March 4, 2013.
        
  10.43 # Severance Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2013, by and between Alan J. M. Haughie and The ServiceMaster Company is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed on August 29, 2013.
        
  10.44 # Severance Agreement dated as of November 11, 2013, between The ServiceMaster Company and William J. Derwin is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed March 5, 2014.
        
  10.45 # Severance Agreement dated as of January 15, 2013, between The ServiceMaster Company and David Alexander is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed March 4, 2013.
        
  10.46 # Amended and Restated ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, as amended as of October 25, 2012 (the "MSIP"), is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed October 26, 2012.
        
  10.47 # Form of Employee Stock Subscription Agreement under the MSIP is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed March 28, 2008.
        
  10.48 # Form of Employee Stock Option Agreement under the MSIP is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed March 28, 2008.
        
  10.49 # Form of Employee Deferred Share Unit Agreement under the MSIP is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed March 28, 2008.
        
  10.50 # Form of Participation Agreement under the MSIP is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed March 28, 2008.
        
  10.51 # Form of Employee Stock Subscription Agreement under the MSIP related to stock option exercises is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed May 13, 2010.
        
  10.52 # Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the MSIP is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed November 15, 2010.
        
  10.53 # Form of Employee Performance Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the MSIP is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed March 4, 2013.
        
  10.54 # Form of Employee Stock Subscription Agreement for Robert J. Gillette is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed on June 18, 2013.
 
   

E-8


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.55 # Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Robert J. Gillette is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed on June 18, 2013.
        
  10.56 # Form of Employee Stock Option Agreement for Robert J. Gillette is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed on June 18, 2013.
        
  10.57 # Director Stock Subscription Agreement for John Krenicki, Jr. dated December 11, 2013 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.59 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed March 5, 2014.
        
  10.58 # Form of Employee Stock Subscription Agreement for Harry J. Mullany III is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed February 22, 2011.
        
  10.59 # Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Harry J. Mullany III is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed February 22, 2011.
        
  10.60 # Form of Employee (Superperformance) Stock Option Agreement for Harry J. Mullany III is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed February 22, 2011.
        
  10.61 # Form of Employee Stock Option Agreement for Harry J. Mullany III is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of The ServiceMaster Company, filed February 22, 2011.
        
  10.62 # Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for David W. Martin dated as of May 21, 2013 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 of The ServiceMaster Company, filed August 14, 2013.
        
  10.63 Registration Rights Agreement among ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. and the Stockholders party thereto.
        
  10.64 Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2014, among ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. and the Stockholders party thereto.
        
  10.65 * Form of Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement to be entered into among ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. and the Stockholders party thereto.
        
  10.66   Amendment No. 2 to Consulting Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2014, among The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., BAS Capital Funding Corporation and Ridgemont Partners Management, LLC is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed May 2, 2014.
        
  10.67   Termination of Indemnification Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2014, by Banc of America Capital Investors V, L.P., BAS Capital Funding Corporation, BACSVM, L.P., Banc of America Strategic Investments Corporation, Banc of America Capital Management V, L.P., BACM I GP, LLC and BA Equity Co-Invest GP LLC is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed May 2, 2014.
 
   

E-9


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.68   Consulting Agreement, dated March 21, 2014, among The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. and Ridgemont Partners Management, LLC is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed May 2, 2014.
        
  10.69   Indemnification Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2014, among The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. and Ridgemont Partners Management, LLC is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed May 2, 2014.
        
  10.70 # Employee Stock Option Agreement for Mark J. Barry, dated as of March 18, 2014 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 of The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, filed May 2, 2014.
        
  10.71 ** Form of Director Indemnification Agreement.
        
  10.72 ** Form of Credit Agreement, among The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the other banks and financial institutions party thereto.
        
  10.73 #** ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
        
  10.74 #* ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. Executive Annual Bonus Plan.
        
  10.75 #* ServiceMaster Deferred Compensation Plan.
        
  10.76 #† Form of Director Restricted Stock Agreement.
        
  10.77 #* Form of Employee Stock Option Agreement under the ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
        
  10.78 #* Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
        
  10.79 #* ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan.
        
  10.80 #* Form of Director Restricted Stock Agreement under the ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
        
  10.81 ** Termination Agreement between ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., The ServiceMaster Company, LLC and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC.
        
  10.82 ** Termination Agreement between ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., The ServiceMaster Company, LLC and StepStone Group LLC.
        
  10.83 ** Termination Agreement between ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., The ServiceMaster Company, LLC and JPMorgan Chase Funding, Inc.
        
  10.84 ** Termination Agreement between ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., The ServiceMaster Company, LLC and Ridgemont Partners Management, LLC.
        
  10.85 * Form of Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement to be entered into among ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. and the Stockholders party thereto.
        
  21.1 List of Subsidiaries as of March 15, 2014.
        
  23.1 * Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
 
   

E-10


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  23.2 ** Consent of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1 hereto).
        
  24.1 Powers of Attorney (contained on signature pages to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

#
Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

*
Filed herewith.

**
To be filed by amendment.

Previously filed.

E-11




EXHIBIT 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

OF

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as amended from time to time, the “ DGCL ”), does hereby certify:

 

FIRST:   The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended as follows:

 

A:  Article FOURTH of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended by adding a paragraph (c) to the end of Article FOURTH of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to read in its entirety as set forth below:

 

(c)  Reverse Stock Split .  Effective upon the filing of this Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation pursuant to the DGCL (the “ Effective Time ”), and without any further action of the Corporation or any stockholder, each three shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation (the “ Common Stock ”) which immediately prior to the Effective Time was outstanding or held as treasury stock shall be reclassified as, combined into and become two shares of Common Stock (the “ Reclassification ”).  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon the Reclassification.  If any fraction of a share of Common Stock would otherwise be issuable upon the Reclassification, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional shares of Common Stock, pay to each stockholder who would otherwise be entitled to receive a fractional share an amount in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by

 



 

the fair market value per share of the Common Stock, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, computed to the nearest whole cent.  Each stock certificate that, immediately prior to the Effective Time, represented shares of Common Stock shall, from and after the Effective Time, automatically and without the necessity of presenting the same for exchange, represent that number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares formerly represented by such certificate have been reclassified pursuant to the Reclassification.

 

SECOND:              The amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the DGCL, the Board of Directors of the Corporation having adopted resolutions setting forth such amendment, declaring its advisability, and directing that it be submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their approval; and the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted having consented in writing to the adoption of such amendment and restatement.

 

[ Remainder of this page intentionally left blank ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer of the Corporation has executed this Certificate of Amendment on the 13th day of June, 2014.

 

 

 

SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James T. Lucke

 

 

Name:

James T. Lucke

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President, General Counsel

 

 

 

and Secretary

 




EXHIBIT 3.2

FORM OF
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

 

1.  The present name of the corporation is ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

2.  The Corporation was originally formed as CDRSVM Topco, Inc., a Delaware corporation, by means of a Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Secretary of State ”) on March 16, 2007.  An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation changing the name of the Corporation from CDRSVM Topco, Inc. to ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. and changing the Corporation’s authorized capital stock was filed with the Secretary of State on July 24, 2007.  A Certificate of Change of Registered Agent and/or Registered Office was filed with the Secretary of State on August 28, 2007.  A Certificate of Amendment effecting a two-for-three reverse stock split was filed with the Secretary of State on June 13, 2014.

 

3.  The Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby further amended and restated pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as amended from time to time, the “ DGCL ”), so as to read in its entirety in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

4.  This amendment and restatement of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer of the Corporation has executed this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on the [ · ] day of [ · ], 2014.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc.]

 



 

Exhibit A

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

FIRST Name .  The name of the Corporation is ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc.

 

SECOND Registered Office .  The Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, zip code 19801.  The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

THIRD Purpose .  The nature of the business of the Corporation and its purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

 

FOURTH Capital Stock .  The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 2,200,000,000, consisting of:  ( x ) 2,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and ( y ) 200,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”), issuable in one or more series as hereinafter provided.  The number of authorized shares of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL or any corresponding provision hereinafter enacted.

 

1.              Provisions Relating to the Common Stock .

 

(a)            Except as otherwise provided in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by the DGCL, each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled, with respect to each share of Common Stock held by such holder, to one vote in person or by proxy on all matters submitted to a vote of the holders of Common Stock, whether voting separately as a class or otherwise.

 

(b)            Subject to the preferences and rights, if any, applicable to shares of Preferred Stock or any series thereof, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions in cash, property, stock or otherwise as may be declared thereon by the Board of Directors at any time and from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor and shall share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions.

 

(c)            In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, after payment or provision for

 



 

payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, and subject to the preferences and rights, if any, applicable to shares of Preferred Stock or any series thereof, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.

 

2.              Provisions Relating to the Preferred Stock .

 

(a)            The Preferred Stock may be issued at any time and from time to time in one or more series.  The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series and, by filing a certificate of designation pursuant to the applicable provisions of the DGCL (hereinafter referred to as a “ Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation ”), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and the relative participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of shares of each such series, including, without limitation, dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences.

 

(b)            The Common Stock shall be subject to the express terms of the Preferred Stock and any series thereof.

 

(c)            Except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or to a Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation that alters or changes the powers, preferences, rights or other terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other series of Preferred Stock, to vote thereon pursuant to this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or a Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation or pursuant to the DGCL as currently in effect or as the same may hereafter be amended.

 

3.              Voting in Election of Directors .  Except as may be required by the DGCL or as provided in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or in a Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation, holders of Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes, and holders of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any matter or receive notice of any meeting of stockholders.

 

FIFTH Management of Corporation .  The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business, for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation and for the purpose of creating, defining, limiting and regulating the powers of the Corporation and its directors and stockholders:

 

2



 

1.              Except as may otherwise be provided by law, this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the Corporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

2.              Subject to any rights granted to the holders of shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and the rights granted pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, among the Corporation; Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P. (“ CD&R Fund VII ”), Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment), L.P. (“ CD&R Fund VII Co-Investment ”), CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P. (“ CD&R Parallel Fund VII ”), CDR SVM Co-Investor L.P. (“ CDR SVM Co-Investor ”) and CDR SVM Co-Investor No. 2 L.P. (together with CD&R Fund VII, CD&R Fund VII Co-Investment, CD&R Parallel Fund VII and CDR SVM Co-Investor, the “ CD&R Investors ”); StepStone Co-Investment (ServiceMaster) LLC (“ StepStone Co-Investment ”), 2007 Co-Investment Portfolio L.P. (“ 2007 Co-Investment Portfolio ”), StepStone Capital Partners II Onshore, L.P. (“ StepStone Onshore ”) and StepStone Capital Partners II Cayman Holding, L.P. (together with StepStone Co-Investment, 2007 Co-Investment Portfolio and StepStone Onshore, the “ StepStone Investors ”); and the other stockholders party thereto, to be effective as of the date of the initial listing of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange (as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Stockholders Agreement ”), the number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed, and may be altered from time to time, exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors, but in no event may the number of directors of the Corporation be less than one.  The CD&R Investors and the StepStone Investors, together with their respective successors and assigns, are referred to herein as the “ Equity Sponsors .”

 

3.              The directors of the Corporation, subject to any rights granted to holders of shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III.  Each class shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of such directors.  Class I directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the effectiveness of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Effective Date ”), Class II directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date and Class III directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date.  Directors of each class shall hold office until the annual meeting at which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or his or her death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office.  At each succeeding annual meeting, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, subject to any rights granted to holders of shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding to elect directors and the rights

 

3



 

granted pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement.  If the number of such directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any such additional director of any class elected to fill a newly created directorship resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of directors remove or shorten the term of any incumbent director. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to their respective class.

 

4.              Subject to any rights granted to the holders of shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and the rights granted pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, ( a ) following the Effective Date and until the first date (the “ Trigger Date ”) on which the Equity Sponsors collectively cease to beneficially own (directly or indirectly) at least forty percent (40%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, a director may be removed at any time, either with or without cause, upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock then entitled to vote in an election of directors and ( b ) from and after the Trigger Date, a director may be removed from office only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock then entitled to vote in an election of directors.

 

5.              Subject to any rights granted to the holders of shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and the rights granted pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, and except as otherwise provided by law, any vacancy in the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors, from the death, disability, resignation, disqualification or removal of any director or from any other cause shall be filled solely by an affirmative vote of at least a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.  A director elected to fill a vacancy or a newly created directorship shall hold office until his or her successor has been elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

6.               No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of his or her fiduciary duty as a director, provided that nothing contained in this Article shall eliminate or limit the liability of a director ( a ) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, ( b ) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, ( c ) under Section 174 of the DGCL or ( d ) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

7.               To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to the directors of the Corporation, provided that, except as otherwise provided in the By-laws of the Corporation, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify or advance expenses to a director

 

4



 

of the Corporation in respect of an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) instituted by such director, unless such action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) has been authorized by the Board of Directors.  The rights provided by this Section 7 of Article FIFTH shall not limit or exclude any rights, indemnities or limitations of liability to which any director of the Corporation may be entitled, whether as a matter of law, under the By-laws of the Corporation, by agreement, vote of the stockholders, approval of the directors of the Corporation or otherwise.

 

SIXTH Stockholder Action by Written Consent .  Until the Trigger Date, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote of stockholders, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, are:  ( a ) signed by the holders of the outstanding shares of Common Stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted (but not less than the minimum number of votes otherwise prescribed by law) and ( b ) delivered within 60 days of the earliest dated consent so delivered to the Corporation, to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded.  From and after the Trigger Date, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken only upon the vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting duly called and may not be taken by written consent of the stockholders.

 

SEVENTH Special Meetings .  Except as otherwise required by law and subject to any rights granted to holders of shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called only by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors adopted by at least a majority of the directors then in office, provided that, until the Trigger Date, a special meeting of the stockholders may also be called by the Secretary of the Corporation at the request of the holders of record of at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.  From and after the Trigger Date, the stockholders of the Corporation shall not have the power to call a special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation or to request the Secretary of the Corporation to call a special meeting of the stockholders.

 

EIGHTH Business Opportunities .  To the fullest extent permitted by Section 122(17) of the DGCL (or any successor provision) and except as may be otherwise expressly agreed in writing by the Corporation and the Equity Sponsors, the Corporation, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, renounces and waives any interest or expectancy of the Corporation and its subsidiaries in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, directly or indirectly, any potential transactions, matters or business opportunities (including, without limitation, any business activities or lines of business that are the same as or similar to those pursued by, or competitive with, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or any dealings with customers or clients of the Corporation or

 

5



 

any of its subsidiaries) that are from time to time presented to any of the Equity Sponsors or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates or subsidiaries (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries), even if the transaction, matter or opportunity is one that the Corporation or its subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. None of the Equity Sponsors nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates or subsidiaries shall be liable to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or officer or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person pursues, acquires or participates in such business opportunity, directs such business opportunity to another person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Corporation or its subsidiaries, unless, in the case of any such person who is a director or officer of the Corporation, such business opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation.  Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of this Article EIGHTH.  Neither the alteration, amendment or repeal of this Article EIGHTH, nor the adoption of any provision of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article EIGHTH, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, any modification of law, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article EIGHTH in respect of any business opportunity first identified or any other matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article EIGHTH, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, repeal, adoption or modification.  If any provision or provisions of this Article EIGHTH shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever:  ( a ) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article EIGHTH (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Article EIGHTH containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and ( b ) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article EIGHTH (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Article EIGHTH containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service to or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.  This Article EIGHTH shall not limit any protections or defenses available to, or indemnification or advancement rights of, any director or officer of the Corporation under this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws of the Corporation, applicable law, any agreement or otherwise.

 

NINTH Section 203 of the DGCL .  The Corporation elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL (“ Section 203 ”), as permitted under and pursuant to subsection (b)(3) of Section 203, until the first date on which the CD&R Investors collectively cease to beneficially own (directly or indirectly) at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. From and after such date, the Corporation shall

 

6



 

be governed by Section 203 so long as Section 203 by its terms would apply to the Corporation.

 

TENTH Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation .  The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter or repeal any provision contained in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the DGCL, and all rights herein conferred upon stockholders or directors are granted subject to this reservation, provided , however , that any amendment, alteration or repeal of Sections 6 or 7 of Article FIFTH shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing under this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal, including any right or protection of a director thereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment, alteration or repeal.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and notwithstanding that a lesser percentage may be permitted from time to time by applicable law, no provision of Articles FIFTH, SIXTH, SEVENTH, EIGHTH, NINTH, this Article TENTH and Articles ELEVENTH and TWELFTH may be amended, altered or repealed in any respect, nor may any provision or bylaw inconsistent therewith be adopted, unless in addition to any other vote required by this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise required by law, ( a ) until the Trigger Date, such amendment, alteration or repeal is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock then entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, and ( b ) from and after the Trigger Date, an amendment, alteration or repeal of Articles FIFTH, SIXTH, SEVENTH, EIGHTH, NINTH, this Article TENTH and Articles ELEVENTH and TWELFTH is approved at a meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose by, in addition to any other vote otherwise required by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (66 2 / 3 %) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock then entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders.

 

ELEVENTH Amendment of the By-laws .  In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to amend, alter or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation, without the assent or vote of stockholders of the Corporation.  Any amendment, alteration or repeal of the By-laws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the directors then in office.  In addition to any other vote otherwise required by law, the stockholders of the Corporation may amend, alter or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation, provided that any such action will require ( a ) until the Trigger Date, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders and ( b ) from and after the Trigger Date, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (66 2 / 3 %) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders.

 

TWELFTH Exclusive Jurisdiction for Certain Actions .  Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (the “ Court of Chancery ”) shall to the fullest extent

 

7



 

permitted by law be the sole and exclusive forum for ( a ) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, ( b ) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, ( c ) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the Corporation, or ( d ) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine.  Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article TWELFTH.

 

8




EXHIBIT 3.3

 

 

FORM OF

 

SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

 

Effective as of [ · ], 2014

 

 



 

SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

BY-LAWS

 

Table of Contents

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

 

Section 1.01.

Annual Meetings

1

Section 1.02.

Special Meetings

1

Section 1.03.

Participation in Meetings by Remote Communication

1

Section 1.04.

Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice

2

Section 1.05.

Proxies

2

Section 1.06.

Voting Lists

3

Section 1.07.

Quorum

3

Section 1.08.

Voting

3

Section 1.09.

Adjournment

3

Section 1.10.

Organization; Procedure; Inspection of Elections

4

Section 1.11.

Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting

5

Section 1.12.

Notice of Stockholder Proposals and Nominations

5

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

 

 

Section 2.01.

General Powers

10

Section 2.02.

Number and Term of Office

10

Section 2.03.

Classification ; Election of Directors

10

Section 2.04.

Regular Meetings

10

Section 2.05.

Special Meetings

10

Section 2.06.

Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice

11

Section 2.07.

Quorum; Voting

11

Section 2.08.

Action by Telephonic Communications

11

Section 2.09.

Adjournment

11

Section 2.10.

Action Without a Meeting

12

Section 2.11.

Regulations

12

Section 2.12.

Resignations of Directors

12

Section 2.13.

Removal of Directors

12

Section 2.14.

Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships

12

Section 2.15.

Compensation

12

Section 2.16.

Reliance on Accounts and Reports, etc .

12

 



 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

COMMITTEES

 

 

 

Section 3.01.

How Constituted

13

Section 3.02.

Members and Alternate Members

13

Section 3.03.

Committee Procedures

13

Section 3.04.

Meetings and Actions of Committees

13

Section 3.05.

Resignations and Removals

14

Section 3.06.

Vacancies

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

 

 

Section 4.01.

Officers

14

Section 4.02.

Election

14

Section 4.03.

Compensation

15

Section 4.04.

Removal and Resignation; Vacancies

15

Section 4.05.

Authority and Duties of Officers

15

Section 4.06.

Chief Executive Officer

15

Section 4.07.

Vice Presidents

15

Section 4.08.

Secretary

16

Section 4.09.

Treasurer

17

 

ARTICLE V

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

Section 5.01.

Certificates of Stock; Uncertificated Shares

17

Section 5.02.

Facsimile Signatures

18

Section 5.03.

Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates

18

Section 5.04.

Transfer of Stock

18

Section 5.05.

Registered Stockholders

18

Section 5.06.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

19

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

 

 

Section 6.01.

Indemnification

19

Section 6.02.

Advance of Expenses

20

Section 6.03.

Procedure for Indemnification

20

Section 6.04.

Burden of Proof

20

 

ii



 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

 

Page

 

 

Section 6.05.

Contract Right; Non-Exclusivity; Survival

21

Section 6.06.

Insurance

21

Section 6.07.

Employees and Agents

21

Section 6.08.

Interpretation; Severability

21

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

OFFICES

 

 

 

Section 7.01.

Registered Office

22

Section 7.02.

Other Offices

22

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

 

 

Section 8.01.

Dividends

22

Section 8.02.

Reserves

22

Section 8.03.

Execution of Instruments

22

Section 8.04.

Voting as Stockholder

23

Section 8.05.

Fiscal Year

23

Section 8.06.

Seal

23

Section 8.07.

Books and Records; Inspection

23

Section 8.08.

Electronic Transmission

23

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS

 

 

 

Section 9.01.

Amendment

23

 

ARTICLE X

 

CONSTRUCTION

 

Section 10.01.

Construction

24

 

iii



 

SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

 

As amended and restated effective [ · ], 2014

 

ARTICLE I

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.01.  Annual Meetings .  The annual meeting of the stockholders of ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) for the election of directors to succeed directors whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as properly may come before such meeting shall be held either within or without the State of Delaware, on such date and at such place, if any, and time as exclusively may be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) and set forth in the notice or waiver of notice of the meeting, unless, subject to the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation as then in effect (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) and Section 1.11 of these By-laws, the stockholders have acted by written consent to elect directors as permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time (the “ DGCL ”).  The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board.

 

Section 1.02.  Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only in the manner set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.  Notice of every special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall state the purpose or purposes of such meeting.  Except as otherwise required by law, the business conducted at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation shall be limited exclusively to the business set forth in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, and the individual or group calling such meeting shall have exclusive authority to determine the business included in such notice.  Any special meeting of the stockholders shall be held either within or without the State of Delaware, at such place, if any, and on such date and time, as shall be specified in the notice of such special meeting.  The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board.

 

Section 1.03.  Participation in Meetings by Remote Communication .  The Board, acting in its sole discretion, may establish guidelines and procedures in accordance with applicable provisions of the DGCL and any other applicable law for the participation by stockholders and proxyholders in a meeting of stockholders by means of remote communications, and may determine that any meeting of stockholders will not be held at any place but will be held solely by means of remote communication.  Stockholders and proxyholders complying with such procedures and guidelines and otherwise entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be deemed present in person and entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication.

 



 

Section 1.04.  Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice .

 

(a)  The Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall cause notice of each meeting of stockholders to be given in writing in a manner permitted by the DGCL not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior to the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting, subject to such exclusions as are then permitted by the DGCL.  The notice shall specify ( i ) the place, if any, date and time of such meeting, ( ii ) the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, ( iii ) in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is called, and ( iv ) such other information as may be required by law or as may be deemed appropriate by the Chairman of the Board, Secretary or the Board.  If the stockholder list referred to in Section 1.06 of these By-laws is made accessible on an electronic network, the notice of meeting must indicate how the stockholder list can be accessed.  If the meeting of stockholders is to be held solely by means of electronic communications, the notice of meeting must provide the information required to access such stockholder list during the meeting.

 

(b)  A written waiver of notice of meeting signed by a stockholder or a waiver by electronic transmission by a stockholder, whether given before or after the meeting time stated in such notice, is deemed equivalent to notice.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in a waiver of notice.  Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting is a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business at the meeting on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

Section 1.05.  Proxies .

 

(a)  Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent to or dissent from corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy.

 

(b)  A stockholder may authorize a valid proxy by executing a written instrument signed by such stockholder, or by causing his or her signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including but not limited to by facsimile signature, or by transmitting or authorizing an electronic transmission (as defined in Section 8.08 of these By-laws) setting forth an authorization to act as proxy to the person designated as the holder of the proxy, a proxy solicitation firm or a like authorized agent.  Proxies by electronic transmission must either set forth, or be submitted with, information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.  Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of a writing or transmission created pursuant to this section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used if such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction is a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

 

2



 

(c)  No proxy may be voted or acted upon after the expiration of three years from the date of such proxy, unless such proxy provides for a longer period.  Every proxy is revocable at the pleasure of the stockholder executing it unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and applicable law makes it irrevocable.  A stockholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or by filing another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary.

 

Section 1.06.  Voting Lists .  The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before every meeting of the stockholders (and before any adjournment thereof for which a new record date has been set), a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  This list, which may be in any format including electronic format, shall be open to the examination of any stockholder prior to and during the meeting for any purpose germane to the meeting as required by the DGCL or other applicable law.  The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled by this section to examine the list required by this section or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 1.07.  Quorum .  Except as otherwise required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of record of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting.

 

Section 1.08.  Voting .  Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, every holder of record of shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders is entitled to one vote for each share outstanding in his or her name on the books of the Corporation ( a ) at the close of business on the record date for such meeting or ( b ) if no record date has been fixed, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice of the meeting is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.  All matters at any meeting at which a quorum is present, except the election of directors, shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter in question, unless otherwise expressly provided by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws.  The election of directors shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a plurality of the votes of the outstanding shares of common stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in an election of directors, unless otherwise expressly provided by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws.  The stockholders do not have the right to cumulate their votes for the election of directors.

 

Section 1.09.  Adjournment .  Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned from time to time, by the chairperson of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares of stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, to reconvene at

 

3



 

the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the place, if any, and date and time thereof (and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting) are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken unless the adjournment is for more than 30 days or a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting after the adjournment, in which case notice of the adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 1.04 of these By-laws shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.  At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

Section 1.10.  Organization; Procedure; Inspection of Elections .

 

(a)  At every meeting of stockholders the presiding person shall be the Chairman of the Board or, in the event of his or her absence or disability, the Chief Executive Officer or, in the event of his or her absence or disability, a presiding person chosen by resolution of the Board.  The Secretary or, in the event of his or her absence or disability, the Assistant Secretary, if any, or, if there be no Assistant Secretary, in the absence of the Secretary, an appointee of the presiding person, shall act as secretary of the meeting.  The Secretary or, in the event of his or her absence or disability, an appointee of the presiding officer, shall act as secretary of the meeting.  The Board may make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient.  Subject to any such rules and regulations, the presiding officer of any meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe rules, regulations and procedures for such meeting and to take all such actions as in the judgment of the presiding officer are appropriate for the proper conduct of such meeting.  Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the presiding person of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following:  ( i ) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; ( ii ) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; ( iii ) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders or records of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the presiding person of the meeting shall determine; ( iv ) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and ( v ) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.  The presiding person at any meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such presiding person should so determine, such presiding person shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter of business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered.  Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the person presiding over the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

(b)  Preceding any meeting of the stockholders, the Board may, and when required by law shall, appoint one or more persons to act as inspectors of elections, and may designate one or more alternate inspectors.  If no inspector or alternate so appointed

 

4



 

by the Board is able to act, or if no inspector or alternate has been appointed and the appointment of an inspector is required by law, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.  No director or nominee for the office of director shall be appointed as an inspector of elections.  Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of an inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.  The inspectors shall discharge their duties in accordance with the requirements of applicable law.

 

Section 1.11.  Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting .  Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of action at an annual or special meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 1.12.  Notice of Stockholder Proposals and Nominations .

 

(a)  Annual Meetings of Stockholders.  (i)  Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only ( A ) in accordance with the then-applicable terms, if any, of the Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, among the Corporation; Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P. (“ CD&R Fund VII ”), Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment), L.P. (“ CD&R Fund VII Co-Investment ”), CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P. (“ CD&R Parallel Fund VII ”), CDR SVM Co-Investor L.P. (“ CDR SVM Co-Investor ”) and CDR SVM Co-Investor No. 2 L.P. (together with CD&R Fund VII, CD&R Fund VII Co-Investment, CD&R Parallel Fund VII and CDR SVM Co-Investor, the “ CD&R Investors ”); StepStone Co-Investment (ServiceMaster) LLC (“ StepStone Co-Investment ”), 2007 Co-Investment Portfolio L.P. (“ 2007 Co-Investment Portfolio ”), StepStone Capital Partners II Onshore, L.P. (“ StepStone Onshore ”) and StepStone Capital Partners II Cayman Holding, L.P. (together with StepStone Co-Investment, 2007 Co-Investment Portfolio and StepStone Onshore, the “ StepStone Investors ”); and the other stockholders party thereto, to be effective as of the date of the initial listing of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange (as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Stockholders Agreement ”), ( B ) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the meeting (or any supplement thereto) delivered pursuant to Section 1.04 of these By-laws, ( C ) by or at the direction of the Board or a committee of the Board appointed by the Board for such purpose or ( D ) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who complies with the notice procedures set forth in clauses (ii) and (iii) of this Section 1.12(a) and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary and at the date of the meeting, subject to paragraph (c)(ii)(D) of this Section 1.12.  The CD&R Investors and the StepStone Investors, together with their respective successors and assigns, are referred to herein as the “ Equity Sponsors .”

 

(ii)  For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to subclause (D) of Section 1.12(a)(i) of these By-laws, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary and, in the case of business other than nominations for persons for election to the Board, such other business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action.  To

 

5



 

be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (which date shall, for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of common stock are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on May 15, 2014); provided , however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days or delayed by more than seventy (70) days from such anniversary date of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.  Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth ( A ) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director, all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; ( B ) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, the text of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and ( C ) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made ( 1 ) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner; ( 2 ) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; ( 3 ) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of the stock of the Corporation at the time of giving the notice, will be entitled to vote at such meeting and will appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination; ( 4 ) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, will be or is part of a group which will ( x ) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or ( y ) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination; and ( 5 ) a certification regarding whether such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, have complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acquisition of shares of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation and/or the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acts or omissions as a stockholder of the Corporation.  Notice of a stockholder nomination or proposal shall also set forth, as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on

 

6



 

whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made ( A ) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal and/or the voting of shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation between or among the stockholder giving notice, beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, any of their respective affiliates or associates and/or other person or persons (including their names) acting in concert with any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ proponent persons ”); ( B ) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including, without limitation, regardless of the form of settlement, any derivative, long or short positions, profit interests, forwards, futures, swaps, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions and borrowed or loaned shares) to which any proponent person is a party, the effect or intent of which is to transfer to or from any proponent person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security of the Corporation, to increase or decrease the voting power of any proponent person with respect to shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation and/or to provide any proponent person, directly or indirectly, with the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from, or to otherwise benefit economically from, any increase or decrease in the value of any security of the Corporation (a “ Derivative Instrument ”); ( C ) to the extent not disclosed pursuant to the immediately preceding clause (B), the principal amount of any indebtedness of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries beneficially owned by such stockholder or by beneficial owner, if any, together with the title of the instrument under which such indebtedness was issued and a description of any Derivative Instrument entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or such beneficial owner relating to the value or payment of any indebtedness of the Corporation or any such subsidiary; and ( D ) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  The foregoing notice requirements shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his or her intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with Rule 14a-8 (or any successor thereof) promulgated under the Exchange Act, and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting. A stockholder providing notice of a proposed nomination for election to the Board or other business proposed to be brought before a meeting (whether given pursuant to this paragraph (a)(ii) or paragraph (b) of this Section 1.12 of these By-laws) shall update and supplement such notice from time to time to the extent necessary so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct ( x ) as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and ( y ) as of the date that is fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, provided that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting is less than fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, the information shall be supplemented and updated as of such later date. Any such update and supplement shall be delivered in writing to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than

 

7



 

five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting), not later than ten (10) days prior to the date for the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update or supplement required to be made as of fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or adjournment or postponement thereof) and not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, but no later than the date prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of a date less than fifteen (15) days prior the date of the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation and to determine the independence of such director under the Exchange Act and rules and regulations thereunder and applicable stock exchange rules. In addition, a stockholder seeking to bring an item of business before the annual meeting shall promptly provide any other information reasonably requested by the Corporation.

 

(iii)  Notwithstanding anything in Section 1.12(a)(ii) of these By-laws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board made by the Corporation at least one hundred (100) calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (which date shall, for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of common stock are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on May 15, 2014), then a stockholder’s notice under this Section 1.12(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it is received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

(b)  Special Meetings of Stockholders .  Only such business as shall have been brought before the special meeting of the stockholders pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting shall be conducted at such meeting.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting ( 1 ) in accordance with the then-applicable terms, if any, of the Stockholders Agreement, ( 2 ) by or at the direction of the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board for such purpose or ( 3 ) provided that the Board has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.12(b) and at the date of the meeting who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary, subject to paragraph (c)(ii)(D) of this Section 1.12.  In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors of the Corporation, any stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting may nominate a person or persons, as the case may be, for election to such position(s) as specified by the

 

8


 

Corporation, if the stockholder’s notice as required by Section 1.12(a)(ii) of these By-laws shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(c)  General .

 

(i)  Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.12 or in accordance with the then-applicable terms, if any, of the Stockholders Agreement shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an annual or special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, the presiding officer of a meeting of stockholders shall have the power and duty ( x ) to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.12 (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such stockholder’s nominee or proposal in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by clause (a)(ii)(C)(4) of this Section 1.12), and ( y ) if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with this Section 1.12, to declare that such defective nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted.

 

(ii)  If the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) making a nomination or proposal under this Section 1.12 does not appear at a meeting of stockholders to present such nomination or proposal, the nomination shall be disregarded and/or the proposed business shall not be transacted, as the case may be, notwithstanding that proxies in favor thereof may have been received by the Corporation.  For purposes of this Section 1.12, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

 

(A)             Whenever used in these By-laws, “ public announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

9



 

(B)             Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.12, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 1.12.  Nothing in this Section 1.12 shall be deemed to affect any rights of ( x ) stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or ( y ) the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or of the relevant preferred stock certificate of designation.

 

(C)             The announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual or special meeting does not commence a new time period (and does not extend any time period) for the giving of notice of a stockholder nomination or a stockholder proposal as described above.

 

(D)             Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 1.12, for as long as the Stockholders Agreement remains in effect, the Equity Sponsors shall not be subject to the notice procedures set forth in paragraphs (a)(ii), (a)(iii) or (b) of this Section 1.12 with respect to any annual or special meeting of stockholders.

 

ARTICLE II

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 2.01.  General Powers .  Except as may otherwise be provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board.  The directors shall act only as a Board, and the individual directors shall have no power as such.

 

Section 2.02.  Number and Term of Office .  The number of directors constituting the entire Board and the term of office for each director shall be as provided for in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section 2.03.  Classification; Election of Directors .  The Board shall be classified into three classes as provided by the Certificate of Incorporation.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.14 of these By-laws, at each annual meeting of the stockholders the successors of the directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected.  At each meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors, provided a quorum is present, the directors who are standing for election shall be elected by a plurality of the votes validly cast in such election.

 

Section 2.04.  Regular Meetings .  Regular meetings of the Board shall be held on such dates, and at such times and places as are determined from time to time by resolution of the Board.

 

Section 2.05.  Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Board shall be held whenever called by the Chairman of the Board or, in the event of his or her absence or disability, by the Secretary, or by a majority of the directors then in office, at such place,

 

10



 

date and time as may be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings.  Any business may be conducted at a special meeting.

 

Section 2.06.  Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice .

 

(a)  Notices of special meetings shall be given to each director, and notice of each resolution or other action affecting the date, time or place of one or more regular meetings shall be given to each director not present at the meeting adopting such resolution or other action, subject to Section 2.09 of these By-laws.  Notices shall be given personally, or by telephone confirmed by facsimile or email dispatched promptly thereafter, or by facsimile or email confirmed by a writing delivered by a recognized overnight courier service, directed to each director at the address from time to time designated by such director to the Secretary.  Each such notice and confirmation must be given (received in the case of personal service or delivery of written confirmation) at least 24 hours prior to the time of a special meeting, and at least five days prior to the initial regular meeting affected by such resolution or other action, as the case may be.

 

(b)  A written waiver of notice of meeting signed by a director or a waiver by electronic transmission by a director, whether given before or after the meeting time stated in such notice, is deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance of a director at a meeting is a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business at the meeting on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

Section 2.07.  Quorum; Voting .  At all meetings of the Board, the presence of a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board.

 

Section 2.08.  Action by Telephonic Communications .  Members of the Board may participate in a meeting of the Board by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 2.09.  Adjournment .  A majority of the directors present may adjourn any meeting of the Board to another date, time or place, whether or not a quorum is present.  No notice need be given of any adjourned meeting unless ( a ) the date, time and place of the adjourned meeting are not announced at the time of adjournment, in which case notice conforming to the requirements of Section 2.06 of these By-laws applicable to special meetings shall be given to each director, or ( b ) the meeting is adjourned for more than 24 hours, in which case the notice referred to in clause (a) shall be given to those directors not present at the announcement of the date, time and place of the adjourned meeting.

 

11



 

Section 2.10.  Action Without a Meeting .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

Section 2.11.  Regulations .  To the extent consistent with applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these By-laws, the Board may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings of the Board and for the management of the affairs and business of the Corporation as the Board may deem appropriate.  The Board may elect from among its members a chairperson and one or more vice-chairpersons to preside over meetings and to perform such other duties as may be designated by the Board.

 

Section 2.12.  Resignations of Directors .  Any director may resign at any time by submitting an electronic transmission or by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such director, to the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary.  Such resignation shall take effect upon delivery unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of a specified event.

 

Section 2.13.  Removal of Directors .  Directors may be removed in the manner set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

 

Section 2.14.  Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships .  Any vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or in accordance with the then-applicable terms, if any, of the Stockholders Agreement.

 

Section 2.15.  Compensation .  The directors shall be entitled to compensation for their services to the extent approved by the stockholders at any regular or special meeting of the stockholders.  The Board may by resolution determine the expenses in the performance of such services for which a director is entitled to reimbursement.

 

Section 2.16.  Reliance on Accounts and Reports, etc .  A director, as such or as a member of any committee designated by the Board, shall in the performance of his or her duties be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees designated by the Board, or by any other person as to the matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

12



 

ARTICLE III

 

COMMITTEES

 

Section 3.01.  How Constituted .  The Board shall have an Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and such other committees as the Board may determine (collectively, the “ Committees ”).  Each Committee shall consist of such number of directors as from time to time may be fixed by a majority of the total number of directors then in office and shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation to the extent delegated to such Committee by the Board but no Committee shall have any power or authority as to ( a ) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, ( b ) adopting, amending or repealing any of these By-laws or ( c ) as may otherwise be excluded by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation.  Any Committee may be abolished or re-designated from time to time by the Board.

 

Section 3.02.  Members and Alternate Members .  The members of each Committee and any alternate members shall be selected by the Board.  The Board may provide that the members and alternate members serve at the pleasure of the Board.  An alternate member may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the Committee.  An alternate member shall be given all notices of Committee meetings, may attend any meeting of the Committee, but may count towards a quorum and vote only if a member for whom such person is an alternate is absent or disqualified.  Each member or alternate member of any Committee (whether designated at an annual meeting of the Board or to fill a vacancy or otherwise) shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been designated or until he or she shall cease to be a director, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

Section 3.03.  Committee Procedures .  A quorum for each Committee shall be a majority of its members, unless the Committee has only one or two members, in which case a quorum shall be one member, or unless a greater quorum is established by the Board.  The vote of a majority of the Committee members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Committee.  Each Committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report to the Board when required.  The Board may adopt other rules and regulations for the government of any Committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these By-laws, and each Committee may adopt its own rules and regulations of government, to the extent not inconsistent with these By-laws or rules and regulations adopted by the Board.

 

Section 3.04.  Meetings and Actions of Committees .  Meetings and actions of each Committee shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of the following sections of these By-laws, with such By-laws being deemed to refer to the Committee and its members in lieu of the Board and its members:

 

13



 

(a)  Section 2.04 (to the extent relating to place and time of regular meetings);

 

(b)  Section 2.05 (relating to special meetings);

 

(c)  Section 2.06 (relating to notice and waiver of notice);

 

(d)  Sections 2.08 and 2.10 (relating to telephonic communication and action without a meeting); and

 

(e)  Section 2.09 (relating to adjournment and notice of adjournment).

 

Special meetings of Committees may also be called by resolution of the Board.

 

Section 3.05.  Resignations and Removals .  Any member (and any alternate member) of any Committee may resign from such position at any time by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such member, to the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary.  Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery.  Any member (and any alternate member) of any Committee may be removed from such position by the Board at any time, either for or without cause.

 

Section 3.06.  Vacancies .  If a vacancy occurs in any Committee for any reason, the remaining members (and any alternate members) may continue to act if a quorum is present.  A Committee vacancy may be filled only by the Board subject to Section 3.01 of these By-laws, and for so long as the Stockholders Agreement is in effect, to the then-applicable terms, if any, of the Stockholders Agreement.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 4.01.  Officers .  The Board shall elect a Chief Executive Officer and a Secretary as officers of the Corporation.  The Board may also elect a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers and agents as the Board may determine (including a Chief Financial Officer).  In addition, the Board from time to time may delegate to any officer the power to appoint subordinate officers or agents and to prescribe their respective rights, terms of office, authorities and duties.  Any action by an appointing officer may be superseded by action by the Board.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that one person may not hold both the office of Chief Executive Officer and the office of Secretary.  No officer need be a director of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.02.  Election .  The officers of the Corporation elected by the Board shall serve at the pleasure of the Board.  Officers and agents appointed pursuant to delegated authority as provided in Section 4.01 (or, in the case of agents, as provided in Section 4.06) shall hold their offices for such terms as may be determined from time to time by the appointing officer.  Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor

 

14



 

has been elected or appointed and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

Section 4.03.  Compensation .  The salaries and other compensation of all officers and agents of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board or in the manner established by the Board.

 

Section 4.04.  Removal and Resignation; Vacancies .  Any officer may be removed for or without cause at any time by the Board.  Any officer granted the power to appoint subordinate officers and agents as provided in Section 4.01 may remove any subordinate officer or agent appointed by such officer, for or without cause.  Any officer or agent may resign at any time by delivering notice of resignation, either in writing signed by such officer or by electronic transmission, to the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.  Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise, may be filled by the Board or by the officer, if any, who appointed the person formerly holding such office.

 

Section 4.05.  Authority and Duties of Officers .  An officer of the Corporation shall have such authority and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties ( a ) as may be required by law, ( b ) to the extent not inconsistent with law, as are specified in these By-laws, ( c ) to the extent not inconsistent with law or these By-laws, as may be specified by resolution of the Board and ( d ) to the extent not inconsistent with any of the foregoing, as may be specified by the appointing officer with respect to a subordinate officer appointed pursuant to delegated authority under Section 4.01.

 

Section 4.06.  Chief Executive Officer .  The Chief Executive Officer shall, unless otherwise provided by the Board, be the chief executive officer of the Corporation, shall have general control and supervision of the policies and operations of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect.  Unless otherwise provided by the Board, he or she shall manage and administer the Corporation’s business and affairs and shall also perform all duties and exercise all powers usually pertaining to the office of a chief executive officer, president or a chief operating officer of a corporation.  He or she shall have the authority to sign, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, checks, orders, contracts, leases, notes, drafts and all other documents and instruments in connection with the business of the Corporation.  He or she shall have the authority to cause the employment or appointment of such employees or agents of the Corporation as the conduct of the business of the Corporation may require, to fix their compensation, and to remove or suspend any employee or any agent employed or appointed by any officer or to suspend any agent appointed by the Board.  The Chief Executive Officer shall have the duties and powers of the Treasurer if no Treasurer is elected and shall have such other duties and powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 4.07.  Vice Presidents .  If one or more Vice Presidents have been elected, each Vice President shall perform such duties and exercise such powers as may

 

15



 

be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.  In the event of absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, the duties of the Chief Executive Officer shall be performed, and his or her powers may be exercised, by such Vice President as shall be designated by the Board or, failing such designation, by the Vice President in order of seniority of election to that office.

 

Section 4.08.  Secretary .  Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Secretary shall have the following powers and duties:

 

(a)  The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept a record of all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board and any Committees thereof in books provided for that purpose.

 

(b)  The Secretary shall cause all notices to be duly given in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws and as required by law.

 

(c)  Whenever any Committee shall be appointed pursuant to a resolution of the Board, the Secretary shall furnish a copy of such resolution to the members of such Committee.

 

(d)  The Secretary shall be the custodian of the records and of the seal of the Corporation and cause such seal (or a facsimile thereof) to be affixed to all certificates representing shares of the Corporation prior to the issuance thereof and to all documents and instruments that the Board or any officer of the Corporation has determined should be executed under seal, may sign (together with any other authorized officer) any such document or instrument, and when the seal is so affixed he or she may attest the same.

 

(e)  The Secretary shall properly maintain and file all books, reports, statements, certificates and all other documents and records required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws.

 

(f)  The Secretary shall have charge of the stock books and ledgers of the Corporation and shall cause the stock and transfer books to be kept in such manner as to show at any time the number of shares of stock of the Corporation of each class issued and outstanding, the names (alphabetically arranged) and the addresses of the holders of record of such shares, the number of shares held by each holder and the date as of which each such holder became a holder of record.

 

(g)  The Secretary shall sign (unless the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary shall have signed) certificates representing shares of the Corporation the issuance of which shall have been authorized by the Board.

 

(h)  The Secretary shall perform, in general, all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as may be specified in these By-laws or as may be assigned to the Secretary from time to time by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

16


 

Section 4.09.  Treasurer .  Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Treasurer, if there be one, shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation and shall have the following powers and duties:

 

(a)  The Treasurer shall have charge and supervision over and be responsible for the moneys, securities, receipts and disbursements of the Corporation, and shall keep or cause to be kept full and accurate records thereof.

 

(b)  The Treasurer shall cause the moneys and other valuable effects of the Corporation to be deposited in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such banks or trust companies or with such bankers or other depositaries as shall be determined by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, or by such other officers of the Corporation as may be authorized by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer to make such determinations.

 

(c)  The Treasurer shall cause the moneys of the Corporation to be disbursed by checks or drafts (signed by such officer or officers or such agent or agents of the Corporation, and in such manner, as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may determine from time to time) upon the authorized depositaries of the Corporation and cause to be taken and preserved proper vouchers for all moneys disbursed.

 

(d)  The Treasurer shall render to the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, whenever requested, a statement of the financial condition of the Corporation and of the transactions of the Corporation, and render a full financial report at the annual meeting of the stockholders, if called upon to do so.

 

(e)  The Treasurer shall be empowered from time to time to require from all officers or agents of the Corporation reports or statements giving such information as he or she may desire with respect to any and all financial transactions of the Corporation.

 

(f)  The Treasurer may sign (unless an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall have signed) certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation the issuance of which shall have been authorized by the Board.

 

(g)  The Treasurer shall perform, in general, all duties incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as may be specified in these By-laws or as may be assigned to the Treasurer from time to time by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

ARTICLE V

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

Section 5.01.  Certificates of Stock; Uncertificated Shares .  The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, except to the extent that the Board has provided by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares.  Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the

 

17



 

Corporation.  Every holder of stock in the Corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have, and the Board may in its sole discretion permit a holder of uncertificated shares to receive upon request, a certificate signed by the appropriate officers of the Corporation, certifying the number and class of shares owned by such holder.  Such certificate shall be in such form as the Board may determine, to the extent consistent with applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these By-laws.

 

Section 5.02.  Facsimile Signatures.   Any or all signatures on the certificates referred to in Section 5.01 of these By-laws may be in facsimile form.  If any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon, a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 5.03.  Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates .  A new certificate may be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed only upon delivery to the Corporation of an affidavit of the owner or owners (or their legal representatives) of such certificate, setting forth such allegation, and a bond or other undertaking as may be satisfactory to a financial officer of the Corporation designated by the Board to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate.

 

Section 5.04.  Transfer of Stock .

 

(a)  Transfer of shares shall be made on the books of the Corporation upon surrender to the Corporation of a certificate for shares, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, and otherwise in compliance with applicable law.  Shares that are not represented by a certificate shall be transferred in accordance with applicable law.  Subject to applicable law, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and these By-laws, the Board may prescribe such additional rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate relating to the issue, transfer and registration of shares of the Corporation.

 

(b)  The Corporation may enter into agreements with shareholders to restrict the transfer of stock of the Corporation in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

Section 5.05.  Registered Stockholders .  Prior to due surrender of a certificate for registration of transfer, the Corporation may treat the registered owner as the person exclusively entitled to receive dividends and other distributions, to vote, to receive notice and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of the owner of the shares represented by such certificate, and the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have notice of such claim or interests.  If a transfer of shares is made for collateral security, and not absolutely, this fact shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are presented to the Corporation for transfer or

 

18



 

uncertificated shares are requested to be transferred, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so.

 

Section 5.06.  Transfer Agent and Registrar .  The Board may appoint one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars, and may require all certificates representing shares to bear the signature of any such transfer agents or registrars.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 6.01.  Indemnification .

 

(a)  In General .  The Corporation shall indemnify, to the full extent permitted by the DGCL and other applicable law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (each, a “ proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that ( x ) such person is or was serving or has agreed at the request of the Corporation to serve as a director or officer of the Corporation, or ( y ) such person, while serving as a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving or has agreed at the request of the Corporation to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, manager or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise or ( z ) such person is or was serving or has agreed at the request of the Corporation to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer or manager of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted by such person in such capacity, and who satisfies the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or other applicable law:

 

(i)  in a proceeding other than a proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person or on such person’s behalf in connection with such proceeding and any appeal therefrom, or

 

(ii)  in a proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person or on such person’s behalf in connection with the defense or settlement of such proceeding and any appeal therefrom.

 

(b)  Indemnification in Respect of Successful Defense .  To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding referred to in Section 6.01(a) or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified by the Corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

(c)  Indemnification in Respect of Proceedings Instituted by Indemnitee .  Section 6.01(a) does not require the Corporation to indemnify a present or former director

 

19



 

or officer of the Corporation in respect of a proceeding (or part thereof) instituted by such person on his or her own behalf, unless such proceeding (or part thereof) has been authorized by the Board or the indemnification requested is pursuant to the last sentence of Section 6.03 of these By-laws.

 

Section 6.02.  Advance of Expenses .  The Corporation shall advance all expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by a present or former director or officer in defending any proceeding prior to the final disposition of such proceeding upon written request of such person and delivery of an undertaking by such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation.  The Corporation may authorize any counsel for the Corporation to represent (subject to applicable conflict of interest considerations) such present or former director or officer in any proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such proceeding.

 

Section 6.03.  Procedure for Indemnification .  Any indemnification under Section 6.01 of these By-laws or any advance of expenses under Section 6.02 of these By-laws shall be made only against a written request therefor (together with supporting documentation) submitted by or on behalf of the person seeking indemnification or advance.  Indemnification may be sought by a person under Section 6.01 of these By-laws in respect of a proceeding only to the extent that both the liabilities for which indemnification is sought and all portions of the proceeding relevant to the determination of whether the person has satisfied any appropriate standard of conduct have become final.  A person seeking indemnification or advance of expenses may seek to enforce such person’s rights to indemnification or advance of expenses (as the case may be) in the Delaware Court of Chancery to the extent all or any portion of a requested indemnification has not been granted within 90 days of, or to the extent all or any portion of a requested advance of expenses has not been granted within 20 days of, the submission of such request.  All expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by such person in connection with successfully establishing such person’s right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article, in whole or in part, shall also be indemnified by the Corporation.

 

Section 6.04.  Burden of Proof .

 

(a)  In any proceeding brought to enforce the right of a person to receive indemnification to which such person is entitled under Section 6.01 of these By-laws, the Corporation has the burden of demonstrating that the standard of conduct applicable under the DGCL or other applicable law was not met.  A prior determination by the Corporation (including its Board or any Committee thereof, its independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct does not itself constitute evidence that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

(b)  In any proceeding brought to enforce a claim for advances to which a person is entitled under Section 6.02 of these By-laws, the person seeking an advance

 

20



 

need only show that he or she has satisfied the requirements expressly set forth in Section 6.02 of these By-laws.

 

Section 6.05.  Contract Right; Non-Exclusivity; Survival .

 

(a)  The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article VI shall be deemed to be separate contract rights between the Corporation and each director and officer who serves in any such capacity at any time while these provisions as well as the relevant provisions of the DGCL are in effect, and no repeal or modification of any of these provisions or any relevant provisions of the DGCL shall adversely affect any right or obligation of such director or officer existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any state of facts then or previously existing or any proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.  Such “contract rights” may not be modified retroactively as to any present or former director or officer without the consent of such director or officer.

 

(b)  The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other indemnification or advancement of expenses to which a present or former director or officer of the Corporation seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled by any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

 

(c)  The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article VI to any present or former director or officer of the Corporation shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

 

Section 6.06.  Insurance .  The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person or on such person’s behalf in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article.

 

Section 6.07.  Employees and Agents .  The Board, or any officer authorized by the Board generally or in the specific case to make indemnification decisions, may cause the Corporation to indemnify any present or former employee or agent of the Corporation in such manner and for such liabilities as the Board may determine, up to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL and other applicable law.

 

Section 6.08.  Interpretation; Severability .  Terms defined in Sections 145(h) or (i) of the DGCL have the meanings set forth in such sections when used in this Article VI.  If this Article or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director or officer of the Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or

 

21



 

proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

OFFICES

 

Section 7.01.  Registered Office .  The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located at the location provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section 7.02.  Other Offices .  The Corporation may maintain offices or places of business at such other locations within or without the State of Delaware as the Board may from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 8.01.  Dividends .

 

(a)  Subject to any applicable provisions of law and the Certificate of Incorporation, dividends upon the shares of the Corporation may be declared by the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board and any such dividend may be paid in cash, property or shares of the Corporation’s stock.

 

(b)  A member of the Board, or a member of any Committee designated by the Board, shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or Committees of the Board, or by any other person as to matters the director reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation, as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities and/or net profits of the Corporation, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of surplus or other funds from which dividends might properly be declared and paid.

 

Section 8.02.  Reserves .  There may be set apart out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board from time to time may determine proper as a reserve or reserves for meeting contingencies, equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose or purposes as the Board may determine conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the Board may similarly modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

Section 8.03.  Execution of Instruments .  Except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board or any officer of the Corporation

 

22



 

authorized by the Board may authorize any other officer or agent of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation.  Any such authorization must be in writing or by electronic transmission and may be general or limited to specific contracts or instruments.

 

Section 8.04.  Voting as Stockholder .  Unless otherwise determined by resolution of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to attend any meeting of stockholders of any Corporation in which the Corporation may hold stock, and to act, vote (or execute proxies to vote) and exercise in person or by proxy all other rights, powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such stock at any such meeting, or through action without a meeting.  The Board may by resolution from time to time confer such power and authority (in general or confined to specific instances) upon any other person or persons.

 

Section 8.05.  Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of January of each year and shall terminate in each case on December 31.

 

Section 8.06.  Seal .  The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form and shall contain the name of the Corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words “Corporate Seal” and “Delaware”.  The form of such seal shall be subject to alteration by the Board.  The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or reproduced or may be used in any other lawful manner.

 

Section 8.07.  Books and Records; Inspection .  Except to the extent otherwise required by law, the books and records of the Corporation shall be kept at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined from time to time by the Board.

 

Section 8.08.  Electronic Transmission .  “ Electronic transmission ”, as used in these By-laws, means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS

 

Section 9.01.  Amendment .  Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-laws may be amended, altered or repealed:

 

(a)  by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the directors then in office at any special or regular meeting of the Board if, in the case of such special meeting only, notice of such amendment, alteration or repeal is contained in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting,

 

23



 

(b)  until the Trigger Date (the first date on which the Equity Sponsors collectively cease to beneficially own (directly or indirectly) at least forty percent (40%) of the outstanding shares of common stock), the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders if, in the case of such special meeting only, notice of such amendment, alteration or repeal is contained in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting, or

 

(c)  from and after the Trigger Date, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (66 2 / 3 %) of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders if, in the case of such special meeting only, notice of such amendment, alteration or repeal is contained in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

 

So long as the Stockholders Agreement remains in effect, the Board shall not approve any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of these By-laws, or the adoption of any new by-law, that would be contrary to or inconsistent with the then-applicable terms, if any, of Stockholders Agreement, or this sentence.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, ( x ) no amendment to the Stockholders Agreement (whether or not such amendment modifies any provision of the Stockholders Agreement to which these By-laws are subject) shall be deemed an amendment of these By-laws for purposes of this Section 9.01 and ( y ) no amendment, alteration or repeal of Article VI of these By-laws shall adversely affect any right or protection existing under these By-laws immediately prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal, including any right or protection of a present or former director or officer thereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment.

 

ARTICLE X

 

CONSTRUCTION

 

Section 10.01.  Construction .  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of these By-laws as in effect from time to time and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation as in effect from time to time, the provisions of such Certificate of Incorporation shall be controlling.

 

24




EXHIBIT 10.65

 

 

 

FORM OF
SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of [ · ], 2014

 

 

 



 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

2

 

 

 

1.1

CD&R Investors Representations

 

2

1.2

StepStone Investors Representations

 

3

1.3

Ridgemont, JPMorgan, Charlotte Investor and Citigroup Representations

 

3

1.4

Company Representations

 

3

1.5

Construction

 

4

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II GOVERNANCE AND MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

 

4

 

 

 

2.1

Board of Directors

 

4

2.2

[ Reserved]

 

6

2.3

[ Reserved]

 

6

2.4

Voting Agreement

 

6

2.5

[ Reserved]

 

6

2.6

Information/Access

 

6

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III TRANSFERS/CERTAIN COVENANTS

 

8

 

 

 

3.1

Transfer Restrictions

 

8

3.2

[ Reserved]

 

8

3.3

[Reserved]

 

8

3.4

Legend

 

8

3.5

Covenants of the Stockholders and the Company

 

10

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV [RESERVED]

 

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE V DEFINITIONS

 

10

 

 

 

5.1

Certain Definitions

 

10

5.2

Terms Generally

 

15

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI MISCELLANEOUS

 

16

 

 

 

6.1

Termination

 

16

6.2

Publicity

 

16

6.3

Confidentiality

 

16

6.4

[Reserved]

 

17

6.5

Restrictions on Other Agreements; Conflicts

 

17

6.6

Further Assurances

 

17

6.7

No Recourse

 

17

6.8

Amendment; Waivers, etc .

 

18

6.9

Assignment

 

18

6.10

Binding Effect

 

18

6.11

No Third Party Beneficiaries

 

18

6.12

Notices

 

18

6.13

Severability

 

20

 

i



 

Table of Contents
(continued)

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

6.14

Headings

 

20

6.15

Entire Agreement

 

20

6.16

Governing Law

 

20

6.17

Consent to Jurisdiction

 

21

6.18

Waiver of Jury Trial

 

21

6.19

Enforcement

 

21

6.20

Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures

 

21

 

ii



 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT, dated as of [•], 2014, among ( i ) ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), ( ii ) each CD&R Investor, ( iii ) each StepStone Investor, ( iv ) each other Stockholder listed on the signature pages hereof and ( v ) any other Stockholder that may become a party to this Agreement after the date and pursuant to the terms hereof.  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings set forth in Section 5.1.

 

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 18, 2007, between the Company, CDRSVM Acquisition Co., Inc., a Delaware corporation, and The ServiceMaster Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company formerly known as The ServiceMaster Company, a Delaware corporation (“ ServiceMaster ”), the Company agreed to acquire, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in such agreement, all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of ServiceMaster via the merger of an indirect subsidiary of the Company with and into ServiceMaster (such transaction, the “ Merger ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company, certain of the Initial Investors (referred to in the Original Agreement as a Principal Investor, Committing Investor or Initial Investor, as applicable) and certain former stockholders of the Company previously entered into the ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2007 (the “ Initial Agreement ”), setting forth certain terms regarding the ownership of shares of Equity Securities and the governance of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the Merger, the Company issued Equity Securities to certain of the Stockholders, pursuant to subscription agreements between the Company and such Stockholders (each a “ Stockholder Subscription Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, in order to take account of certain Transfers of Shares, the then-current Stockholders and the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to Stockholders Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2011, amending certain provisions of the Initial Agreement (the Initial Agreement, as so amended, the “ Original Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2014 (the “ Spin-Off Agreement ”), by and among the Company, ServiceMaster, TruGreen Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ TruGreen ”), and TruGreen Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership, on January 14, 2014, all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of TruGreen were distributed to the stockholders of the Company, including the Stockholders, on a pro rata basis (the “ Spin-Off ”);

 



 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Spin-Off and pursuant to Section 6.8 of the Original Agreement, the Initial Investors amended and restated the Original Agreement in its entirety and replaced it with the ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2014 (the “ Amended and Restated Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company intends to undertake an underwritten initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of Common Stock; and

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, and effective as of the date of the listing of the Common Stock on the NYSE in connection with the IPO (the “ Listing Date ”), pursuant to Section 6.8 of the Amended and Restated Agreement, the Initial Investors and the Company desire to further amend and restate the Amended and Restated Agreement to set forth their respective rights and obligations on and after the Listing Date.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

1.1  CD&R Investors Representations .  Each of the CD&R Investors, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to the Company that as of January 14, 2014:

 

(a)     ( i ) from January 14, 2012 through and including January 14, 2014, there had been no substantive agreement, understanding or arrangement with any potential acquirer regarding a potential acquisition of the Company or substantial negotiations in furtherance of any of the foregoing by such ( x ) CD&R Investor, any of its Controlled Affiliates, or ( y ) to the knowledge of such CD&R Investor, by its other Affiliates, any StepStone Investor, StepStone Group, ServiceMaster or the Company, ( ii ) from January 14, 2012 through and including January 14, 2014, there had been no discussions or other communications regarding any such acquisition referred to in clause (i) by any such CD&R Investor, any of its Controlled Affiliates or, to the knowledge of such CD&R Investor, by its other Affiliates, any StepStone Investor, StepStone Group, ServiceMaster or the Company and ( iii ) such CD&R Investor had no then-existing plan or intention to sell, exchange, transfer by gift, or otherwise dispose of any of its Equity Securities or other capital stock of the Company after January 14, 2014, except, in each case as specifically contemplated by the Ruling.

 

(b)     To the best of the knowledge of such CD&R Investor, the Spin-Off was not part of a plan (or series of related transactions) which included a transfer of an interest in any entity that is an Affiliate of CD&R and that holds (directly or indirectly) any Equity Securities or other capital stock of the Company.

 

2



 

1.2  StepStone Investors Representations .  Each of the StepStone Investors, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to the Company that as of January 14, 2014:

 

(a)     (i) from January 14, 2012 through and including January 14, 2014, there had been no substantive agreement, understanding or arrangement with any potential acquirer regarding a potential acquisition of the Company or substantial negotiations in furtherance of any of the foregoing ( x ) by such StepStone Investor or any of its Controlled Affiliates, or ( y ) to the knowledge of such StepStone Investor, by its other Affiliates, any CD&R Investor, CD&R, ServiceMaster or the Company, ( ii ) from January 14, 2012 through and including January 14, 2014, there had been no discussions or other communications regarding any such acquisition referred to in clause (i) by any such StepStone Investor, any of its Controlled Affiliates or, to the knowledge of such StepStone Investor, by its other Affiliates, any CD&R Investor, CD&R, ServiceMaster or the Company and ( iii ) such StepStone Investor had no then-existing plan or intention to sell, exchange, transfer by gift, or otherwise dispose of any of its Equity Securities or other capital stock of the Company after January 14, 2014, except, in each case, as specifically contemplated by the Ruling.

 

(b)     To the best of the knowledge of such StepStone Investor, the Spin-Off was not part of a plan (or series of related transactions), which included a transfer of an interest in any entity that is an Affiliate of StepStone and that holds (directly or indirectly) any Equity Securities or other capital stock of the Company.

 

1.3  Ridgemont, JPMorgan, Charlotte Investor and Citigroup Representations .  Each of Ridgemont, JPMorgan, Charlotte Investor and Citigroup, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to the Company that as of January 14, 2014 it had no then-existing plan or intention to sell, exchange, transfer by gift, or otherwise dispose of any of its Equity Securities or other capital stock of the Company after January 14, 2014.

 

1.4  Company Representations .  The Company represents and warrants to each of the Initial Investors that as of January 14, 2014 ( i ) from January 14, 2012 through and including January 14, 2014, there had been no substantive agreement, understanding or arrangement with any potential acquirer regarding a potential acquisition of the Company or substantial negotiations in furtherance of any of the foregoing ( x ) by the Company, any of its Controlled Affiliates, or ( y ) to the knowledge of the Company, by its other Affiliates, any CD&R Investor, CD&R, ServiceMaster, any StepStone Investor or StepStone Group, ( ii ) from January 14, 2012 through and including January 14, 2014, there had been no discussions or other communications regarding any such acquisitions referred to in clause (i) by the Company or any of its Controlled Affiliates or, to the knowledge of the Company, by its other Affiliates, any CD&R Investor, CD&R, any StepStone Investor or StepStone Group and ( iii ) to the knowledge of the Company, no Stockholder had any then-existing plan or intention to sell, exchange, transfer by gift, or

 

3



 

otherwise dispose of any of its Equity Securities or other capital stock of the Company after January 14, 2014, except, in each case, as specifically contemplated by the Ruling.

 

1.5  Construction .   This Article I is intended to ensure compliance with Section 355(e) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder and shall be interpreted accordingly.

 

ARTICLE II
GOVERNANCE AND MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

 

2.1  Board of Directors .

 

The Company, the CD&R Investors and the StepStone Investors hereby agree as follows:

 

(a)     Following the Listing Date, CD&R Fund VII shall have the right, but not the obligation, to designate for nomination by the Board as Directors a number of designees equal to:  ( i ) at least a majority of the total number of Directors comprising the Board at such time as long as the CD&R Investors and their Affiliates collectively beneficially own at least 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock; ( ii ) at least 40% of the total number of Directors comprising the Board at such time as long as the CD&R Investors and their Affiliates collectively beneficially own at least 40% but less than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock; ( iii ) at least 30% of the total number of Directors comprising the Board at such time as long as the CD&R Investors and their Affiliates collectively beneficially own at least 30% but less than 40% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock; ( iv ) at least 20% of the total number of Directors comprising the Board at such time as long as the CD&R Investors and their Affiliates collectively beneficially own at least 20% but less than 30% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock; and ( v ) at least 5% of the total number of Directors comprising the Board at such time as long as the CD&R Investors and their Affiliates collectively beneficially own at least 5% but less than 20% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.  For purposes of calculating the number of CD&R Designees that CD&R Fund VII is entitled to designate for nomination pursuant to the formula outlined above, any fractional amounts would be rounded to the nearest whole number and the calculation would be made on a pro forma basis after taking into account any increase in the size of the Board.

 

(b)     Following the Listing Date, for as long as the StepStone Investors and their Affiliates collectively beneficially own at least 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, StepStone shall have the right, but not the obligation, to designate one designee for nomination by the Board as Director.

 

(c)     If CD&R Fund VII has designated for nomination by the Board less than the total number of designees CD&R Fund VII shall be entitled to designate for nomination pursuant to Section 2.1(a), CD&R Fund VII shall have the right, at any time, to designate for nomination such additional designees to which it is entitled, in which case, the

 

4



 

Company and the Directors shall take all necessary corporation action, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law (including with respect to any fiduciary duties under Delaware law), to ( x ) enable CD&R Fund VII to designate for nomination and effect the election or appointment of such additional individuals, whether by increasing the size of the Board, or otherwise, and ( y ) to designate such additional individuals designated for nomination by CD&R Fund VII to fill such newly-created vacancies or to fill any other existing vacancies.  Each such individual whom CD&R Fund VII shall actually designate for nomination pursuant to this Section 2.1 and who is thereafter elected to the Board to serve as a Director shall be referred to herein as a “ CD&R Designee .”

 

(d)     If StepStone has not designated for nomination by the Board the designee StepStone shall be entitled to designate for nomination pursuant to Section 2.1(b), StepStone shall have the right, at any time, to designate for nomination such designee, in which case, the Company and the Directors shall take all necessary corporation action, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law (including with respect to any fiduciary duties under Delaware law), to ( x ) enable StepStone to designate for nomination and effect the election or appointment of such additional individual, whether by increasing the size of the Board, or otherwise, and ( y ) to designate such additional individual designated for nomination by StepStone to fill such newly-created vacancy or to fill any other existing vacancies.  Such individual whom StepStone shall actually designate for nomination pursuant to this Section 2.1 and who is thereafter elected to the Board to serve as a Director shall be referred to herein as a “ StepStone Designee .”

 

(e)     If a vacancy is created at any time by the death, retirement or resignation of any Director designated by CD&R Fund VII or StepStone pursuant to this Section 2.1, the remaining Directors and the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law (including with respect to any fiduciary duties under Delaware law), cause the vacancy created thereby to be filled by a new designee of CD&R Fund VII or StepStone, as the case may be, as soon as possible, and the Company hereby agrees to take, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law (including with respect to any fiduciary duties under Delaware law), at any time and from time to time, all actions necessary to accomplish the same.

 

(f)      The Company agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law (including with respect to any fiduciary duties under Delaware law), to include in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board for election at any meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing Directors the individuals designated pursuant to this Section 2.1 and to nominate and recommend each such individual to be elected as a Director as provided herein, and to solicit proxies or consents in favor thereof.  The Company is entitled to identify such individual as a Principal Investor Designee pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5



 

(g)     For so long as the CD&R Investors and their Affiliates collectively beneficially own at least 25% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, a CD&R Designee shall serve as the Chairman of the Board (“ Chairman ”).

 

(h)     Insofar as the Company is or becomes subject to requirements under Applicable Law or the regulations of any self-regulatory organization, including the NYSE or such other national securities exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed to which the Company is then subject, relating to the composition of the Board or committees thereof, their respective responsibilities or the qualifications of their respective members, each of the Principal Investors then entitled to designate for nomination members of the Board shall cooperate in good faith to select for nomination their respective designees to the Board under this Section 2.1 so as to permit the Company to comply with all such applicable requirements.

 

2.2  [Reserved] .

 

2.3  [Reserved] .

 

2.4  Voting Agreement .  Subject to Section 6.1(a), each of the Principal Investors agrees to vote, or act by written consent with respect to, any Voting Securities beneficially owned by such Principal Investor and shall take all other necessary or desirable actions within such Principal Investor’s control (including, but not limited to, attendance at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company in person or by proxy for purposes of obtaining a quorum), at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company at which Directors are to be elected, or to take all actions by written consent in lieu of any such meeting as are necessary to cause the Principal Investor Designees designated for nomination in accordance with Section 2.1 to be elected to the Board.  Each of the Principal Investors agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the election of each such designee to the Board, including nominating such individuals to be elected as members of the Board.  Upon the written request of CD&R Fund VII or StepStone, as applicable, each other Principal Investor shall vote, or act by written consent with respect to, all Voting Securities beneficially owned by such Principal Investor and otherwise take or cause to be taken any and all actions necessary to remove any Director designated by the requesting Principal Investor and to elect any replacement Director designated for nomination as provided in Section 2.1.  No Principal Investor shall take any action to cause the removal of any Director designated by any other Principal Investor unless requested to do so in writing by the Principal Investor that designated such Director.

 

2.5  [Reserved] .

 

2.6  Information/Access .

 

(a)     Information .  Upon written request of any Principal Investor, for so long as such Principal Investor, together with the other members of its Principal Investor Group,

 

6



 

owns at least 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Company will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Principal Investor making such request or its designated Representatives:

 

(i)    as soon as available, and in any event within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company for the first three fiscal quarters of a fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2014), the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the consolidated statements of income, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year then ended of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

(ii)   as soon as available, and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries as at the end of each such fiscal year and the consolidated statements of income, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity for such year of the Company and its Subsidiaries, accompanied by the report of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing; and

 

(iii)  to the extent the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is required by Applicable Law or pursuant to the terms of any outstanding indebtedness of the Company to prepare such reports, any annual reports, quarterly reports and other periodic reports (without exhibits) pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, actually prepared by the Company or such Subsidiary as soon as available.

 

(b)     Access .  The Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries, officers, directors and employees to, ( i ) afford the officers, employees, auditors and other agents of each Principal Investor, for so long as such Principal Investor, together with the other members of its Principal Investor Group, owns at least 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, reasonable access at all reasonable times to its officers, employees, auditors, properties, offices, plants and other facilities and to all books and records on a non-disruptive basis and ( ii ) afford such Principal Investor the opportunity to consult with its officers at least once quarterly within 30 days of the end of such quarter regarding the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ affairs, finances and accounts as each such Principal Investor may reasonably request upon reasonable notice.  The Company shall also furnish such Principal Investor upon request with such other information with respect to the business and properties of the Company that is necessary for ( x ) such Principal Investor to comply with its income tax reporting and regulatory requirements and ( y ) such Principal Investor to prepare its quarterly and annual financial statements in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

 

(c)     Additional Information .  Each of the Stockholders agrees that, from the date of this Agreement and for so long as it shall own any Equity Securities, it will furnish the

 

7



 

Company such necessary information and reasonable assistance as the Company may reasonably request in connection with the ( x ) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement and ( y ) the preparation and filing of any reports, filings, applications, consents or authorizations with any Governmental Entity under any Applicable Law.

 

(d)     [ Reserved ] .

 

ARTICLE III
TRANSFERS/CERTAIN COVENANTS

 

3.1  Transfer Restrictions .

 

(a)     Prior to the first anniversary of the consummation of the Spin-Off, no Stockholder shall Transfer any of its Equity Securities pursuant to a Public Offering.

 

(b)     [Reserved].

 

(c)     [Reserved].

 

(d)     Any Transferee that, after the date of this Agreement but prior to the first anniversary of the consummation of the Spin-Off, acquires Equity Securities shall, as a condition precedent to the Transfer of such Equity Securities to such Transferee, ( i ) become a party to this Agreement by completing and executing a signature page hereto (including the address of such party), ( ii ) execute all such other agreements or documents as may reasonably be requested by the Company, ( iii ) ensure with the Stockholder effecting such Transfer that any regulatory authorizations needed in connection with such Transfer are duly obtained and ( iv ) deliver such signature page and, if applicable, other agreements and documents to the Company at its address specified in Section 6.12.  Such Person shall, upon its satisfaction of such conditions and acquisition of Equity Securities, be a Stockholder for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

(e)     Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of Equity Securities in violation of any provision of this Agreement shall be void.

 

(f)      [Reserved].

 

3.2  [Reserved] .

 

3.3  [Reserved] .

 

3.4  Legend .

 

(a)     Prior to the first anniversary of the consummation of the Spin-Off, all certificates representing the Equity Securities and all book-entry positions representing

 

8


 

Equity Securities held by each Stockholder shall bear a legend, or include a notation, as appropriate, substantially in the following form:

 

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY).  NO TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY BE MADE EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT AND (A) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR (B) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER.  THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ALL OF THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT.”

 

(b)     Following the first anniversary of the consummation of the Spin-Off, all certificates representing the Equity Securities and all book-entry positions representing Equity Securities held by each Stockholder shall bear a legend, or include a notation, as appropriate, substantially in the following form:

 

“NO TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY BE MADE EXCEPT (A) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR (B) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER.  THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ALL OF THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT.”

 

(c)     Upon the permitted sale of any Equity Securities pursuant to ( i ) an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to Rule 144 or ( ii ) another exemption from registration under the Securities Act or upon the termination of this Agreement, any certificates, representing such Equity Securities shall be replaced, at the expense of the Company, with certificates or instruments not bearing the legends required by this Section 3.4 and any book-entry positions representing such Equity Securities shall

 

9



 

have the legends required by this Section 3.4 removed, at the expense of the Company; provided that the Company may condition such replacement of any certificates or removal of such legend from any book-entry positions under clause (ii) upon the receipt of an opinion of securities counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

 

3.5  Covenants of the Stockholders and the Company .

 

(a)     Stockholders .  Until the date that is one year after the consummation of the Spin-Off, no Stockholder shall, nor shall it permit any of its respective Controlled Affiliates to, engage in any discussions or other communications relating to a Public Offering of its respective Equity Securities (including about timing or process) with any of the Company, TruGreen, any other Stockholder or any underwriter or investment banker; provided that any Stockholder or its Controlled Affiliates may enter into, and engage in discussions and communications with underwriters regarding, customary Lock-up Agreements in connection with any Registered Offering by the Company of newly-issued Voting Securities.  Until the date that is two years after the consummation of the Spin-Off, each Stockholder shall, and shall cause its respective Controlled Affiliates to, provide its reasonable cooperation with the Company in procuring any opinion or supplemental private letter ruling relating to the Spin-Off and the transactions undertaken in connection therewith.

 

(b)     The Company .  Until the date that is one year after the consummation of the Spin-Off, the Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Controlled Affiliates to, engage in any discussions or other communications relating to a Public Offering of Equity Securities held by any Stockholder (including about timing or process) with any Stockholder, TruGreen or any underwriter or investment banker; provided that the Company and its Controlled Affiliates may engage in discussions and communications with underwriters or their Representatives regarding, customary Lock-up Agreements in connection with any Registered Offering by the Company of newly issued Voting Securities.  For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 3.5 shall prevent the Company from issuing new Common Stock in a Registered Offering.

 

ARTICLE IV
[RESERVED]

 

ARTICLE V
DEFINITIONS

 

5.1  Certain Definitions .

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, ( i ) any Person directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with such Person, ( ii ) any Person directly or indirectly owning or Controlling 10% or more of any class of outstanding voting securities of such Person or ( iii ) any officer, director, general partner or trustee of any such Person described in clause (i) or (ii) (it being understood and agreed that for

 

10



 

purposes of this Agreement ( x ) each of the CD&R Investors (other than CD&R Fund VII) shall be deemed an Affiliate of CD&R Fund VII and a member of its Principal Investor Group but not of any other Principal Investor Group and ( y ) each of the StepStone Investors (other than StepStone) shall be deemed an Affiliate of StepStone and a member of its Principal Investor Group but not of any other Principal Investor Group).

 

Agreement ” means this Stockholders Agreement, as amended from time to time in accordance with Section 6.8.

 

Amended and Restated Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Applicable Law ” means all applicable provisions of ( i ) constitutions, treaties, statutes, laws (including the common law), rules, regulations, ordinances, codes or orders of any Governmental Entity, ( ii ) any consents or approvals of any Governmental Entity and ( iii ) any orders, decisions, injunctions, judgments, awards, decrees of or agreements with any Governmental Entity.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required to close.

 

CD&R ” means Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC.

 

CD&R Fund VII ” means Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P.

 

CD&R Designees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

 

CD&R Investors ” means CD&R Fund VII, Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment), L.P., CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P., CDR SVM Co-Investor L.P. and CDR SVM Co-Investor No. 2 L.P.

 

Chairman ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(g).

 

Charlotte Investor ” means Charlotte Investor IV, L.P.

 

Citigroup ” means Citigroup Capital Partners II Employee Master Fund, L.P.

 

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company and any securities issued in respect thereof, or in substitution therefor, in connection with any stock split, dividend or combination, or any reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, exchange or other similar reorganization.

 

11



 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble, and any successor in interest thereto.

 

Control ”, “ Controlled ” and “ Controlling ” means the power to direct the affairs of a Person by reason of ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Director ” means any member of the Board.

 

Equity Securities ” means any and all shares of Common Stock of the Company, securities of the Company convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, such shares, and options, warrants or other rights to acquire such shares.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Governmental Entity ” means any federal, state, local or foreign court, legislative, executive or regulatory authority or agency.

 

Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.

 

Indemnification Agreements ” means ( i ) the Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2009; by and among the Company, ServiceMaster, CD&R and the CD&R Investors; ( ii ) the Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2010, by and among the Company, ServiceMaster and JPMorgan Chase Funding, Inc.; ( iii ) the Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2010, among the Company, ServiceMaster, Citigroup Capital Partners II 2007 Citigroup Investment, L.P., Citigroup Capital Partners II Employee Master Fund, L.P., Citigroup Capital Partners II Onshore, L.P., Citigroup Capital Partners II Cayman Holdings, L.P., CPE Co Investment (ServiceMaster) LLC and Citigroup Private Equity LP; and ( iv ) the Indemnification Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2014, by and among the Company, ServiceMaster and Ridgemont Partners Management, LLC, in each case as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

Information ” means all information about the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is or has been furnished to any Stockholder or any of its Representatives by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective Representatives, and any other information supplied by the Company, TruGreen, the other Stockholders or their respective Representatives in connection with the Spin-Off (whether written or oral or in electronic or other form and whether prepared by the Company, its Representatives or otherwise), together with all written or electronically stored documentation prepared or developed by such Stockholder or its Representatives

 

12



 

based on, containing or otherwise reflecting, in whole or in part, any of such information, including any notes, memoranda, analyses, forecasts, compilations, studies or other data; provided that the term “Information” does not include any information that ( x ) is or becomes generally available to the public through no action or omission by any Stockholder or its Representatives or ( y ) is or becomes available to such Stockholder on a non-confidential basis from a source, other than the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any of their respective Representatives, that to the best of such Stockholder’s knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, is not prohibited from disclosing such portions to such Stockholder by a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation.

 

Initial Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Initial Investor ” means any Principal Investor and any other Stockholder listed on the signature pages of this Agreement as of the date hereof.

 

IPO ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

JPMorgan ” means JPMorgan Chase Funding Inc.

 

Legal Process ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

 

Listing Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Lock-Up Agreement ” means an agreement not to effect any public sale or distribution of Equity Securities, including, but not limited to, any sale pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 144A, or make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Equity Securities.

 

Merger ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Original Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, limited or general partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivisions thereof or any Group comprised of two or more of the foregoing.

 

Principal Investor ” means each of the CD&R Investors and the StepStone Investors.

 

Principal Investor Designees ” means the CD&R Designees and the StepStone Designee.

 

13



 

Principal Investor Group ” means, with respect to any Principal Investor, such Principal Investor and its Related Persons.

 

Public Offering ” means a “public offering” as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.355-7(h)(11).

 

Registered Offering ” means the IPO and any other offering of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed in accordance with the Securities Act.

 

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of [ · ], 2014, among the Company and the other parties listed on the signature pages thereto, and as further amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

Related Person ” means, with respect to any Person, ( i ) any Person directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with such Person and Person or ( ii ) any investment fund managed by any Person set forth in clause (i).  For avoidance of doubt, ( i ) each CD&R Investor shall be deemed a Related Person to each other CD&R Investor and CD&R, and ( ii ) each StepStone Investor shall be deemed a Related Person to each other StepStone Investor and StepStone Group.

 

Representatives ” means, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s, or its Affiliates’, directors, officers, employees, general partners, Affiliates, direct or indirect shareholders, members or limited partners, attorneys, accountants, financial and other advisers, and other agents and representatives, including, in the case of any Principal Investor, any Principal Investor Designees of such Principal Investor.

 

Ridgemont ” means Ridgemont Partners Secondary Fund I, L.P.

 

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor rule).

 

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act (or any successor rule).

 

Ruling ” means the federal income tax ruling, and any supplements thereto, issued to ServiceMaster in connection with the Spin-Off, including any supplement thereto.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

ServiceMaster ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Spin-Off ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Spin-Off Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

14



 

StepStone ” means StepStone Co-Investment (ServiceMaster) LLC.

 

StepStone Designee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d).

 

StepStone Group ” means StepStone Group LP.

 

StepStone Investors ” means StepStone, 2007 Co-Investment Portfolio L.P., StepStone Capital Partners II Cayman Holding, L.P. and StepStone Capital Partners II Onshore, L.P.

 

Stockholder Subscription Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Stockholders ” means ( i ) the Initial Investors and ( ii ) any other holder of any Equity Securities that becomes a party to this Agreement after the date and pursuant to the terms hereof; provided that any Person shall cease to be a Stockholder if it no longer is the holder of any Equity Securities.

 

Subsidiary ” means each Person in which a Person owns or Controls, directly or indirectly, capital stock or other equity interests representing more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock or other equity interests.

 

Transfer ” means, directly or indirectly, to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, hypothecate or similarly dispose of, either voluntarily or involuntarily, or to enter into any contract, option or other arrangement or understanding with respect to the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or similar disposition of, any shares of Equity Securities owned by a Person or any interest (including to a beneficial interest) in any shares of Equity Securities owned by a Person.

 

Transferee ” means any Person to whom any Stockholder or any Transferee thereof Transfers Equity Securities of the Company in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

TruGreen ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Voting Securities ” means, at any time, shares of any class of Equity Securities of the Company, which are then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

 

5.2  Terms Generally .  The words “hereby”, “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not merely to the specific section, paragraph or clause in which such word appears.  All references herein to Articles and Sections shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require.  The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.”  The definitions given for terms in this Article V and elsewhere in this Agreement shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter

 

15



 

forms.  References herein to any agreement shall be deemed references to such agreement as it may be amended, restated or otherwise revised from time to time.

 

ARTICLE VI
MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1  Termination .  Subject to the early termination of any provision as a result of an amendment to this Agreement agreed to by the Company and the Principal Investors as provided under Section 6.8:

 

(a)     the provisions of Section 2.4 shall terminate when either the CD&R Investors shall cease to collectively beneficially own at least 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the StepStone Investors shall cease to collectively beneficially own at least 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock;

 

(b)     this Agreement shall terminate on the earlier to occur of ( i ) such time as neither CD&R Fund VII nor StepStone is entitled to designate a nominee for nomination by the Board pursuant to Section 2.1 and ( ii ) upon the delivery of a written notice by all of the Principal Investors to the Company requesting that this Agreement terminate.

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall relieve any party from any liability for the breach of any obligations set forth in this Agreement.

 

6.2  Publicity .  No Stockholder (other than CD&R Fund VII) may issue any press release or otherwise make any public announcement or comment on the Spin-Off, the IPO or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, without the prior consent of CD&R Fund VII; provided that nothing herein shall prevent any party hereto from making such announcement or comment ( a ) upon the order of any court or administrative agency, ( b ) upon the request or demand of any regulatory agency or authority having jurisdiction over such party, ( c ) to the extent compelled by legal process or required or requested pursuant to subpoena, interrogatories or other discovery requests (any of the foregoing, a “ Legal Process ”); provided further that such party shall notify the other parties hereto, to the extent legally permissible, of the proposed disclosure as far in advance of such disclosure as reasonably practicable.

 

6.3  Confidentiality .  Each party hereto agrees to, and shall cause its Representatives to, keep confidential and not divulge any Information, and to use, and cause its Representatives to use, such Information only in connection with ( x ) any action permitted to be taken by a Stockholder hereunder with respect to the Equity Securities held by such Stockholder or ( y ) following the consummation of the Spin-Off, the operation of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided that nothing herein shall prevent any party hereto from disclosing such Information ( a ) pursuant to a Legal Process, ( b ) to the extent necessary in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder, ( c ) to other Stockholders, ( d ) ( i ) to such party’s Representatives that in the reasonable judgment of such party need to know such Information or ( ii ) to such party’s direct equity holders

 

16



 

(including limited partners); provided such Persons are directed to keep, and are subject to an obligation to keep, such information confidential or ( e ) to any potential Transferee in connection with a proposed Transfer of Equity Securities from such Stockholder as long as such potential Transferee agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 6.3 as if a Stockholder; provided further that, in the case of clause (a), such party shall notify the other parties hereto of the proposed disclosure as far in advance of such disclosure as practicable and use reasonable efforts to ensure that any Information so disclosed is accorded confidential treatment, when and if available, and provided further , such party shall be responsible for any failure of its Representatives or direct equity holders to keep such information confidential in accordance with this Section 6.3.

 

6.4  Compliance . [Reserved].

 

6.5  Restrictions on Other Agreements; Conflicts .

 

(a)     Following the date hereof, no Stockholder shall enter into or agree to be bound by any stockholder agreements or arrangements of any kind with any Person with respect to any Equity Securities except the Registration Rights Agreement or as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder.  A member of a Principal Investor Group may enter into any stockholder agreement or arrangements with another member of its Principal Investor Group.

 

(b)     The provisions of this Agreement shall be controlling if any such provisions or the operation thereof conflict with the provisions of the Company’s by-laws.  Each of the parties covenants and agrees to vote their Voting Securities and to take any other action reasonably requested by the Company or any Principal Investor to amend the Company’s by-laws or certificate of incorporation so as to avoid any conflict with the provisions hereof.

 

6.6  Further Assurances .  Each party hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all such further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all such further agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

6.7  No Recourse .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company and each Stockholder agrees and acknowledges that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement, shall be had against any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner or member of any Stockholder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other Applicable Law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any current or future officer, agent or employee of any Stockholder or any current or future member of any Stockholder or any current or future

 

17



 

director, officer, employee, partner or member of any Stockholder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such for any obligation of any Stockholder under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

 

6.8  Amendment; Waivers, etc .  This Agreement may be amended, and the Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only if any such amendment, action or omission to act, has been approved by the Principal Investors collectively beneficially owning in excess of 80% of the then-outstanding Voting Securities of the Principal Investors; provided that no Stockholder shall be subject to any additional obligation hereunder resulting from any such amendment that the Stockholder did not approve and no right hereunder of a Stockholder specific to such Stockholder or its Principal Investor Group ( i.e. , not applicable to Stockholders not in such Stockholder’s Principal Investor Group) may be adversely affected by such amendment without the prior consent of such Stockholder.  The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.  Any Stockholder may waive (in writing) the benefit of any provision of this Agreement with respect to itself for any purpose.  Any such waiver shall constitute a waiver only with respect to the specific matter described in such writing and shall in no way impair the rights of the Stockholder granting such waiver in any other respect or at any other time.

 

6.9  Assignment .  Neither this Agreement nor any right or obligation arising under this Agreement may be assigned by any party without the written consent of CD&R Fund VII.  The rights of CD&R Fund VII and StepStone under Section 2.1 cannot be assigned.

 

6.10        Binding Effect .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns.

 

6.11        No Third Party Beneficiaries .  Nothing in this Agreement shall confer any rights upon any Person other than the parties hereto and each such party’s respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns.

 

6.12        Notices .  All notices, requests, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if ( a ) delivered personally, ( b ) mailed, certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, ( c ) sent by reputable overnight courier or ( d ) sent by fax (provided a confirmation copy is sent by one of the other methods set forth above), as follows (or to such other address as the party entitled to notice shall hereafter designate in accordance with the terms hereof):

 

18


 

If to the Company, to it at:

 

ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc.

860 Ridge Lake Boulevard

Memphis, TN  38120
Attention:  General Counsel

Facsimile:  (901) 597-8821

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice) each of the Principal Investors and their counsel at the addresses listed below:

 

If to any CD&R Investor, to it at:

 

c/o M&C Corporate Services Limited
P.O. Box 309
Ugland House
South Church Street
George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-1104
Cayman Islands, British West Indies
Facsimile: (345) 949-8080

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC
375 Park Avenue
18th Floor
New York, New York  10152
Attention:  David H. Wasserman
Facsimile:  (212) 893-7061

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York  10022
Attention:  Peter J. Loughran, Esq.
Facsimile:  (212) 909-6836

 

If to any StepStone Investor, to it at:

 

c/o StepStone Group LP
4350 LaJolla Village Drive, Suite 800
San Diego, CA  92122
Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

 

19



 

Facsimile:  (858) 558-9701
Email: reporting@stepstoneglobal.com

 

If to any other Stockholder, to its address set forth on the signature page of such Stockholder to this Agreement with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to any party so indicated thereon.  All such notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given ( i ) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile, upon confirmation of receipt, ( ii ) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service or ( iii ) on the third Business Day following the date of mailing if delivered by domestic registered or certified mail, properly addressed, or on the fifth Business Day following the date of mailing if sent by airmail from a country outside of North America, to the party at the address shown on the signature page of this Agreement, to the Companies at the addresses shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or in either case as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

6.13        Severability .  Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without rendering invalid, illegal or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity, illegality or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.  If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only as broad as is enforceable.  Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated herein are consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

6.14        Headings .  The headings contained in this Agreement are for purposes of convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

6.15        Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, the Stockholder Subscription Agreements, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indemnification Agreements, constitute the entire agreement and supersede the Original Agreement, the Amended and Restated Agreement and all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

6.16        Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles or rules of conflicts of law to the extent such principles or rules are not mandatorily applicable by statute and would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction).

 

20



 

6.17        Consent to Jurisdiction .  Each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of ( a ) the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County, and ( b ) the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby (and agrees not to commence any such suit, action or other proceeding except in such courts).  Each party further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to such party’s respective address set forth or referred to in Section 6.12 shall be effective service of process for any such suit, action or other proceeding.  Each party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or other proceeding in ( i ) the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County, and ( ii ) the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

6.18        Waiver of Jury Trial .  Each party hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.  Each party ( a ) certifies and acknowledges that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver, and ( b ) acknowledges that it understands and has considered the implications of this wavier and makes this waiver voluntarily, and that it and the other parties have been induced to enter into the Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 6.18.

 

6.19        Enforcement.  Each party hereto acknowledges that money damages would not be an adequate remedy in the event that any of the covenants or agreements in this Agreement are not performed in accordance with its terms, and it is therefore agreed that in addition to and without limiting any other remedy or right it may have, the non-breaching party will have the right to an injunction, temporary restraining order or other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction enjoining any such breach and enforcing specifically the terms and provisions hereof.  In the event that the Company or one or more Principal Investors shall file suit to enforce the covenants contained in this Agreement (or obtain any other remedy in respect of any breach thereof), the prevailing party in the suit shall be entitled to recover, in addition to all other damages to which it may be entitled, the costs incurred by such party in conducting the suit, including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses.

 

6.20        Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including via facsimile or other electronic transmission), each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

21



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement by their authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

 

SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: 

 

 

Title:

 

22



 

 

CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VII, L.P.

 

By:  CD&R Associates VII, Ltd., its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VII (CO-INVESTMENT), L.P.

 

By:  CD&R Associates VII (Co-Investment), Ltd., its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CDR SVM CO-INVESTOR L.P.

 

By:  CDR SVM Co-Investor GP Limited, its general partner

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CDR SVM CO-INVESTOR NO. 2 L.P.

 

By:  CDR SVM Co-Investor No. 2 GP Limited, its general partner

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

23



 

 

CD&R PARALLEL FUND VII, L.P.

 

 

 

By:  CD&R Parallel Fund Associates VII, Ltd., its general partner

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

24



 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE FUNDING INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Notice Address :
JPMorgan Chase Funding Inc.

270 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention:  Chris Linneman

Facsimile:  (212) 270-1063

 

25



 

 

RIDGEMONT PARTNERS SECONDARY FUND I, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Ridgemont Secondary Management I, L.P., its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Ridgemont Secondary I, LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Notice Address :
Ridgemont Partners Secondary Fund I, L.P.

c/o Ridgemont Partners Management, LLC

150 North College Street, Suite 2500

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention:  Edward Balogh

Facsimile:  (704) 944-0973

Email: ebalogh@ridgemontep.com

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle

Chicago, IL 60654

Attention: Margaret A. Gibson

Facsimile:  (312) 862-2200

 

26



 

 

STEPSTONE CO-INVESTMENT (SERVICEMASTER) LLC

 

 

 

By:  StepStone Co-Investment Funds GP, LLC, its managing member

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007 CO-INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO L.P.

 

 

 

By:  StepStone Co-Investment Funds GP, LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STEPSTONE CAPITAL PARTNERS II ONSHORE, L.P.

 

 

 

By:  StepStone Co-Investment Funds GP, LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

27



 

 

STEPSTONE CAPITAL PARTNERS II
CAYMAN HOLDING, L.P.

 

 

 

By:  StepStone Co-Investment Funds GP, LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

28



 

 

CITIGROUP CAPITAL PARTNERS II
EMPLOYEE MASTER FUND, L.P.

 

 

 

By:    Citigroup Private Equity LP, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Notice Address :
Citi Private Equity

Citi Employee Private Equity Management

153 East 53rd Street, 20th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Matthew Coeny

Attention: Geoffrey Collette

Facsimile: (646) 291-5725

 

29



 

 

CHARLOTTE INVESTOR IV, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:  HV CHARLOTTE US GP LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:  HARBOURVEST PARTNERS, LLC, its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Notice Address :
Charlotte Investor IV, L.P.

c/o HarbourVest Partners, LLC

One Financial Center

Boston, Massachusetts 02111

Attention: John M. Toomey, Jr.
Facsimile: (617) 350-0305

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attention:  David J. Schwartz, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 909 -6836

 

30




Exhibit 10.74

 

ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. Executive Annual Bonus Plan

 

I.  Purposes

 

The purposes of the ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. Executive Annual Bonus Plan (the “ Plan ”) are to retain and motivate executive officers and key employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries who have been designated by the Compensation Committee (the “ Committee ”) to participate in the Plan by providing them with the opportunity to earn performance-based incentive payments.  It is intended that all amounts payable to Participants who are “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code will constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of the U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and the Plan and the terms of any Awards hereunder shall be so interpreted and construed to the maximum extent possible.

 

II.  Certain Definitions

 

Adjusted EBITDA ” shall mean, for a Performance Period, net income before equity in earnings of unconsolidated Subsidiaries, income tax expense, loss on early debt extinguishment, interest and other (expense) income, realized gain (loss) on investments, interest expense, equity-based compensation expense, related party management fees, restructuring charges and depreciation and amortization expense and net income attributable to noncontrolling interests.  If Adjusted EBITDA is negative for a fiscal year that is included within a Performance Period of more than one fiscal year, Adjusted EBITDA for purposes of this Plan shall be deemed to be zero for that fiscal year.

 

Award ” shall mean any incentive payment made to a Participant pursuant to the Plan.

 

Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Committee ” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee or subcommittee designated by the Board that satisfies any then applicable requirements of the principal national stock exchange on which the common stock of the Company is then traded to constitute a compensation committee, and which, as to any compensation intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, shall consist of two or more members, each of whom is an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

Company ” shall mean ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

 



 

Covered Employee ” means any “covered employee” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

Designation Period ” shall mean, with respect to any Performance Period, a period commencing on or before the first day of the Performance Period and ending not later than the earlier of ( i ) ninety (90) days after the commencement of the Performance Period and ( ii ) the date on which twenty-five percent (25%) of the Performance Period has been completed.  Any action required to be taken within a Designation Period may be taken at a later date if permissible under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

Participant ” shall mean, for a Performance Period, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer; Chief Financial Officer; the Presidents of each of the Company’s operating divisions or Subsidiaries; and any other executive officer, officer or key employee of the Company or any Subsidiary who is designated to participate in the Plan by the Committee or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  Participants who are or who could reasonably be expected to be Covered Employees shall be designated as Participants by the Committee or the Chief Executive Officer on or before the end of the Designation Period (or a later date if permissible under Section 162(m) of the Code).

 

Performance Period ” shall mean the fiscal year of the Company; provided , however , that the Committee may designate that the Performance Period for an Award be more than one fiscal year (with any such designation by the Committee to be made within the time period permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code).

 

Plan ” shall mean the ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. Executive Annual Bonus Plan as set forth herein, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Section 162(m) of the Code ” means Section 162(m) of the Code, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated  thereunder

 

Section 409A of the Code ” means Section 409A of the Code, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated  thereunder.

 

Subsidiary ” shall mean any entity that is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company or any entity in which the Company directly or indirectly has at least a 50% equity interest.

 

III.  Administration

 

3.1.                             General .  The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall have the full power and authority to interpret, construe and administer the Plan and any Award granted hereunder (including reconciling any inconsistencies, correcting any defaults and addressing any omissions).  The Committee’s interpretation, construction and

 

2



 

administration of the Plan and all its determinations hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons for all purposes.

 

3.2.                             Powers and Responsibilities .  The Committee shall have the following discretionary powers, rights and responsibilities in addition to those described in Section 3.1:

 

(a)                                  to designate the Participants for a Performance Period;

 

(b)                                  to determine the amounts of the Awards and any other material terms and conditions applicable to the Awards;

 

(c)                                   to decide whether, and under what circumstances and subject to what terms, Awards are to be paid on a deferred basis, including whether such a deferred payment shall be made solely at the Committee’s discretion or whether a Participant may elect deferred payment, in each case, so long as such deferral or deferral election is permissible under, and complies, with the requirements set forth in Section 409A of the Code; provided , however , that, any deferral contemplated by the Plan must be permitted by, and shall be governed by, the terms of the deferred compensation plan or program pursuant to which the Participant may be entitled to defer his or her annual bonuses from time to time;

 

(d)                                  to decide whether, and under what circumstances and subject to what terms, Awards are to be settled in shares of common stock or other equity awards of the Company ( provided , that any such equity awards shall be issued under the Company’s long-term equity incentive plan as in effect from time to time), and the terms and conditions applicable to such awards, including without limitation vesting terms; and

 

(e)                                   to adopt, revise, suspend, waive or repeal, when and as appropriate, in its sole and absolute discretion, such administrative rules, guidelines and procedures for the Plan as it deems necessary or advisable to implement the terms and conditions of the Plan, so long as permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

3.3.                             Delegation of Power .  The Committee may delegate some or all of its power and authority hereunder to the Chief Executive Officer or other executive officer of the Company as the Committee deems appropriate; provided , however , that with respect to any person who is a Covered Employee or who, in the Committee’s judgment, is likely to be a Covered Employee at any time during the applicable Performance Period, only the Committee shall be permitted to ( i ) designate such person to participate in the Plan for such Performance Period, ( ii ) determine the amount of such person’s Award for such Performance Period and ( iii ) take any other action required to be taken under Section 162(m) of the Code.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Participant shall make

 

3



 

decisions under the Plan with respect to his or her own compensation under the Plan, including, without limitation, regarding his or her own Award.

 

3.4.                             Limitations on Discretion .  It is the intention that Awards under the Plan qualify as qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code and that all payments made under the Plan be excluded from the deduction limitations contained in Section 162(m) of the Code.  The Plan shall be construed at all times in favor of its meeting the exception for qualified performance-based compensation contained in Section 162(m) of the Code.  Accordingly, the Committee shall have no discretion under this Plan (including, without limitation, with respect to adjustments to Adjusted EBITDA) if the actual exercise of such discretion or the ability to exercise such discretion would cause any Award to fail to qualify as qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.  Therefore, if any Plan provision is found not to be in compliance with the exception for qualified performance-based compensation, that provision shall be deemed amended so that the Plan does so comply to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Committee.

 

IV.  Awards

 

4.1.                             Determination of Award Amounts .  The maximum aggregate Award payable to each Participant under the Plan shall not exceed one percent (1%) of the Company’s Adjusted EBITDA for the applicable Performance Period.  The amount of each Participant’s Award for a Performance Period shall be determined by the Committee, acting in its sole discretion subject to the maximum amount set forth above. For the avoidance of doubt, the Committee, acting in its sole discretion using whatever individual or corporate performance goals it determines to use, may determine to pay a lesser amount with respect to an Award than the maximum amount specified herein. However, no Participant shall receive payment with respect to an Award unless Adjusted EBITDA in respect of the applicable Performance Period exceeds zero.  For the avoidance of doubt, the exercise of negative discretion with respect to any Participant shall not operate to result in an increase in a payment to any other Participant.

 

4.2.                             Timing of Payment .  Subject to Section 3.2(d), payment in respect of an Award under the Plan shall be in cash and shall be paid as soon as practicable after the end of the Performance Period, but no later than the 15th day of the third month following the end of the Performance Period.  As conditions to the right of a Participant to receive an Award, ( i ) the Committee shall first certify in writing the Company’s Adjusted EBITDA (which must be greater than zero) and that the Award has been determined in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and ( ii ) such Participant must be employed by the Company on the payment date.  Notwithstanding clause (ii) of the preceding sentence but subject to the other terms and conditions of the Plan and to the extent consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may make payment in respect of an Award under the Plan to a Participant whose employment with the

 

4



 

Company terminates prior to the end of the Performance Period, whether pursuant to an individual agreement between the Participant and the Company or its Subsidiary or otherwise.

 

V.  General

 

5.1.                             Effective Date and Term of Plan .  The Plan shall become effective with respect to fiscal years of the Company beginning on or after January 1, 2015, subject to Section 5.16.  The Plan shall remain in effect until it is terminated by the Board or the Committee.

 

5.2.                             Amendment and Termination .  The Board or the Committee may at any time amend, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan; provided , however , that no such action shall be effective without approval by the stockholders of the Company to the extent necessary to continue to qualify the amounts payable hereunder to Covered Employees as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

5.3.                             Non-Transferability of Awards .  No Award under the Plan shall be transferable other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to beneficiary designation procedures approved by the Company (including the procedures in Section 5.7, if applicable).  Except to the extent permitted by the foregoing sentence, no Award may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of (whether by operation of law or otherwise) or be subject to execution, attachment or similar process.  Upon any attempt to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any such Award, such Award and all rights thereunder shall immediately become null and void.

 

5.4.                             Tax Withholding .  The Company and each Subsidiary shall have the right and power to deduct from all amounts paid to a Participant (whether under the Plan or otherwise) or to require a Participant to remit to the Company promptly upon notification of the amount due, an amount to satisfy the minimum federal, state or local or foreign taxes or other obligations required by law to be withheld with respect thereto with respect to any Award.

 

5.5.                             Payment by a Subsidiary .  The Company may satisfy its obligations under the Plan with respect to a Participant by causing any Subsidiary to make the payment to which such Participant is entitled under the Plan.

 

5.6.                             No Right of Participation or Employment .  No person shall have any right to participate in the Plan.  Neither the Plan nor any Award shall confer upon any person any right to continued employment by the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company or affect in any manner the right of the Company, any Subsidiary or any

 

5



 

affiliate of the Company to terminate the employment of any person at any time without liability hereunder.

 

5.7.                             Designation of Beneficiary .  If permitted by the Company, a Participant may file with the Committee a written designation of one or more persons as such Participant’s beneficiary or beneficiaries (both primary and contingent) in the event of the Participant’s death.  Each beneficiary designation shall become effective only when filed in writing with the Committee during the Participant’s lifetime on a form prescribed by the Committee.  The spouse of a married Participant domiciled in a community property jurisdiction shall join in any designation of a beneficiary other than such spouse.  The filing with the Committee of a new beneficiary designation shall cancel all previously filed beneficiary designations.  If a Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if all designated beneficiaries of a Participant predecease the Participant, then each outstanding Award shall be payable to the Participant’s executor, administrator, legal representative or similar person.

 

5.8.                             Governing Law .  The Plan and each Award, and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant thereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by the Code or the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

 

5.9.                             Other Plans .  Award payments under the Plan shall not be treated as compensation for purposes of any other compensation or benefit plan, program or arrangement of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, unless either ( i ) such other plan provides compensation such as Award  payments made pursuant to the Plan are to be considered as compensation thereunder or ( ii ) the Board or the Committee so determines in writing.  Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the submission of the Plan to the Company’s stockholders for their approval shall be construed as limiting the power of the Board or the Committee to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may otherwise deem appropriate.

 

5.10.                      Binding Effect .  The Plan shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and the Participants and their beneficiaries, personal representatives and heirs.  If the Company becomes a party to any merger, consolidation or reorganization, then the Plan shall remain in full force and effect as an obligation of the Company or its successors in interest, unless the Plan is amended or terminated pursuant to Section 5.2.

 

5.11.                      Forfeiture of Awards under Applicable Laws or Regulations .  Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to clawback policies as the Company may adopt or approve from time to time or as required by applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule. Pursuant to such clawback policies, the Company may ( i ) cancel, reduce, or require a Participant to forfeit any Award granted under the Plan or ( ii ) require a

 

6



 

Participant to reimburse or disgorge to the Company any amounts received pursuant to the payment of an Award granted under the Plan, in each case, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule in effect on or after the effective date of the Plan.

 

5.12.                      Unfunded Plan; Plan Not Subject to ERISA .  The Plan is an unfunded plan and Participants shall have the status of unsecured creditors of the Company.  The Plan is not intended to be subject to the Employee Retirement Income and Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

5.13.                      Limitation Period for Claims .  Any person who believes he or she is being denied any benefit or right under the Plan may file a written notice with the Committee.  Any claim must be delivered to the Committee within forty-five (45) days of the later of the payment date of the award or the specific event giving rise to the claim.  Untimely claims will not be processed and shall be deemed denied.  The Committee will notify the Participant of its decision in writing as soon as administratively practicable. Claims not responded to by the Committee in writing within ninety (90) days of the date the written claim is delivered to the Committee shall be deemed denied.  The Committee’s decision is final and conclusive and binding on all persons.  No lawsuit relating to the Plan may be filed before a written claim is filed with the Committee and is denied or deemed denied and any lawsuit must be filed within one year of such denial or deemed denial or be forever barred.

 

5.14.                      409A Compliance .  The Plan is intended to provide for payments that are exempt from the provisions of Section 409A of the Code to the maximum extent possible and otherwise to be administered in a manner consistent with the requirements, where applicable, of Section 409A of the Code.  Where reasonably possible and practicable, the Plan shall be administered in a manner to avoid the imposition on Participants of immediate tax recognition and additional taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor the Committee, nor any of the Company’s directors, officers or employees shall have any liability to any person in the event Section 409A of the Code applies to any payment or right under the Plan in a manner that results in adverse tax consequences for the Participant or any of his beneficiaries or transferees.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Board or the Committee may unilaterally amend, modify or terminate the Plan or any right hereunder if the Board or Committee determines, in its sole discretion, that such amendment, modification or termination is necessary or advisable to comply with applicable U.S. law, as a result of changes in law or regulation or to avoid the imposition of an additional tax, interest or penalty under Section 409A of the Code.

 

5.15.                      Severability .  If any provision of the Plan is held unenforceable, the remainder of the Plan shall continue in full force and effect without regard to such

 

7



 

unenforceable provision and shall be applied as though the unenforceable provision were not contained in the Plan.

 

5.16.                      Stockholder Approval .  The Plan shall be submitted to the stockholders of the Company for approval at the meeting of the Board of Directors be held in June 2014.  The effectiveness of the Plan is subject to such stockholder approval.

 

8




Exhibit 10.75

 

SERVICEMASTER DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

(As Amended and Restated Effective June 13, 2014)

 



 

SERVICEMASTER DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

PAGE

 

 

 

ARTICLE I Introduction

1

 

 

 

Section 1.1.

Name

1

Section 1.2.

Purpose

1

Section 1.3.

Administration of the Plan

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE II Definitions

2

 

 

 

ARTICLE III Plan Participation

4

 

 

 

Section 3.1.

Eligibility

4

Section 3.2.

Participation

4

 

 

ARTICLE IV Deferral Elections

4

 

 

 

Section 4.1.

Compensation Eligible for Deferral

4

Section 4.2.

Timing of Deferral Election

5

Section 4.3.

Changes in Deferral Election

5

Section 4.4.

Effect of Deferral Election

5

Section 4.5.

Vesting of Deferral Account

5

 

 

 

ARTICLE V Employer Matching Contributions

5

 

 

 

Section 5.1.

Crediting of Employer Matching Contributions

5

Section 5.2.

Vesting of Employer Matching Contributions Account

6

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI Earnings on Account Balances

6

 

 

 

Section 6.1.

Permitted Investments

6

Section 6.2.

Earnings and Losses

6

Section 6.3.

Committee May Disapprove Permitted Investments

7

Section 6.4.

Elections

7

Section 6.5.

Actual Investment Not Required

7

Section 6.6.

Investment Notices

8

Section 6.7.

Crediting of Deferrals, Contributions and Earnings

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII Establishment of Trust

8

 

 

 

Section 7.1.

Establishment of Trust

8

 

i



 

Section 7.2.

Status of Trust

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII Distribution of Account Balances

8

 

 

 

Section 8.1.

Timing

8

Section 8.2.

Manner of Payment

11

Section 8.3.

Change in Time or Manner of Payment

11

Section 8.4.

Payments Upon Unforeseeable Emergency

11

Section 8.5.

Distributions to Minor and Incompetent Persons

12

Section 8.6.

Designation of Beneficiaries

12

Section 8.7.

Inability to Locate Participant or Beneficiary

13

Section 8.8.

Claims Procedure

13

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX Amendment or Termination

14

 

 

 

Section 9.1.

Amendment

14

Section 9.2.

Plan Termination

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE X General Provisions

15

 

 

 

Section 10.1.

Applicable Law

15

Section 10.2.

Assumption of Company Liability

15

Section 10.3.

Number and Headings

15

Section 10.4.

Immunity of Board and Committee Members

15

Section 10.5.

Non-alienation of Benefits

15

Section 10.6.

Notices

16

Section 10.7.

Plan Not to Affect Employment Relationship

16

Section 10.8.

Severability

16

Section 10.9.

Successors and Assigns

16

Section 10.10.

Withholding for Taxes

16

Section 10.11.

Compliance With Section 409A of Code

16

 

ii



 

SERVICEMASTER DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

(As Amended and Restated Effective June 13, 2014)

 

ARTICLE I

 

Introduction

 

Section 1.1.                                  Name .  The name of the Plan shall be the “ServiceMaster Deferred Compensation Plan.”

 

Section 1.2.                                  Purpose .  The Plan, as amended and restated effective June 13, 2014, shall constitute an unfunded arrangement established and maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees, pursuant to Title I of ERISA.  The Plan shall further constitute an amendment and restatement of the ServiceMaster Deferred Compensation Plan, effective October 24, 2002, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2005, and as thereafter amended.

 

Section 1.3.                                  Administration of the Plan .  The Plan shall be administered by the Board and the Committee, as set forth herein.

 

(a)  The Board’s Authority .  The Board’s duties and authority under the Plan shall include ( i ) determining the amount of Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 5.1 , ( ii ) determining Permitted Investments pursuant to Section 6.1 , ( iii ) authorizing contributions to a grantor trust pursuant to Section 7.1 and ( iv ) amending and terminating the Plan pursuant to Sections 9.1 and 9.2 .

 

(b)  The Committee’s Authority .  The Committee’s duties and authority under the Plan shall include ( i ) interpreting provisions of the Plan, ( ii ) adopting any rules and regulations which may become necessary or advisable in the operation of the Plan, ( iii ) making such determinations as may be permitted or required pursuant to the Plan, including determining when a Participant has had a separation from service, ( iv ) taking such other action as may be required for the proper administration of the Plan in accordance with its terms and ( v ) amending the Plan, to the extent authorized under Section 9.1 .  Any decision of the Committee with respect to any matter within the authority of the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Employers and each Participant, former Participant, designated Beneficiary, and each person claiming under or through any Participant or designated Beneficiary, and no additional authorization or ratification by the Board or stockholders of ServiceMaster shall be required.  Any action by the Committee with respect to any one or more Participants shall not be binding on the Committee as to any action to be taken with respect to any other Participant.  Each determination required or permitted under the Plan shall be made by the Committee in the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee.  The Committee may delegate to any Employer, committee, person (whether or not an employee of an Employer) or entity any of its responsibilities or duties hereunder.

 



 

ARTICLE II

 

Definitions

 

Account ” shall mean the aggregate of a Participant’s Deferral Account and Employer Matching Contributions Account.

 

Account Balance ” shall mean the value, as of the specified date, of the Participant’s Account.

 

Annual Bonus Plan ” shall mean the ServiceMaster Annual Bonus Plan, or any successor to such plan.

 

Beneficiary ” shall mean the person, persons or legal entity entitled to receive benefits under the Plan which become payable in the event of the Participant’s death.

 

Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of ServiceMaster Global Holdings Inc.

 

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and includes any regulations thereunder.

 

Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board that is authorized to act on behalf of the Board to administer the Plan.  References to the Committee in the Plan shall include any Employer, committee, person or entity to which the Committee has further delegated any of its duties or responsibilities in accordance with Section 1.3 .

 

Compensation ” shall mean ( i ) the Regular Compensation payable to a Participant in the applicable Plan Year, and ( ii ) amounts payable pursuant to the Annual Bonus Plan with respect to the applicable Plan Year.

 

Deferral ” shall mean the amount of Compensation that a Participant elects to defer pursuant to procedures prescribed by the Committee.

 

Deferral Account ” shall mean the bookkeeping account maintained by ServiceMaster pursuant to Article IV of the Plan in the name of and for a Participant.

 

Disability ” shall mean the inability of a Participant to perform substantially his or her duties and responsibilities due to physical or mental impairment for a continuous period of at least six months, as determined solely by the Committee.

 

Eligible Employee ” shall mean, with respect to a Plan Year, a management or highly compensated employee of an Employer who is notified by the Committee in writing that he or she is eligible to participate in the Plan for such Plan Year.

 

2



 

Employer Matching Contribution ” shall mean the amount credited to a Participant’s Account pursuant to Article V .

 

Employer Matching Contributions Account ” shall mean the bookkeeping account maintained by ServiceMaster pursuant to Article V of the Plan in the name of and for a Participant.

 

Employers ” shall mean ServiceMaster and its subsidiaries that have adopted the Plan as of the date of this amendment and restatement, and with the approval of the Committee, those of its subsidiaries that adopt the Plan for the benefit of their Eligible Employees subsequent to the date of this amendment and restatement.

 

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any regulations thereunder.

 

Gross Misconduct ” shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Participant, any unauthorized use or disclosure by the Participant of confidential information or trade secrets of the ServiceMaster Companies, or any other intentional misconduct by the Participant adversely affecting the business or affairs of the ServiceMaster Companies in a material manner.

 

Participant ” shall mean any Eligible Employee who commences participation in the Plan pursuant to Article III .

 

Permitted Investment ” shall mean such funds or types of investment as may be approved by the Board from time to time.  Except to the extent otherwise determined by the Board, which determination may not be delegated to any other person notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, shares of common stock of ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries shall not be a Permitted Investment.

 

Plan ” shall mean this ServiceMaster Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated from time to time.

 

Plan Year ” shall mean the twelve consecutive month period ending December 31 st .

 

Qualified Retirement ” shall mean a Participant’s termination of employment with his or her Employer and all other ServiceMaster Companies by reason of retirement pursuant to ServiceMaster’s retirement policy as generally applied ( i ) on or after age 55 and after completing 10 years of service, determined in a manner consistent with the ServiceMaster Profit Sharing and Retirement Plan, or ( ii ) on or after age 65; provided , however , that a Qualified Retirement shall not include a termination of a Participant’s employment for Gross Misconduct.

 

Regular Compensation ” shall mean an Eligible Employee’s base pay and overtime pay.

 

3



 

“ServiceMaster ” shall mean The ServiceMaster Company, a Delaware corporation, and its successors or assigns under the Plan.

 

ServiceMaster Companies ” shall mean ServiceMaster Global Holdings Inc and its subsidiaries.

 

Years of Service ” shall be determined in a manner consistent with the ServiceMaster Profit Sharing and Retirement Plan.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Plan Participation

 

Section 3.1.                                  Eligibility .  An employee of an Employer shall become eligible to participate in the Plan upon receipt of written notice of such eligibility from the Committee.

 

Section 3.2.                                  Participation .  Each Eligible Employee may participate in the Plan in a Plan Year by submitting an election to the Committee prior to the beginning of such Plan Year and within the election period prescribed by the Committee, and by specifying in such election the respective percentages or dollar amounts of ( i ) the Eligible Employee’s Regular Compensation otherwise payable to the Eligible Employee by an Employer with respect to such Plan Year, and ( ii ) the amounts earned by such Eligible Employee with respect to such Plan Year under the Annual Bonus Plan, which in each case shall be deducted from such Compensation and deferred for payment at a later date pursuant to the Plan.  The Committee shall establish rules prescribing the time and manner in which elections shall be submitted to the Committee, which may include submission of elections by telephonic or electronic media.  An individual who becomes an Eligible Employee after the first day of a Plan Year (and does not participate in any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan that is aggregated with the Plan under Section 409A of the Code) may participate in the Plan for such Plan Year by submitting an election to the Committee within 30 days after the date such individual is notified of his or her eligibility to participate in the Plan.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Deferral Elections

 

Section 4.1.                                  Compensation Eligible for Deferral .  A Participant may elect in the manner designated by the Committee to defer the receipt of ( i ) not less than 2% and not more than 75% of the Participant’s Regular Compensation payable with respect to the applicable Plan Year, and/or ( ii ) not less than 2% and not more than 75% of any amount earned by the Participant under the Annual Bonus Plan with respect to the applicable Plan Year.  Deferral elections shall be expressed either as a percentage of a Participant’s Compensation, or as a fixed dollar amount.

 

4



 

Section 4.2.                                  Timing of Deferral Election .  Except as set forth in Section 3.2 , an election form must be submitted within the election period prescribed by the Committee and occurring prior to the Plan Year for which the election is to be effective, and in accordance with such other rules prescribed by the Committee.  In order to participate in the Plan for any subsequent Plan Year, an Eligible Employee must submit a new election form within the designated election period occurring prior to the Plan Year for which the election is to be effective.  Except as may be permitted by Section 409A of the Code, in no event shall an election under the Plan apply to Compensation for services performed prior to the date on which such election is received by the Committee and becomes irrevocable.

 

Section 4.3.                                  Changes in Deferral Election .  In the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency, as determined in accordance with Section 8.4 , a Participant may elect to terminate future Deferrals under the Plan in accordance with procedures prescribed by the Committee, provided that a Participant who makes such an election shall not be permitted to make any new Deferral elections under the Plan for the remainder of the Plan Year in which such Deferrals terminate and the Plan Year immediately thereafter.  No other changes may be made during a Plan Year to the percentage or amount of Compensation subject to a Participant’s Deferral election.

 

Section 4.4.                                  Effect of Deferral Election .  The submission of an election pursuant to Section 4.2 shall evidence the Participant’s authorization of his or her Employer to defer the payment of such Participant’s Compensation with respect to the amount specified in such election.  The submission of such election shall further evidence the Participant’s election of the timing and form of distribution of the Deferrals subject to such election, any Employer Matching Contribution relating thereto, and any earnings or losses credited to the Participant’s Account with respect to such Deferrals and Employer Matching Contribution.  Deferrals of Compensation by a Participant shall be credited to a Deferral Account established for the benefit of the Participant as soon as administratively practicable after the date such Compensation otherwise would have been payable to the Participant, and such Deferral Account thereafter shall be credited with earnings and losses in accordance with Article VI .

 

Section 4.5.                                  Vesting of Deferral Account .  A Participant shall at all times be fully vested in his or her Deferral Account.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Employer Matching Contributions

 

Section 5.1.                                  Crediting of Employer Matching Contributions .  As soon as practicable after the end of each Plan Year, ServiceMaster may, in its sole discretion by action of the Board, credit an Employer Matching Contribution to an Employer Matching Contributions Account maintained for each Participant who is an Eligible Employee as of the last day of such Plan Year (including an employee who is on a leave of absence approved by his or her Employer) or who ceased employment with an Employer during such Plan

 

5



 

Year on account of death, Disability, Qualified Retirement, or due to a transfer to, and continued employment for the remainder of the Plan Year by, another ServiceMaster Company, whether or not an Employer, or a ServiceMaster Company franchisee.  An Employer Matching Contribution with respect to a Plan Year shall be in an amount determined by the Board, and shall be stated as a percentage of some or all of the Deferrals elected by the Participant for such Plan Year.  The Compensation of a Participant shall not be reduced by any Employer Matching Contributions credited to such Participant’s Employer Matching Contributions Account.  A Participant’s Employer Matching Contributions Account shall be credited with earnings and losses in accordance with Article VI .

 

Section 5.2.                                  Vesting of Employer Matching Contributions Account .  A Participant’s Employer Matching Contributions Account shall become vested based on the number of the Participant’s aggregate Years of Service with such Participant’s Employer or any of the ServiceMaster Companies, in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Years of Service

 

Vested
Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

less than 2 years of service

 

0

%

2 years of service or more

 

100

%

 

The unvested portion of a Participant’s Employer Matching Contributions Account shall be immediately forfeited upon the termination of such Participant’s employment for any reason, and shall not thereafter be reallocated to the Accounts of any other Participants.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Earnings on Account Balances

 

Section 6.1.                                  Permitted Investments .  Upon his or her election to participate in the Plan, each Participant shall designate, in such manner as may be prescribed by the Committee, the Permitted Investments in which such Participant’s Account shall be deemed to be invested.  Such Participant’s Account shall be deemed to be invested as specified by the Participant either ( a ) on the day following the later of ( i ) the date such Participant makes such designation, or ( ii ) the date such credit is made to such Participant’s Account, or ( b ) on such other dates as may be reasonably determined by the Committee.  A Participant may elect to change his or her deemed investment election as frequently as may be permitted by the Committee, and in any event at least once each Plan Year.  Effective as of July 24, 2007, no Participant’s Account shall be deemed invested in shares of ServiceMaster common stock.

 

Section 6.2.                                  Earnings and Losses .  Each Participant’s Account shall be credited with deemed earnings, or reduced by deemed losses, equal to the earnings or losses that would have been realized or paid if assets in an amount equal to the balance of such

 

6



 

Account were actually invested among the Permitted Investments selected by the Participant in accordance with Section 6.1 .  Each Participant’s Account shall be valued as of each day on which the New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq National Market is open.  Although ServiceMaster or an Employer might actually invest its assets according to the Participant’s election, it is not required to do so nor to even set aside any assets to provide for payments hereunder.  ServiceMaster may promulgate separate accounting and administrative rules to facilitate the deemed investment in a Permitted Investment.

 

Section 6.3.                                  Committee May Disapprove Permitted Investments .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board or the Committee may disapprove any Permitted Investment designated by a Participant or deemed to be held in such Participant’s Account.  If the disapproved Permitted Investment has been designated by the Participant but is not then deemed to be held in such Participant’s Account, the Committee shall promptly notify the Participant in writing of the decision to disapprove the Permitted Investment and shall afford the Participant an opportunity to designate one or more substitute Permitted Investments satisfactory to the Board or the Committee.  If the disapproved Permitted Investment is deemed to be held in the Participant’s Account, the Committee shall promptly notify the Participant in writing of the decision to disapprove the Permitted Investment and shall afford the Participant an opportunity to dispose of the disapproved Permitted Investment and to reinvest the deemed proceeds therefrom in one or more substitute Permitted Investments satisfactory to the Board or the Committee.  If the Participant does not submit an election to dispose of the disapproved Permitted Investment within ten days after notice of disapproval by the Committee, the Committee may thereafter treat the disapproved Permitted Investment as having been sold on a date selected by the Committee and shall make appropriate charges and credits to the Account.  None of the Board, the Committee or any Employer shall have any liability to the Participant for losses or expenses allocated to such Account by reason of a decision by the Board or the Committee to disapprove a Permitted Investment.

 

Section 6.4.                                  Elections .  All elections to be made by a Participant pursuant to this Article VI shall be made only by such Participant, provided that if such Participant dies before such Participant’s entire Account Balance is distributed, or if the Committee determines that such Participant is legally incompetent or otherwise incapable of managing such Participant’s own affairs, the Committee shall have the authority to ( a ) itself make the elections pursuant to Section 6.1 on behalf of such Participant, or ( b ) designate such Participant’s designated Beneficiary, legal representative or some near relative of such Participant to make the elections pursuant to Section 6.1 on behalf of such Participant.

 

Section 6.5.                                  Actual Investment Not Required .  An Employer need not actually make any Permitted Investment.  If an Employer should from time to time make any investment similar to a Permitted Investment, such investment shall be solely for the Employer’s own account and the Participant shall have no right, title or interest therein.  Accordingly, each Participant is solely an unsecured creditor of the Employer with respect to his or her Account.

 

7


 

Section 6.6.                                  Investment Notices .  Statements describing the performance of the Permitted Investments will be provided to the Participants no less frequently than semi-annually.

 

Section 6.7.                                  Crediting of Deferrals, Contributions and Earnings .  The Committee shall credit all Deferrals to a Participant’s Account as soon as administratively practicable after the date on which the Deferrals would have been paid to the Participant if the Participant had not made a Deferral election under Article IV of the Plan.  Employer Matching Contributions shall be credited to a Participant’s Account on the date specified by the Board.  Earnings and losses shall be credited to the Participant’s Account in accordance with Section 6.2 .

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Establishment of Trust

 

Section 7.1.                                  Establishment of Trust .  The Board may, in its sole discretion, establish a grantor trust, as described under Section 671 of the Code, which is subject to the claims of the general creditors of ServiceMaster, for the purpose of accumulating assets to provide for the obligations hereunder.  The establishment of such a trust shall not affect each Employer’s liability to pay benefits hereunder except that the Employer’s liability shall be offset by any payments actually made to a Participant under such a trust.  In the event such a trust is established, the amount to be contributed shall be determined by the Board and the investment of such assets shall be in accordance with the trust document.

 

Section 7.2.                                  Status of Trust .  Participants shall have no direct or secured claim in any asset of any trust established pursuant to Section 7.1 or in specific assets of the Employer or the ServiceMaster Companies and will have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Employer for any amounts due under the Plan.  Any trust assets and income shall be subject to the claims of ServiceMaster’s creditors.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Distribution of Account Balances

 

Section 8.1.                                  Timing .

 

(a)  Payment of Deferral Accounts .

 

(i)  Elections Made Prior to June 25, 2013. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, including Section 8.4 of the Plan, with respect to Deferrals attributable to elections made prior to June 25, 2013, the Deferrals credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account for a Plan Year, adjusted by any earnings or losses thereon, shall be paid or shall commence to be paid to such Participant as soon as administratively practicable, but not later than 2 ½ months, after the last day of the

 

8



 

calendar quarter coincident with, or next following, the payment date elected by the Participant on such Participant’s Deferral election form submitted for such year. With respect to Deferrals attributable to elections made prior to June 25, 2013, the payment date elected by the Participant may be (i) the six-month anniversary of the date on which the Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) with the ServiceMaster Companies occurs or (ii) any other date elected by the Participant which is more than three years after the last day of the Plan Year for which the Deferrals are credited to the Participant’s Deferral Account.

 

(ii)  Elections Made on or After June 25, 2013 .  Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, including Section 8.4 of the Plan, with respect to Deferrals attributable to elections made beginning June 25, 2013 and thereafter, the Deferrals credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account for a Plan Year, adjusted by any earnings or losses thereon, shall be paid or shall commence to be paid to such Participant as soon as administratively practicable, but not later than 2 ½ months, after the last day of the calendar month coincident with, or next following, the payment date elected by the Participant on such Participant’s Deferral election form submitted for such year. With respect to Deferrals attributable to elections made beginning June 25, 2013 and thereafter, the payment date elected by the Participant may be (i) the date on which the Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) with the ServiceMaster Companies occurs or (ii) any other date elected by the Participant which is more than three years after the last day of the Plan Year for which the Deferrals are credited to the Participant’s Deferral Account.

 

(iii) Plan Year Elections. The Participant must submit to the Committee a separate election described in Section 3.2 for each Plan Year which specifies a Deferral amount and payment date for all amounts credited to such Participant’s Deferral Account for such Plan Year.

 

(b)  Payment of Employer Matching Contribution Accounts .

 

(i) Elections Made Prior to June 25, 2013. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, including Section 8.4 of the Plan, the vested portion of the Employer Matching Contributions credited to a Participant’s Employer Matching Contributions Account which is attributable to Deferral elections made prior to June 25, 2013, adjusted by any earnings or losses thereon, shall be paid or shall commence to be paid to such Participant on the later to occur of (i) the date on which the Deferrals credited to the Participant’s Account for the same Plan Year are paid or commence to be paid or (ii) as soon as administratively practicable, but not later than 2 ½ months, after the last day of the calendar quarter coincident with or next following the six-month anniversary of the termination of such Participant’s employment with the ServiceMaster Companies.

 

9



 

(ii) Elections Made On or After June 25, 2013. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, including Section 8.4 of the Plan, the vested portion of the Employer Matching Contributions credited to a Participant’s Employer Matching Contributions Account which is attributable to Deferral elections made beginning June 25, 2013 and thereafter, adjusted by any earnings or losses thereon, shall be paid or shall commence to be paid to such Participant on the later to occur of (i) the date on which the Deferrals credited to the Participant’s Account for the same Plan Year are paid or commence to be paid or (ii) as soon as administratively practicable, but not later than 2 ½ months, after the last day of the calendar month coincident with or next following the termination of such Participant’s employment with the ServiceMaster Companies.

 

(iii) Unvested Matching Contributions. Any amount credited to a Participant’s Employer Matching Contributions Account that is not vested as of the date of such Participant’s termination of employment with the Participant’s Employer and all other ServiceMaster Companies shall thereupon be forfeited, and shall not thereafter be reallocated to the Accounts of any other Participants.

 

(c)  Cash-out of Small Accounts and Acceleration of Installments .  Notwithstanding the date or form of payment elected by a Participant and to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code without penalty or interest, if the vested balance of a Participant’s Account is less than or equal to the then-applicable limit under Section 402(g) of the Code as of the last day of any calendar month ending upon or following the termination of such Participant’s employment with the ServiceMaster Companies, such Account shall be paid to such Participant in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable, but not later than 2 ½ months, after such date.  In addition, notwithstanding the form of payment elected by a Participant and to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code without penalty or interest, if the present value of the remaining balance of a stream of installment payments elected by a Participant is less than or equal to $100,000 at any time on or after the date on which such installments commence, the remaining balance of such installment payments shall be paid to such Participant in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable, but not later than 2½ months, after such date.  For purposes of the foregoing sentence, all installment payments with the same commencement date and duration shall be aggregated.

 

(d)  Delayed Payment Date .  Notwithstanding any payment date elected by a Participant, the Committee shall defer the payment of all or any portion of a Participant’s Account to the extent the Committee determines that the payment of such amount at the time elected by the Participant would ( i ) cause any of the ServiceMaster Companies to be unable to deduct such payment as a result of the limitations prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code, or ( ii ) violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law; provided that in all cases such payment thereafter shall be made as of the earliest date on which the Committee determines that such extended deferral is no longer necessary for the purposes set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) herein.

 

10



 

(e)  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, if a Participant is a “specified employee,” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, as of the date of termination, then to the extent any amount payable under this Plan (i) constitutes the payment of nonqualified deferred compensation, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, (ii) is payable upon Employee’s separation from service, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, and (iii) would be payable prior to the six-month anniversary of the Participant’s separation from service, payment of such amount shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of (a) the six-month anniversary of the date of such separation from service or (b) the date of the Participant’s death.

 

Section 8.2.                                  Manner of Payment .  Except as provided in Section 8.1(c) , each Participant or Beneficiary shall receive payment of the amounts credited to the Participant’s Account for a Plan Year, as adjusted by any earnings or losses with respect to such amounts, either in a single lump sum or in annual installments over a period of not less than two and not more than ten years, as elected by the Participant at the time of such Participant’s initial Deferral election for such Plan Year.  The distribution of a Participant’s Account shall be paid in cash by the Employer of the Participant.  Upon the death of a Participant, any unpaid portion of such Participant’s Account shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary, determined in accordance with Section 8.6 , in a single lump sum payment as soon as administratively practicable, but not later than 2 ½ months, after the date of the Participant’s death.

 

Section 8.3.                                  Change in Time or Manner of Payment .  A Participant may change his or her prior payment election at any time, and from time to time; provided , however , that ( i ) no subsequent payment election shall become effective until the first anniversary of the date such subsequent payment election is made, ( ii ) no subsequent payment election shall be effective if the Participant is scheduled, pursuant to the prior election, to receive or begin receiving payments within one year after the date such subsequent payment election is made and ( iii ) such subsequent payment election provides for payments to the Participant to be made or begin at least five years later than the date on which such distribution was previously scheduled to be made or begin, in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.  In the event a change in a payment election does not become effective, the prior valid election of such Participant shall govern the time and manner of payment.

 

Section 8.4.                                  Payments Upon Unforeseeable Emergency .  In the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency, as hereinafter defined, the Participant may file a written request with the Committee to receive all or any portion of the vested balance of such Participant’s Account in an immediate lump sum payment.  A Participant’s written request for such a payment shall describe the circumstances which the Participant believes justify the payment and an estimate of the amount necessary to eliminate the Unforeseeable Emergency.  The Committee will have the authority to grant or deny any such request.  Subject to Section 409A of the Code, an “ Unforeseeable Emergency ” is a severe financial hardship of the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant or the Participant’s spouse

 

11



 

or dependent, a loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty (including the need to rebuild a home following damage not otherwise covered by insurance), or any other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstance arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.  A payment shall not be made pursuant to this Section to the extent the Unforeseeable Emergency may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation from insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not cause a severe financial hardship, or by the cessation of deferrals under the Plan.  A payment pursuant to this Section 8.4 may not exceed the amount necessary to meet such financial need (including amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes reasonably anticipated to result from the payment).  Any payment from a Participant’s Account on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency shall be deemed to cancel any Deferral election of the Participant then in effect and the Participant shall not be permitted to make further Deferral elections under the Plan for the remainder of the Plan Year in which such payment is made and the Plan Year immediately thereafter.

 

Section 8.5.                                  Distributions to Minor and Incompetent Persons .  If a payment is to be made to a minor or to an individual who, in the opinion of the Committee, is unable to manage his or her financial affairs by reason of illness or mental incompetency, such distribution may be made to or for the benefit of any such individual in such of the following ways as the Committee shall direct: ( a ) directly to any such minor individual if, in the opinion of the Committee, he or she is able to manage his or her financial affairs, ( b ) to the legal representative of any such individual, ( c ) to a custodian under a Uniform Gifts to Minors Act for any such minor individual, or ( d ) to some near relative of any such individual to be used for the latter’s benefit.  Neither the Committee nor any Employer shall be required to see to the application by any third party of any payment made to or for the benefit of a Participant or Beneficiary pursuant to this Section.

 

Section 8.6.                                  Designation of Beneficiaries .  Each Participant may name any person (who may be named concurrently, contingently or successively) to whom the Participant’s Account Balance under the Plan is to be paid if the Participant dies before the Account Balance is fully distributed.  Each such Beneficiary designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant, shall not require the consent of any previously named Beneficiary, shall be in a form prescribed by the Committee and will be effective only when filed with the Committee during the Participant’s lifetime.  If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary before such Participant’s death, as provided above, or if the designated Beneficiary predeceases the Participant or fails to survive the Participant by at least 48 hours, the Committee shall pay any undistributed balance of the Participant’s vested Account Balance ( a ) to the surviving spouse of such deceased Participant, if any, or ( b ) if there is no surviving spouse, to the then living biological and adopted children, if any, of the Participant in equal shares, or ( c ) if there are no such children, to the executor or administrator of the estate of such deceased Participant.  The marriage of a Participant shall be deemed to revoke any prior designation of a Beneficiary made by him or her and a divorce shall be deemed to revoke any prior designation of the Participant’s divorced spouse if written evidence of such marriage or divorce shall be received by the Committee before distribution of the

 

12



 

Participant’s Account Balance has been made in accordance with such designation.  Participants and designated Beneficiaries are required to maintain a current post office address on file with the Committee by notifying the Committee of such address.  If a Beneficiary is entitled to a payment pursuant to this Section 8.6 , but dies before such payment is made, such payment shall be made to the executor or administrator of the estate of such deceased Beneficiary.

 

Section 8.7.                                  Inability to Locate Participant or Beneficiary .  If the Committee is unable to make payment of a Participant’s Account to such Participant or his or her Beneficiary because the identity and/or whereabouts of such person cannot be ascertained notwithstanding the mailing of notice to any last known address or addresses, then such Participant’s Account shall be forfeited.  If the Participant or Beneficiary later makes a claim for a benefit under the Plan, and that claim for benefit is granted, the amount in the Participant’s Account that was treated as a forfeiture shall be paid to the Participant or Beneficiary without regard to any subsequent gain or loss.

 

Section 8.8.                                  Claims Procedure .  (a)  Filing of Claim .  If any Participant or Beneficiary believes he or she is entitled to benefits under the Plan in an amount greater than those which he or she is receiving or has received, the Participant or Beneficiary (or his or her duly authorized representative) may file a claim with a subcommittee designated by the Committee (the “ Claim Review Subcommittee ”).  Such a claim shall be in writing and state the nature of the claim, the facts supporting the claim, the amount claimed and the address of the claimant.

 

(b)  Initial Review of Claim .  The Claim Review Subcommittee shall review the claim and, unless special circumstances require an extension of time, within 90 days after receipt of the claim give written or electronic notice to the claimant of its decision with respect to the claim.  If special circumstances require an extension of time, the claimant shall be so advised in writing within the initial 90-day period and in no event shall such an extension exceed 90 days.  The notice of the decision of the Claim Review Subcommittee with respect to the claim shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and, if the claim is wholly or partially denied, shall set forth the specific reasons for the denial, specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and an explanation of the appeals procedure under the Plan and the time limits applicable to such procedure (including a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following the final first denial of a claim).

 

(c)  Appeal of Claim Denial .  The claimant (or his or her duly authorized representative) may request a review of the denial by filing with the full Committee a written request for such review within 60 days after notice of the denial has been received by the claimant.  Within the same 60-day period, the claimant may submit to the Committee written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim.  Upon request

 

13



 

and free of charge, the claimant also may have reasonable access to, and copies of, documents, records and other information relevant to the claim:

 

(d)  Review of Claim Denial .  If a request for review is so filed, review of the denial shall be made by the Committee and the claimant shall be given written or electronic notice of the Committee’s final decision within 60 days after receipt of such request, unless special circumstances require an extension of time.  If special circumstances require an extension of time, the claimant shall be so advised in writing within the initial 60-day period and in no event shall such an extension exceed 60 days.  If the appeal of the claim is wholly or partially denied, the notice of the Committee’s final decision shall include specific reasons for the decision, specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based and a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all relevant documents, records and information.  The notice shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall notify the claimant of his or her right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Amendment or Termination

 

Section 9.1.                                  Amendment .  ServiceMaster shall have the right to amend the Plan from time to time, provided that no such amendment shall reduce the amount credited to a Participant’s Account without the consent of the Participant or, if the Participant is deceased, his or her Beneficiary.  The Plan shall be amended by resolutions duly adopted by the Board or, to the extent the amendment ( i ) is required or deemed advisable as a result of legislation, regulation, or other actions, ( ii ) concerns routine or administrative matters or ( iii ) does not materially affect the cost of the Plan to any Employer, by either the Board or the Committee.

 

Section 9.2.                                  Plan Termination .  The Board may, in its discretion, terminate the Plan with respect to some or all Accounts and accelerate the payment of such Accounts:

 

(a)  within 12 months of a corporate dissolution taxed under section 331 of the Code, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C.  §503(b)(1)(A), provided that the payments with respect to each such Account are included in the Participant’s gross income in the latest of ( i ) the calendar year in which the Plan termination occurs, ( ii ) the calendar year in which such Account becomes vested or ( iii ) the first calendar year in which the payments are administratively practicable;

 

(b)  in connection with a “change in control event,” as defined in, and to the extent permitted under, Treasury regulations promulgated under section 409A of the Code; or

 

14



 

(c)  upon any other termination event permitted under section 409A of the Code.

 

ARTICLE X

 

General Provisions

 

Section 10.1.                           Applicable Law .  The provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois, except as preempted by ERISA, the Code and other Federal law.

 

Section 10.2.                           Assumption of Company Liability .  ServiceMaster’s obligations under the Plan may be assumed by any subsidiary of ServiceMaster, in which case such subsidiary shall be obligated to satisfy all of ServiceMaster’s obligations under the Plan and ServiceMaster shall be released from any continuing obligation under the Plan.  At ServiceMaster’s request, each Participant or designated Beneficiary shall sign such documents as ServiceMaster may require in order to effect the purposes of this subsection.  If an Employer ceases to be a subsidiary of ServiceMaster, each Participant employed by such Employer shall be deemed to have terminated employment with the ServiceMaster Companies for purposes of determining Years of Service under this Plan.

 

Section 10.3.                           Number and Headings .  Wherever any words are used herein in the singular form they shall be construed as though they were also used in the plural form in all cases where they would so apply.  Headings of sections and subsections of the Plan are inserted for convenience of reference and are not part of the Plan and are not to be considered in the construction thereof.

 

Section 10.4.                           Immunity of Board and Committee Members .  The members of the Board and the Committee may rely upon any information, report or opinion supplied to them by an officer of ServiceMaster or any legal counsel, independent public accountant or actuary, and shall be fully protected in relying upon any such information, report or opinion.  No member of the Board or the Committee shall have any liability to the ServiceMaster Companies or any Participant, former Participant, designated Beneficiary, person claiming under or through any Participant or designated Beneficiary or other person interested or concerned in connection with any decision made by such member pursuant to the Plan which was based upon any such information, report or opinion if such member reasonably relied thereon in good faith.

 

Section 10.5.                           Non-alienation of Benefits .  A Participant’s rights to the amount credited to his or her Account under the Plan shall not be grantable, transferable, pledgeable or otherwise assignable, in whole or in part, by the voluntary or involuntary acts of any person, or by operation of law, and shall not be liable or taken for any obligation of such person.  Any such attempted grant, transfer, pledge or assignment shall be null and void and without any legal effect.

 

15



 

Section 10.6.                           Notices .  Any notice required to be given by the Employers or the Committee hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or by U.S. mail, interoffice mail, express courier service or electronic mail.

 

Section 10.7.                           Plan Not to Affect Employment Relationship .  Neither the adoption of the Plan nor its operation shall in any way affect the right and power of the Employers to dismiss or otherwise terminate the employment or change the terms of the employment or amount of compensation of any Participant at any time for any reason with or without cause.  By accepting any payment under the Plan, each Participant, former Participant, designated Beneficiary and each person claiming under or through such person, shall be conclusively bound by any action or decision taken or made or to be taken or made under the Plan by the Board or the Committee.

 

Section 10.8.                           Severability .  If any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if illegal or invalid provisions had never been set forth herein.

 

Section 10.9.                           Successors and Assigns .  The Plan is binding on all persons entitled to benefits hereunder and their respective heirs and legal representatives, on the Committee and its successor, on the Employers, and on ServiceMaster and its successors.

 

Section 10.10.                    Withholding for Taxes .  Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, the appropriate amounts shall be withheld from any distribution made under the Plan or from a Participant’s Compensation as may be required for purposes of complying with applicable Federal or state tax withholding requirements.

 

Section 10.11.                    Compliance With Section 409A of Code .  This Plan is intended to comply with the provisions of section 409A of the Code, and shall be interpreted and construed accordingly.  The Committee shall have the discretion and authority to amend the Plan at any time to satisfy any requirements of section 409A of the Code or guidance provided by the U.S. Treasury Department to the extent applicable to the Plan.

 

16




Exhibit 10.77

 

Form of Employee Stock Option Agreement

 

This Employee Stock Option Agreement, dated as of        , 20        between ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the associate whose name appears on the signature page hereof and who is employed by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, is being entered into pursuant to the ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan.  The meaning of capitalized terms used in this Agreement may be found in Section 6.

 

The Company and the Associate hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                                           Grant of Options .

 

(a)                                                  Confirmation of Grant .  The Company hereby evidences and confirms, effective as of the date hereof, its grant to the Associate of Options to purchase the number of shares of Company Common Stock specified on the signature page hereof.  The Options are not intended to be Incentive Stock Options.  This Agreement is entered into pursuant to, and the terms of the Options are subject to, the terms of the Plan.  If there is any inconsistency between this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

 

(b)                                                  Option Price .  Each share covered by an Option shall have the Option Price specified on the signature page hereof.

 

Section 2.                                           Vesting and Exercisability .

 

(a)                                                  Except as otherwise provided in Section 5(a) or Section 2(b) of this Agreement, the Options shall become vested in four equal annual installments on each of the first through fourth anniversaries of the Grant Date, subject to the continuous employment of the Associate with the Company until the applicable vesting date; provided that if the Associate’s employment with the Company is terminated by reason of the Associate’s death or

 



 

Disability, any Options held by the Associate shall immediately vest as of the effective date of such termination.

 

(b)                                                  Discretionary Acceleration .  The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the vesting or exercisability of all or a portion of the Options, at any time and from time to time.

 

(c)                                                   Exercise .  Once vested in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Options may be exercised at any time and from time to time prior to the date such Options terminate pursuant to Section 3.  Options may only be exercised with respect to whole shares and must be exercised in accordance with Section 4.

 

Section 3.                                           Termination of Options .

 

(a)                                                  Normal Termination Date .  Unless earlier terminated pursuant to Section 3(b) or Section 5, the Options shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date (the “ Normal Termination Date ”), if not exercised prior to such date.

 

(b)                                                  Early Termination .  If the Associate’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason, any Options held by the Associate that have not vested before the effective date of such termination of employment (determined without regard to any statutory or deemed or express contractual notice period) or that do not become vested on such date in accordance with Section 2 shall terminate immediately upon such termination of employment (determined without regard to any statutory or deemed or express contractual notice period) and, if the Associate’s employment is terminated for Cause, all Options (whether or not then vested or exercisable) shall automatically terminate immediately upon such termination.  All vested Options held by the Associate following the effective date of a termination of employment (the “ Covered Options ”) shall remain exercisable until the first to occur of ( i ) the three-month anniversary of the effective date of the Associate’s termination of employment (determined without regard to any deemed or express statutory or contractual notice period), ( ii ) the one-year anniversary in the case of a termination by reason of the Associate’s death or Disability or a retirement from active service on

 

2



 

or after the Associate reaches normal retirement age, ( iii ) the Normal Termination Date or ( iv ) the cancellation of the Options pursuant to Section 5(a), and if not exercised within such period the Options shall automatically terminate upon the expiration of such period.

 

Section 4.                                           Manner of Exercise .

 

(a)                                                  General .  Subject to such reasonable administrative regulations as the Administrator may adopt from time to time, the exercise of vested Options by the Associate shall be pursuant to procedures set forth in the Plan or established by the Administrator from time to time and shall include the Associate specifying the proposed date on which the Associate desires to exercise a vested Option (the “ Exercise Date ”), the number of whole shares with respect to which the Options are being exercised (the “ Exercise Shares ”) and the aggregate Option Price for such Exercise Shares (the “ Exercise Price ”) or such other or different requirements as may be imposed by the Company.  On or before any Exercise Date, the Company and the Associate shall enter into a Subscription Agreement that establishes the rights and obligations of the Company and the Associate relating to the Exercise Shares in the form then customarily used by the Company under the Plan for such purpose.  Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, and subject to such other terms, representations and warranties as may be provided for in the Subscription Agreement, ( i ) on or before the Exercise Date the Associate shall deliver to the Company full payment for the Exercise Shares in United States dollars in cash, or cash equivalents satisfactory to the Company, in an amount equal to the Exercise Price plus any required withholding taxes or other similar taxes, charges or fees (including, if available, pursuant to a broker-assisted cashless exercise program established by the Company whereby the Associate may exercise vested Options by an exercise-and-sell procedure in which the Exercise Price (together with any required withholding taxes or other similar taxes, charges or fees) is obtained from the sale of shares in the public market) and ( ii ) the Company shall register the issuance of the Exercise Shares on its records (or direct such issuance to be registered by the Company’s transfer agent).  The Company may require the Associate to furnish or execute such other documents as the Company shall reasonably deem necessary ( i ) to evidence such exercise or ( ii )  to comply with or satisfy the requirements of the Securities Act, applicable state or non-U.S. securities laws or any other law.

 

3



 

(b)                                                  Restrictions on Exercise .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Options may not be exercised in whole or in part ( i ) ( A ) unless all requisite approvals and consents of any governmental authority of any kind shall have been secured, ( B ) unless the purchase of the Exercise Shares shall be exempt from registration under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws, and applicable non-U.S. securities laws, or the Exercise Shares shall have been registered under such laws, and ( C ) unless all applicable U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax withholding requirements shall have been satisfied, or ( ii ) if such exercise would result in a violation of the terms or provisions of or a default or an event of default under, any guarantee, financing or security agreement entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary from time to time.  The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any consents or approvals referred to in clause (i) (A) of the preceding sentence, but shall otherwise have no obligations to take any steps to prevent or remove any impediment to exercise described in such sentence.  Except where prohibited by applicable law, the Normal Termination Date of any Option that may not be exercised pursuant to this Section 4(b) shall be extended for a period of time equal to any period of time such Option may not exercised pursuant to this Section 4(b), such extension not to exceed ten years in the aggregate.

 

Section 5.                                           Change in Control .

 

(a)                                                  Vesting and Cancellation .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 5(b), in the event of a Change in Control, all then-outstanding Options (whether vested or unvested) shall be canceled in exchange for a payment having a value equal to the excess, if any, of ( i ) the product of the Change in Control Price multiplied by the aggregate number of shares covered by all such Options immediately prior to the Change in Control over ( ii ) the aggregate Option Price for all such shares, to be paid as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than 30 days following the Change in Control.

 

(b)                                                  Alternative Award .  Notwithstanding Section 5(a), no cancellation, termination, or settlement or other payment shall occur with respect to any Option if the Administrator reasonably

 

4



 

determines prior to the Change in Control that the Associate shall receive an Alternative Award meeting the requirements of the Plan.

 

Section 6.                                           Certain Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, capitalized terms that are not defined herein have the respective meanings given in the Plan, and the following additional terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Agreement ” means this Employee Stock Option Agreement, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Associate ” means the grantee of the Options whose name is set forth on the signature page of this Agreement; provided that for purposes of Section 4 and Section 7, following such person’s death “Associate” shall be deemed to include such person’s beneficiary or estate and following such Person’s Disability, “Associate” shall be deemed to include such person’s legal representative.

 

Covered Options ” has the meaning given in Section 3(b).

 

Determination Date ” means the effective date of the Associate’s termination of employment.

 

Exercise Date ” has the meaning given in Section 4(a).

 

Exercise Price ” has the meaning given in Section 4(a).

 

Exercise Shares ” has the meaning given in Section 4(a).

 

Grant Date ” means the date hereof, which is the date on which the Options are granted to the Associate.

 

Normal Termination Date ” has the meaning given in Section 3(a).

 

5



 

Option ” means the right granted to the Associate hereunder to purchase one share of Company Common Stock for a purchase price equal to the Option Price subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Plan.

 

Option Price ” means, with respect to each share of Company Common Stock covered by an Option, the purchase price specified in Section 1(b) for which the Associate may purchase such share of Company Common Stock upon exercise of an Option.

 

Plan ” means the ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

 

Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder that are in effect at the time, and any reference to a particular section thereof shall include a reference to the corresponding section, if any, of such successor statute, and the rules and regulations.

 

Section 7.                                           Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                                  Withholding .  The Company or one of its Subsidiaries may require the Associate to remit to the Company an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any applicable U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax withholding or other similar charges or fees that may arise in connection with the grant, vesting, exercise, settlement or purchase of the Options.

 

(b)                                                  Incorporation of Forfeiture Provisions .  The Associate acknowledges and agrees that, pursuant to the Plan, he or she shall be subject to any generally applicable disgorgement or forfeiture provisions set forth in Article XIII of the Plan as of the date of this Agreement or as required by applicable law after the date of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                                   Authorization to Share Personal Data .  The Associate authorizes any Affiliate of the Company that employs the Associate or that otherwise has or lawfully obtains personal data relating to the

 

6



 

Associate to divulge or transfer such personal data to the Company or to a third party, in each case in any jurisdiction, if and to the extent appropriate in connection with this Agreement or the administration of the Plan.

 

(d)                                                  No Rights as Stockholder; No Voting Rights .  The Associate shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any shares covered by the Options until the exercise of the Options and delivery of the shares.  Any shares delivered in respect of the Options shall be subject to the Subscription Agreement.

 

(e)                                                   No Right to Continued Employment . Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to confer on the Associate any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary, or to interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate such employment at any time.

 

(f)                                                    Non-Transferability of Options .  The Options may be exercised only by the Associate.  The Options are not assignable or transferable, in whole or in part, and they may not, directly or indirectly, be offered, transferred, sold, pledged, assigned, alienated, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of or encumbered (including, but not limited to, by gift, operation of law or otherwise) other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution to the estate of the Associate upon the Associate’s death or with the Company’s consent.

 

(g)                                                   Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if delivered personally or sent by certified or express mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by any recognized international equivalent of such delivery, to the Company or the Associate, as the case may be, at the following addresses or to such other address as the Company or the Associate, as the case may be, shall specify by notice to the other:

 

7



 

(i)                             if to the Company, to it at:

 

ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc.
c/o The ServiceMaster Company

860 Ridge Lake Boulevard
Memphis, Tennessee  38120

Attention : General Counsel

Fax: (901) 597-8025

 

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to the Persons listed in clause (iii) below);

 

(ii)                          if to the Associate, to the Associate at his or her most recent address as shown on the books and records of the Company or Subsidiary employing the Associate;

 

(iii)                       copies of any notice or other communication given under this Agreement shall also be given to:

 

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022

Attention :  Peter J. Loughran
Fax:  (212) 909-6836

 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery if delivered personally or on the third business day after the mailing thereof.

 

(h)                                                  Binding Effect; Benefits .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors or assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.

 

8



 

(i)                                                      Waiver; Amendment .

 

(i)                            Waiver .  Any party hereto or beneficiary hereof may by written notice to the other parties ( A ) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other actions of the other parties under this Agreement, ( B ) waive compliance with any of the conditions or covenants of the other parties contained in this Agreement and ( C ) waive or modify performance of any of the obligations of the other parties under this Agreement.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of any party or beneficiary, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party or beneficiary taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein.  The waiver by any party hereto or beneficiary hereof of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach and no failure by a party or beneficiary to exercise any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s or beneficiary’s rights or privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s or beneficiary’s rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time or times hereunder.

 

(ii)                                                 Amendment .  This Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented orally, but only by a written instrument executed by the Associate and the Company.

 

(j)                                                   Assignability .  Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by the Company or the Associate without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

(k)                                                Applicable Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware regardless of the application of rules of conflict of law that would apply the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

(l)                                                    Waiver of Jury Trial .  Each party hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a

 

9



 

trial by jury in respect of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.  Each party ( i ) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and ( ii ) acknowledges that it and the other parties have been induced to enter into the Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 7(l).

 

(m)                                              Section and Other Headings, etc .  The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(n)                                                  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Associate have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

THE ASSOCIATE:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

[Name]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address of the Associate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares for the Purchase of Which Options have been Granted

 

Option Price

[Number] Shares

 

$[ · ]

 

11




Exhibit 10.78

 

Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement

 

This Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, dated as of            ,20      (the “ Grant Date ”), between ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the associate whose name appears on the signature page hereof and who is employed by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, is being entered into pursuant to the ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan.  The meaning of capitalized terms may be found in Section 7.

 

The Company and the Associate hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                                           Grant of Restricted Stock Units

 

(a)                                              Confirmation of Grant .  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company hereby evidences and confirms, effective as of the date hereof, its grant to the Associate of Restricted Stock Units representing the right to receive the number of shares of Company Common Stock specified on the signature page hereof.  This Agreement is entered into pursuant to, and the terms of the Restricted Stock Units are subject to, the terms of the Plan.  If there is any conflict between this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

 

(b)                                              Associate Unit Account .  The Company will establish a separate notional account for the Associate and will record in such account the number of Restricted Stock Units awarded to the Associate pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Section 2.                                            Vesting and Forfeiture

 

(a)                                              Based on Continued Employment .  The Associate’s Restricted Stock Units shall vest in three equal installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the Grant Date subject to the Associate’s continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary through the applicable vesting date.

 

(b)                                              Effect of a Change in Control .  In the event of a Change in Control occurring prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date, subject to the Associate’s continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary from the Grant Date to the date of the Change in Control, any Restricted Stock Units which are unvested shall automatically become vested.

 

(c)                                               Discretionary Acceleration .  The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the vesting of all or a portion of the Restricted Stock Units at any time and from time to time.

 

(d)                                              Effect of Termination of Employment .  Upon termination of the Associate’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason (whether initiated by the Company or by the Associate), any unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited, provided that if the Associate’s employment is

 



 

terminated by reason of the Associate’s death or Disability (such termination, a “ Special Termination ”), the Associate’s Restricted Stock Units shall vest as to the number of Restricted Stock Units that would have vested on the next anniversary of the Grant Date (assuming the Associate’s employment had continued through such anniversary) multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed since ( x ) the Grant Date, if the Special Termination occurs on or prior to the first anniversary of the Grant Date, or ( y ) the most recent prior anniversary of the Grant Date, if the Special Termination occurs after the first anniversary of the Grant Date, and the denominator of which is 365.

 

Section 3.                                           Dividend Equivalents

 

If the Company pays any cash dividend or similar cash distribution on the Company Common Stock, the Company shall credit to the Associate’s account an amount equal to the product of ( x ) the number of the Associate’s Restricted Stock Units as of the record date for such distribution times ( y ) the per share amount of such dividend or similar cash distribution on Company Common Stock.  Any cash amounts credited to the Associate’s account shall be subject to the same restrictions as apply to the Restricted Stock Units and shall be paid to the Associate if and when the related Settlement Date (as defined below) occurs.  If the Company makes any dividend or other distribution on the Company Common Stock in the form of Company Common Stock or other securities, the Company will credit the Associate’s account with that number of additional shares of Company Common Stock or other securities that would have been distributed with respect to that number of shares of Company Common Stock underlying the Associate’s Restricted Stock Units as of the record date thereof.  Any such additional shares of Company Common Stock or other securities shall be subject to the same restrictions as apply to the Restricted Stock Units and shall be paid to the Associate if and when the related Settlement Date occurs.

 

Section 4.                                           Settlement

 

Subject to Section 8(a), promptly following the date on which a Restricted Stock Unit becomes vested, and in any event no later than March 15 th  of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such vesting occurs (the “ Settlement Date ”), the Associate shall receive, without payment, one Settlement Share in respect of each such Restricted Stock Unit.  On or before any Settlement Date, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Company and the Associate shall enter into a Subscription Agreement that establishes the rights and obligations of each of them relating to the Settlement Shares in the form then customarily used by the Company for such purpose; provided that, if the Associate has previously entered into a Subscription Agreement in the form customarily used by the Company under the Plan, then the Settlement Shares shall be treated as “Shares” for purposes of that Subscription Agreement and shall be subject to the terms and conditions provided therein.

 

2



 

Section 5.                                           Associate’s Representations and Warranties

 

(a)                                              Access to Information, Etc.   The Associate represents and warrants as follows:

 

(i)                        the Associate understands the terms and conditions that apply to the Restricted Stock Units and the risks associated with an investment in the Restricted Stock Units;

 

(ii)                     the Associate has a good understanding of the English language; and

 

(iii)                  the Associate is an officer or associate employed by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                              No Right to Awards .  The Associate acknowledges and agrees that the grant of any Restricted Stock Units ( i ) is being made on an exceptional basis and is not intended to be renewed or repeated, ( ii ) is entirely voluntary on the part of the Company and its Subsidiaries and ( iii ) should not be construed as creating any obligation on the part of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to offer any Restricted Stock Units in the future.

 

(c)                                               Investment Intention .  The Associate represents and warrants that the Associate has been awarded the Restricted Stock Units for his or her own account for investment and not on behalf of any other person or with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Restricted Stock Units.

 

Section 6.                                            Restriction on Transfer; Non-Transferability of Restricted Stock Units

 

The Restricted Stock Units are not assignable or transferable, in whole or in part, and they may not, directly or indirectly, be offered, transferred, sold, pledged, assigned, alienated, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of or encumbered (including, but not limited to, by gift, operation of law or otherwise).  Any purported transfer in violation of this Section 6 shall be void ab initio .

 

Section 7.                                            Certain Definitions   As used in this Agreement, capitalized terms that are not defined herein have the respective meanings given to them in the Plan, and the following additional terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Agreement ” means this Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Associate ” means the grantee of the Restricted Stock Units, whose name is set forth on the signature page of this Agreement; provided that where appropriate to effectuate the intent of this Agreement, following an Associate’s death “Associate” shall be deemed to include such person’s beneficiary or estate and

 

3



 

follow such Person’s Disability, “Associate” shall be deemed to include such person’s Eligible Representative.

 

Company ” means ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., provided that for purposes of determining the status of Associate’s employment with the “Company,” such term shall include the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

Grant Date ” has the meaning given in the Preamble.

 

Plan ” means the ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as previously adopted by the Company and as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.

 

Restricted Stock Unit ” means the contractual entitlement to Company Common Stock evidenced by (and subject to the terms and conditions of) this Agreement.

 

Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statue, and the rules and regulations thereunder that are in effect at the time, and any reference to a particular section thereof shall include a reference to the corresponding section, if any, of such successor statute, and the rules and regulations.

 

Settlement Date ” has the meaning given in Section 4.

 

Settlement Share ” means a share of Company Common Stock delivered in respect of a Restricted Stock Unit pursuant to Section 4.

 

Section 8.                                           Miscellaneous

 

(a)                                              Withholding .  The Company or one of its Subsidiaries shall require the Associate to remit to the Company an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any applicable U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax withholding obligations that may arise in connection with the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units and the related issuance of the Settlement Shares.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Associate elects not to remit cash in respect of such obligations and a facility is not available to the Associate by which the Associate may sell a number of Settlement Shares in the public market to satisfy such obligations, the Company shall retain a number of Settlement Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units then vesting that have an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the Settlement Date equal to the amount of such taxes required to be withheld (and the Associate shall thereupon be deemed to have satisfied his or her obligations under this Section 8(a)); provided that the number of Settlement Shares retained shall not be in excess of the minimum amount required to satisfy the statutory withholding tax obligations (it being understood that the value of any fractional share of Company Common Stock shall be paid in cash).  The number of Settlement Shares to be issued shall thereupon be reduced by the number of Settlement Shares so retained.  The method of withholding set forth in the immediately preceding

 

4



 

sentence shall not be available if withholding in this manner would violate any financing instrument of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to the extent that a facility is available to the Associate by which the Associate may sell Settlement Shares in the public market to satisfy such obligations.

 

(b)                                              Incorporation of Forfeiture Provisions .  The Associate acknowledges and aggress that, pursuant to the Plan, he or she shall be subject to any generally applicable disgorgement or forfeiture provisions set forth in Article XIII of the Plan as of the date of this Agreement or as required by applicable law after the date of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                               Authorization to Share Personal Data .  The Associate authorizes any Affiliate of the Company that employs the Associate or that otherwise has or lawfully obtains personal data relating to the Associate to divulge such personal data to the Company if and to the extent appropriate in connection with this Agreement or the administration of the Plan.

 

(d)                                              No Rights as Stockholder; No Voting Rights .  The Associate shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any Restricted Stock Units or Settlement Shares covered by the Restricted Stock Units until the delivery of the Settlement Shares.

 

(e)                                               No Right to Continued Employment . Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to confer on the Associate any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary, or to interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate such employment at any time.

 

(f)                                                Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if delivered personally or sent by certified or express mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by any recognized international equivalent of such delivery, to the Company or the Associate, as the case may be, at the following addresses or to such other address as the Company or the Associate, as the case may be, shall specify by notice to the other:

 

(i)                         if to the Company, to it at:

 

ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc.
c/o The ServiceMaster Company

860 Ridge Lake Boulevard
Memphis, Tennessee  38120

Attention : General Counsel

Fax: (901) 597-8025

 

(ii)                      if to the Associate, to the Associate at his or her most recent address as shown on the books and records of the Company or Subsidiary employing the Associate.

 

5



 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery if delivered personally or on the third business day after the mailing thereof.  Copies of any notice or other communication given under this Agreement shall also be given to:

 

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Fax:  (212) 909-6836
Attention :  Peter J. Loughran

 

(g)                                               Binding Effect; Benefits .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors or assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.

 

(h)                                              Waiver; Amendment .

 

(i)                         Waiver .  Any party hereto or beneficiary hereof may by written notice to the other parties ( A ) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other actions of the other parties under this Agreement, ( B ) waive compliance with any of the conditions or covenants of the other parties contained in this Agreement and ( C ) waive or modify performance of any of the obligations of the other parties under this Agreement.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of any party or beneficiary, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party or beneficiary taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein.  The waiver by any party hereto or beneficiary hereof of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach and no failure by a party or beneficiary to exercise any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s or beneficiary’s rights or privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s or beneficiary’s rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time or times hereunder.

 

(ii)                      Amendment .  This Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented orally, but only by a written instrument executed by the Associate and the Company.

 

(i)                                                  Assignability .  Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by the Company or the Associate without the prior written consent of the other.

 

6



 

(j)                                                 Applicable Law .  This Agreement shall be governed in all respects, including, but not limited to, as to validity, interpretation and effect, by the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to principles of conflict of law that would require application of the law of another jurisdiction.

 

(k)                                              Section and Other Headings, etc.   The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(l)                                                  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[signature page follows]

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Associate have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

THE ASSOCIATE:

 

Total Number of Shares of Company Common Stock as to which Restricted Stock Units have been Granted Pursuant Hereto:

 

 

8




Exhibit 10.79

 

SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS INC. DIRECTORS’ DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

(Effective June 13, 2014)

 



 

SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS INC.  DIRECTORS’ DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

(Effective June 13, 2014)

 

ARTICLE I

 

Introduction

 

Section 1.1.                                  Name .  The name of the Plan shall be the “ServiceMaster Global Holdings Inc. Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan.”

 

Section 1.2.                                  Purpose .  The Plan, effective June 13, 2014, shall constitute an unfunded arrangement established and maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to Directors of Global Holdings.

 

Section 1.3.                                  Administration of the Plan .  The Plan shall be administered by the Board and the Committee, as set forth herein.

 

(a)  The Board’s Authority .  The Board’s duties and authority under the Plan shall include ( i ) determining Permitted Investments pursuant to Section 5.1 , ( ii ) authorizing contributions to a grantor trust pursuant to Section 6.1 and ( iv ) amending and terminating the Plan pursuant to Sections 8.1 and 8.2 .

 

(b)  The Committee’s Authority .  The Committee’s duties and authority under the Plan shall include ( i ) interpreting provisions of the Plan, ( ii ) adopting any rules and regulations which may become necessary or advisable in the operation of the Plan, ( iii ) making such determinations as may be permitted or required pursuant to the Plan, including determining when a Participant has had a separation from service, ( iv ) taking such other action as may be required for the proper administration of the Plan in accordance with its terms and ( v ) amending the Plan, to the extent authorized under Section 8.1 .  Any decision of the Committee with respect to any matter within the authority of the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive upon Global Holdings and each Participant, former Participant, designated Beneficiary, and each person claiming under or through any Participant or designated Beneficiary, and no additional authorization or ratification by the Board or stockholders of Global Holdings shall be required.  Any action by the Committee with respect to any one or more Participants shall not be binding on the Committee as to any action to be taken with respect to any other Participant.  Each determination required or permitted under the Plan shall be made by the Committee in the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee.  The Committee may delegate to any committee, person (whether or not an employee of Global Holdings or any of its subsidiaries) or entity any of its responsibilities or duties hereunder.

 



 

ARTICLE II

 

Definitions

 

Account ” shall mean the aggregate of a Participant’s Deferral Account.

 

Account Balance ” shall mean the value, as of the specified date, of the Participant’s Account.

 

Beneficiary ” shall mean the person, persons or legal entity entitled to receive benefits under the Plan which become payable in the event of the Participant’s death.

 

Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Global Holdings.

 

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and includes any regulations thereunder.

 

Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board that is authorized to act on behalf of the Board to administer the Plan.  References to the Committee in the Plan shall include any committee, person or entity to which the Committee has further delegated any of its duties or responsibilities in accordance with Section 1.3 .

 

Compensation ” shall mean the annual retainer, committee fees, attendance fees and chairperson fees payable in cash to a Director for his or her services as a Director of Global Holdings.

 

Deferral ” shall mean the amount of Compensation that a Participant elects to defer pursuant to procedures prescribed by the Committee.

 

Deferral Account ” shall mean the bookkeeping account maintained by Global Holdings pursuant to Article IV of the Plan in the name of and for a Participant.

 

Director ” shall mean, with respect to a Plan Year, a director of Global Holdings.

 

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any regulations thereunder.

 

Global Holdings ”  shall mean ServiceMaster Global Holdings Inc., a Deleware corporation, and its successors or assigns under the Plan.

 

Participant ” shall mean any Director who commences participation in the Plan pursuant to Article III .

 

Permitted Investment ” shall mean such funds or types of investment as may be approved by the Board from time to time.  Except to the extent otherwise determined by the Board, which determination may not be delegated to any other person notwithstanding any

 

2



 

other provision of the Plan, shares of common stock of ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries shall not be a Permitted Investment.

 

Plan ” shall mean this ServiceMaster Global Holdings Inc. Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated from time to time.

 

Plan Year ” shall mean the twelve consecutive month period ending December 31 st .

 

ServiceMaster Companies ” shall mean Global Holdings and its subsidiaries.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Plan Participation

 

Section 3.1.                                  Eligibility .  A Director shall become eligible to participate in the Plan upon receipt of written notice of such eligibility from the Committee.

 

Section 3.2.                                  Participation .  Each Director may participate in the Plan in a Plan Year by submitting an election to the Committee prior to the beginning of such Plan Year and within the election period prescribed by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of this Plan.  The Committee shall establish rules prescribing the time and manner in which elections shall be submitted to the Committee, which may include submission of elections by telephonic or electronic media.  An individual who becomes a Director after the first day of a Plan Year (and does not participate in any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan that is aggregated with the Plan under Section 409A of the Code) may participate in the Plan for such Plan Year by submitting an election to the Committee within 30 days after the date such individual is notified of his or her eligibility to participate in the Plan.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Deferral Elections

 

Section 4.1.                                  Compensation Eligible for Deferral .  A Participant may elect in the manner designated by the Committee to defer the receipt of not less than 100% of the Participant’s annual retainer, committee fees, attendance fees and chairperson fees otherwise payable in cash with respect to the applicable Plan Year.

 

Section 4.2.                                  Timing of Deferral Election .  Except as set forth in Section 3.2 , an election form must be submitted within the election period prescribed by the Committee and occurring prior to the Plan Year for which the election is to be effective, and in accordance with such other rules prescribed by the Committee.  In order to participate in the Plan for any subsequent Plan Year, a Director must submit a new election form within the designated election period occurring prior to the Plan Year for which the election is to be effective.  Except as may be permitted by Section 409A of the Code, in no event shall an

 

3



 

election under the Plan apply to Compensation for services performed prior to the date on which such election is received by the Committee and becomes irrevocable.

 

Section 4.3.                                  Changes in Deferral Election .  In the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency, as determined in accordance with Section 7.4 , a Participant may elect to terminate future Deferrals under the Plan in accordance with procedures prescribed by the Committee, provided that a Participant who makes such an election shall not be permitted to make any new Deferral elections under the Plan for the remainder of the Plan Year in which such Deferrals terminate and the Plan Year immediately thereafter.  No other changes may be made during a Plan Year to the percentage or amount of Compensation subject to a Participant’s Deferral election.

 

Section 4.4.                                  Effect of Deferral Election .  The submission of an election pursuant to Section 4.2 shall evidence the Participant’s authorization of Global Holdings to defer the payment of such Participant’s Compensation with respect to the amount specified in such election.  The submission of such election shall further evidence the Participant’s election of the timing and form of distribution of the Deferrals subject to such election, and any earnings or losses credited to the Participant’s Account with respect to such Deferrals.  Deferrals of Compensation by a Participant shall be credited to a Deferral Account established for the benefit of the Participant as soon as administratively practicable after the date such Compensation otherwise would have been payable to the Participant, and such Deferral Account thereafter shall be credited with earnings and losses in accordance with Article V .

 

Section 4.5.                                  Vesting of Deferral Account .  A Participant shall at all times be fully vested in his or her Deferral Account.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Earnings on Account Balances

 

Section 5.1.                                  Permitted Investments .  Upon his or her election to participate in the Plan, each Participant shall designate, in such manner as may be prescribed by the Committee, the Permitted Investments in which such Participant’s Account shall be deemed to be invested.  Such Participant’s Account shall be deemed to be invested as specified by the Participant either ( a ) on the day following the later of ( i ) the date such Participant makes such designation, or ( ii ) the date such credit is made to such Participant’s Account, or ( b ) on such other dates as may be reasonably determined by the Committee.  A Participant may elect to change his or her deemed investment election as frequently as may be permitted by the Committee, and in any event at least once each Plan Year.

 

Section 5.2.                                  Earnings and Losses .  Each Participant’s Account shall be credited with deemed earnings, or reduced by deemed losses, equal to the earnings or losses that would have been realized or paid if assets in an amount equal to the balance of such Account were actually invested among the Permitted Investments selected by the Participant

 

4



 

in accordance with Section 5.1 .  Each Participant’s Account shall be valued as of each day on which the New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq National Market is open.  Although Global Holdings might actually invest its assets according to the Participant’s election, it is not required to do so nor to even set aside any assets to provide for payments hereunder.  Global Holdings may promulgate separate accounting and administrative rules to facilitate the deemed investment in a Permitted Investment.

 

Section 5.3.                                  Committee May Disapprove Permitted Investments .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board or the Committee may disapprove any Permitted Investment designated by a Participant or deemed to be held in such Participant’s Account.  If the disapproved Permitted Investment has been designated by the Participant but is not then deemed to be held in such Participant’s Account, the Committee shall promptly notify the Participant in writing of the decision to disapprove the Permitted Investment and shall afford the Participant an opportunity to designate one or more substitute Permitted Investments satisfactory to the Board or the Committee.  If the disapproved Permitted Investment is deemed to be held in the Participant’s Account, the Committee shall promptly notify the Participant in writing of the decision to disapprove the Permitted Investment and shall afford the Participant an opportunity to dispose of the disapproved Permitted Investment and to reinvest the deemed proceeds therefrom in one or more substitute Permitted Investments satisfactory to the Board or the Committee.  If the Participant does not submit an election to dispose of the disapproved Permitted Investment within ten days after notice of disapproval by the Committee, the Committee may thereafter treat the disapproved Permitted Investment as having been sold on a date selected by the Committee and shall make appropriate charges and credits to the Account.  None of Global Holdings, the Board, or the Committee shall have any liability to the Participant for losses or expenses allocated to such Account by reason of a decision by the Board or the Committee to disapprove a Permitted Investment.

 

Section 5.4.                                  Elections .  All elections to be made by a Participant pursuant to this Article V shall be made only by such Participant, provided that if such Participant dies before such Participant’s entire Account Balance is distributed, or if the Committee determines that such Participant is legally incompetent or otherwise incapable of managing such Participant’s own affairs, the Committee shall have the authority to ( a ) itself make the elections pursuant to Section 5.1 on behalf of such Participant, or ( b ) designate such Participant’s designated Beneficiary, legal representative or some near relative of such Participant to make the elections pursuant to Section 5.1 on behalf of such Participant.

 

Section 5.5.                                  Actual Investment Not Required .  Global Holdings need not actually make any Permitted Investment.  If Global Holdings should from time to time make any investment similar to a Permitted Investment, such investment shall be solely for Global Holdings’ own account and the Participant shall have no right, title or interest therein.  Accordingly, each Participant is solely an unsecured creditor of Global Holdings with respect to his or her Account.

 

5



 

Section 5.6.                                  Investment Notices .  Statements describing the performance of the Permitted Investments will be provided to the Participants no less frequently than semi-annually.

 

Section 5.7.                                  Crediting of Deferrals, Contributions and Earnings .  The Committee shall credit all Deferrals to a Participant’s Account as soon as administratively practicable after the date on which the Deferrals would have been paid to the Participant if the Participant had not made a Deferral election under Article IV of the Plan.  Earnings and losses shall be credited to the Participant’s Account in accordance with Section 5.2 .

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Establishment of Trust

 

Section 6.1.                                  Establishment of Trust .  The Board may, in its sole discretion, establish a grantor trust, as described under Section 671 of the Code, which is subject to the claims of the general creditors of Global Holdings, for the purpose of accumulating assets to provide for the obligations hereunder.  The establishment of such a trust shall not affect Global Holdings’ liability to pay benefits hereunder except that Global Holdings’ liability shall be offset by any payments actually made to a Participant under such a trust.  In the event such a trust is established, the amount to be contributed shall be determined by the Board and the investment of such assets shall be in accordance with the trust document.

 

Section 6.2.                                  Status of Trust .  Participants shall have no direct or secured claim in any asset of any trust established pursuant to Section 6.1 or in specific assets of the Global Holdings or the ServiceMaster Companies and will have the status of general unsecured creditors of Global Holdings for any amounts due under the Plan.  Any trust assets and income shall be subject to the claims of Global Holdings’ creditors.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Distribution of Account Balances

 

Section 7.1.                                  Timing .  (a)  Payment of Deferral Accounts .  Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, including Section 7.4 of the Plan, the Deferrals credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account for a Plan Year, adjusted by any earnings or losses thereon, shall be paid or shall commence to be paid to such Participant as soon as administratively practicable, but not later than 2½ months, after the last day of the calendar quarter coincident with, or next following, the payment date elected by the Participant on such Participant’s Deferral election form submitted for such year.  The payment date elected by the Participant may be ( i ) the six-month anniversary of the date on which the Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) with the ServiceMaster Companies occurs or ( ii ) any other date elected by the Participant which is more than three years after the last day of the Plan Year for which the Deferrals are credited to the Participant’s Deferral Account.  The Participant must submit to the Committee a

 

6



 

separate election described in Section 3.2 for each Plan Year which specifies a Deferral amount and payment date for all amounts credited to such Participant’s Deferral Account for such Plan Year.

 

(b)  Cash-out of Small Accounts and Acceleration of Installments .  Notwithstanding the date or form of payment elected by a Participant and to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code without penalty or interest, if the vested balance of a Participant’s Account is less than or equal to the then-applicable limit under Section 402(g) of the Code as of the last day of any calendar quarter ending upon or following the Participant’s separation from service with the ServiceMaster Companies, such Account shall be paid to such Participant in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable, but not later than 2½ months, after such date.  In addition, notwithstanding the form of payment elected by a Participant and to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code without penalty or interest, if the present value of the remaining balance of a stream of installment payments elected by a Participant is less than or equal to $100,000 at any time on or after the date on which such installments commence, the remaining balance of such installment payments shall be paid to such Participant in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable, but not later than 2½ months, after such date.  For purposes of the foregoing sentence, all installment payments with the same commencement date and duration shall be aggregated.

 

(c)  Delayed Payment Date .  Notwithstanding any payment date elected by a Participant, the Committee shall defer the payment of all or any portion of a Participant’s Account to the extent the Committee determines that the payment of such amount at the time elected by the Participant would ( i ) cause any of the ServiceMaster Companies to be unable to deduct such payment as a result of the limitations prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code, or ( ii ) violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law; provided that in all cases such payment thereafter shall be made as of the earliest date on which the Committee determines that such extended deferral is no longer necessary for the purposes set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) herein.

 

Section 7.2.                                  Manner of Payment .  Except as provided in Section 7.1(b) or (c) , each Participant or Beneficiary shall receive payment of the amounts credited to the Participant’s Account for a Plan Year, as adjusted by any earnings or losses with respect to such amounts, either in a single lump sum or in annual installments over a period of not less than two and not more than ten years, as elected by the Participant at the time of such Participant’s initial Deferral election for such Plan Year.  The distribution of a Participant’s Account shall be paid in cash.  Upon the death of a Participant, any unpaid portion of such Participant’s Account shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary, determined in accordance with Section 7.6 , in a single lump sum payment as soon as administratively practicable, but not later than 2½ months, after the date of the Participant’s death.

 

Section 7.3.                                  Change in Time or Manner of Payment .  A Participant may change his or her prior payment election at any time, and from time to time; provided ,

 

7



 

however , that ( i ) no subsequent payment election shall become effective until the first anniversary of the date such subsequent payment election is made, ( ii ) no subsequent payment election shall be effective if the Participant is scheduled, pursuant to the prior election, to receive or begin receiving payments within one year after the date such subsequent payment election is made and ( iii ) such subsequent payment election provides for payments to the Participant to be made or begin at least five years later than the date on which such distribution was previously scheduled to be made or begin, in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.  In the event a change in a payment election does not become effective, the prior valid election of such Participant shall govern the time and manner of payment.

 

Section 7.4.                                  Payments Upon Unforeseeable Emergency .  In the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency, as hereinafter defined, the Participant may file a written request with the Committee to receive all or any portion of the vested balance of such Participant’s Account in an immediate lump sum payment.  A Participant’s written request for such a payment shall describe the circumstances which the Participant believes justify the payment and an estimate of the amount necessary to eliminate the Unforeseeable Emergency.  The Committee will have the authority to grant or deny any such request.  Subject to Section 409A of the Code, an “ Unforeseeable Emergency ” is a severe financial hardship of the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant or the Participant’s spouse or dependent, a loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty (including the need to rebuild a home following damage not otherwise covered by insurance), or any other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstance arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.  A payment shall not be made pursuant to this Section to the extent the Unforeseeable Emergency may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation from insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not cause a severe financial hardship, or by the cessation of deferrals under the Plan.  A payment pursuant to this Section 7.4 may not exceed the amount necessary to meet such financial need (including amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes reasonably anticipated to result from the payment).  Any payment from a Participant’s Account on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency shall be deemed to cancel any Deferral election of the Participant then in effect and the Participant shall not be permitted to make further Deferral elections under the Plan for the remainder of the Plan Year in which such payment is made and the Plan Year immediately thereafter.

 

Section 7.5.                                  Distributions to Minor and Incompetent Persons .  If a payment is to be made to a minor or to an individual who, in the opinion of the Committee, is unable to manage his or her financial affairs by reason of illness or mental incompetency, such distribution may be made to or for the benefit of any such individual in such of the following ways as the Committee shall direct: ( a ) directly to any such minor individual if, in the opinion of the Committee, he or she is able to manage his or her financial affairs, ( b ) to the legal representative of any such individual, ( c ) to a custodian under a Uniform Gifts to Minors Act for any such minor individual, or ( d ) to some near relative of any such individual to be used for the latter’s benefit.  The Committee shall not be required to see to the

 

8


 

application by any third party of any payment made to or for the benefit of a Participant or Beneficiary pursuant to this Section.

 

Section 7.6.                                  Designation of Beneficiaries .  Each Participant may name any person (who may be named concurrently, contingently or successively) to whom the Participant’s Account Balance under the Plan is to be paid if the Participant dies before the Account Balance is fully distributed.  Each such Beneficiary designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant, shall not require the consent of any previously named Beneficiary, shall be in a form prescribed by the Committee and will be effective only when filed with the Committee during the Participant’s lifetime.  If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary before such Participant’s death, as provided above, or if the designated Beneficiary predeceases the Participant or fails to survive the Participant by at least 48 hours, the Committee shall pay any undistributed balance of the Participant’s vested Account Balance ( a ) to the surviving spouse of such deceased Participant, if any, or ( b ) if there is no surviving spouse, to the then living biological and adopted children, if any, of the Participant in equal shares, or ( c ) if there are no such children, to the executor or administrator of the estate of such deceased Participant.  The marriage of a Participant shall be deemed to revoke any prior designation of a Beneficiary made by him or her and a divorce shall be deemed to revoke any prior designation of the Participant’s divorced spouse if written evidence of such marriage or divorce shall be received by the Committee before distribution of the Participant’s Account Balance has been made in accordance with such designation.  Participants and designated Beneficiaries are required to maintain a current post office address on file with the Committee by notifying the Committee of such address.  If a Beneficiary is entitled to a payment pursuant to this Section 7.6 , but dies before such payment is made, such payment shall be made to the executor or administrator of the estate of such deceased Beneficiary.

 

Section 7.7.                                  Inability to Locate Participant or Beneficiary .  If the Committee is unable to make payment of a Participant’s Account to such Participant or his or her Beneficiary because the identity and/or whereabouts of such person cannot be ascertained notwithstanding the mailing of notice to any last known address or addresses, then such Participant’s Account shall be forfeited.  If the Participant or Beneficiary later makes a claim for a benefit under the Plan, and that claim for benefit is granted, the amount in the Participant’s Account that was treated as a forfeiture shall be paid to the Participant or Beneficiary without regard to any subsequent gain or loss.

 

Section 7.8.                                  Claims Procedure .  (a)  Filing of Claim .  If any Participant or Beneficiary believes he or she is entitled to benefits under the Plan in an amount greater than those which he or she is receiving or has received, the Participant or Beneficiary (or his or her duly authorized representative) may file a claim with a subcommittee designated by the Committee (the “ Claim Review Subcommittee ”).  Such a claim shall be in writing and state the nature of the claim, the facts supporting the claim, the amount claimed and the address of the claimant.

 

9



 

(b)  Initial Review of Claim .  The Claim Review Subcommittee shall review the claim and, unless special circumstances require an extension of time, within 90 days after receipt of the claim give written or electronic notice to the claimant of its decision with respect to the claim.  If special circumstances require an extension of time, the claimant shall be so advised in writing within the initial 90-day period and in no event shall such an extension exceed 90 days.  The notice of the decision of the Claim Review Subcommittee with respect to the claim shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and, if the claim is wholly or partially denied, shall set forth the specific reasons for the denial, specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and an explanation of the appeals procedure under the Plan and the time limits applicable to such procedure (including a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following the final first denial of a claim).

 

(c)  Appeal of Claim Denial .  The claimant (or his or her duly authorized representative) may request a review of the denial by filing with the full Committee a written request for such review within 60 days after notice of the denial has been received by the claimant.  Within the same 60-day period, the claimant may submit to the Committee written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim.  Upon request and free of charge, the claimant also may have reasonable access to, and copies of, documents, records and other information relevant to the claim:

 

(d)  Review of Claim Denial .  If a request for review is so filed, review of the denial shall be made by the Committee and the claimant shall be given written or electronic notice of the Committee’s final decision within 60 days after receipt of such request, unless special circumstances require an extension of time.  If special circumstances require an extension of time, the claimant shall be so advised in writing within the initial 60-day period and in no event shall such an extension exceed 60 days.  If the appeal of the claim is wholly or partially denied, the notice of the Committee’s final decision shall include specific reasons for the decision, specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based and a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all relevant documents, records and information.  The notice shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall notify the claimant of his or her right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Amendment or Termination

 

Section 8.1.                                  Amendment .  Global Holdings shall have the right to amend the Plan from time to time, provided that no such amendment shall reduce the amount credited to a Participant’s Account without the consent of the Participant or, if the Participant is

 

10



 

deceased, his or her Beneficiary.  The Plan shall be amended by resolutions duly adopted by the Board or, to the extent the amendment ( i ) is required or deemed advisable as a result of legislation, regulation, or other actions, ( ii ) concerns routine or administrative matters or ( iii ) does not materially affect the cost of the Plan to Global Holdings, by either the Board or the Committee.

 

Section 8.2.                                  Plan Termination .  The Board may, in its discretion, terminate the Plan with respect to some or all Accounts and accelerate the payment of such Accounts:

 

(a)  within 12 months of a corporate dissolution taxed under section 331 of the Code, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C.  §503(b)(1)(A), provided that the payments with respect to each such Account are included in the Participant’s gross income in the latest of ( i ) the calendar year in which the Plan termination occurs, ( ii ) the calendar year in which such Account becomes vested or ( iii ) the first calendar year in which the payments are administratively practicable;

 

(b)  in connection with a “change in control event,” as defined in, and to the extent permitted under, Treasury regulations promulgated under section 409A of the Code; or

 

(c)  upon any other termination event permitted under section 409A of the Code.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

General Provisions

 

Section 9.1.                                  Applicable Law .  The provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, except as preempted by ERISA, the Code and other Federal law.

 

Section 9.2.                                  Assumption of Global Holdings Liability .  Global Holdings’ obligations under the Plan may be assumed by any subsidiary of Global Holdings, in which case such subsidiary shall be obligated to satisfy all of Global Holdings’ obligations under the Plan and Global Holdings shall be released from any continuing obligation under the Plan.  At Global Holdings’ request, each Participant or designated Beneficiary shall sign such documents as Global Holdings may require in order to effect the purposes of this subsection.

 

Section 9.3.                                  Number and Headings .  Wherever any words are used herein in the singular form they shall be construed as though they were also used in the plural form in all cases where they would so apply.  Headings of sections and subsections of the Plan are inserted for convenience of reference and are not part of the Plan and are not to be considered in the construction thereof.

 

11



 

Section 9.4.                                  Immunity of Board and Committee Members .  The members of the Board and the Committee may rely upon any information, report or opinion supplied to them by an officer of Global Holdings or any legal counsel, independent public accountant or actuary, and shall be fully protected in relying upon any such information, report or opinion.  No member of the Board or the Committee shall have any liability to the ServiceMaster Companies or any Participant, former Participant, designated Beneficiary, person claiming under or through any Participant or designated Beneficiary or other person interested or concerned in connection with any decision made by such member pursuant to the Plan which was based upon any such information, report or opinion if such member reasonably relied thereon in good faith.

 

Section 9.5.                                  Non-alienation of Benefits .  A Participant’s rights to the amount credited to his or her Account under the Plan shall not be grantable, transferable, pledgeable or otherwise assignable, in whole or in part, by the voluntary or involuntary acts of any person, or by operation of law, and shall not be liable or taken for any obligation of such person.  Any such attempted grant, transfer, pledge or assignment shall be null and void and without any legal effect.

 

Section 9.6.                                  Notices .  Any notice required to be given by Global Holdings or the Committee hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or by U.S. mail, interoffice mail, express courier service or electronic mail.

 

Section 9.7.                                  Plan Not to Affect Director Relationship .  Neither the adoption of the Plan nor its operation shall in any way affect the right and power of Global Holdings to dismiss or otherwise terminate the services of any Director or change the terms of the service of any Director or amount of compensation of any Participant at any time for any reason with or without cause.  By accepting any payment under the Plan, each Participant, former Participant, designated Beneficiary and each person claiming under or through such person, shall be conclusively bound by any action or decision taken or made or to be taken or made under the Plan by the Board or the Committee.

 

Section 9.8.                                  Severability .  If any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if illegal or invalid provisions had never been set forth herein.

 

Section 9.9.                                  Successors and Assigns .  The Plan is binding on all persons entitled to benefits hereunder and their respective heirs and legal representatives, on the Committee and its successor, and on Global Holdings and its successors.

 

Section 9.10.                           Withholding for Taxes .  Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, the appropriate amounts, if any, shall be withheld from any distribution made under the Plan or from a Participant’s Compensation as may be required for purposes of complying with applicable Federal or state tax withholding requirements.

 

12



 

Section 9.11.                           Compliance With Section 409A of Code .  This Plan is intended to comply with the provisions of section 409A of the Code, and shall be interpreted and construed accordingly.  The Committee shall have the discretion and authority to amend the Plan at any time to satisfy any requirements of section 409A of the Code or guidance provided by the U.S. Treasury Department to the extent applicable to the Plan.

 

13




Exhibit 10.80

 

Form of Director Restricted Stock Agreement

 

This Director Restricted Stock Agreement, dated as of                      (the “Grant Date”), between ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and the director whose name appears on the signature page hereof (the “Director”), is being entered into pursuant to the ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan.  The meaning of each capitalized term not otherwise defined in this Agreement may be found in Section 4.

 

The Company and the Director hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                                           Grant of Shares

 

(a)                                  Confirmation of Grant .  Subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, the Company hereby evidences and confirms, effective as of the Grant Date, its grant to the Director of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock set forth on the signature page hereof (the “Shares”).  This Agreement is entered into pursuant to, and the terms of the Shares are subject to, the terms of the Plan.  If there is any conflict between this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

 

Section 2.                                            Vesting and Forfeiture

 

(a)                                  Based on Continued Service on Board .  The Director’s Shares shall vest in full on the day immediately preceding the first anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Vesting Date”), subject to the Director’s continued service on the Board through the Vesting Date.

 

(b)                                  Effect of a Change in Control .  In the event of a Change in Control occurring prior to the Vesting Date, subject to the Director’s continued service on the Board from the Grant Date to the date of the Change in Control, any Shares which are unvested shall automatically become vested.

 

(c)                                   Discretionary Acceleration .  The Board, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the vesting of all or a portion of the Shares at any time and from time to time.

 

(d)                                  Effect of Termination of Board Service .  Upon termination of the Director’s service on the Board for any reason (whether initiated by the Company or by the Director), any unvested Shares shall be forfeited, provided that if the Director’s service on the Board is terminated by reason of the Director’s death or disability (as determined by the Board), the Director’s Shares shall become vested as of the date the Director’s service on the Board terminates.

 

(e)                                   Delivery by the Company .  The Company shall register the Shares in the name of the Director.  If the Shares are certificated, any certificates relating to

 



 

the Shares shall be held by the Secretary of the Company or his designee on behalf of the Director.

 

Section 3.                                           Restriction on Transfer of Shares .  Prior to the vesting thereof the Shares are not assignable or transferable, in whole or in part, and they may not, directly or indirectly, be offered, transferred, sold, pledged, assigned, alienated, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of or encumbered (including, but not limited to, by gift, operation of law or otherwise).  Any purported transfer in violation of this Section 3 shall be void ab initio .

 

Section 4.                                           Certain Definitions.

 

(a)                                  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement have the meanings given to them in the Plan.

 

(b)                                  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

Agreement ” means this Director Restricted Stock Agreement, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Person ” means any natural person, firm, partnership, limited liability company, association, corporation, company, trust, business trust, governmental authority or other entity.

 

Plan ” means the ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan adopted by the Board, as amended from time to time.

 

Shares ” has the meaning given in Section 1(a).

 

Section 5.                                           Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                  Authorization to Share Personal Data .  The Director authorizes any Affiliate of the Company that has or lawfully obtains personal data relating to the Director to divulge or transfer such personal data to the Company or a to a third party, in each case in any jurisdiction, if and to the extent appropriate in connection with this Agreement or the administration of the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if delivered personally or sent by certified or express mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by any recognized international equivalent of such delivery, to the Company or the Director, as the case may be, at the following addresses or to such other address as the Company or the Director, as the case may be, shall specify by notice to the other:

 

(i)                   If to the Company, to it at:

 

2



 

ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc.
c/o The ServiceMaster Company

860 Ridge Lake Boulevard
Memphis, Tennessee 38120

 

Attention : General Counsel

Fax: (901) 597-8025

 

(ii)                If to the Director, to the Director at his or her most recent address as shown on the books and records of the Company or Subsidiary employing the Director;

 

Copies of any notice or other communication given under this Agreement shall also be given to:

 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery if delivered personally or on the third business day after the mailing thereof.  Copies of any notice or other communication given under this Agreement shall also be given to:

 

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022

Attention :  Peter Loughran
Fax:  (212) 909-6375

 

(c)                                   Binding Effect; Benefits .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors or assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.

 

(d)                                  Waiver; Amendment .

 

(i)                   Waiver .  Any party hereto may by written notice to the other parties ( A ) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other actions of the other parties under this Agreement, ( B ) waive compliance with any of the conditions or covenants of the other parties contained in this Agreement, and ( C ) waive or modify performance of any of the obligations of the other parties under this Agreement.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including, but not limited to, any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants

 

3



 

or agreements contained herein.  The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach and no failure by a party to exercise any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights or privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time or times hereunder.

 

(ii)                Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by a written instrument executed by the Director and the Company.

 

(e)                                   Assignability .  Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by the Company or the Director without the prior written consent of the other.

 

(f)                                    Applicable Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware regardless of the application of rules of conflict of law that would apply the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

(g)                                   Waiver of Jury Trial .  Each party hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.  Each party ( i ) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and ( ii ) acknowledges that it and the other parties have been induced to enter into the Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 5(g).

 

(h)                                  Section and Other Headings, etc .  The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(i)                                      Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by electronic transmission (including, without limitation, email or facsimile) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

[signature page follows]

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Director have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

THE DIRECTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address of the Director:

 

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares of Common Stock Granted Pursuant Hereto: [ · ]

 

 

 

5




EXHIBIT 10.85

 

[Form of Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement]

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of [•], 2014 (as it may be amended from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), is made among ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), each Holder listed on the signature pages of this Agreement and any other stockholder of the Company that may become a party to this Agreement pursuant to the terms hereof.  Capitalized terms used in this Agreement without definition have the meaning set forth in Section 11.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the Company, the CD&R Investors, the StepStone Investors and certain other stockholders of the Company entered into a Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, which sets forth the terms and conditions of the ownership of the Common Shares, and which contemplates the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2007 (the “ Original Agreement ”), the Holders have certain registration rights with respect to the Common Shares.

 

WHEREAS, the Company is undertaking an underwritten initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of Common Shares; and

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, and effective as of the date of the listing of the Common Shares on the NYSE in connection with the IPO (the “ Listing Date ”), pursuant to Section 12(c) of the Original Agreement, the Company and the Holders party hereto desire to amend and restate the Original Agreement to set forth their respective rights and obligations on and after the Listing Date.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.              Demand Registrations .

 

(a)            Requests for Registration .  At any time the Lead Investor, and at any time following the date that is eighteen months after the consummation of the IPO the Additional Investors (if determined by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities of the Additional Investors (the “ Requisite Additional Investors ”)), may request in writing that the Company effect the registration of all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by the CD&R Investors or such Holders, as the case may be, (each, a “ Registration Request ”).  Promptly after its receipt of any Registration Request, the Company will give written notice of such request to all other Holders, and will use its reasonable best efforts to register, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, all Registrable Securities that have been requested to be registered in the Registration

 



 

Request or by any other Holders by written notice to the Company given within five Business Days after the date the Company has given such Holders notice of the Registration Request; provided that the Company will not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 1(a) requested by the Additional Investors, unless the Additional Investors have, in the aggregate, sole voting control with respect to at least 12% of the Common Shares outstanding at the time of such Registration Request.  The Company will pay all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration pursuant to this Section 1.  Any registration requested pursuant to Section 1(a) or 1(c) is referred to in this Agreement as a “ Demand Registration ”.

 

(b)            Limitation on Demand Registrations .  The Lead Investor will be entitled to initiate no more than five Demand Registrations (other than Short-Form Registrations permitted pursuant to Section 1(c)).  The Requisite Additional Investors will together be entitled to initiate no more than one Demand Registration.  Unless otherwise agreed by the Lead Investor, the Company will not be obligated to effect a Demand Registration during the six-month period following the date any other Company registration statement is declared effective with respect to the registration of Common Shares.  The Company shall not be obligated to effect a Demand Registration unless the aggregate proceeds expected to be received from the sale of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration equals or exceeds $100 million, unless otherwise agreed by the Lead Investor and the Requisite Additional Investors.  No request for registration will count for the purposes of the limitations in this Section 1(b) if ( i ) the Requesting Holder(s) determine in good faith to withdraw (prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to such request) the proposed registration due to marketing or regulatory reasons, ( ii ) the Registration Statement relating to such request is not declared effective within 180 days of the date such Registration Statement is first filed with the Commission (other than solely by reason of the Requesting Holder(s) having refused to proceed) and such Requesting Holder(s) withdraw the Registration Request prior to such Registration Statement being declared effective, ( iii ) prior to the sale of at least 90% of the Registrable Securities included in the applicable registration relating to such request, such registration is adversely affected by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission or other governmental agency or court for any reason and the Company fails to have such stop order, injunction or other order or requirement removed, withdrawn or resolved to the reasonable satisfaction of the Requesting Holder(s) within 30 days of the date of such order, ( iv ) more than 10% of the Registrable Securities requested by such Requesting Holder(s) to be included in such registration are not so included pursuant to Section 1(f), or ( v ) the conditions to closing specified in the underwriting agreement or purchase agreement entered into in connection with the registration relating to such request are not satisfied (other than as a result of a material default or breach thereunder by any member of such Requesting Holder(s)).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any request for registration pursuant to

 

2



 

Section 1(a) regardless of whether or not such request counts toward the limitation set forth above.

 

(c)            Short-Form Registrations .  The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms or any similar short-form registration (“ Short-Form Registration ”), and, if requested by the Lead Investor and available to the Company, such Short-Form Registration will be a “shelf” registration statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis of the Registrable Securities, pursuant to Rule 415, and to that end the Company will register (whether or not required by law to do so) the Common Shares under the Exchange Act in accordance with the provisions of that Act following the effective date of the first registration of any securities of the Company on Form S-1 or any comparable or successor form or forms.  In no event shall the Company be obligated to effect any shelf registration other than pursuant to a Short-Form Registration.  Following the IPO, the Lead Investor will be entitled to request at any time and from time to time an unlimited number of Short-Form Registrations, if available to the Company, with respect to the Registrable Securities held by the CD&R Investors, in addition to the registration rights provided in Section 1(a), provided that the Company will not be obligated to effect any registration pursuant to this Section 2 ( i ) within 90 days after the effective date of any Registration Statement of the Company hereunder or ( ii ) unless the value of Registrable Securities of the CD&R Investors included in the applicable Registration Request is at least $20 million or such lower amount as agreed by the Requisite Additional Investors.  Promptly after its receipt of any request for a Short-Form Registration, the Company will give written notice of such request to all other Holders, and will use its reasonable best efforts to register, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, all Registrable Securities that any Holder has requested in writing to be registered by no later than the fifth Business Day after the date of such notice.  The Company will pay all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any Short-Form Registration.  If any Demand Registration is proposed to be a Short-Form Registration and an underwritten offering, if the managing underwriter shall advise the Company that, in its opinion, it is of material importance to the success of such proposed offering to file a registration statement on Form S-1 (or any successor or similar registration statement) or to include in such registration statement information not required to be included in a Short-Form Registration, then the Company will file a registration statement on Form S-1 or supplement the Short-Form Registration as reasonably requested by such managing underwriter (it being understood and agreed that any such registration shall not count as a “Demand Registration” for purposes of calculating how many “Demand Registrations” the Lead Investor has initiated).

 

(d)            Restrictions on Demand Registrations .  If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a registration statement, including a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415, with respect to a Demand Registration would require the Company to make a public disclosure of material non-public information, which disclosure in the good faith

 

3



 

judgment of the Board (after consultation with external legal counsel) ( i ) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement so that such Registration Statement would not be materially misleading, ( ii ) would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing, effectiveness or continued use of such Registration Statement and ( iii ) would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business or on the Company’s ability to effect a material proposed acquisition, disposition, financing, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction, then the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders participating in such registration, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such Registration Statement; provided that the Company shall not be permitted to do so ( x ) more than four times during any 12 month period or ( y ) for periods exceeding, in the aggregate, 90 days during any 12 month period.  In the event the Company exercises its rights under the preceding sentence, such Holders agree to suspend, promptly upon their receipt of the notice referred to above, their use of any prospectus relating to such registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities.  If the Company so postpones the filing of a prospectus or the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, the Requesting Holder(s) will be entitled to withdraw such request and, if such request is withdrawn, such registration request will not count for the purposes of the limitation set forth in Section 1(b).  The Company will pay all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any such aborted registration or prospectus.

 

(e)            Selection of Underwriters .  If the Requesting Holder(s) intend that the Registrable Securities covered by their Registration Request shall be distributed by means of an underwritten offering, such Holders will so advise the Company as a part of the Registration Request, and the Company will include such information in the notice sent by the Company to the other Holders with respect to such Registration Request.  In such event, the lead underwriter to administer the offering will be chosen by the Lead Investor if the Lead Investor requested the Demand Registration, subject to the prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, of the Company, or otherwise by the Requisite Additional Investors, subject to the prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, of the Company and the Lead Investor.  If the offering is underwritten, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 1 will be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise agreed by the Requesting Holder(s)), and each such Holder will (together with the Company and the other Holders distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting.  If any Holder disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the managing underwriter and the Lead Investor.

 

4



 

(f)             Priority on Demand Registrations .  The Company will not include in any underwritten registration pursuant to Section 1 any securities that are not Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the Requesting Holder(s).  If the managing underwriter advises the Company that in its reasonable opinion the number of Registrable Securities (and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such offering) exceeds the number of securities that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price), the Company will include in such offering only such number of securities that in the reasonable opinion of such underwriters can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, which securities will be so included in the following order of priority:  ( i first , Registrable Securities of the CD&R Investors, the StepStone Investors, JPMorgan, Ridgemont and Citigroup, pro rata on the basis of the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder, ( ii second , Registrable Securities of any other Holders, pro rata in on the basis of the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holders and ( iii third , any other securities of the Company that have been requested to be so included, subject to the terms of this Agreement.

 

2.              Piggyback Registrations .

 

(a)            Right to Piggyback .  Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its securities, other than a registration pursuant to Section 1 or a Special Registration, and the registration form to be filed may be used for the registration or qualification for distribution of Registrable Securities, the Company will give prompt written notice to all Holders of its intention to effect such a registration and will include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within five Business Days after the date of the Company’s notice (a “ Piggyback Registration ”); provided the registration by the Company of its securities in connection with the IPO shall not constitute a Piggyback Registration.  Any Holder that has made such a written request may withdraw its Registrable Securities from such Piggyback Registration by giving written notice to the Company and the managing underwriter, if any, on or before the fifth Business Day prior to the planned effective date of such Piggyback Registration.  The Company may terminate or withdraw any registration under this Section 2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration, and except for the obligation to pay Registration Expenses pursuant to Section 2(c) the Company will have no liability to any Holder in connection with such termination or withdrawal.

 

(b)            Underwritten Registration .  If the registration referred to in Section 2(a) is proposed to be underwritten, the Company will so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2(a).  In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 2 will be conditioned upon such Holder’s

 

5



 

participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting, and each such Holder will (together with the Company and the other Holders distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company.  If any Holder disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the managing underwriter and the Lead Investor.

 

(c)            Piggyback Registration Expenses .  The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any Piggyback Registration, whether or not any registration or prospectus becomes effective or final.

 

(d)            Priority on Primary Registrations .  If a Piggyback Registration relates to an underwritten primary offering on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriter(s) advise the Company that in their reasonable opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of such offering (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price), the Company will include in such registration or prospectus only such number of securities that in the reasonable opinion of such underwriters can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price), which securities will be so included in the following order of priority:  ( i first , the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii)  second , (subject to the rights of any Senior Shares) Registrable Securities of any Holders and Parity Shares of any Person, pro rata on the basis of the aggregate number of such securities or shares owned by each such Holder or Person and ( iii third , any other securities of the Company that have been requested to be so included, subject to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(e)            Priority on Secondary Registrations .  If a Piggyback Registration relates to an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of other holders of the Company’s securities (other than a registration pursuant to Section 1), and the managing underwriter(s) advise the Company that in their reasonable opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price), the Company will include in such registration only such number of securities that in the reasonable opinion of such underwriters can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, which securities will be so included in the following order of priority (subject to the rights of any Senior Shares):  (i)  first , Registrable Securities of any Holders and Parity Shares of any Person, pro rata on the basis of the aggregate number of such securities or shares owned by each such Holder or Person and ( ii second , any other securities of the Company that have been requested to be so included, subject to the terms of this Agreement.

 

6



 

3.              Registration Procedures .  Subject to Section 1(d), whenever the Holders of Registrable Securities have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to Sections 1 and 2 of this Agreement, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration and sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will, as expeditiously as possible:

 

(a)            prepare and (within 45 days after the end of the five Business Day Period within which requests for registration may be given to the Company pursuant hereto) file with the Commission a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities, make all required filings with FINRA and thereafter use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, provided that before filing a Registration Statement or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company will furnish to Holders’ Counsel copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to review of such counsel at the Company’s expense.

 

(b)            prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and such free writing prospectuses under Rule 433 (each, a “ Free Writing Prospectus ”) as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for a period of either ( i ) not less than six months or, if such Registration Statement relates to an underwritten offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer or two years in the case of shelf registration statements (or such shorter period ending on the date that the securities covered by such shelf registration statement cease to constitute Registrable Securities) or ( ii ) such shorter period as will terminate when all of the securities covered by such Registration Statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement (but in any event not before the expiration of any longer period required under the Securities Act), and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement until such time as all of such securities have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

 

(c)            furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities such number of copies, without charge, of such Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, including each preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, all exhibits and other documents filed therewith and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request including in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;

 

7



 

(d)            use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or reasonably advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller ( provided that the Company will not be required to ( i ) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subsection, ( ii ) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or ( iii ) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction);

 

(e)            use its reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies, authorities and self-regulatory bodies as may be necessary or reasonably advisable in light of the business and operations of the Company to enable the seller or sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof;

 

(f)             promptly notify each seller of such Registrable Securities and Holders’ Counsel, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, upon discovery that, or upon the discovery of the happening of any event as a result of which, the prospectus contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, and, as promptly as practicable, prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made;

 

(g)            notify each seller of any Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement and Holders’ Counsel ( i ) when the prospectus or any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment or any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed and, with respect to such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, ( ii ) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such registration statement or to amend or to supplement such prospectus or for additional information, and ( iii ) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for any of such purposes;

 

8



 

(h)            use its reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on the NYSE or such other national securities exchange on which the Common Shares are listed or, if no Common Shares issued by the Company are then listed on any securities exchange, use its reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on the NYSE or NASDAQ, as determined by the Company;

 

(i)             provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of, or date of final receipt, for such Registration Statement;

 

(j)             enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements with customary provisions) and take all such other actions as the Requesting Holder(s) (if such registration is a Demand Registration) or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, effecting a share split or a combination of shares);

 

(k)            make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities and Holders’ Counsel, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and documents relating to the business of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement; provided that each Holder will, and will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each such underwriter, accountant or other agent to ( i ) enter into a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and ( ii ) minimize the disruption to the Company’s business in connection with the foregoing;

 

(l)             otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which earnings statement will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the U.S. Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

 

(m)           in the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or ceasing trading of any securities

 

9



 

included in such Registration Statement for sale in any jurisdiction, use every reasonable effort to promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

 

(n)            take such other actions as the underwriters reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, preparing for and participating in such number of “road shows” and all such other customary selling efforts as the underwriters reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate such disposition;

 

(o)            obtain one or more comfort letters, addressed to the sellers of Registrable Securities, dated the effective date of or the date of the final receipt issued for such Registration Statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement for such offering), signed by the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by comfort letters as the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in such offering reasonably request;

 

(p)            provide legal opinions of the Company’s outside counsel, addressed to the Holders of the Registrable Securities being sold, dated the effective date of or the date of the final receipt issued for such Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), with respect to the Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (including the preliminary prospectus) and such other documents relating thereto in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature; and

 

(q)            use its reasonable best efforts to take or cause to be taken all other actions, and do and cause to be done all other things, necessary or reasonably advisable in the opinion of Holders’ Counsel to effect the registration of such Registrable Securities contemplated hereby.

 

The Company agrees not to file or make any amendment to any Registration Statement with respect to any Registrable Securities, or any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus used in connection therewith, that refers to any Holder covered thereby by name, or otherwise identifies such Holder as the holder of any securities of the Company, without the consent of such Holder, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, unless and to the extent such disclosure is required by law.

 

The Company may require each Holder of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish the Company with such information regarding

 

10



 

such Holder and pertinent to the disclosure requirements relating to the registration and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

 

4.              Registration Expenses .

 

(a)            Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all expenses incidental to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, word processing, duplicating and printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and all independent certified public accountants, underwriters and other Persons retained by the Company (all such expenses, “ Registration Expenses ”), will be borne by the Company.  The Company will, in any event, pay its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expenses of any liability insurance and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on the NYSE or such other national securities exchange on which the Common Shares are listed.  All Selling Expenses will be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the amount of proceeds from the sale of their shares so registered.

 

(b)            In connection with each Demand Registration and each Piggyback Registration, the Company will reimburse the holders of Registrable Securities covered by such registration for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one United States counsel (“ Holders’ Counsel ”) selected by the Lead Investor (which, in the case of a Piggyback Registration in which any Additional Investors are participating, shall be selected after the Lead Investor consults with the Additional Investors participating in such Piggyback Registration it being understood that such consultation shall not limit the Lead Investor’s selection rights), if the Lead Investor is participating in such registration, and if not, selected by Holders of the majority of the Registrable Securities participating in such registration, and the reasonable fees and disbursements, if any, of one counsel for each holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration, incurred solely in connection with delivering any opinion required under the applicable underwriting agreement.

 

5.              Indemnification .

 

(a)            The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless, each Holder, each Affiliate thereof, any Person who is or might be deemed to be a controlling Person of the Company or any of its subsidiaries within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, their respective direct and indirect general and limited partners, advisory board members, directors, officers, trustees, managers, members, Affiliates and shareholders,

 

11



 

and each other Person, if any, who controls any such Holder or any such controlling person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each such person being referred to herein as a “ Covered Person ”) against, and pay and reimburse such Covered Persons for any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, to which such Covered Person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon ( i ) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any Registration Statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any document incorporated by reference therein, or any other such disclosure document (including reports and other documents filed under the Exchange Act and any document incorporated by reference therein) or other document or report, ( ii ) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or ( iii ) any violation by the Company of any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act or any state securities laws applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, and the Company will pay and reimburse such Covered Persons for any legal or any other expenses actually and reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating, defending or settling any such loss, claim, liability, action or proceeding, provided that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) or expense arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement, or omission or alleged omission, made or incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement, any such prospectus or preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein, or any other such disclosure document (including reports and other documents filed under the Exchange Act and any document incorporated by reference therein) or other document or report, or in any application ( x ) in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information prepared and furnished to the Company by such Covered Person expressly for use therein or ( y ) if such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission is completely corrected in an amendment or supplement to such prospectus and such Holder thereafter fails to deliver such prospectus as so amended or supplemented prior to or concurrently with the sale of Registrable Securities to the person asserting such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense after the Company had furnished such Holder with a sufficient number of copies of the same (and the delivery thereof would have resulted in no such loss, claim damage, liability or expense) prior to oral confirmation of such sale of Registrable Securities.  In connection with an underwritten offering, the Company, if requested, will indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Covered Persons.

 

12


 

(b)            In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder is participating, each such Holder will furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such Registration Statement or prospectus and, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors and officers, each underwriter and any Person who is or might be deemed to be a controlling person of the Company or any of its subsidiaries within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each such underwriter against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, to which such Holder or any such director or officer, any such underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon ( i ) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the Registration Statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or in any application or ( ii ) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is made in such Registration Statement, any such prospectus or preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information prepared and furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein, and such Holder will reimburse the Company and each such director, officer, underwriter and controlling Person for any legal or any other expenses actually and reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating, defending or settling any such loss, claim, liability, action or proceeding, provided that the obligation to indemnify and hold harmless will be individual and several to each Holder and will be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement.

 

(c)            Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will ( i ) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification and ( ii ) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party.  If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party will not, without the indemnified party’s prior consent, settle or compromise any action or claim or consent to the entry of any judgment unless such settlement or compromise includes as an unconditional term thereof the release of the indemnified party from all liability, which release shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party.  An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim will not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of

 

13



 

interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim.

 

(d)            The indemnification provided for under this Agreement will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and will survive the registration and sale of any securities by any Person entitled to any indemnification hereunder and the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

(e)            If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, will contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relevant fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party will be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount any Holder will be obligated to contribute pursuant to this Section 5(e) will be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds to such Holder of the Registrable Securities sold pursuant to the registration statement which gives rise to such obligation to contribute (less the aggregate amount of any damages which the Holder has otherwise been required to pay in respect of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action or any substantially similar loss, claim, damage, liability or action arising from the sale of such Registrable Securities).  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

6.              Participation in Underwritten Registrations .

 

(a)            No Holder may participate in any registration hereunder that is underwritten unless such Holder ( i ) agrees to sell its Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements (including, without limitation, pursuant to the terms of any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the managing underwriter, provided that no Holder will be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities that such Holder has requested the Company to include in any

 

14



 

registration), ( ii ) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements, and ( iii ) cooperates with the Company’s reasonable requests in connection with such registration or qualification (it being understood that the Company’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder, which failure is caused by such Holder’s failure to cooperate, will not constitute a breach by the Company of this Agreement).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Holder will be required to agree to any indemnification obligations on the part of such Holder that are greater than its obligations pursuant to Section 5(b).

 

(b)            Each Holder that is participating in any registration hereunder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(f), such Holder will forthwith discontinue the disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement until such Holder receives copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus as contemplated by such Section 3(f).  In the event the Company gives any such notice, the applicable time period mentioned in Section 3(b) during which a Registration Statement is to remain effective will be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to this Section 6(b) to and including the date when each seller of a Registrable Security covered by such Registration Statement will have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3(f).

 

7.              Shelf Take-Downs .  At any time that a shelf registration statement covering Registrable Securities is effective, if the Lead Investor delivers a notice to the Company (a “ Take-Down Notice ”) stating that it intends to effect an underwritten offering of all or part of the CD&R Investors’ Registrable Securities included by it on the shelf registration statement (a “ Shelf Underwritten Offering ”) and stating the number of the Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Underwritten Offering, then, the Company shall amend or supplement the shelf registration statement or related prospectus as may be necessary in order to enable such Registrable Securities to be distributed pursuant to the Shelf Underwritten Offering (taking into account the inclusion of Registrable Securities by any other Holders pursuant to this Section 7), provided that the Lead Investor shall not be entitled to deliver ( i ) an aggregate of more than five Take-Down Notices in any twelve month period other than with respect to a Specified Non-Marketed Offering, or ( ii ) any Take-Down Notice within 30 days after the effective date of any Registration Statement of the Company hereunder.  In connection with any Shelf Underwritten Offering:

 

(a)            the Lead Investor shall also deliver the Take-Down Notice to all other Holders included on such shelf registration statement and permit each Holder to include its Registrable Securities included on the shelf registration statement in the Shelf Underwritten Offering if such Holder notifies the Lead

 

15



 

Investor and the Company within two Business Days after delivery of the Take-Down Notice to such Holder; and

 

(b)            in the event that the underwriter advises the Company in its reasonable opinion that marketing factors (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price) require a limitation on the number of shares which would otherwise be included in such take-down, the underwriter may limit the number of shares which would otherwise be included in such take-down offering in the same manner as is described in Section 2(e) with respect to a limitation of shares to be included in a registration.

 

8.              Rule 144 Reporting .  With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to:

 

(i)            make and keep public information available as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times from and after 90 days following the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public, and

 

(ii)           to use its reasonable best efforts to then file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements.

 

9.              Holdback .  In consideration for the Company agreeing to its obligations under this Agreement, each Holder agrees in connection with any registration of the Company’s securities (whether or not such Holder is participating in such registration) upon the request of the Company and the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities other than with respect to any Specified Non-Marketed Offerings, not to effect (other than pursuant to such registration) any public sale or distribution of Registrable Securities, including, but not limited to, any sale pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 144A, or make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Registrable Securities, any other equity securities of the Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity securities of the Company without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, during the Holdback Period so long as all Holders or stockholders holding more than (including any Holders who are members of a Group holding more than) 5% of the outstanding Common Shares are bound by a comparable obligation, provided that nothing herein will prevent any Holder that is a partnership or corporation from making a distribution of Registrable Securities to the partners or shareholders thereof or a transfer to an Affiliate that is otherwise in

 

16



 

compliance with applicable securities laws, so long as such distributees agree to be so bound.  The Company further agrees not to effect (other than pursuant to such registration or pursuant to a Special Registration) any public sale or distribution, or to file any registration statement (other than such registration or a Special Registration) covering any, of its equity securities, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the Holdback Period with respect to an underwritten offering other than a Specified Non-Marketed Offering, if required by the managing underwriter, provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company’s obligations under this Section 9 shall not apply during any twelve month period for more than an aggregate of 180 days with respect to any Short Form Registrations or Shelf Underwritten Offerings.

 

10.           Term .  This Agreement will be effective as of the date hereof and will continue in effect thereafter until the earliest of ( a ) its termination by the consent of all parties hereto or their respective successors in interest, ( b ) the date on which no Registrable Securities remain outstanding and ( c ) the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company.

 

11.           Defined Terms .  As used in this Agreement:

 

Additional Investors ” means Citigroup, JPMorgan, Ridgemont and the StepStone Investors.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, ( i ) any Person directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with such Person, ( ii ) any Person directly or indirectly owning or Controlling 10% or more of any class of outstanding voting securities of such Person or ( iii ) any officer, director, general partner or trustee of any such Person described in clause (i) or (ii).

 

Applicable Law ” means all applicable provisions of ( i ) constitutions, treaties, statutes, laws (including the common law), rules, regulations, ordinances, codes or orders of any Governmental Entity, ( ii ) any consents or approvals of any Governmental Entity and ( iii ) any orders, decisions, injunctions, judgments, awards, decrees of or agreements with any Governmental Entity.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required to close.

 

CD&R Investors ” means the Lead Investor, Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment), L.P., CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P., CDR SVM Co-Investor L.P. and CDR SVM Co-Investor No. 2 L.P.

 

17



 

Citigroup ” means Citigroup Capital Partners II Employee Master Fund, L.P.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency administering the Securities Act.

 

Common Shares ” means the shares of Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share.

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble, and any successor in interest thereto.

 

Control ”, “ Controlled ” and “ Controlling ” means the power to direct the affairs of a Person by reason of ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Covered Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a).

 

Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, as in effect from time to time.

 

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

 

Free Writing Prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b).

 

Governmental Entity ” means any federal, state, local or foreign court, legislative, executive or regulatory authority or agency.

 

Group ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.

 

Holdback Period ” means, with respect to the IPO, 180 days after and during the 10 days before, and with respect to any registered offering other than an IPO covered by this Agreement, 90 days after and during the 10 days before, the effective date of the related registration statement or, in the case of a takedown from a shelf registration statement, 90 days after the date of the prospectus supplement filed with the SEC in connection with such takedown and during such prior period (not to exceed 10 days) as the Company has given reasonable written notice to the holder of Registrable Securities.

 

Holder ” means any holder of outstanding Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement or to whom the benefits of this Agreement have been validly assigned.

 

18



 

Holders’ Counsel ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(b).

 

IPO ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

JPMorgan ” means JPMorgan Chase Funding Inc.

 

Lead Investor ” means Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P.

 

Listing Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Original Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Parity Shares ” means any shares, other than Registrable Securities, with respect to which the Company, in accordance with Section 12(a), has granted registration rights that are to be treated on an equal basis with Registrable Securities for the purpose of the exercise of any underwriter cutback permitted pursuant to Section 2.

 

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or department or agency thereof.

 

Piggyback Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

 

Primary Investors ” means each of the Lead Investor, StepStone, JPMorgan, and Ridgemont.

 

Register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” refers to a registration effected by preparing and filing a Registration Statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, and compliance with applicable state securities laws of such states in which Holders notify the Company of their intention to offer Registrable Securities.

 

Registrable Securities ” means ( i ) any Common Shares held by a Holder, ( ii ) any other stock or securities that the Holders of the Common Shares may be entitled to receive, or will have received, upon exercise of the Common Shares or otherwise pursuant to such Holders’ ownership of the Common Shares, in lieu of or in addition to Common Shares, or ( iii ) any equity securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the securities referred to in the foregoing clause (i) or (ii) by way of conversion or exchange thereof or share dividend or share split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization,

 

19



 

reclassification, merger, amalgamation, arrangement, consolidation or other reorganization.  As to any particular securities constituting Registrable Securities, such securities will cease to be Registrable Securities when ( x ) they have been effectively registered or qualified for sale by prospectus filed under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Registration Statement covering therein, ( y ) they have been sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 145 or other exemption from registration under the Securities Act or ( z ) they are able to be sold by their Holder without restriction as to volume or manner of sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act and are held by a Holder of no more than 3% of the applicable class outstanding.

 

Registration Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

 

Registration Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).  The term Registration Request will also include, where appropriate, a Short-Form Registration request made pursuant to Section 1(c).

 

Registration Statement ” means the prospectus and other documents filed with the Commission to effect a registration under the Securities Act.

 

Related Person ” means, with respect to any Person, ( i ) any Person directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with such Person and Person or ( ii ) any investment fund managed by any Person set forth in clause (i).

 

Requisite Additional Investors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

 

Requesting Holder(s) ” means, with respect to a Demand Registration, the Lead Investor, if the Lead Investor makes the applicable Registration Request, or the Requisite Additional Investors, if the Additional Investors make the applicable Registration Request.

 

Ridgemont ” means Ridgemont Partners Secondary Fund I, L.P.

 

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any successor or similar rule as may be enacted by the Commission from time to time, as in effect from time to time.

 

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any successor or similar rule as may be enacted by the Commission from time to time, as in effect from time to time.

 

20



 

Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 under the Securities Act or any successor or similar rule as may be enacted by the Commission from time to time, as in effect from time to time.

 

Rule 415 ” means Rule 415 under the Securities Act or any successor or similar rule as may be enacted by the Commission from time to time, as in effect from time to time.

 

Rule 433 ” means Rule 433 under the Securities Act or any successor or similar rule as may be enacted by the Commission from time to time, as in effect from time to time.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, as in effect from time to time.

 

Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities hereunder and any other Registration Expenses required by law to be paid by a selling Holder.

 

Senior Shares ” means any shares, other than Registrable Securities, with respect to which the Company, in accordance with Section 12(a), with the prior written consent of the Additional Investors as and to the extent required thereunder, has granted registration rights that are to be treated on a senior basis with Registrable Securities for the purpose of the exercise of any underwriter cutback permitted pursuant to Section 2.

 

Shelf Underwritten Offering ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.

 

Short-Form Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(c).

 

Special Registration ” means the registration of ( i ) equity securities and/or options or other rights in respect thereof solely registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or (ii) shares of equity securities and/or options or other rights in respect thereof to be offered to directors, members of management, employees, consultants or sales agents, distributors or similar representatives of the Company or its direct or indirect subsidiaries or in connection with dividend reinvestment plans.

 

Specified Non-Marketed Offering ” means a distribution of Registrable Securities pursuant to a shelf registration statement pursuant to Section 7, where the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Take-Down Notice ( i ) constitute less than 2% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company and ( ii ) are not to be marketed to the general public pursuant to the applicable plan of distribution.

 

21



 

StepStone ” means StepStone Co-Investment (ServiceMaster) LLC.

 

StepStone Investors ” means StepStone, 2007 Co-Investment Portfolio L.P., StepStone Capital Partners II Cayman Holding, L.P. and StepStone Capital Partners II Onshore, L.P.

 

Take-Down Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.

 

12.           Miscellaneous .

 

(a)            No Inconsistent Agreements .  The Company will not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or grant any demand registration rights exercisable prior to the time the Primary Investors may first exercise their rights under Section 1.  Except as provided in this Agreement, the Company will not grant to any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company registration rights with respect to such securities that are pari passu to the rights granted hereunder without the prior written consent of the Lead Investor, and the Company will not grant to any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company registration rights with respect to such securities that are senior to the rights granted hereunder to the Additional Investors without the prior written consent of each of the Primary Investors.

 

(b)            Stock Splits, etc .  Each party hereto agrees that it will vote to effect a stock split (forward or reverse, as the case may be) with respect to any capital stock of the Company in connection with any registration of such capital stock, if the Board determines, following consultation with the managing underwriter (or, in connection with an offering that is not underwritten, an investment banker) that a stock split would facilitate or increase the likelihood of success of the offering.  Each party hereto agrees that any number of shares of capital stock of the Company referred to in this Agreement shall be equitably adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend, stock combination, recapitalization or similar transaction.

 

(c)            Amendments and Waivers .  Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only upon the prior written consent of the Company and each of the Primary Investors, or if no Primary Investors remain, the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, provided that in the event that such amendment or waiver would treat a Holder or group of Holders in a manner different from any other Holders, then such amendment or waiver will require the consent of such Holder or the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities of such group adversely treated.  A copy of each such amendment shall be sent to each Holder and shall be binding upon each party hereto; provided further that the failure to deliver a copy of such amendment shall not impair or affect the validity of such amendment.

 

22


 

(d)            Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  In addition, the provisions of this Agreement which are for the benefit of Holders will be for the benefit of and enforceable by any subsequent holder of any Registrable Securities (or of such portion thereof) who becomes a party to this Agreement by completing and executing a signature page hereto (including the address of such party), subject to the provisions with respect to minimum numbers or percentages of shares of Registrable Securities (or of such portion thereof) required in order to be entitled to certain rights, or take certain actions, contained herein; provided that no Holder may assign any of its rights hereunder except in connection with the transfer of its Common Shares to any Related Person.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company may assign this Agreement in connection with a merger, reorganization or sale, transfer or contribution of all or substantially all of the assets or stock of the Company to any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates, and, upon the consummation of any such merger, reorganization, sale, transfer or contribution, such subsidiary or Affiliate shall automatically and without further action assume all of the obligations and succeed to all the rights of the Company under this Agreement.

 

(e)            Severability .  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under Applicable Law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any Applicable Law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or the effectiveness or validity of any provision in any other jurisdiction, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

(f)             Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in multiple counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

(g)            Descriptive Headings .  The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

 

(h)            Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles or rules of conflicts of law to the extent such principles or rules are not mandatorily applicable by statute and would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction).

 

(i)             Consent to Jurisdiction .  Each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of ( a ) the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County, and

 

23



 

( b ) the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby (and agrees not to commence any such suit, action or other proceeding except in such courts).  Each party further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to such party’s respective address set forth or referred to in Section 12(m) shall be effective service of process for any such suit, action or other proceeding.  Each party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or other proceeding in ( i ) the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County, and ( ii ) the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

(j)             Waiver of Jury Trial .  Each party hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.  Each party ( a ) certifies and acknowledges that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver, and ( b ) acknowledges that it understands and has considered the implications of this wavier and makes this waiver voluntarily, and that it and the other parties have been induced to enter into the Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this clause (j)

 

(k)            Enforcement; Attorney’s Fees .  Each party hereto acknowledges that money damages would not be an adequate remedy in the event that any of the covenants or agreements in this Agreement are not performed in accordance with its terms, and it is therefore agreed that in addition to and without limiting any other remedy or right it may have, the non-breaching party will have the right to an injunction, temporary restraining order or other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction enjoining any such breach and enforcing specifically the terms and provisions hereof, provided that no Holder will have any right to an injunction to prevent the filing or effectiveness of any Registration Statement of the Company. In any action or proceeding brought to enforce any provision of this Agreement, the successful party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees in addition to its costs and expenses and other available remedies.

 

(l)             No Third Party Beneficiaries .  Except as set forth in Section 5, nothing in this Agreement shall confer any rights upon any Person other than the parties hereto and each such party’s respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns.

 

(m)           Notices .  All notices, requests, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if ( a ) delivered personally, ( b )

 

24



 

mailed, certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, ( c ) sent by reputable overnight courier or ( d ) sent by fax (provided a confirmation copy is sent by one of the other methods set forth above), as follows (or to such other address as the party entitled to notice shall hereafter designate in accordance with the terms hereof):

 

If to the Company, to it at:

 

ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc.

860 Ridge Lake Boulevard

Memphis, TN  38120
Attention:  General Counsel

Facsimile:  (901) 597-8821

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice) each of the CD&R Investors and the StepStone Investors and their respective counsel at the addresses listed below:

 

If to any CD&R Investor, to it at:

 

c/o M&C Corporate Services Limited
P.O. Box 309
Ugland House
South Church Street
George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-1104
Cayman Islands, British West Indies
Facsimile: (345) 949-8080

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC
375 Park Avenue
18th Floor
New York, New York  10152
Attention:  David H. Wasserman
Facsimile:  (212) 893-7061

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York  10022
Attention:  Peter J. Loughran, Esq.
Facsimile:  (212) 909-6836

 

25



 

If to any StepStone Investor, to it at:

 

c/o StepStone Group LP
4350 LaJolla Village Drive, Suite 800
San Diego, CA  92122
Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

Facsimile:  (858) 558-9701
Email: reporting@stepstoneglobal.com

 

If to any other Holder, to its address set forth on the signature page of such Holder to this Agreement with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to any party so indicated thereon.  All such notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given ( i ) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile, upon confirmation of receipt, ( ii ) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service or ( iii ) on the third Business Day following the date of mailing if delivered by domestic registered or certified mail, properly addressed, or on the fifth Business Day following the date of mailing if sent by airmail from a country outside of North America, to the party at the address shown on the signature page of this Agreement, to the Companies at the addresses shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or in either case as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

(n)            Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

[the remainder of this page left intentionally blank]

 

26



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement by their authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

SERVICEMASTER GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

 

CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VII, L.P.

 

By: CD&R Associates VII, Ltd., its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VII (CO-INVESTMENT), L.P.

 

By: CD&R Associates VII (Co-Investment), Ltd., its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

CD&R PARALLEL FUND VII, L.P.

 

 

 

By: CD&R Parallel Fund Associates VII, Ltd., its general partner

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

CDR SVM CO-INVESTOR L.P.

 

By: CDR SVM Co-Investor GP Limited, its general partner

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

 

CDR SVM CO-INVESTOR NO. 2 L.P.

 

By: CDR SVM Co-Investor No. 2 GP Limited, its general partner

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

 

STEPSTONE CO-INVESTMENT (SERVICEMASTER) LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By: StepStone Co-Investment Funds GP, LLC, its managing member

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

2007 CO-INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO L.P.

 

 

 

By: StepStone Co-Investment Funds GP, LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

STEPSTONE CAPITAL PARTNERS II ONSHORE, L.P.

 

 

 

By: StepStone Co-Investment Funds GP, LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

 

STEPSTONE CAPITAL PARTNERS II CAYMAN HOLDING, L.P.

 

 

 

By: StepStone Co-Investment Funds GP, LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

 

CITIGROUP CAPITAL PARTNERS II EMPLOYEE MASTER FUND, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By: Citigroup Private Equity LP, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Notice Address :
Citi Private Equity

Citi Employee Private Equity Management

153 East 53rd Street, 20th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Matthew Coeny

Attention: Geoffrey Collette

Facsimile: (646) 291-5725

 



 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE FUNDING INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Notice Address :
JPMorgan Chase Funding Inc.

270 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention:  Chris Linneman

Facsimile:  (212) 270-1063

 



 

 

RIDGEMONT PARTNERS SECONDARY FUND I, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By: Ridgemont Secondary Management I, L.P., its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By: Ridgemont Secondary I, LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Notice Address :
Ridgemont Partners Secondary Fund I, L.P.

c/o Ridgemont Partners Management, LLC

150 North College Street, Suite 2500

Charlotte, NC 28202

Attention: Edward Balogh

Facsimile: (704) 944-0973

Email: ebalogh@ridgemontep.com

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle

Chicago, IL 60654

Attention: Margaret A. Gibson

Facsimile: (312) 862-2200

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement No. 333-194772 on Form S-1 of our report dated March 24, 2014 (May 9, 2014 as to Note 3 and Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements; June 13, 2014 as to the reverse stock split described in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements) relating to the consolidated financial statements of ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of such Registration Statement, and of our report dated March 24, 2014 (May 9, 2014 as to Note 3 and Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements), relating to the financial statement schedules appearing elsewhere in this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

Memphis, Tennessee

June 16, 2014